a) A PWS serving fewer than 10,000 persons may obtain a variance from an MCL or treatment technique under this Section. The PWS supplier must file a variance petition under Subpart B of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 104, except as this Section provides otherwise.
b) The Board may grant a small system variance to a PWS supplier serving fewer than 3,300 or fewer persons. The Board may grant a small system variance to a PWS serving more than 3,300 persons but fewer than 10,000 persons subject to USEPA’s approval. In determining the number of persons the PWS serves, the Board will include persons consecutive systems serve. A small system variance for a PWS also applies to any consecutive system it serves.
c) Availability of a Variance
1) A small system variance is not available under this Section from an NPDWR for a microbial contaminant (including a bacterium, virus, or other organism) or an indicator or treatment technique for a microbial contaminant.
2) A small system variance under this Section is available from certain MCLs or treatment techniques:
A) NPDWRs that USEPA adopted on or after January 1, 1986; and
B) NPDWRs for which USEPA publishes a small system variance technology under section 1412(b)(15) of SDWA (42 U.S.C. 300g-1(b)(15)).
BOARD NOTE: Small system variances are not available above a pre-1986 MCL even if USEPA subsequently revised the MCL. If the USEPA revises a pre-1986 MCL and makes it more stringent, a variance is available for that contaminant, but only up to the pre-1986 maximum contaminant level. See subpart B of 40 CFR 141 (1985) for the pre-1986 MCLs and treatment techniques. See “Variance Technology Findings for Contaminants Regulated Before 1996”, USEPA, Office of Water, doc. no. EPA 815-R-98-003 (available online at nepis.epa.gov; search “815R98003”).
d) No small system variance is effective until after the last applicable event:
1) 90 days after the Board grants the small system variance;
2) If USEPA objects to a small system variance for a PWS serving fewer than 3,300 persons, after the Board modifies the variance as USEPA recommended or responds in writing to each USEPA objection; or
3) If the Board grants a small system variance to a PWS serving a population of more than 3,300 but fewer than 10,000 persons, after USEPA approves the small system variance.
e) As part of its showing of arbitrary or unreasonable hardship, the PWS must prove and document certain information to the Board:
1) That the PWS is eligible for a small system variance under subsection (c);
2) That the PWS cannot afford pursue specific alternatives to comply with the NPDWR for which it seeks a small system variance:
A) Treatment;
B) Alternative sources of water supply;
C) Restructuring or consolidation changes, including ownership change or physical consolidation with another PWS; or
D) Obtaining financial assistance under section 1452 of the federal SDWA or any other federal or State program;
3) That the PWS meets the source water quality requirements for installing the small system variance technology developed under guidance that USEPA published under section 1412(b)(15) of SDWA (42 U.S.C. 300g-1(b)(15));
BOARD NOTE: See 71 Fed. Reg. 10671 (Mar. 2, 2006) (“Small Drinking Water Systems Variances—Revision of Existing National-Level Affordability Methodology and Methodology to Identify Variance Technologies That Are Protective of Public Health”).
| 4) | That the PWS is financially and technically able to install, operated, and maintain the applicable small system variance technology; and |
| 5) | That the terms and conditions of the small system variance ensure adequate protection of human health, considering two factors: |
| A) | The quality of the source water for the PWS; and |
| B) | Removal efficiencies and expected useful life of the small system variance technology. |
| f) | Terms and Conditions |
| 1) | The Board will set the terms and conditions for a small system variance under this Section and include specific minimum requirements: |
| A) | The supplier must properly and effectively install, operate, and maintain the applicable small system variance technology that USEPA indicated in published guidance, taking into consideration any relevant source water characteristics and any other sitespecific conditions that may affect proper and effective operation and maintenance of the technology; |
| B) | The supplier must monitor for the contaminant from which the Board grants the small system variance; and |
| C) | Any other terms or conditions the Board determines are necessary to adequately protect human health, which may include certain requirements: |
| i) | Public education requirements; and |
| ii) | Source water protection requirements. |
| 2) | The Board will establish a schedule for the PWS to comply with the terms and conditions of the small system variance including certain minimum requirements: |
| A) | Increments of progress, such as milestone dates for the PWS to apply for financial assistance and begin capital improvements; |
| B) | Quarterly reporting to the Agency how the PWS complies with the terms and conditions of the small system variance; |
| C) | A schedule for the Agency to review the small system variance; and |
| BOARD NOTE: Corresponding 40 CFR 142.307(d) provides that the states must review small system variances no less frequently than every five years. | |
| D) | Compliance with the terms and conditions of the small system variance as soon as practicable, but not later than three years after the date the Board granted the small system variance. The Board may allow up to two additional years upon determining that additional time is necessary for the PWS to accomplish a specific objective: |
| i) | To complete necessary capital improvements to comply with the small system variance technology, secure an alternative source of water, or restructure or consolidate; or |
| ii) | To obtain financial assistance under section 1452 of SDWA (42 U.S.C. 300j-12) or any other federal or State program. |
| g) | The Board will provide notice and opportunity for a public hearing, as Subpart B of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 104 provides, except as this Section provides otherwise. |
| 1) | At least 30 days before the public hearing on the proposed small system variance, the PWS must provide notice to all persons the PWS serves. For billed customers, this notice must include the information listed in subsection (g)(2). For other persons the PWS regularly serves, the notice must provide sufficient information to alert readers to the proposed variance and direct them to where to obtain additional information. The PWS must provide the notice by specific means: |
| A) | Direct mail or other home delivery to billed customers or other service connections; and |
| B) | Any other method reasonably calculated to notify other persons regularly served by the PWS in a brief and concise manner. The other method may include publication in a local newspaper, posting in public places, or delivery to community organizations. |
| 2) | The notice in subsection (g)(1)(A) must include certain minimum information: |
| A) | Identification of the contaminants for which the PWS seeks a small system variance; |
| B) | A brief statement of the health effects associated with the contaminants for which the PWS seeks a small system variance, using language in Appendix H; |
| C) | The address and telephone number interested persons may use to obtain further information concerning the contaminant and the small system variance; |
| D) | A brief summary of the terms and conditions of the small system variance in easily understandable terms; |
| E) | A description of the consumer petition process under subsection (h) and information on contacting the Agency and USEPA Region 5; |
| F) | A brief statement announcing the public meeting subsection (g)(3) requires, including a statement of the purpose of the meeting, information regarding the time and location for the meeting, and the address and telephone number interested persons may use to obtain further information concerning the meeting; and |
| G) | In communities with a large proportion of nonEnglishspeaking residents, as determined by the Agency, information in the appropriate language regarding the content and importance of the notice. |
| 3) | The Board will provide for at least one public hearing on the small system variance. The PWS must provide notice in the manner required under subsection (g)(1) at least 30 days prior to the public hearing. |
| 4) | When granting a small system variance, the Board will issue a written opinion and order responding to all significant public comments received on the variance and stating the Board’s reasons for granting the variance. The Board will make the variance petition, hearings transcripts, public comments received, and all other documents of record concerning the variance available to the public throughout the variance proceeding and after adopting the variance. |
| h) | Any person the PWS serves may petition USEPA to object to a small system variance within 30 days after the Board grants the variance. |
| i) | The Agency must promptly send to USEPA the Board’s opinion and order granting the proposed small system variance. The Board will make recommended modifications, respond in writing to each objection, or reconsider the small system variance if USEPA notifies the Board of a finding under section 1415(e)(8), (e)(9), or (e)(10) of SDWA (42 U.S.C. 300g-4(e)(8), (e)(9), or (e)(10)). |
| j) | Section 611.111, 611.112, or 611.130 may apply to relief granted under this Section. |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 142, Subpart K. | |
| (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.160 Composite Correction Program | |
| a) | The Agency may issue a SEP requiring a PWS to conduct a Composite Correction Program (CCP). The CCP must consist of two elements: a Comprehensive Performance Evaluation (CPE) and a Comprehensive Technical Assistance (CTA). |
| 1) | A CPE is a thorough review and analysis of a plant’s performancebased capabilities and associated administrative, operation, and maintenance practices. The CPE must identify factors that may adversely affect the plant’s ability to comply and emphasize approaches the PWS can implement without significant capital improvements. |
| 2) | For purposes of compliance with Subparts R and X, the CPE must minimally include specific components: the CPE must assess plant performance; evaluate major unit processes; identify and prioritize performance-limiting factors; assess the applicability of comprehensive technical assistance; and how the PWS prepared CPE report. |
| BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(2) derives from the third sentence of the definition of “comprehensive performance evaluation” in 40 CFR 141.2. | |
| 3) | A CTA is the performance-improvement phase the PWS implements if the CPE results indicate potential for improved performance. During the CTA phase, the PWS must identify and systematically address plantspecific factors. The CTA is a combination of utilizing CPE results as a basis for followup, implementing process control prioritysetting techniques, and maintaining longterm involvement to systematically train staff and administrators. |
| b) | A PWS must implement any follow-up recommendations the Agency makes in writing as a result of the CCP. |
| c) | A PWS may appeal to the Board, under Section 40 of the Act, any Agency requirement that it conduct a CCP or any follow-up recommendations the Agency makes in writing as a result of the CCP, except when a CPE is required under Section 611.745(b)(4). |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 142.16(g). | |
| (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.161 Case-by-Case Reduced Subpart Y Monitoring for Wholesale and Consecutive Systems | |
| The Agency may issue a SEP reducing monitoring under Subpart Y as they apply to a wholesale system or a consecutive system, otherwise than as Section 611.500 provides, subject to limitations: | |
| a) | The Agency must consider the certain system-specific factors in making its determination: |
| 1) | The amount and percentage of finished water the PWS provides; |
| 2) | Whether finished the PWS provides water seasonally, intermittently, or full-time; |
| 3) | Improved DBP occurrence information based on IDSE results; |
| 4) | Significant changes in the supplier’s raw water quality, treatment, or distribution system after completing the IDSE; and |
| 5) | Other considerations bearing on DBP occurrence in the supplier’s distribution system and the ability of the reduced monitoring to detect DBP in that distribution system. |
| b) | Any reduced monitoring the Agency allows under this Section must require that the PWS maintain a minimum of one compliance monitoring location. |
| c) | The supplier must report any changes in its raw water quality, treatment, or distribution system or any other factors arising after the Agency issues the SEP under this Section that would bear on occurrence of DBP in the supplier’s distribution system and the supplier’s ability to detect DBP in its distribution system under the reduced monitoring. |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 142.16(m) and the preamble discussion at 71 Fed. Reg. 388, 430-31 (Jan. 4, 2006). USEPA stated that the State may authorize reduced monitoring under a State- devised procedure. The Board borrowed from USEPA’s special primacy requirements for its subpart V: State 2 Disinfection Byproducts Requirements and the accompanying preamble discussion to derive the procedure in this Section. | |
| (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| SUBPART B: FILTRATION AND DISINFECTION | |
| Section 611.201 Requiring a Demonstration | |
| The Agency must issue a SEP notifying a supplier when the Agency requires the supplier to make demonstrations under this Subpart B. The Agency must require demonstrations when USEPA requires the type of demonstration, allowing sufficient time for the supplier to collect the necessary information. | |
| (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.202 Procedures for Agency Determinations (Repealed) | |
| (Source: Repealed at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.211 Filtration Required | |
| The Agency must require a supplier using a surface water source or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water to filter the water it provides to the public. | |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section originally derived from 40 CFR 141.71 and the preamble discussion at 54 Fed. Reg. 27505 (June 29, 1989). The Board replaced the original rule with the present requirement that a supplier apply filtration treatment because no supplier using a surface water source or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water operates in Illinois. This rule avoids a gap in the Illinois rules. | |
| (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.212 Groundwater under Direct Influence of Surface Water | |
| The Agency must require a CWS supplier to demonstrate under Section 611.201 whether it uses “groundwater under the direct influence of surface water”. Based on the information the supplier provides, the Agency must determine whether a PWS uses “groundwater under the direct influence of surface water”. The Agency must base this determination on specific factors: | |
| a) | Physical Characteristics of the Source. Whether the source is obviously a surface water source, such as a lake or stream. Other sources possibly subject to influence from surface waters include springs, infiltration galleries, wells, or other collectors in subsurface aquifers. |
| b) | Well Construction Characteristics and Geology with Field Evaluation |
| 1) | The Agency may use the wellhead protection program’s requirements, which include delineation of wellhead protection areas, assessment of sources of contamination, and implementation of management control systems, to determine if the wellhead is under the direct influence of surface water. |
| 2) | A well less than or equal to 50 feet deep is likely under the direct influence of surface water. |
| 3) | A well more than 50 feet deep is likely under the direct influence of surface water, unless it includes specific features: |
| A) | A surface sanitary seal using bentonite clay, concrete, or similar material; |
| B) | A well casing penetrating consolidated (slowly permeable) material; and |
| C) | A well casing that is only perforated or screened below consolidated (slowly permeable) material. |
| 4) | A source less than 200 feet from any surface water is likely under the direct influence of surface water. |
| c) | Any structural modifications to prevent the direct influence of surface water and eliminate the potential for Giardia lamblia cyst contamination. |
| d) | Source Water Quality Records. Specific factors indicate that a source is under the direct influence of surface water: |
| 1) | A record of total coliform or fecal coliform contamination in untreated samples collected over the past three years; |
| 2) | A history of turbidity problems associated with the source; or |
| 3) | A history of known or suspected outbreaks of Giardia lamblia, Cryptosporidium, or other pathogenic organisms associated with surface water attributable to the source. |
| e) | Significant and relatively rapid shifts in water characteristics, such as turbidity, temperature, conductivity, or pH. |
| 1) | A variation in turbidity of 0.5 NTU or more over one year is indicative of surface influence. |
| 2) | A variation in temperature of nine Fahrenheit degrees or more over one year is indicative of surface influence. |
| f) | Significant and relatively rapid shifts in water characteristics, such as turbidity, temperature, conductivity, or pH, closely correlating with climatological or surface water conditions indicate surface water influence. |
| 1) | Evidence of particulate matter associated with the surface water; or |
| 2) | Turbidity or temperature data that correlates with that of a nearby surface water source. |
| g) | Particulate Analysis. Significant occurrence of insects or other macroorganisms, algae, or large-diameter pathogens, such as Giardia lamblia, indicates surface influence. |
| 1) | “Large-diameter pathogens” are those over seven micrometers. |
| 2) | The supplier must measure particulates as the Guidance Manual for Filtration and Disinfection (91), incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, specifies. |
| h) | The potential for contamination by small-diameter pathogens, such as bacteria or viruses, does not alone render the source “under the direct influence of surface water”. |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from the definition of “groundwater under the direct influence of surface water” in 40 CFR 141.2; from the Preamble at 54 Fed. Reg. 27489 (June 29, 1989); and from the USEPA Guidance Manual for Filtration and Disinfection (91). | |
| (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.213 No Method of HPC Analysis | |
| Sections 611.241(d)(2), 611.242(c)(2), 611.261(b)(8)(G), 611.262(b)(3)(G), 611.532(f)(2), and 611.533(c)(2) rely on this Section. The Agency must determine that a system has no means for having a sample analyzed for HPC based on specific site-specific conditions: | |
| a) | There is no certified laboratory that can analyze the sample within the time and temperatures the Board Note appended to Section 611.531(a)(2)(A) specifies; |
| b) | The supplier provides adequate disinfection in the distribution system, considering certain factors: |
| 1) | Other measurements showing the presence of RDC in the distribution system; |
| 2) | The distribution system size; and |
| 3) | The adequacy of the supplier’s cross connection control program; and |
| c) | The PWS cannot maintain an RDC in its distribution system. |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.72(a)(4)(ii). | |
| (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.220 General Requirements | |
| a) | This Subpart B constitutes NPDWRs. This Subpart B establishes criteria for filtration as a treatment technique for PWSs using a surface water source or groundwater source under the direct influence of surface water. This Subpart B also establishes treatment techniques in lieu of MCLs for specific contaminants: Giardia lamblia, viruses, HPC bacteria, Legionella, and turbidity. A supplier using a surface water source or a groundwater source under the direct influence of surface water must treat that source water and comply with these treatment techniques. The treatment techniques comprise installing and properly operating water treatment processes that reliably achieve specific objectives: |
| 1) | At least 99.9 percent (3-log) removal or inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts between a point where the raw water is not subject to recontamination by surface water runoff and a downstream point before or at the first customer; and |
| 2) | At least 99.99 percent (4-log) removal or inactivation of viruses between a point where the raw water is not subject to recontamination by surface water runoff and a downstream point before or at the first customer. |
| b) | A supplier using a surface water source or a groundwater source under the direct influence of surface water complying with Section 611.250 (filtration) and Section 611.241 (disinfection) complies with subsection (a). |
| c) | A supplier using a surface water source or groundwater source under the direct influence of surface water must have a certified operator under 35 Ill. Adm. Code 603.103 and the Public Water Supply Operations Act [415 ILCS 45]. |
| d) | Additional Requirements for PWSs Serving 10,000 or More Persons. In addition to this Subpart B, a PWS serving 10,000 or more persons must also comply with Subpart R. |
| e) | Additional Requirements for Systems Serving Fewer Than 10,000 People. In addition to this Subpart B, a supplier serving fewer than 10,000 people must also comply with Subpart X. |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.70. The Public Water Supply Operations Act applies only to CWSs, which the Agency regulates. It does not apply to non-CWSs, which Public Health regulates. Public Health has its own requirements for personnel operating water supplies, e.g., 77 Ill. Adm. Code 900.40(e). The Board removed provisions for unfiltered system suppliers. A supplier in Illinois using a surface water source or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water must apply filtration treatment and disinfection to water it provides to the public. | |
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.230 Filtration Effective Dates (Repealed) | |
| (Source: Repealed at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.231 Source Water Limitation | |
| No CWS may use recycled sewage treatment plant effluent on a routine basis. | |
| BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement. | |
| (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.232 Site-Specific Conditions (Repealed) | |
| (Source: Repealed at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.233 Treatment Technique Violations | |
| A supplier violates a treatment technique requirement if not applying required filtration when the Agency requires in a SEP. | |
| (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.240 Disinfection | |
| a) | This subsection (a) corresponds with the first sentence of 40 CFR 141.72, pertaining to unfiltered system suppliers using a surface water source not providing filtration treatment. These no longer exist in Illinois. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA regulations. |
| b) | This subsection (a) corresponds with the second sentence of 40 CFR 141.72, pertaining to unfiltered system suppliers using groundwater source under the direct influence of surface water not providing filtration treatment. These no longer exist in Illinois. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA regulations. |
| c) | Upon determining that a supplier must apply filtration, the Agency may issue a SEP requiring the supplier to comply with interim disinfection requirements before installing filtration. |
| d) | A supplier using a surface water source and providing filtration treatment must provide the disinfection treatment Section 611.242 specifies. |
| e) | A supplier using a groundwater source under the direct influence of surface water and providing filtration treatment must provide the disinfection treatment Section 611.242 specifies beginning when the supplier installs filtration. |
| f) | Failing to comply with Section 611.242 before the Agency requires in a SEP is a treatment technique violation. |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section from 40 CFR 141.72 preamble. | |
| (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.241 Unfiltered PWSs (Repealed) | |
| (Source: Repealed at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.242 Filtered PWSs | |
| Each supplier providing filtration treatment must provide disinfection treatment: | |
| a) | The disinfection treatment must sufficiently ensure that the system’s total treatment processes achieve at least 99.9 percent (3-log) inactivation or removal of Giardia lamblia cysts and at least 99.99 percent (4-log) inactivation or removal of viruses. |
| b) | The RDC in the water entering the distribution system, measured as Sections 611.531(b) and 611.533(b) specify, cannot be less than 0.2 mg/ L for more than four hours. |
| c) | RDC in the Distribution System |
| 1) | The RDC in the distribution system, measured as total chlorine, combined chlorine, or chlorine dioxide, as Sections 611.531(b) and 611.533(c) specify, cannot be undetectable in more than 5 percent of the samples the supplier collects each month for any two consecutive months during which the system serves water to the public. Water in the distribution system with HPC less than or equal to 500/ml, measured as Section 611.531(a) specifies, is deemed to have a detectable RDC for complying with this requirement. Thus, the value “V” in this formula cannot exceed 5 percent in one month, for any two consecutive months: |
| where: | |
| a = | The number of times when the supplier measured the RDC; |
| b = | The number of times when the supplier did not measure the RDC but did measure HPC; |
| c = | The number of times when the supplier measured but did not detect RDC but did not measure HPC; |
| d = | The number of times when the supplier measured but did not detect the RDC, and the HPC is greater than 500/ml; |
| and | |
| e = | The number of times when the supplier did not measure the RDC, and HPC is greater than 500/ml. |
| 2) | Subsection (c)(1) does not apply if the Agency determines, under Section 611.213, that a supplier has no means for having a sample analyzed for HPC by a certified laboratory under the requisite time and temperature conditions Section 611.531(a) specifies and that the supplier provides adequate disinfection in its distribution system. |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.72(b). | |
| (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.250 Filtration | |
| A supplier using a surface water source or a groundwater source under the direct influence of surface water must provide both disinfection treatment, as Section 611.242 specifies, and filtration treatment complying with subsection (a), (b), (c), (d), or (e) within 18 months after the Agency issues a SEP requiring the supplier to apply filtration treatment. Failing to apply filtration treatment before the time the Agency provides in a SEP violates a treatment technique. | |
| a) | Conventional Filtration Treatment or Direct Filtration |
| 1) | For a supplier using conventional filtration or direct filtration, the turbidity level of its filtered water must not exceed 0.5 NTU in more than five percent of the measurements each month under Sections 611.531(a) and 611.533(a). However, if the Agency issues a SEP determining that the supplier can achieve at least 99.9 percent removal or inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts at some turbidity level higher than 0.5 NTU in at least 95 percent of the measurements each month, the Agency must substitute this higher turbidity limit in the SEP. However, the Agency must not approve a turbidity limit allowing more than 1 NTU in more than five percent of the samples each month under Sections 611.531(a) and 611.533(a). |
| 2) | The turbidity level of representative samples of a supplier’s filtered water must never exceed 5 NTU. |
| 3) | A supplier serving 10,000 or more persons must comply with the turbidity in Section 611.743(a). |
| 4) | A supplier serving fewer than 10,000 people must comply with the turbidity in Section 611.955. |
| b) | Slow Sand Filtration |
| 1) | For a supplier using slow sand filtration, the turbidity level of its filtered water must not exceed 1 NTU in more than five percent of the measurements each month under Section 611.531(a) and 611.533(a). However, if the Agency issues a SEP determining that there is no significant interference with disinfection at a higher level, the Agency must substitute the higher turbidity limit in the SEP. |
| 2) | The turbidity of a supplier’s filtered water must never exceed 5 NTU, measured as Sections 611.531(a) and 611.533(a) specify. |
| c) | Diatomaceous Earth Filtration |
| 1) | For a supplier using diatomaceous earth filtration, the turbidity level of its filtered water must not exceed 1 NTU in more than five percent of the measurements each month under Sections 611.531(a) and 611.533(a). |
| 2) | The turbidity level of representative samples of a supplier’s filtered water must never exceed 5 NTU under Sections 611.531(a) and 611.533(a). |
| d) | Other Filtration Technologies. The Agency may issue a SEP allowing a supplier to use a filtration technology not included in subsections (a) through (c) if the supplier demonstrates, using pilot plant studies or other means, that the alternative filtration technology, in combination with disinfection treatment complying with Section 611.242, consistently achieves 99.9 percent removal or inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts and 99.99 percent removal or inactivation of viruses. Subsection (b) applies to a supplier making this demonstration. A supplier serving 10,000 or more persons must comply with Section 611.743(b). A supplier serving fewer than 10,000 people must comply with Section 611.955. |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.73. | |
| (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.261 Unfiltered PWSs: Reporting and Recordkeeping | |
| A supplier using a groundwater source under the direct influence of surface water not providing filtration treatment must report monthly to the Agency the information this Section specifies beginning six months after the Agency determines that the groundwater source is under the direct influence of surface water. When the Agency issues a SEP requiring filtration treatment and specifying appropriate alternative reporting requirements until the supplier applies filtration treatment. | |
| a) | The supplier must report source water quality information to the Agency within ten days after the end of each month the supplier serves water to the public. The information must include certain information: |
| 1) | The cumulative number of months for which the supplier reports results. |
| 2) | The number of fecal or total coliform samples, whichever the supplier analyzed during the month (if a supplier monitors for both, the supplier needs only report fecal coliform samples), the dates the supplied collected the samples, and the dates when the turbidity level exceeded 1 NTU. |
| 3) | The number of samples during the month that had equal to or fewer than 20/100 ml fecal coliforms or equal to or fewer than 100/100 ml total coliforms, whichever the supplier analyzed. |
| 4) | The cumulative number of fecal or total coliform samples, whichever the supplier analyzed, during the previous six months the supplier served water to the public. |
| 5) | The cumulative number of samples that had equal to or fewer than 20/100 ml fecal coliforms or equal to or fewer than 100/100 ml total coliforms, whichever the supplier analyzed, during the previous six months the supplier served water to the public. |
| 6) | The percentage of samples that had equal to or fewer than 20/100 ml fecal coliforms or equal to or fewer than 100/100 ml total coliforms, whichever the supplier analyzed, during the previous six months the supplier served water to the public. |
| 7) | The maximum turbidity level the supplier measured during the month, the dates of occurrence for any measurements exceeding 5 NTU, and the dates the supplier reported the occurrences to the Agency. |
| 8) | For the first 12 months of recordkeeping, the dates and cumulative number of events during which the turbidity exceeded 5 NTU. After one year of recordkeeping for turbidity measurements, the dates and cumulative number of events during which the turbidity exceeded 5 NTU in the previous 12 months the supplier served water to the public. |
| 9) | For the first 120 months of recordkeeping, the dates and cumulative number of events during which the turbidity exceeded 5 NTU. After ten years of recordkeeping for turbidity measurements, the dates and cumulative number of events during which the turbidity exceeded 5 NTU in the previous 120 months the supplier served water to the public. |
| b) | The supplier must report the Agency disinfection information Section 611.532 specifies within ten days after the end of each month the supplier serves water to the public. The information the supplier reports must include specific information: |
| 1) | For each day, the lowest RDC measurement in mg/ L in water entering the distribution system. |
| 2) | The date and duration of each period during which the RDC in water entering the distribution system fell below 0.2 mg/ L and the supplier notified the Agency of the occurrence. |
| 3) | The daily RDCs (in mg/ L) and disinfectant contact times (in minutes) the supplier used for calculating the CT values. |
| 4) | If the supplier uses chlorine, the daily pH measurements of disinfected water following each point of chlorine disinfection. |
| 5) | The daily water temperature measurements (in ° C) following each point of disinfection. |
| 6) | The daily CTcalc and Ai values for each disinfectant measurement or sequence and the sum of all Ai values (B) before or at the first customer. |
| 7) | The daily determination whether disinfection achieves adequate Giardia cyst and virus inactivation, i.e., whether Ai is at least 1.0. If the supplier uses a disinfectant other than chlorine, the supplier must use other indicator conditions the Agency determines appropriate under Section 611.241(a)(1). |
| 8) | Specific information on the supplier’s distribution system samples the supplier took for total coliform monitoring under Sections 611.240 through 611.242: |
| A) | The number of times when the supplier measured the RDC; |
| B) | The number of times when the supplier did not measure the RDC but did measure HPC; |
| C) | The number of times the supplier measured but did not detect RDC and measured HPC; |
| D) | The number of times when the supplier measured but did not detect the RDC, and the HPC is greater than 500/ml; |
| E) | The number of times when the supplier did not measure the RDC, and the HPC is greater than 500/ml; |
| F) | For the current and previous month the supplier served water to the public, the value of “V” in the following formula: |
| where: | |
| a = | The value in subsection (b)(8)(A); |
| b = | The value subsection (b)(8)(B); |
| c = | The value in subsection (b)(8)(C); |
| d = | The value in subsection (b)(8)(D); and |
| e = | The value in subsection (b)(8)(E). |
| G) | Subsections (b)(8)(A) through (b)(8)(F) do not apply if the Agency determines, under Section 611.213, that a supplier has no means for having a sample analyzed for HPC by a certified laboratory under the requisite time and temperature conditions specified by Section 611.531(a) and that the supplier adequately provides disinfection in the distribution system. |
| 9) | A supplier needs not report the data subsections (b)(1) and (b)(3) through (b)(6) require if all data subsections (b)(1) through (b)(8) require remain on file at the system, and the Agency issues a SEP making specific determinations: |
| A) | That the supplier submitted all the information subsections (b)(1) through (b)(8) require to the Agency for at least 12 months; and |
| B) | That the supplier needs not provide filtration treatment. |
| c) | By October 10 of each year, every supplier must provide a report to the Agency summarizing its compliance with all watershed control program requirements in Section 611.232(b). |
| d) | By October 10 of each year, every supplier must provide a report to the Agency on the on-site inspection the supplier conducted during that year under Section 611.232(c), unless the Agency conducted the on-site inspection. If the Agency conducted the inspection, the Agency must provide a copy of its report to the supplier. |
| e) | Reporting Health Threats |
| 1) | Upon discovering that a waterborne disease outbreak occurred that is potentially attributable to its water system, a supplier must report that occurrence to the Agency as soon as possible but no later than by the end of the next business day. |
| 2) | If at any time the turbidity exceeds 5 NTU, the supplier must consult with the Agency as soon as practical, but no later than 24 hours after the supplier knows of the exceedance, under Section 611.903(b)(3). |
| 3) | If at any time the RDC falls below 0.2 mg/ L in the water entering the distribution system, the supplier must notify the Agency as soon as possible but no later than by the end of the next business day. The supplier must also notify the Agency by the end of the next business day whether or not the supplier restored the RDC to at least 0.2 mg/ L within four hours. |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.75(a). | |
| (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.262 Filtered PWSs: Reporting and Recordkeeping | |
| A supplier using a surface water source or a groundwater source under the direct influence of surface water that provides filtration treatment must monthly report specific information to the Agency. | |
| a) | The supplier must report turbidity measurements that Section 611.533(a) requires within ten days after the end of each month the supplier serves water to the public. The report must include specific information: |
| 1) | The total number of filtered water turbidity measurements the supplier took during the month. |
| 2) | The number and percentage of filtered water turbidity measurements the supplier took during the month that are less than or equal to the turbidity limits Section 611.250 specifies for the filtration technology the supplier uses. |
| 3) | The date and value of any turbidity measurements the supplier took during the month that exceed 5 NTU. |
| b) | The supplier must report the disinfection information Section 611.533 specifies to the Agency within ten days after the end of each month the supplier serves water to the public. The report must include specific information: |
| 1) | For each day, the lowest RDC measurement (in mg/ L) in water entering the distribution system. |
| 2) | The date and duration of each period during which the RDC in water entering the distribution system fell below 0.2 mg/ L and when the supplier notified the Agency of the occurrence. |
| 3) | Specific information on the samples the supplier took in the distribution system for total coliform monitoring under Sections 611.240 through 611.242: |
| A) | The number of times when the supplier measured the RDC; |
| B) | The number of times when the supplier did not measure the RDC but did measure HPC; |
| C) | The number of times when the supplier measured but did not detect RDC but did not measure HPC; |
| D) | The number of times when the supplier measured but did not detect the RDC, and the HPC is greater than 500/ml; |
| E) | The number of times when the supplier did not measure the RDC, and HPC is greater than 500/ml; |
| F) | For the current and previous month the supplier serves water to the public, the value of “V” in the following formula: |
| where: | |
| a = | The value in subsection (b)(3)(A); |
| b = | The value in subsection (b)(3)(B); |
| c = | The value in subsection (b)(3)(C); |
| d = | The value in subsection (b)(3)(D); and |
| e = | The value in subsection (b)(3)(E). |
| G) | Subsections (b)(3)(A) through (b)(3)(F) do not apply if the Agency determines, under Section 611.213, that a supplier has no means for having a sample analyzed for HPC by a certified laboratory under the requisite time and temperature conditions specified by Section 611.531(a) and that the supplier adequately provides disinfection in the distribution system. |
| c) | Reporting Health Threats |
| 1) | Upon discovering that a waterborne disease outbreak occurred that is potentially attributable to its water system, a supplier must report that occurrence to the Agency as soon as possible but no later than by the end of the next business day. |
| 2) | If at any time the turbidity exceeds 5 NTU, the supplier must consult with the Agency as soon as practical, but no later than 24 hours the supplier knows of the exceedance, under Section 611.903(b)(3). |
| 3) | If at any time the RDC falls below 0.2 mg/ L in the water entering the distribution system, the supplier must notify the Agency as soon as possible, but no later than by the end of the next business day. The supplier must also notify the Agency by the end of the next business day whether or not the supplier restored the to at least 0.2 mg/ L within four hours. |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.75(b). | |
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.271 Protection during Repair Work (Repealed) | |
| (Source: Repealed at 43 Ill. Reg. 8206, effective July 26, 2019) | |
| Section 611.272 Disinfection Following Repair (Repealed) | |
| (Source: Repealed at 43 Ill. Reg. 8206, effective July 26, 2019) | |
| Section 611.276 Recycle Provisions | |
| a) | Applicability. A Subpart B system supplier employing conventional filtration or direct filtration treatment that recycles spent filter backwash water, thickener supernatant, or liquids from dewatering processes must comply with subsections (b) through (d). |
| b) | Reporting. A supplier must notify the Agency in writing if the supplier recycles spent filter backwash water, thickener supernatant, or liquids from dewatering processes. This notification must minimally include the information subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) specify: |
| 1) | A plant schematic showing the origin of all recycled flows (including spent filter backwash water, thickener supernatant, and liquids from dewatering processes), the hydraulic conveyance used to transport these fluids , and the location where the supplier reintroduces these fluids back into the treatment plant. |
| 2) | The typical recycle flow in gallons per minute (gpm), the highest plant flow the supplier observed in the previous year (gpm), design flow for the treatment plant (gpm), and the Agency-approved operating capacity for the plant if the Agency makes this determination. |
| c) | Treatment Technique Requirement. Any supplier recycling spent filter backwash water, thickener supernatant, or liquids from dewatering processes must return these flows through the processes of the supplier's existing conventional filtration or direct filtration system, as defined in Section 611.101, or at an alternative location approved by a permit issued by the Agency. |
| d) | Recordkeeping. The supplier must collect and retain on file the recycle flow information subsections (d)(1) through (d)(6) specify for review and evaluation by the Agency: |
| 1) | A copy of the recycle notification and information the supplier submitted to the Agency under subsection (b). |
| 2) | A list of all recycle flows and the frequency with which the supplier returns them . |
| 3) | The average and maximum backwash flow rate through the filters and the average and maximum filter backwash process duration in minutes. |
| 4) | The typical filter run length and a written summary of how filter the run length is determined. |
| 5) | The type of treatment the supplier provides for the recycle flow. |
| 6) | Data on the physical dimensions of the equalization or treatment units, typical and maximum hydraulic loading rates, type of treatment chemicals used and average dose and frequency of use, and the frequency at which the supplier removes solids if applicable. |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.76. | |
| (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| SUBPART C: USE OF NON-CENTRALIZED TREATMENT DEVICES | |
| Section 611.280 Point-of-Entry Devices | |
| a) | A supplier may use point-of-entry devices to comply with an MCL only while complying with this Section. |
| b) | The supplier is responsible to operate and maintain the point-of entry treatment system. |
| c) | The supplier must develop a monitoring plan before installing point-of-entry devices to comply. |
| 1) | Point-of-entry devices must protect human health equivalently to central water treatment. “Equivalently” means that the water would meet all NPDWRs and be of acceptable quality similar to water distributed by a well-operated central treatment plant. |
| 2) | In addition to the VOCs, the supplier’s monitoring must include physical measurements and observations such as total flow treated and mechanical condition of the treatment equipment. |
| 3) | The Agency must approve any use of point-of-entry devices in a SEP. |
| d) | The supplier must properly apply effective technology under an Agency-approved plan, and the supplier must maintain the microbiological safety of the water. |
| 1) | The Agency must require adequate performance certification, field testing, and rigorous engineering design review of the point-of-entry devices (if not included in the certification process). |
| 2) | The design and application of the point-of-entry devices must consider the tendency for increased heterotrophic bacteria concentrations in water treated with activated carbon. The Agency may issue a SEP requiring frequent backwashing, post-contactor disinfection, and HPC monitoring to ensure that nothing compromises the microbiological safety of the water. |
| e) | The point-of-entry devices must protect all consumers. Every building connected to the system must have a point-of-entry device installed, maintained, and adequately monitored. The supplier must assure the Agency that every building is subject to treatment and monitoring, and that the rights and responsibilities of the PWS customer convey with title upon sale of the property. |
| f) | Using any point-of-entry device must not cause increased corrosion of lead- and copper-bearing materials between the device and the tap that could increase contaminant levels at the tap. |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.100 and 142.62(h)(7). | |
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.290 Point-of-Use Devices or Bottled Water | |
| a) | A supplier may not use bottled water to comply with an MCL. |
| b) | A supplier may use bottled water or point-of-use devices on a temporary basis to avoid an unreasonable risk to human health under an Agency-issued SEP. |
| c) | Any use of bottled water must comply with Section 611.130(d), except that the supplier must submit this quality control plan to the Agency for review as part of its SEP request, rather than to the Board for review. |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.101. | |
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| SUBPART D: TREATMENT TECHNIQUES | |
| Section 611.295 General Requirements | |
| This Subpart D constitutes NPDWRs. This Subpart D establishes treatment techniques in lieu of MCLs for specified contaminants. | |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.110. | |
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.296 Acrylamide and Epichlorohydrin | |
| a) | Each supplier must annually certify in writing to the Agency that when it uses products containing acrylamide or epichlorohydrin in the PWS, the product of monomer level and dose does not exceed the level subsection (b) specifies. The supplier must compute the product of monomer level and dose: |
| P = A × B | |
| Where: | |
| A = | Percent by weight of unreacted monomer in the product used; |
| B = | Parts per million by weight of finished water at which the supplier doses the product; and |
| P = | Product of monomer level and dose. |
| b) | Maximum Product of monomer level and dose: |
| 1) | For acrylamide, P = 0.05 ppm; and |
| 2) | For epichlorohydrin, P = 0.20 ppm. |
| c) | The supplier’s certification may rely on manufacturers or third parties, as the Agency approves. |
| BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.111. | |
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023) | |
| Section 611.297 Corrosion Control (Repealed) | |
| (Source: Repealed at 43 Ill. Reg. 8206, effective July 26 2019) | |
| SUBPART F: MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT LEVELS (MCLs) AND MAXIMUM RESIDUAL DISINFECTANT LEVELS (MRDLs) | |
| Section 611.300 State-Only MCLs for Inorganic Chemical Contaminants | |
| a) | The State-only MCLs listed in subsection (b) for inorganic chemical contaminants (IOCs) are additional State requirements. The State-only MCLs apply only to CWS suppliers. The supplier must determine compliance with the State-only MCLs for inorganic chemicals under Section 611.612. |
| b) | State-only MCLs for IOCs |
| Contaminant | Level, mg/ L
|
| Iron | 1.0
|
| Manganese | 0.15
|
| Zinc | 5.
|
d) Nitrate
A non-CWS may exceed the MCL for nitrate under certain circumstances:
1) The nitrate level must not exceed 20 mg/ L;
2) The water must not be available for consumption by children under six months of age;
3) The NCWS supplier complies with the public notification requirements under Section 611.909, including continuous posting that the nitrate level exceeds 10 mg/ L with the potential health effects of exposure;
4) The supplier annually notifies local public health authorities and the Department of Public Health of nitrate levels exceeding 10 mg/ L; and
5) No adverse public health effects result.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (d) derives from 40 CFR 141.11(d). The Department of Public Health regulations may impose a nitrate limitation requirement at 77 Ill. Adm. Code 900.50.
e) Supplementary conditions apply to the MCLs for iron and manganese in subsection (b):
1) A CWS supplier serving a population of 1,000 or fewer or 300 service connections or fewer are exempt from the standards for iron and manganese.
2) The Agency may issue a SEP allowing iron and manganese in excess of the MCL if sequestration proves effective on an experimental basis. If sequestration is not effective, the supplier must provide positive iron or manganese reduction treatment, as applicable. A supplier may try experimental use a sequestering agent only if the Agency approves in a SEP.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (e) is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.301 Revised MCLs for Inorganic Chemical Contaminants
a) This subsection corresponds with 40 CFR 141.62(a), reserved by USEPA. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
b) The MCLs in the following table apply to CWSs. Except for fluoride, the MCLs also apply to NTNCWSs. The MCLs for nitrate, nitrite, and total nitrate and nitrite also apply to transient non-CWSs.
BOARD NOTE: See Section 611.300(d) for an elevated nitrate level for non-CWSs. USEPA removed and reserved the MCL for nickel on June 29, 1995, at 60 Fed. Reg. 33932, as a result of a judicial order in Nickel Development Institute v. EPA, No. 92-1407, and Specialty Steel Industry of the U.S. v. Browner, No. 92-1410 (D.C. Cir. Feb. 23 & Mar. 6, 1995), while retaining the contaminant, analytical methodology, and detection limit entries for this contaminant.
Contaminant MCL Units Antimony 0.006 mg/ L Arsenic 0.010 mg/ L Asbestos 7 MFL Barium 2 mg/ L Beryllium 0.004 mg/ L Cadmium 0.005 mg/ L Chromium 0.1 mg/ L Cyanide (as free CN-) 0.2 mg/ L Fluoride 4.0 mg/ L Mercury 0.002 mg/ L Nitrate (as N) 10 mg/ L Nitrite (as N) 1 mg/ L Total Nitrate and Nitrite (as N) 10 mg/ L Selenium 0.05 mg/ L Thallium 0.002 mg/ L c) USEPA identifies specific treatment technologies as BAT for achieving compliance with the IOC MCLs, except for fluoride:
Contaminant BATs Antimony C/F
ROArsenic (BATs for AsV. Pre-oxidation may be required to convert AsIII to AsV.) AAL
C/F
IX
LIME
RO
ED
O/F (to obtain high removals, the iron to arsenic ratio must be at least 20:1)Asbestos C/F
DDF
CCBarium IX
LIME
RO
EDBeryllium AA
C/F
IX
LIME
ROCadmium C/F
IX
LIME
ROChromium C/F
IX
LIME (for CrIII only)
ROCyanide IX
RO
ALK Cl2Mercury C/F (only if influent Hg concentrations less than or equal to 10 µg/ L)
GAC
LIME (only if influent Hg concentrations less than or equal to 10 µg/ L)
RO (only if influent Hg concentrations less than or equal to 10 µg/ L)Nickel IX
LIME
RONitrate IX
RO
EDNitrite IX
ROSelenium AAL
C/F (for SeIV only)
LIME
RO
EDThallium AAL
IX
Abbreviations
d) At 40 CFR 141.62(d), USEPA identified the affordable technology, treatment technique, or other means available to systems serving 10,000 persons or fewer for achieving compliance with the MCL for arsenic:
AAL Activated alumina ALK Cl2 Alkaline chlorination (pH ≥ 8.5) C/F Coagulation/filtration (not BAT for a system having fewer than 500 service connections) CC Corrosion control Cl2 Oxidation (chlorine) DDF Direct and diatomite filtration ED Electrodialysis GAC Granular activated carbon IX Ion exchange LIME Lime softening O/F Oxidation/filtration RO Reverse osmosis UV Ultraviolet irradiation Small System Compliance Technologies (SSCTs)1 for Arsenic2
1 Section 1412(b)(4)(E)(i) through (iii) of SDWA (42 U.S.C. 300g-1(b)(4)(E)(i) through (iii)) specifies that SSCTs must be affordable and technically feasible for a small system supplier.
Small system compliance technology Affordable for listed small system categories3 Activated alumina (centralized) All size categories Activated alumina (point-of-use)4 All size categories Coagulation/filtration5 501 to 3,300 persons,
3,301 to 10,000 personsCoagulation-assisted microfiltration 501 to 3,300 persons,
3,301 to 10,000 personsElectrodialysis reversal6 501 to 3,300 persons,
3,301 to 10,000 personsEnhanced coagulation/filtration All size categories Enhanced lime softening (pH> 10.5) All size categories Ion exchange All size categories Lime softening5 501 to 3,300 persons,
3,301 to 10,000 personsOxidation/filtration7 All size categories Reverse osmosis (centralized)6 501 to 3,300 persons,
3,301 to 10,000 personsReverse osmosis (point-of-use)4 All size categories 2 SSCTs for AsV. Pre-oxidation may be required to convert AsIII to AsV.
3 SDWA specifies three categories of small system suppliers: (1) those serving 25 or more, but fewer than 501 persons, (2) those serving more than 500 but fewer than 3,301 persons, and (3) those serving more than 3,300 but fewer than 10,001 persons. 42 U.S.C. 300g-1(b)(4)(E)(ii).
4 When a supplier uses POU or POE devices for compliance, the supplier must provide programs to ensure proper long-term operation, maintenance, and monitoring to ensure adequate performance.
5 A supplier will not likely install this technology solely for arsenic removal. This technology may require pH adjustment to optimal range to obtain high removals.
6 This technology rejects a large volume of water and may not be appropriate for areas where water quantity is an issue.
7 To obtain high removals using this technology, the iron to arsenic ratio must be at least 20:1.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.62.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.310 State-Only Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) for Organic Chemical ContaminantsThe following are State-only MCLs for organic chemical contaminants. These State-only MCLs apply to all CWSs. A supplier must calculate compliance with these State-only MCLs in subsections (a) and (b) under Subpart O.
BOARD NOTE: This Section originally derived from 40 CFR 141.12 (1992). USEPA removed the last entries from subsections (a) and (b) and marked them reserved at 57 Fed. Reg. 31838 (July 17, 1992). USEPA entirely removed 40 CFR 141.12 and marked it “reserved” at 71 Fed. Reg. 388 (Jan. 4, 2006). USEPA’s organic chemical MCLs are now at 40 CFR 141.61, which corresponds with Section 611.311. Different MCLs for heptachlor, heptachlor epoxide, and 2,4-D appear in both this Section and Section 611.311. The heptachlor, heptachlor epoxide, and 2,4-D MCLs in this Section are Illinois limitations that are more stringent than the federal requirements. However, detection of these contaminants or violation of the federally-derived revised MCLs in Section 611.311 imposes more stringent monitoring, reporting, and notice requirements.
Contaminant MCL (mg/ L) Aldrin 0.001 DDT 0.05 Dieldrin 0.001 Heptachlor 0.0001 Heptachlor epoxide 0.0001 2,4-D 0.01 (Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.311 Revised MCLs for Organic Chemical Contaminantsa) Volatile Organic Chemical Contaminants. The MCLs for VOCs apply to CWS suppliers and NTNCWS suppliers:
b) USEPA identifies granular activated carbon (GAC), packed tower aeration (PTA), or oxidation (OX) as BAT for achieving compliance with the MCLs for VOCs and SOCs in subsections (a) and (c), as indicated:
CAS No. Contaminant MCL (mg/ L) 71-43-2 Benzene 0.005 56-23-5 Carbon tetrachloride 0.005 95-50-1 o-Dichlorobenzene 0.6 106-46-7 p-Dichlorobenzene 0.075 107-06-2 1,2-Dichloroethane 0.005 75-35-4 1,1-Dichloroethylene 0.007 156-59-2 cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene 0.07 156-60-5 trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene 0.1 75-09-2 Dichloromethane (methylene chloride) 0.005 78-87-5 1,2-Dichloropropane 0.005 100-41-4 Ethylbenzene 0.7 108-90-7 Monochlorobenzene 0.1 100-42-5 Styrene 0.1 127-18-4 Tetrachloroethylene 0.005 108-88-3 Toluene 1 120-82-1 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 0.07 71-55-6 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 0.2 79-00-5 1,1,2-Trichloroethane 0.005 79-01-6 Trichloroethylene 0.005 75-01-4 Vinyl chloride 0.002 1330-20-7 Xylenes (total) 10 * See the Board note at the end of this Section.
CAS No. Contaminant MCL (mg/ L) 15972-60-8 Alachlor GAC 116-06-3 Aldicarb* GAC 1646-87-4 Aldicarb sulfone* GAC 1646-87-3 Aldicarb sulfoxide* GAC 1912-24-9 Atrazine GAC 71-43-2 Benzene GAC, PTA 50-32-8 Benzo(a)pyrene GAC 1563-66-2 Carbofuran GAC 56-23-5 Carbon tetrachloride GAC, PTA 57-74-9 Chlordane GAC 94-75-7 2,4-D GAC 75-99-0 Dalapon GAC 96-12-8 Dibromochloropropane GAC, PTA 95-50-1 o-Dichlorobenzene GAC, PTA 106-46-7 p-Dichlorobenzene GAC, PTA 107-06-2 1,2-Dichloroethane GAC, PTA 156-59-2 cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene GAC, PTA 156-60-5 trans-1,2-Dichoroethylene GAC, PTA 75-35-4 1,1-Dichloroethylene GAC, PTA 75-09-2 Dichloromethane PTA 78-87-5 1,2-Dichloropropane GAC, PTA 103-23-1 Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate GAC, PTA 117-81-7 Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate GAC 88-85-7 Dinoseb GAC 85-00-7 Diquat GAC 145-73-3 Endothall GAC 72-20-8 Endrin GAC 106-93-4 Ethylene dibromide (EDB) GAC, PTA 100-41-4 Ethylbenzene GAC, PTA 1071-53-6 Glyphosate OX 76-44-8 Heptachlor GAC 1024-57-3 Heptachlor epoxide GAC 118-74-1 Hexachlorobenzene GAC 77-47-3 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene GAC, PTA 58-89-9 Lindane GAC 72-43-5 Methoxychlor GAC 108-90-7 Monochlorobenzene GAC, PTA 23135-22-0 Oxamyl GAC 87-86-5 Pentachlorophenol GAC 1918-02-1 Picloram GAC 1336-36-3 Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) GAC 122-34-9 Simazine GAC 100-42-5 Styrene GAC, PTA 1746-01-6 2,3,7,8-TCDD GAC 127-18-4 Tetrachloroethylene GAC, PTA 108-88-3 Toluene GAC 8001-35-2 Toxaphene GAC 120-82-1 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene GAC, PTA 71-55-6 1,1,1-Trichloroethane GAC, PTA 79-00-5 1,1,2-trichloroethane GAC, PTA 79-01-6 Trichloroethylene GAC, PTA 93-72-1 2,4,5-TP GAC 75-01-4 Vinyl chloride PTA 1330-20-7 Xylene GAC, PTA c) Synthetic Organic Chemical Contaminants. MCLs for SOCs apply to CWS and NTNCWS suppliers:
* See the Board note at the end of this Section.
CAS Number Contaminant MCL (mg/ L) 15972-60-8 Alachlor 0.002 116-06-3 Aldicarb* 0.002 1646-87-4 Aldicarb sulfone* 0.002 1646-87-3 Aldicarb sulfoxide* 0.004 1912-24-9 Atrazine 0.003 50-32-8 Benzo(a)pyrene 0.0002 1563-66-2 Carbofuran 0.04 57-74-9 Chlordane 0.002 94-75-7 2,4-D 0.07 75-99-0 Dalapon 0.2 96-12-8 Dibromochloropropane 0.0002 103-23-1 Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate 0.4 117-81-7 Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate 0.006 88-85-7 Dinoseb 0.007 85-00-7 Diquat 0.02 145-73-3 Endothall 0.1 72-20-8 Endrin 0.002 106-93-4 Ethylene dibromide 0.00005 1071-53-6 Glyphosate 0.7 76-44-8 Heptachlor 0.0004 1024-57-3 Heptachlor epoxide 0.0002 118-74-1 Hexachlorobenzene 0.001 77-47-4 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 0.05 58-89-9 Lindane 0.0002 72-43-5 Methoxychlor 0.04 23135-22-0 Oxamyl (Vydate) 0.2 87-86-5 Pentachlorophenol 0.001 1918-02-1 Picloram 0.5 1336-36-3 Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) 0.0005 122-34-9 Simazine 0.004 1746-01-6 2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin) 0.00000003 8001-35-2 Toxaphene 0.003 93-72-1 2,4,5-TP 0.05 BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.61. More stringent state MCLs for 2,4D, heptachlor, and heptachlor epoxide appear at Section 611.310. In 40 CFR 141.6(g), USEPA postponed the effectiveness of the MCLs for aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone, and aldicarb sulfoxide until it took further action on those MCLs. See 40 CFR 141.6(g) and 57 Fed. Reg. 22178 (May 27, 1992). USEPA later stated that it anticipated taking no action until 2005 on a federal national primary drinking water regulation (NPDWR) applicable to the aldicarbs. 68 Fed. Reg. 31108 (May 27, 2003). In 2005, USEPA indicated no projected date for final action on the aldicarbs. See 70 Fed. Reg. 27501, 671 (May 16, 2005). An entry for the aldicarbs last appeared in USEPA’s Spring 2007 semiannual regulatory agenda, indicating no projected dates for further action. See 72 Fed. Reg. 23156, 97 (Apr. 30, 2007); see also 72 Fed. Reg. 70118, 23 (Dec. 10, 2007) (the first USEPA regulatory agenda that included no entry for the aldicarbs). As of early 2022, USEPA did not include the aldicarbs among the NPDWRs on its webpage. USEPA, Ground Water and Drinking Water, National Primary Drinking Water Regulations (www.epa.gov/ground-water-and-drinking-water/national-primary-drinking-water-regulations ; accessed February 16, 2022). While the Board must maintain entries for aldicarb, aldicarb sulfoxide, and aldicarb sulfone to maintain consistency with the literal text of the federal rules (see Sections 7.2 and 17.5 of the Act; 42 U.S.C. 300g-2; 40 CFR 142.10), the Board intends that no aldicarb requirements apply in Illinois until after USEPA adopts such requirements, and the Board removes this statement.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.312 Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) for Disinfection Byproducts (DBPs)a) Bromate and Chlorite. MCLs for bromate and chlorite apply to CWS and NTNCWS suppliers:
1) A Subpart B system supplier must comply with this subsection (a).
Disinfection Byproduct MCL (mg/ L) Bromate 0.010 Chlorite 1.0 2) USEPA identifies best available technology, treatment techniques, or other means available for achieving compliance with the MCLs for bromate and chlorite:
b) TTHM and HAA5
Disinfection Byproduct Best Available Technology Bromate Controlling the ozone treatment process to reduce bromate production. Chlorite Controlling the treatment processes to reduce disinfectant demand and controlling the disinfection treatment processes to reduce disinfectant levels. 1) A supplier must comply with the Subpart Y MCLs for TTHM and HAA5 as a locational running annual average at each monitoring location, as Section 611.970(c) requires.
2) USEPA identifies the best available technology, treatment techniques, or other means available for complying with the MCLs for TTHM and HAA5 for any supplier disinfecting its source water:
Disinfection Byproduct MCL (mg/ L) Total trihalomethanes (TTHM) 0.080 Haloacetic acids (five) (HAA5) 0.060 3) USEPA identifies the best available technology, treatment techniques, or other means available for achieving compliance with the MCLs TTHM and HAA5 for consecutive systems, which only apply to the disinfected water that a consecutive system buys or otherwise receives from a wholesale system:
Disinfection Byproduct Best Available Technology Total trihalomethanes (TTHM) and
Haloacetic acids (five) (HAA5)Enhanced coagulation or enhanced softening, plus GAC10; or nanofiltration with a molecular weight cutoff ≤1000 Daltons; or GAC20
Disinfection Byproduct Best Available Technology Total trihalomethanes (TTHM) and
Haloacetic acids (five) (HAA5)Any system serving 10,000 or more persons: Improved distribution system and storage tank management to reduce residence time, plus using chloramines for disinfectant residual maintenance; or
Any system serving fewer than 10,000 persons: Improved distribution system and storage tank management to reduce residence time.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.64.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.313 Maximum Residual Disinfectant Levels (MRDLs)a) MRDLs:
b) Compliance
Disinfectant residual MRDL (mg/ L) Chlorine 4.0 (as Cl2) Chloramines 4.0 (as Cl2) Chlorine dioxide 0.8 (as ClO2) 1) CWSs and NTNCWSs. A Subpart B system must comply with this Section.
2) Transient NCWSs. A Subpart B system supplier must comply with the chlorine dioxide MRDL.
c) USEPA identified the best technology, treatment techniques, or other means available for complying with the MRDLs in subsection (a): controlling treatment processes to reduce disinfectant demand and controlling disinfection treatment processes to reduce disinfectant levels.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.65.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.320 Turbidity (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 27 Ill. Reg. 16447, effective October 10, 2003)
Section 611.325 Microbiological Contaminantsa) A supplier complies with the MCL for E. coli for samples taken under Subpart AA, unless any of the conditions identified in subsections (a)(1) through (a)(4) occur. For purposes of public notification under Subpart V, violating the MCL may pose an acute risk to human health.
1) The supplier has an E. coli-positive repeat sample following a total coliform-positive routine sample.
2) The supplier has a total coliform-positive repeat sample following an E. coli-positive routine sample.
3) The supplier fails to take all required repeat samples following an E. coli-positive routine sample.
4) The supplier fails to test for E. coli when any repeat sample tests positive for total coliform.
b) A supplier must determine whether it complies with the MCL for E. coli in subsection (a) for each month during which the supplier must monitor for total coliforms.
c) USEPA identified the best technology, treatment techniques, or other means for complying with the MCL maximum contaminant level for E. coli in subsection (a):
1) Protecting wells from fecal contamination by appropriate placement and construction;
2) Maintaining RDC throughout the distribution system;
3) Properly maintaining the distribution system, including appropriate pipe replacement and repair procedures, main flushing programs, properly operating and maintaining storage tanks and reservoirs, cross-connection control, and continually maintaining positive water pressure in all parts of the distribution system;
4) Filtering and disinfecting surface water, as Subparts B, R, X, and Z describe, or disinfecting groundwater, as Subpart S describes, using a strong oxidant like chlorine, chlorine dioxide, or ozone; or
5) For a system using groundwater, complying with permit conditions the Agency imposes under the USEPA-endorsed Illinois wellhead protection program.
BOARD NOTE: USEPA requires the supplier to comply with the wellhead protection program. The Illinois program operates under the Illinois Groundwater Protection Act [415 ILCS 55]. USEPA endorses, rather than approves, state groundwater protection programs and periodically reviews those programs with the state. See “Final Comprehensive State Ground Water Protection Program Guidance”, USEPA, Office of the Administrator, doc. no. EPA 100-R-93-001 (Dec. 1992), at p. 1-21 & n. 4 and pp. 1-24 and 1-25. Section 18(a) of the Act requires a supplier to operate under an Agency-issued permit. Other Illinois laws may require a permit for a groundwater well. E.g., Sections 5(b), 5b, and 6 of the Illinois Water Well Construction Code [415 ILCS 30/5(b), 5b, and 6].
d) USEPA identifies the technology, treatment techniques, or other means in subsection (c) as affordable technology, treatment techniques, or other means available to suppliers serving 10,000 or fewer people for achieving compliance with the for E. coli MCL in subsection (a).
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a) derives from 40 CFR 141.63(c), subsection (b) derives from the second sentence of 40 CFR 141.63(d), and subsection (c) derives from 40 CFR 141.63(e). The Board omits 40 CFR 141(a) and (b) and the first sentence of 40 CFR 141.63(d), which expired by their own terms March 31, 2016.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.330 Maximum Contaminant Levels for Radionuclidesa) This subsection (a) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.66(a), marked reserved by USEPA. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
b) MCL for Combined Radium-226 and -228. The MCL for combined radium-226 and radium-228 is 5 pCi/ L. Determine the combined radium-226 and radium-228 value by adding the results of analyses for radium-226 and radium-228.
c) MCL for Gross Alpha Particle Activity (Excluding Radon and Uranium). The MCL for gross alpha particle activity (including radium-226 but excluding radon and uranium) is 15 pCi/ L.
d) MCL for Beta Particle and Photon Radioactivity
1) The average annual concentration of beta particle and photon radioactivity from man-made radionuclides in drinking water must not produce an annual dose equivalent to the total body or any internal organ greater than 4 millirem/year (mrem/year).
2) Except for the radionuclides in this subsection (d)(2), the supplier must calculate the concentration of man-made radionuclides causing 4 mrem total body or organ dose equivalents on the basis of two liters per day drinking water intake using the 168-hour data list in NBS Handbook 69 (63), incorporated by reference in Section 611.102. If two or more radionuclides are present, the sum of their annual dose equivalent to the total body or to any organ must not exceed 4 mrem/year.
Average Annual Concentrations Assumed to Produce a Total Body or Organ Dose of 4 mrem/yr
BOARD NOTE: USEPA listed factors for computing the fraction of the maximum permissible annual dose of 4 mrem/yr based on NBS Handbook 69 (63) in Appendix I (Comparison of Derived Values of Beta and Photon Emitters), Implementation Guidance for Radionuclides, EPA 816-F-00-002. The units for these factors allow direct use for computing fractional dose equivalents. The Board listed USEPA’s conversion factors in Table R, including information about applying the factors to determine compliance.
Radionuclide Critical organ pCi per liter 1. Tritium Total body 20,000 2. Strontium-90 Bone marrow 8 e) MCL for Uranium. The MCL for uranium is 30 µg/ L.
f) Combined Radium-226 and -228, Gross Alpha Particle Activity, Gross Beta Particle and Photon Radioactivity, and Uranium. A CWS supplier must comply with the MCLs listed in subsections (b) through (e), determining compliance as Subpart Q provides.
g) Best Available Technologies (BATs) for Radionuclides. USEPA identifies the BAT for complying with the MCLs for combined radium-226 and -228, uranium, gross alpha particle activity, and beta particle and photon radioactivity:
BAT for Combined Radium-226 and Radium-228, Uranium, Gross Alpha Particle Activity, and Beta Particle and Photon Radioactivityh) Small Systems Compliance Technologies List for Radionuclides. USEPA identified BAT as affordable technology, treatment techniques, or other means available to suppliers serving 10,000 or fewer people for achieving compliance with the radionuclides MCLs in subsections (a) through (e).
Contaminant BAT Combined radium-226 and radium-228 Ion exchange, reverse osmosis, lime softening Uranium Ion exchange, reverse osmosis, lime softening, coagulation/filtration Gross alpha particle activity (excluding radon and uranium) Reverse osmosis Beta particle and photon radioactivity Ion exchange, reverse osmosis
List of Small Systems Compliance Technologies for Radionuclides and Limitations to Use
1 National Research Council (NRC). “Safe Water from Every Tap: Improving Water Service to Small Communities”, National Academy Press, Washington, D.C. 1997.
Limitations (see footnotes) Operator skill level required1 Raw water quality range and considerations1 Intermediate All ground waters Basic All ground waters Advanced Surface waters usually require pre-filtration Basic Surface waters usually require pre-filtration Advanced All waters Basic Intermediate to advanced Ground waters with suitable water quality Basic to intermediate All ground waters Intermediate All ground waters Advanced All ground waters; competing anion concentrations may affect regeneration frequency Advanced Can treat a wide range of water qualities 2 A POU, or “point-of-use” technology is a treatment device at a single consumer’s tap for reducing contaminants in drinking water at that tap. POU devices are typically on a kitchen tap.
BOARD NOTE: USEPA refers to the notice of data availability (NODA) at 66 Fed. Reg. 21576 (April 21, 2000) for details.
Limitations Footnotes: Technologies for Radionuclides(a) The regeneration solution contains high concentrations of the contaminant ions. A supplier should carefully consider disposal options before choosing this technology.
(b) When a supplier uses POU devices to comply, the supplier must provide programs for long-term operation, maintenance, and monitoring to ensure proper performance.
(c) The supplier should carefully consider reject water disposal options before choosing this technology.
BOARD NOTE: In corresponding 40 CFR 141.66, Table C, footnote c states in part: “See other RO limitations described in the SWTR Compliance Technologies Table.” USEPA based Table C on “Table 13.—Technologies for Radionuclides” appearing at 63 Fed. Reg. 42032, 42043 (Aug. 6, 1998). Table 13 refers to “Table 2.—SWTR Compliance Technology Table: Filtration”. That Table 2, at 63 Fed. Reg. at 42036, lists the limitations on RO:
d Blending (combining treated water with untreated raw water) cannot be practiced at risk of increasing microbial concentrations in finished water.
e Post-disinfection recommended as a safety measure and for residual maintenance.
f Post-treatment corrosion control will be needed prior to distribution.(d) The combination of variable source water quality and the complexity of the water chemistry involved may make this technology too complex for a small surface water system.
(e) Removal efficiencies can vary depending on water quality.
(f) This technology may be very limited in application to small systems. Since the process requires static mixing, detention basins, and filtration, it is most applicable to systems with sufficiently high sulfate levels that already have a suitable filtration treatment train in place.
(g) This technology is most applicable to small systems that already have filtration in place.
(h) Handling chemicals required during regeneration and pH adjustment may be too difficult for small systems without an adequately trained operator.
(i) Assumes modification of a coagulation/filtration process already in place.
Compliance Technologies by System Size Category for Radionuclide NPDWRs
Contaminant 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 4, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 11
Note: Numbers correspond to the numbered technologies in the above table, “List of Small Systems Compliance Technologies for Radionuclides and Limitations to Use”.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.66.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.331 Beta Particle and Photon Radioactivity (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 28 Ill. Reg. 5269, effective March 10, 2004)
SUBPART G: LEAD AND COPPER
Section 611.350 General Requirementsa) Applicability and Scope
1) Applicability of and Compliance with this Subpart G. This Subpart G and Subpart AG constitute NPDWRs for lead and copper. This Subpart G and Subpart AG apply to all community water systems (CWSs) and non-transient, non-community water systems (NTNCWSs).
A) A supplier must comply with this Subpart G by October 16, 2024, except as otherwise required by Section 611.351, 611.354, 611.355, 611.356, or 611.360.
B) If the Agency issued a SEP before December 16, 2021, that expires on or after October 16, 2024, and the SEP exempts a supplier under any rule in former Subpart G (now redesignated Subpart AG), the supplier must comply with this Subpart G after the SEP expires, regardless of subsection (a)(1)(A). If the SEP expires before October 16, 2024, the supplier must comply with this Subpart G as required by subsection (a)(1)(A).
C) The Agency may issue a SEP requiring a supplier to comply with specified rules in this Subpart G before subsection (a)(1)(A) or (a)(1)(B) otherwise requires or as necessary to address issues in a notice the Agency received from USEPA under 40 CFR 142.23 or 142.30. The SEP must specify the rules in this Subpart G with which the supplier must comply and their counterparts in Subpart AG with which the supplier no longer needs to comply. The supplier must comply with the SEP-specified Subpart G rules in lieu of their counterparts in Subpart AG.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(1) derives from 40 CFR 141.80(a). USEPA’s Lead and Copper Rules Revisions (LCRR) apply to all suppliers on December 16, 2021. However, USEPA delays complying with LCRR until October 16, 2024, when any previously granted exemption expires, or as provided otherwise by any of several specified rules for corrosion control treatment; lead service line replacement; public education, supplemental monitoring, and mitigation; monitoring; and reporting (corresponding with 35 Ill. Adm. Code 611.351, 622.354, 611.355, 611.356, or 611.360). Until a supplier must comply with the LCRR, USEPA requires the supplier to comply with subpart I of 40 CFR 141 (2020). This requires the Board to codify two versions of the Lead and Copper Rule: one in Subpart AG, representing the Lead and Copper Rules prior to the LCRR (40 CFR 141 (2020)), and the other in this Subpart G, representing 40 CFR 141 incorporating the LCRR.
2) Scope. This Subpart G establishes a treatment technique including requirements for corrosion control treatment, source water treatment, lead service line inventory, replacing lead service lines, public notice, monitoring for lead in schools and child care facilities, and public education. Lead and copper action levels and the lead trigger level in samples collected at consumers’ taps prompt these requirements. The rules in this Subpart G requiring lead sampling in schools and child care facilities and public education apply to all CWS.
b) Definitions. For this Subpart G only, this subsection (b) defines certain terms :
“Action level” means the computed concentration of lead or copper in water under subsection (c) determining applicability of some treatment requirements under this Subpart G. The action level for lead is 0.015 mg/ L, and the action level for copper is 1.3 mg/ L.
“Aerator” means the device embedded in a water faucet to enhance air flow in the water stream and prevent splashing.
“Child care facility” means a facility providing child care, day care, or early learning services to children under a license issued by a State or local agency.
BOARD NOTE: See, e.g., the Child Care Act of 1969 [225 ILCS 10].
“Corrosion inhibitor” means a substance that can reduce corrosivity of water toward metal plumbing materials, especially lead and copper, by forming a protective film on the interior surface of those materials.
“Effective corrosion inhibitor residual” means a concentration of corrosion inhibitor in the drinking water sufficient to form a passivating film on the interior walls of pipe.
“Elementary school” means a school classified by State and local practice as elementary and comprising any span of grades (including pre-school) through grade 8.
“Exceed” or “exceedance”, relative to either the lead or the copper action level, means that the 90th percentile concentration of the samples the supplier collected during a six-month tap monitoring cycle is greater than the lead or copper action level.
“Fifth-liter tap sample” means a one-liter tap water sample a supplier collects under Section 611.356(b).
“Find-and-fix” means the requirements under this Subpart G that water systems must perform at every tap sampling site yielding a lead result above 15 µg/ L.
“First-draw tap sample” means the first one-liter sample of tap water a supplier collects under Section 611.356(b)(2)
“Full lead service line replacement” means replacing a lead service line (as well as galvanized service lines requiring replacement) resulting in the entire length of the service line, regardless of service line ownership, complying with Section 611.126 at the time of replacement. A full lead service line replacement includes replacing a service line having only one portion that is lead, such as a service line previously subject to a partial lead service line replacement, as long as the entire service line complies with Section 611.126 after the replacement. A full lead service line replacement requires replacing galvanized service lines downstream of a lead service line. A full lead service line replacement could leave a lead service line in place in the ground but out of service if using a new non-lead service line replaces the out-of-service lead service line.
“Galvanized requiring replacement” refers to a galvanized service line Section 611.354(a)(4)(B) describes.
BOARD NOTE: This definition derives from 40 CFR 141.84(a)(4)(ii) for a term used in various rules.
“Galvanized service line” means iron or steel piping zinc-dipped to prevent corrosion and rusting.
“Gooseneck, pigtail, or connector” is a short section of flexible piping, typically not exceeding two feet, connecting segments of rigid service piping. Lead goosenecks, pigtails, and connectors are not part of the lead service line, but Section 611.354(c) may require replacing them.
“Large supplier” means a supplier regularly serving water to more than 50,000 persons.
“Lead service line” means a portion of pipe made of lead connecting the water main to the building inlet. A lead service line may be owned by the water system, the property owner, or both. A galvanized service line is a lead service line if it was or is downstream of any lead service line or service line of unknown material. If the only lead piping serving a home is a lead gooseneck, pigtail, or connector, and it is not a galvanized service line that is considered a lead service line, the service line is not a lead service line. Under Section 611.356(a) only, a galvanized service line is not considered a lead service line.“Lead status unknown service line” means a service line that has not been shown to comply with Section 611.126. Physically verifying the material composition of a service line (e.g., copper or plastic) is not necessary for its lead status to be identified (e.g., if records demonstrate that the service line was installed after a municipal, State, or federal lead ban).
BOARD NOTE: See the description of “lead status unknown” in Section 611.354(a)(4)(D).
“Lead trigger level” means a particular concentration of lead in water that prompts certain activities under this Subpart G. The trigger level for lead is a concentration of 10 µg/ L.
“Maximum permissible concentration” or “MPC” means the concentration of lead or copper in finished water entering the supplier’s distribution system, which the Agency designates in a SEP based on the contaminant removal ability of the treatment properly operated and maintained.
BOARD NOTE: This definition derives from 40 CFR 141.83(b)(4). (See Section 611.353(b)(4)(B).)
“Meet” or “comply with”, relating to either the lead or the copper action level, means that the 90th percentile concentration of the supplier’s samples collected during a six-month tap monitoring cycle is less than or equal to the lead or copper action level.
“Mid-sized supplier” means a supplier regularly serving water to more than 10,000 persons up to 50,000 persons.
“Multiple-family residence” means a building in which multiple families currently reside, but not one that is also a “single-family structure”.
“90th percentile concentration” means the concentration of lead or copper the supplier computes under subsection (c)(4) using the results of tap water sampling under Section 611.356.
BOARD NOTE: This definition derives from 40 CFR 141.80(c)(4).
“Optimal corrosion control treatment” or “OCCT” means the corrosion control treatment minimizing the lead and copper concentrations at users’ taps while ensuring that the treatment will not violate any national primary drinking water regulations.
“Partial lead service line replacement” means replacing any portion of a lead service line or galvanized requiring replacement service line leaving any length of the lead service line or galvanized requiring replacement service line in service and requiring replacement upon completion of the work. 40 CFR 141.84(d) allows partial lead service line replacements under limited circumstances, but these do not count towards the mandatory or goal-based lead service line replacement rate under Section 611.354.
“Pitcher filter” means a non-plumbed water filtration device consisting of a gravity-fed water filtration cartridge and a filtered drinking water reservoir that is certified by its manufacturer, importer, or an accredited third-party certifying body as complying with the version of NSF/ANSI 53 in effect on the date of manufacture or import.
BOARD NOTE: NSF/ANSI 53 is the health-based standard for lead and several other contaminants for water filter devices, including pitcher filter-type devices. Identifying a device as certified under NSF/ANSI 53 at the time of purchase is possible. NSF maintains an on-line list of certified devices at info.nsf.org/Certified/dwtu/listings_leadreduction.asp. See the definition of “accredited third-party certifying body” in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 611.126(b) relating to NSF/ANSI 372.
“Practical quantitation limit” or “PQL” means the lowest concentration of an analyte (substance) that a well-operated laboratory can measure with a high degree of confidence that the analyte is present at or above that concentration.
BOARD NOTE: This definition derives from 40 CFR 141.89(a)(1)(ii) and (a)(1)(iv).
“Pre-stagnation flushing” means opening taps to flush standing water from plumbing before a minimum six-hour stagnation period before lead and copper tap sampling under Subpart G.
“School” means any building or building complex associated with public, private, or charter institutions that primarily provides teaching and learning for elementary or secondary students.
“Secondary school” means a school comprising any span of grades beginning with the next grade following an elementary or middle school (usually 7, 8, or 9) and ending with or below grade 12. This definition includes both junior high schools and senior high schools.
“Single-family structure” means a building constructed as a residence for a single-family that the occupant currently uses as a residence or place of business.
“Small system supplier” or “small CWS supplier” means a CWS serving 10,000 or fewer persons.
BOARD NOTE: A small CWS is a small supplier that is a CWS. This definition derives from the preamble of 40 CFR 141.93. Corresponding Section 611.363 distinguishes a small CWS supplier from an NTNCWS supplier.
“Small supplier” means a supplier regularly serving water to 10,000 or fewer persons.
BOARD NOTE: USEPA did not revise its corresponding definition of “small water system” in 40 CFR 141.2 from 3,300 or fewer to 10,000 or fewer persons. This creates an inconsistency the Board corrected.
“Source water monitoring period” means any of the six-month periods during which a supplier must complete source water monitoring under Section 611.358.
BOARD NOTE: The Board added this definition to avoid confusion with “tap sampling period,” “tap monitoring cycle”, and “water quality monitoring period”, as used under this Subpart G, and “compliance period” and “compliance cycle”, as used elsewhere in this Part and Section 611.101 defines.
“Supplier not applying corrosion control treatment” means a PWS not fulfilling either of two conditions or purchasing all of its water from a supplier not fulfilling either of two conditions:
Neither the PWS nor the supplier providing its water has Agency-approved optimal corrosion control treatment; or
No other water quality adjustment in either the PWS’s or the supplier’s treatment train infrastructure includes adjusting pH or alkalinity or adding corrosion inhibitor.
“Tap monitoring cycle” means the period of time during which a supplier must sample taps for lead and copper analyses. The lead and copper concentrations in tap samples determine the tap monitoring cycle, and the frequency can range from every six months (i.e., semi-annually) to once every nine years. A supplier semi-annually sampling taps must collect samples no less frequently than every six months, while a supplier annually sampling taps must sample no less frequently than every year. A supplier triennially sampling taps must collect samples no less frequently than every three years, and a supplier sampling taps under an Agency-issued waiver must sample no less frequently than every nine years. The start of each new tap monitoring cycle, with the exception of semi-annual monitoring, must begin on January 1.
BOARD NOTE: This term is equivalent to “tap sampling monitoring period” in 40 CFR 141. “Tap monitoring cycle” describes sampling frequency.“Tap sampling period” means the period within a tap monitoring cycle when the supplier must collect samples for lead and copper analysis. For a supplier sampling at a reduced frequency, the supplier must sample taps between June and September, unless the Agency issues a SEP approving a different four-month period.
BOARD NOTE: “Tap sampling period” describes when the supplier collects samples.“Tap sampling protocol” means the instructions a supplier gives to residents or those sampling on the supplier’s behalf to sample taps under this Subpart G.
“Water quality monitoring period” means any of the six-month periods during which a supplier must complete a cycle of tap and entry point water quality monitoring under Section 611.357.
BOARD NOTE: The Board added this definition. USEPA refers to these as “monitoring periods”. The Board uses “water quality monitoring period” to avoid confusion with “tap sampling period,” “tap monitoring cycle”, and “source water monitoring period”, as used under this Subpart G, and “compliance period” and “compliance cycle”, as used elsewhere in this Part and Section 611.101 defines.
“Wide-mouthed bottles” means bottles one liter in volume having a mouth that is at least 55 mm wide.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (b) derives from 40 CFR 141.2.
c) Lead Trigger Level and Lead and Copper Action Levels. The supplier determines the lead trigger levels and lead and copper action levels based on tap water samples it collects under 40 C.F.R. 141.86 to calculate the 90th percentile concentration and tests using the analytical methods in 40 C.F.R. 141.89.
1) The supplier exceeds the lead trigger level if the 90th percentile lead concentration as subsection (c)(4) specifies is determined to be greater than 10 µg/ L.
2) The supplier exceeds the lead action level if the 90th percentile lead concentration is greater than 15 µg/ L.
3) The supplier exceeds the copper action level if the 90th percentile copper concentration is greater than 1.3 mg/ L.
4) The supplier must compute the 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations using the specified procedure:
A) Suppliers Not Having Sites with a Lead Service Line and Only Having Tier 3, 4, or 5 Sites Under 40 C.F.R. 141.86(a)i) The supplier must list the results of all lead or copper samples it took during a tap sampling period in ascending order, ranging from the sample with the lowest concentration to the sample with the highest concentration. The supplier must assign each sampling result an ordinal number, ascending by single integers, assigning the number 1 for the sample with the lowest contaminant level. The number the supplier assigns to the sample with the highest contaminant level must equal the total number of samples the supplier took.
ii) To determine the 90th percentile sample, the supplier must multiply the total number of samples taken during the tap sampling period times 0.9.
iii) The contaminant concentration in the sample corresponding with the ordinal number subsection (c)(4)(A)(ii) yields is the 90th percentile concentration.
iv) For a supplier collecting five samples per tap sampling period, the 90th percentile concentration is the average of the highest and second highest concentrations.
v) For a supplier the Agency allows to collect fewer than five samples under Section 611.356(c) or failing to collect five samples, the result for the sample with the highest concentration is the 90th percentile concentration.
B) Suppliers Having Enough Sites with a Lead Service Line Identified as Tier 1 or 2 Under 40 C.F.R. 141.86(a) to Meet the Minimum Number of Sites 40 C.F.R. 141.86(c) Requires
i) The supplier must arrange the results of all lead or copper samples it took at Tier 1 or Tier 2 sites during a tap sampling period in ascending order from the sample with the lowest concentration to the sample with the highest concentration. The supplier must not include sample results from Tier 3, 4, or 5 sites in this calculation. The supplier must assign each sampling result a number, beginning with the number 1 for the sample with the lowest contaminant concentration and ascending by single integers through increasing concentrations. The number assigned to the sample with the highest contaminant concentration must equal the total number of samples the supplier took.
ii) The supplier must multiply the number of Tier 1 or Tier 2 sites during the tap sampling period times 0.9.
iii) The 90th percentile concentration is the contaminant concentration in the numbered sample corresponding with the number the calculation under subsection (c)(4)(B)(ii) yields.
iv) For a supplier serving fewer than 100 people that collects five samples per tap sampling period, the 90th percentile concentration is the average of the highest and second highest concentration.
v) For a supplier the Agency allows to collect fewer than five samples under Section 141.86(c) or failing to collect five samples, the highest sample concentration is the 90th percentile concentration.
C) Suppliers Having Sites with a Lead Service Line Identified as Tier 1 or 2 Under Section 141.86(a) but Fewer Than the Minimum Number of Sites Section 141.86(c) Requires
i) The supplier must combine the results of all lead or copper samples it took at Tier 1 or Tier 2 sites with a sufficient number of the highest results from Tier 3, 4, or 5 sites to complete the minimum number of sites. The supplier must arrange the combined results in ascending order from the sample with the lowest concentration to the sample with the highest concentration. The supplier must not include sample results from any remaining Tier 3, 4, and 5 sites in this calculation. The supplier must assign each sampling result a number, beginning with the number 1 for the sample with the lowest contaminant concentration and ascending by single integers through increasing concentrations. The number the supplier assigns to the sample with the highest contaminant concentration must equal the total minimum number of sites listed in Section 141.86(c).
ii) The supplier must multiply the number of Tier 1 or Tier 2 sites during the tap sampling period times 0.9.
iii) The 90th percentile concentration is the contaminant concentration in the numbered sample corresponding with the number the calculation under subsection (c)(4)(C)(ii) yields.
iv) For a supplier serving fewer than 100 people that collects five samples per tap sampling period, the 90th percentile concentration is the average of the highest and second highest concentration.
v) For a supplier the Agency allows to collect fewer than five samples under Section 611.356(c) or failing to collect five samples, the highest sample concentration is the 90th percentile concentration.
d) Corrosion Control Requirements
1) Every supplier must install and operate corrosion control treatment under Sections 611.351 and 611.352 meeting the definition of optimal corrosion control treatment.
2) Any supplier complying with the applicable corrosion control treatment requirements the Agency specifies under Sections 611.351 and 611.352 is deemed as complying with subsection (d)(1).
3) A small CWS or NTNCWS supplier complying with the applicable small supplier compliance flexibility requirements the Agency specifies under Sections 611.351(a)(3) and 611.363 complies with the treatment requirement in subsection (d)(1).
4) A supplier must notify the Agency in writing under 40 CFR 141.90(a)(3) of any upcoming long-term change in water treatment or plan to add a new source as Section 611.360(a)(3) describes. The supplier must not implement a long-term change in water treatment or add a new source until after the Agency reviews and approves the action in a SEP. The SEP may require the supplier to conduct additional monitoring or take other action the Agency deems appropriate to ensure that the supplier maintains minimal levels of corrosion control in its distribution system.
e) Source Water Requirements
1) Any supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level must implement all applicable source water treatment requirements the Agency specifies under Section 611.353.
2) A supplier planning changes in its source water or making long-term treatment changes must describe the change to the Agency in writing under Sections 611.351(a)(3), 611.356(d)(2)(D), and 611.360(a)(3). The supplier must not implement the change until the Agency reviews and approves the change in a SEP.
f) Lead Service Line Replacement and Inventory. A supplier must conduct lead service line replacements as this subsection (f) requires.1) Any supplier whose system exceeds the lead action level subsection (c) specifies must complete mandatory lead service line replacement. The supplier must conduct lead service line replacement under Section 611.354(g) and must include public education under Section 611.355(a) and (b).
2) A supplier exceeding the lead trigger level subsection (c) specifies must complete goal-based lead service line replacement under Section 611.354(f) and public education under Section 611.355(g) and (h).
3) All suppliers must prepare an inventory of service lines connected to their distribution systems, whether or not the supplier owns or controls the service lines, to identify lead service lines and lead status unknown service lines. The supplier must prepare the inventory under Section 611.354(a).
g) Public Education and Notification Requirements. Under Section 611.355(d), the supplier must provide notification of the lead tap water monitoring results to the persons served at each tested site (tap). A CWS supplier must conduct annual outreach to the Illinois Department of Public Health and local health agencies under Section 611.355(i). The supplier must complete additional actions:1) Any supplier exceeding the lead action level must implement the public education requirements under Section 611.355.
2) Any supplier exceeding the lead trigger level subsection (c) specifies must notify all customers with a lead service line under Section 611.355(g).
3) Any supplier exceeding the lead action level subsection (c) specifies must notify the public under Subpart V.
4) Any supplier with lead service lines, galvanized service lines needing replacement, or lead status unknown service lines in its inventory, as Section 611.354(a) specifies, must notify all consumers with a lead service line, galvanized service line needing replacement, or a lead status unknown service line under Section 611.355(e).
5) Any supplier failing to reach its lead service line replacement rate goal, as required under Section 611.354(f) must conduct outreach activities in accordance with Section 611.355(h).
h) Monitoring and Analytical Requirements. A supplier must complete all tap water monitoring for lead and copper, monitoring for water quality parameters, and source water monitoring for lead and copper and analyze the monitoring results under this Subpart G as Sections 611.356, 611.357, 611.358, and 611.359 require.
i) Reporting Requirements. A supplier must report any information the treatment provisions of this Subpart G and Section 611.360 require to the Agency.
j) Recordkeeping Requirements. A supplier must maintain records as Section 611.361 requires.
k) Violating National Primary Drinking Water Regulations. Failing to comply with this Subpart G, including conditions the Agency imposes in a SEP, violates the lead and copper NPDWR.
l) Testing in Schools and Child Care Facilities. A supplier must collect samples from all schools and child care facilities within its distribution system under Section 611.362.BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.80.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.351 Applicability of Corrosion Controla) Corrosion Control Treatment. This Section provides when a supplier must complete the corrosion control treatment steps in subsection (d) or (e) to optimize or re-optimize corrosion control treatment based on size, whether the supplier has corrosion control treatment, and whether the supplier exceeded the lead trigger level, lead action level, or copper action level.
1) Large Suppliers
A) A large supplier applying corrosion control treatment that exceeds either the lead trigger level or copper action level must complete the corrosion control treatment steps subsection (d) specifies.
B) A large supplier not applying corrosion control treatment with 90th percentile concentration results under Section 611.350(c)(4) that exceeds either the lead practical quantitation limit of 0.005 mg/ L or the copper action level must complete the corrosion control treatment steps subsection (e) specifies.
C) The Agency may issue a SEP requiring a large supplier applying corrosion control treatment with 90th percentile concentration results under Section 611.350(c)(4) exceeding the lead practical quantitation limit but not exceeding the lead trigger level or the copper action level to complete the corrosion control treatment steps in subsection (d).
2) Mid-Sized Suppliers (serving >10,000 and ≤50,000 people)
A) A mid-sized supplier applying corrosion control treatment that exceeds either the lead trigger level or the copper action level must complete the corrosion control treatment steps subsection (d) specifies.
B) A mid-sized supplier not applying corrosion control treatment that exceeds either the lead or copper action level must complete the corrosion control treatment steps subsection (e) specifies.
C) A mid-sized supplier not applying corrosion control treatment that exceeds the lead trigger level but does not exceed the lead or copper action level must complete the treatment recommendation step subsection (e)(1) specifies (Step 1). The water system must complete the remaining steps subsection (e) specifies if the supplier subsequently exceeds either the lead or copper action level.
3) Small CWS and Non-Transient, Non-Community Water System Suppliers
A) A small CWS or NTNCWS supplier applying corrosion control treatment that exceeds the lead trigger level or the lead action level but does not exceed the copper action level must complete the corrosion control treatment steps subsection (d) specifies if the Agency issues a SEP approving corrosion control treatment as a compliance option under Section 611.363(a).
B) A small CWS or NTNCWS supplier applying corrosion control treatment that exceeds the copper action level must complete the corrosion control treatment steps subsection (d) specifies.
C) A small CWS or NTNCWS supplier not applying corrosion control treatment that exceeds the lead action level must complete the corrosion control treatment steps subsection (e) specifies if the Agency issues a SEP approving corrosion control treatment as a compliance option under Section 611.363.
D) A small CWS or NTNCWS supplier not applying corrosion control treatment that exceeds the copper action level must complete the corrosion control treatment steps subsection (e) specifies.
b) Suppliers Deemed to Have Optimized Corrosion Control. Subsection (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) deems a supplier to have OCCT or re-optimized OCCT if the supplier satisfies one of the criteria specified in the subsection . Any system subsection (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) deems to have OCCT having corrosion control treatment in place must continue operating and maintaining that treatment and meeting any additional requirements the Agency determines are appropriate to ensure that the supplier maintains OCCT.
1) Small and Mid-Sized Suppliers Not Applying Corrosion Control Treatment. A small or mid-sized supplier not applying corrosion control treatment is deemed to have OCCT if it does not exceed the lead or copper action level during two consecutive six-month tap monitoring cycles and remains at or below the lead trigger level and copper action level in all subsequent tap monitoring cycles under Section 611.356. 2) Small and Mid-Sized Suppliers Applying Corrosion Control Treatment and Not Exceeding Levels. A small or mid-sized supplier applying corrosion control treatment is deemed to have OCCT if it does not exceed the lead or copper action level during two consecutive six-month tap monitoring cycles under Section 611.356 and remains at or below the lead trigger level and copper action level in all subsequent tap monitoring cycles under Section 611.356. If a small or mid-sized supplier applying corrosion control treatment exceeds the lead trigger level but does not exceed the lead or copper action level during two consecutive six-month tap monitoring cycles and remains at or below the lead and copper action levels in all subsequent tap monitoring cycles the supplier conducts under Section 611.356, that supplier is deemed to have re-optimized OCCT by complying with this Section. If the Agency issued a SEP setting optimal water quality parameters (OWQPs) under subsection (d) or (e), a supplier is not eligible to be deemed as having optimized or re-optimized OCCT under subsection (b). 3) Results Less Than or Equal to the Practical Quantitation Level (PQL) for Lead. Monitoring results deem a supplier to have optimized or re-optimized OCCT if the supplier submits results of tap water monitoring under Section 611.356 demonstrating that the 90th percentile lead concentration is less than or equal to the lead PQL of 0.005 mg/ L and does not exceed the copper action level for two consecutive six-month tap monitoring cycles, and the Agency did not issue a SEP setting OWQPs under subsection (d) or (e). Any water system this subsection (b)(3) deems to have optimized corrosion control must continue tap water monitoring for lead and copper no less frequently than once every three calendar years using the reduced number of sites Section 611.356(c) specifies and collecting the samples at times and locations Section 611.356(d)(4)(E) specifies. If 90th percentile tap sample results exceeds the lead practical quantitation level (0.005 mg/L) or copper action level during any tap sampling period, the supplier is no longer eligible to be deemed to have optimized OCCT under this subsection without first completing the treatment steps specified in subsection (d) and (e) of this section.
c) Completing Corrosion Control Steps for Small and Mid-Sized Suppliers Not Applying Corrosion Control Treatment
1) Any small or mid-sized supplier not applying corrosion control treatment, otherwise required to complete the corrosion control steps in subsection (e) because it exceeded the lead or copper action level, may cease completing the steps after not exceeding either the lead or copper action levels during each of two consecutive six-month tap monitoring cycles under Section 611.363 before beginning Step 3 under subsection (e)(3) or Step 5 under subsection (e)(5). The supplier needs not begin the applicable of Step 3 or Step 5, except that a mid-sized supplier with lead service lines or a small supplier with lead service lines choosing the corrosion control option under Section 611.363 must complete a corrosion control treatment study under subsection (e)(3)(A). A supplier initiating Step 5 may not cease the steps and must complete all remaining steps in subsections (e)(6) through (e)(8).
2) A supplier ceasing the steps prior to either Step 3 or Step 5 and later exceeding the lead or copper action level may not cease the steps a second time and must complete the applicable treatment steps beginning with the first treatment step that the supplier previously did not complete in its entirety.
3) The Agency may issue a SEP requiring a supplier to repeat treatment steps the supplier previously completed if the Agency determines that this is necessary to properly implement the treatment requirements of this Section. The Agency must explain the basis for its decision in any SEP.
4) A small or mid-sized supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level must implement corrosion control treatment steps under subsection (e) (including a supplier deemed to have optimized corrosion control under subsection (b)(1))
d) Treatment Steps and Deadlines for Suppliers Re-Optimizing OCCT. Except as subsection (b)(2) or Section 611.363 provides otherwise, a supplier with corrosion control treatment must complete certain corrosion control treatment steps (the referenced portions of Sections 611.352, 611.356, and 611.357 the steps describe) before the indicated times:
1) Step 1
A) A supplier other than one to which subsection (d)(1)(B) applies must recommend re-optimized OCCT (Section 611.352(c)) within six months after the end of the tap sampling period during which the supplier exceeds either the lead trigger level or copper action level. The Agency may issue a SEP allowing a supplier to modify its existing corrosion control treatment without a study for a supplier exceeding the lead trigger level but not the lead or copper action level. The Agency must specify re-optimized OCCT within six months after receiving the supplier’s treatment recommendation. The supplier must modify its corrosion control treatment to install re-optimized OCCT within six months after the Agency specifies re-optimized OCCT.
B) A supplier having lead service lines that exceeds the lead action level must harvest lead pipes from its distribution system, construct flow-through pipe loops, and operate the loops with finished water within one year after the end of the tap sampling period during which the supplier exceeds the lead action level. The supplier must proceed to Step 3 under subsection (d)(3) and conduct the corrosion control studies for re-optimizing OCCT under subsection (d)(3)(A) using the pipe loops.
2) Step 2
A) A large supplier must conduct the corrosion control studies for re-optimizing OCCT under subsection (d)(3) (Step 3) unless the system is at or below the lead action level and the Agency issues a SEP modifying the existing corrosion control treatment the Agency specified under subsection (d)(1)(A) (Step 1).
B) Within 12 months after the end of the tap sampling period during which a small or mid-sized supplier applying corrosion control treatment exceeds the lead trigger level or copper action level, the Agency may issue a SEP requiring the supplier to perform corrosion control studies for re-optimizing OCCT (Section 611.352(c)(1) or (c)(2)). If the Agency does not require the supplier to perform corrosion control studies, the Agency must issue a SEP specifying re-optimized OCCT (Section 611.352(d)(2)) within the timeframes in subsections (d)(2)(B)(i) and (d)(2)(B)(ii).
i) A mid-sized supplier must perform corrosion control studies for re-optimizing OCCT within 12 months after the end of the tap sampling period during which the supplier exceeded the lead trigger level or copper action level.
ii) A small supplier must perform corrosion control studies for re-optimizing OCCT within 18 months after the end of the tap sampling period during which the supplier exceeded the lead trigger level or copper action level.
3) Step 3
A) A supplier having lead service lines that exceeds the lead action level must complete the corrosion control treatment studies for re-optimizing OCCT within 30 months after the end of the tap sampling period during which the supplier exceeded the lead action level.
B) If subsection (d)(2) (Step 2) requires the supplier to perform corrosion control studies, the supplier must complete the studies (Section 611.352(c)(2)) within 18 months after the Agency issues a SEP requiring the supplier to conduct the studies.
4) Step 4
A) The Agency must issue a SEP designating re-optimized OCCT (subsection (d)(3)(A)) within six months after the supplier completes subsection (d)(3)(A) (Step 3).
B) If the supplier performed corrosion control studies under subsection (d)(2) (Step 2), the Agency must issue a SEP designating re-optimized OCCT (Section 611.352(d)(2) or (d)(4)) within six months after the supplier completes subsection (d)(3)(B) (Step 3).
5) Step 5
A) A large supplier must complete modifying its corrosion control treatment to have installed re-optimized OCCT within 12 months after the supplier completes subsection (d)(4)(A) (Step 4).
B) A small or mid-sized supplier must install re-optimized OCCT (Section 611.352(e)(1)) within 12 months after the supplier completes subsection (d)(4)(B) (Step 4).
6) Step 6 A supplier must complete follow-up sampling (Sections 611.356(d)(2) and 611.357(c)) within 12 months after the supplier completes subsection (d)(5)(A) or (d)(5)(B) (Step 5).
7) Step 7 The Agency must review the supplier’s installed treatment and designate optimal water quality control parameters (Section 611.352(f)(1)) within six months after completing subsection (d)(6) (Step 6)..
8) Step 8 The supplier must operate complying with the Agency-designated optimal water quality control parameters (Section 611.352(g)) and continue conducting tap sampling (Section 611.356(d)(3) and monitoring water quality parameters under Section 611.357(d)).e) Treatment Steps and Deadlines for Suppliers Not Applying Corrosion Control Treatment. Except as subsection (b) or Section 611.363 provides otherwise, a supplier not applying corrosion control treatment must complete certain corrosion control treatment steps (described in the referenced portions of Sections 611.352, 611.356, and 611.357) before the indicated times.
1) Step 1
A) A supplier other than one to which subsection (e)(1)(B) or (e)(1)(C) applies must recommend OCCT (Section 611.352(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), or (a)(4)) within six months after the end of the tap sampling period during which the supplier exceeds either the lead trigger level or copper action level.
B) A supplier having lead service lines and exceeding the lead action level must harvest lead pipes from its distribution system, construct flowthrough pipe loops, and operate the loops with finished water within one year after the end of the tap sampling period during which the supplier exceeds the lead action level. The supplier must proceed to Step 3 in subsection (e)(3) of this section and conduct the corrosion control studies under subsection (e)(3) using the pipe loops, for optimizing OCCT under subsection (e)(3)(A).
C) A large supplier subsection (a)(1)(B) directs to perform corrosion control treatment under this subsection (e) must conduct the corrosion control studies for optimizing OCCT under subsection (e)(3) (Step 3).2) Step 2. Within 12 months after the end of the tap sampling period during which a supplier exceeds the lead or copper action level, if not otherwise required by this rule, the Agency may issue a SEP requiring the supplier to perform corrosion control studies (Section 611.352(b)(1)). If the Agency does not require the supplier to perform corrosion control studies, the Agency must issue a SEP specifying OCCT (under Section 611.352(d)(1)) within the applicable timeframe in subsections (e)(2)(A) and (e)(2)(B).
A) For a mid-sized supplier, within 18 months after the end of the tap monitoring cycle during which the supplier exceeded the lead trigger level or copper action level; or
B) For a small supplier, within 24 months after the end of the tap monitoring cycle during which the supplier exceeded the lead trigger level or copper action level.
3) Step 3
A) A large supplier having or not having lead service lines that exceeds the lead action level or a small or mid-sized supplier having lead service lines that exceeds the lead action level must complete the corrosion control treatment studies for optimizing OCCT within 30 months after the end of the tap sampling period during which the supplier exceeds the lead action level.
B) If the Agency requires a supplier to perform corrosion control studies under subsection (e)(2) (Step 2), the supplier must complete the studies (Section 611.352(c)(1)) within 18 months after the Agency issues a SEP requiring the supplier to conduct the studies.
4) Step 4
A) The Agency must issue a SEP designating re-optimized OCCT (Section 611.352(d)(3)) within six months after the supplier completes subsection (d)(3)(A) (Step 3).
B) If the supplier has performed corrosion control studies under subsection (e)(2) (Step 2), the Agency must issue a SEP designating OCCT (Section 611.352(d)(1)) within six months after subsection (e)(3) (Step 3) is complete.
5) Step 5 The supplier must install OCCT (Section 611.352(e)) within 24 months after the Agency designates OCCT under subsection (e)(2) or (e)(4) (Step 2 or Step 4).
6) Step 6 The supplier must complete follow-up sampling under Sections 611.356(d)(2)(A) and 611.357(c) within 12 months after completing subsection (e)(5) (Step 5).
7) Step 7 The Agency must review the supplier’s installation of treatment and issue a SEP approving optimal water quality control parameters (Section 611.352(f)(1)) within six months after the supplier completes subsection (e)(5) (Step 5).
8) Step 8 The supplier must comply with the Agency-approved optimal water quality control parameters (Section 611.352(g)(1)) and continue tap sampling (Section 611.356(d)(3)) and monitoring water quality parameters (Section 611.357(d)).
f) Treatment Steps and Deadlines for Small CWS and NTNCWS Suppliers Electing Corrosion Control Treatment (CCT) As a Compliance Option under Section 611.363 or As the Agency Requires. A small CWS or NTNCWS supplier selecting the corrosion control treatment option as small supplier compliance flexibility under Section 611.363(a)(2) must complete two steps by the indicated times:
1) Step 1. A supplier must recommend the corrosion control treatment option as small supplier compliance flexibility under Section 611.363(a)(2) within six months after the end of the tap sampling period during which the supplier exceeds either the lead trigger level or the lead action level. When recommending to the Agency, the supplier must comply with Section 611.352(a)(1).
2) Step 2. The Agency must issue a SEP approving the recommendation of corrosion control treatment option as small supplier compliance flexibility or designating an alternative option under Section 611.363(a) within six months after the supplier recommends the option under subsection (f)(1) (Step 1). A supplier the Agency requires to optimize or re-optimize OCCT must follow the schedules in subsection (d) or (e), beginning with Step 3 in subsection (d)(3) or (e)(3), unless the Agency specifies OCCT under the applicable of subsection (d)(2)(B) or (e)(2)(B).
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.81.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.352 Corrosion Control Treatment
Designating Optimal Corrosion Control Treatment for Systems Optimizing or Re-Optimizing Corrosion Control Treatment. A supplier must complete the corrosion control treatment requirements in this Section as they apply to the supplier under Section 611.351.a) System Recommendation Regarding Corrosion Control Treatment for Suppliers Not Having Lead Service Lines and Suppliers Having Lead Service Lines but Not Exceeding the Lead Action Level
1) A supplier without corrosion control that must recommend under Section 611.351(e) one or more of the corrosion control treatments in subsection (c)(1)(A) for the Agency to designate must base its recommendation on the results of lead and copper tap monitoring and water quality parameter monitoring.
A) A small CWS supplier or NTNCWS supplier exceeding the copper action level and recommending corrosion control treatment to the Agency under Section 611.363(a) must comply with this subsection (a)(1).
B) The Agency may issue a SEP requiring the supplier to conduct additional water quality parameter monitoring to assist the Agency in reviewing the supplier’s recommendation.
2) A small CWS supplier or NTNCWS supplier subject to this subsection (a) not applying corrosion control treatment that chooses to pursue a small water system compliance flexibility option and is required to recommend an option in compliance with Section 611.351(f) must, based on the results of lead tap sampling and water quality parameter monitoring, recommend designation of one of the options listed in Section 611.363. A supplier not having lead service lines, exceeding the lead action level, and selecting corrosion control under Section 611.363(a)(2) must recommend that the Agency designate one or more of the corrosion control treatments in subsection (c)(1) as OCCT for that system.
3) A supplier exceeding the lead action level and selecting corrosion control treatment under Section 611.363(a)(2) must recommend that the Agency designate one or more of the corrosion control treatments in subsection (c)(1)(A) as the OCCT for its system. A small or mid-sized supplier exceeding the lead trigger level but not exceeding the lead or copper action level does not need to perform a corrosion control study under subsection (c) unless the Agency issues a SEP requiring the supplier to do so.
4) A small CWS or NTNCWS supplier applying corrosion control treatment exceeding the lead action level and selecting corrosion control under Section 611.363(a)(2) must recommend designation of one or more of the corrosion control treatments in subsection (c)(2) as OCCT for its system.
5) The Agency may issue a SEP waiving subsection (a)(4)’s OCCT-recommendation requirement for a supplier if the SEP requires the supplier to complete a corrosion control study within three months after the end of the tap sampling period during which the supplier exceeded the lead action level. In that case, the supplier must proceed directly to subsection (c) and complete a corrosion control study.
b) Agency-Required Studies to Identify Initial Optimal Corrosion Control Treatment and Re-Optimized OCCT Except for Large Suppliers and Small and Mid-Sized Suppliers Having Lead Service Lines and Exceeding the Lead Action Level. Certain suppliers must conduct corrosion control treatment studies: large suppliers exceeding the lead action level, large suppliers not applying corrosion control treatment whose 90th percentile concentration results exceed either the lead practical quantitation limit of 0.005 mg/ L or the copper action level, mid-sized water system suppliers having lead service lines and exceeding the lead action level, and small suppliers having lead service lines and exceeding the lead action level and selecting the corrosion control treatment option under Section 611.363(a).
1) The Agency may issue a SEP requiring a small or mid-sized supplier not applying corrosion control treatment exceeding the lead or copper action level to perform corrosion control treatment studies under subsection (c)(1) to identify OCCT for the supplier’s system.
2) The Agency may issue a SEP requiring a small or mid-sized supplier not applying corrosion control treatment and exceeding the lead trigger level but not the lead or copper action level to perform corrosion control treatment studies under subsection (c)(1) to identify OCCT for its system. The supplier must install this corrosion control treatment if the supplier subsequently exceeds the lead or copper action level.
3) The Agency may issue a SEP requiring a small or mid-sized supplier applying corrosion control treatment exceeding either the lead trigger level or copper action level to perform corrosion control treatment studies under subsection (c)(2) to identify re-optimized OCCT for its system (i.e., after evaluating re-optimized OCCT).
c) Performing Corrosion Control Studies
1) A supplier not applying corrosion control treatment that is required to conduct corrosion control studies must complete certain actions:
A) A supplier not applying corrosion control treatment must evaluate the effectiveness of each of certain treatments and combinations of those treatments if appropriate to identify the OCCT for its system:
i) Adjusting alkalinity and pH;
ii) Adding an orthophosphate- or silicate-based corrosion inhibitor at a concentration sufficient to maintain an effective corrosion inhibitor residual concentration in all test samples.
iii) Adding an orthophosphate-based corrosion inhibitor at a concentration sufficient to maintain an orthophosphate residual concentration of 1 mg/ L (as PO4) in all test samples; and
iv) Adding an orthophosphate-based corrosion inhibitor at a concentration sufficient to maintain an orthophosphate residual concentration of 3 mg/ L (as PO4) in all test samples.
B) The supplier must evaluate each of the corrosion control treatments using pipe rig/loop tests; metal coupon tests; partial-system tests; or analyses based on documented analogous treatments in other systems of similar size, water chemistry, and distribution system configuration. A large or mid-sized supplier or a small CWS or NTNCWS supplier selecting the corrosion control treatment option under Section 611.363 having lead service lines and exceeding the lead action level must conduct pipe rig/loop studies using harvested lead service lines from its distribution system to assess the effectiveness of corrosion control treatment options on the existing pipe scale. The supplier may use metal coupon tests as a screen to reduce the number of options the supplier evaluates using pipe rig/loop tests to the current conditions and two options.
C) The supplier must measure specific water quality parameters in any tests the supplier conducts under this subsection (c)(1)(C) before and after evaluating the corrosion control treatments in subsections (c)(1)(A) and (c)(1)(B):
i) Lead;
ii) Copper;
iii) pH;
iv) Alkalinity;
v) Orthophosphate as PO4 (when the supplier uses an orthophosphate-based inhibitor); and
vi) Silicate (when the supplier uses an inhibitor containing a silicate compound).
D) The supplier must identify all chemical or physical constraints that limit or prohibit using any particular corrosion control treatment and document those constraints:
i) With data and documents showing that a particular corrosion control treatment adversely affected other drinking water treatment processes when that treatment was used by another supplier with water having comparable water quality characteristics. Systems using coupon studies to screen or pipe loop/rig studies to evaluate treatment options must not exclude treatment strategies from the studies based on the constraints identified in this section.
ii) With data and documents demonstrating that the supplier previously evaluated a particular corrosion control treatment, finding either that the treatment is ineffective or adversely affects other drinking water quality treatment processes. Systems using coupon studies to screen or pipe loop/rig studies to evaluate treatment options must not exclude treatment strategies from the studies based on the constraints identified in this section unless the treatment was found to be ineffective in a previous pipe loop/rig study.
E) The supplier must evaluate the effect of the evaluated corrosion control treatment chemicals on other water quality treatment processes. A supplier using coupon studies to screen or pipe loop/rig studies to evaluate treatment options must not exclude treatment strategies from the studies based on the effects the supplier identifies under this Section.
F) Based on an analysis of the data the supplier generated during each evaluation, the supplier must recommend in writing to the Agency the treatment option the corrosion control studies indicate constitutes OCCT for the supplier’s system. The supplier must give a rationale for its recommendation together with all supporting documentation subsections (c)(2)(A) through (c)(2)(E) specify.
2) A supplier applying corrosion control treatment that must conduct corrosion control studies to determine re-optimized OCCT must complete specific tasks:
A) The supplier must evaluate the efficacy of certain treatments and appropriate combinations of those treatments to identify the re-optimized OCCT for its system:
i) Alkalinity or pH adjustment or re-adjustment;
ii) Adding an orthophosphate- or silicate-based corrosion inhibitor at a concentration sufficient to maintain an effective corrosion inhibitor residual concentration in all test samples if the supplier does not already use the inhibitor;
iii) Adding an orthophosphate-based corrosion inhibitor at a concentration sufficient to maintain an orthophosphate residual concentration of 1 mg/ L (PO4) in all test samples unless the current inhibitor process already meets this residual; and
iv) Adding an orthophosphate-based corrosion inhibitor at a concentration sufficient to maintain an orthophosphate residual concentration of 3 mg/ L (PO4) in all test samples unless the current inhibitor process already meets this residual.
B) The supplier must evaluate each of the corrosion control treatments using pipe rig/loop tests, metal coupon tests, partial-system tests, or analyses based on documented analogous treatments with other systems of similar size, water chemistry, and distribution system configurations. If the supplier’s system has lead service lines and exceeds the lead action level, the supplier must conduct pipe rig/loop studies using harvested lead service lines from its distribution system to assess the efficacy of corrosion control treatment options on the existing pipe scale. The supplier can use metal coupon tests as a screen to reduce the number of options it evaluates using pipe rig/loops to the current conditions and two options.
C) The supplier must measure specific water quality parameters in any tests conducted under this subsection (c)(2)(C) before and after evaluating the corrosion control treatments in subsections (c)(2)(A) and (c)(2)(B):
i) Lead;
ii) Copper;
iii) pH;
iv) Alkalinity;
v) Orthophosphate as PO4 (if the supplier uses an orthophosphate-based inhibitor); and
vi) Silicate (if the supplier uses a silicate-based inhibitor).
D) The supplier must identify all chemical or physical constraints limiting or prohibiting using a particular corrosion control treatment and document those constraints with certain information:
i) Data and documents showing that a particular corrosion control treatment adversely affected other drinking water treatment processes when another supplier with comparable water quality characteristics used the treatment. A supplier using coupon studies to screen or pipe loop/rig studies to evaluate treatment options must not exclude treatment strategies from the studies based on the constraints the supplier identifies under this Section; or
ii) Data and documents demonstrating that the supplier previously evaluated a particular corrosion control treatment and found that the treatment is ineffective or adversely affects other drinking water quality treatment processes. A supplier using coupon studies to screen or pipe loop/rig studies to evaluate treatment options must not exclude treatment strategies from the studies based on the constraints the supplier identifies under this Section, unless the supplier found the treatment ineffective in a previous pipe loop/rig study.
E) The supplier must evaluate the effect of the chemicals it uses for corrosion control treatment on other drinking water quality treatment processes. A supplier using coupon studies to screen or pipe loop/rig studies to evaluate treatment options must not exclude treatment strategies from the studies based on the effects the supplier identifies under this Section.
F) Based on its analysis of the data the supplier generated during each evaluation, the supplier must recommend to the Agency in writing the treatment option that the corrosion control studies indicate constitutes OCCT for its system. The supplier must provide a rationale for its recommendation together with all supporting documentation subsections (c)(1)(A) through (c)(1)(E) specify.
d) Agency Approval of Optimized and Re-Optimized Corrosion Control Treatment. When designating OCCT, the Agency must consider the effects of additional corrosion control treatment on water quality parameters and other water quality treatment processes. The Agency must notify the supplier of the basis for designating OCCT in any SEP it issues under this subsection (d).
1) Designating OCCT for a Supplier Without Corrosion Control Treatment. Considering available information, including applicable studies conducted under subsection (c)(1) or the supplier’s recommended corrosion control treatment option, the Agency must issue a SEP designating from among the supplier-recommended corrosion control treatment option, alternative corrosion control treatments from among those in subsection (c)(1)(A), or an applicable alternative small supplier compliance flexibility option under Section 611.363(a).
2) Designation of Re-Optimized OCCT for Suppliers Applying Corrosion Control Treatment. Considering available information, including applicable studies under subsection (c)(2) or the supplier’s recommended corrosion control treatment option, the Agency must issue a SEP designating from among the supplier-recommended corrosion control treatment option, alternative corrosion control treatments from among those in subsection (c)(2)(A), or an applicable alternative small supplier compliance flexibility option under Section 611.363(a). e) Installing OCCT and Re-Optimizing OCCT. A supplier must properly install and operate the OCCT throughout its distribution system that the Agency approved under subsection (d).
f) Agency Review of Treatment and Specification of Optimal Water Quality Control Parameters for OCCT and Re-Optimized OCCT. The Agency must evaluate the results of all lead and copper tap sampling and water quality parameter sampling the supplier submits and determine whether the supplier properly installs and operates the OCCT the Agency approves under subsection (d)(1) or (d)(2).
1) Upon reviewing the results of the supplier’s tap water and water quality parameter monitoring, both before and after installing OCCT , the Agency must issue a SEP specifying operating parameters:
A) A minimum value or range of values for pH at each entry point to the distribution system.
B) A minimum pH value for all tap samples. This value must be equal to or greater than 7.0, unless the Agency determines that a pH 7.0 is not technologically feasible or is not necessary for the supplier to optimize corrosion control.
C) If the supplier uses a corrosion inhibitor, a minimum inhibitor concentration or range of concentrations for orthophosphate (as PO4) or silicate measured at each entry point to the distribution system.
D) If the supplier uses a corrosion inhibitor, the supplier must maintain a minimum orthophosphate or silicate concentration measured in all tap samples that is necessary to form a passivating film on the interior walls of the pipes of the distribution system, as determined by the Agency in a SEP. If the supplier uses orthophosphate, the supplier must maintain an orthophosphate concentration equal to or greater than 0.5 mg/ L (as PO4) for OCCT the Agency designates under subsection (d)(1) or 1.0 mg/ L for OCCT the Agency designates under subsection (d)(2), unless the Agency determines that meeting the applicable minimum orthophosphate residual is not technologically feasible or is not necessary for OCCT.E) If the supplier adjusts alkalinity as part of OCCT, a minimum concentration or a range of concentrations for alkalinity for each entry point to the distribution system and in all tap samples.
2) The values for the applicable water quality control parameters in subsection (f)(1) must be those the Agency determines reflect OCCT for the supplier.
3) The Agency must explain these determinations and give the basis for its decisions when issuing a SEP.
g) Continued Operation and Monitoring for OCCT and Re-Optimized OCCT. All suppliers optimizing or re-optimizing corrosion control must continue to operate and maintain OCCT, including maintaining water quality parameter values at or above minimum values or within ranges the Agency approved under subsection (f), under this subsection (g) for all samples the supplier collects under Section 611.357(d) through (f). This subsection (g) applies to all suppliers that Section 611.357 does not require to monitor water quality parameters, including consecutive system suppliers distributing water that another supplier has treated applying corrosion control treatment and any suppliers applying corrosion control treatment, OCCT, or re-optimized OCCT. The supplier must determine whether it complies with this subsection (g) every six months, as Section 611.357(d) specifies. A supplier does not comply with this subsection (g) in any six-month period during which the supplier has excursions from any Agency-specified water quality parameter on more than nine cumulative days during the six-month period. An excursion occurs whenever the daily value for one or more of the water quality parameters measured at a sampling location is below the Agency-designated minimum value or outside the Agency-designated range. The supplier calculates daily values as subsections (g)(1) through (g)(3) provide. The Agency may exclude results from this calculation that it determines are obvious sampling errors. The supplier must record sampling errors even when not included in calculations.
1) On days when the supplier collects more than one measurement for a water quality parameter at a sampling location, the daily value is the average of all results the supplier collected during the day, regardless of whether the supplier collected the samples through continuous monitoring, grab sampling, or a combination of both.
BOARD NOTE: Corresponding 40 CFR 141.82(g)(1) further provides as follows: If USEPA approves an alternative formula under 40 CFR 142.16(d)(1)(ii) in the State’s application for a program revision submitted under 40 CFR 142.12, the approved formula is used to aggregate multiple measurements at a sampling point for the water quality parameters in lieu of the formula in this subsection (g)(1).
2) On days when the supplier collects only one measurement for a water quality parameter at a sampling location, the daily value is that measurement.
3) On days when the supplier collects no measurement for a water quality parameter at a sampling location, the daily value is the daily value calculated on the most recent day on which the supplier measured the water quality parameter at the sampling location.
h) Modifying Agency Treatment Decisions for OCCT and re-optimized OCCT
1) On its own initiative or in response to a request by the supplier, the Agency may issue a SEP modifying its determination of the OCCT under subsection (d) or of the optimal water quality control parameters under subsection (f).
2) A supplier must request modification in writing, explaining the propriety of the modification and providing supporting documentation.
3) The Agency may modify its determination if it determines that a change will ensure that the supplier continues optimizing corrosion control treatment. A revised determination must give the new treatment requirements or water quality parameters, explain the basis for the Agency’s decision, and provide an implementation schedule for completing the treatment modifications for re-optimized OCCT.
4) Any interested person may submit information to the Agency bearing on whether the Agency should exercise its discretion and issue a SEP modifying its determination under subsection (h)(1). An Agency determination not to act on information an interested person submits is not an Agency determination for the purposes of Sections 39 and 40 of the Act.
i) USEPA Treatment Decisions on OCCT and re-optimized OCCT. Under 40 CFR 142.19, USEPA reserves the prerogative to review Agency OCCT treatment determinations under subsections (d)(1) or (d)(2), (f), or (h) and issue federal treatment determinations consistent with 40 CFR 141.82(d)(1) or (d)(2), (f), or (h) if USEPA finds that certain conditions exist:
1) The Agency fails to issue a treatment determination by the applicable deadlines in Section 611.351 (corresponding with 40 CFR 141.81);
2) The Agency abuses its discretion in a substantial number of instances or in instances affecting a substantial population; or
3) The technical aspects of the Agency’s determination would be indefensible in a federal enforcement action taken against the supplier.
j) Find-and-fix Assessment for Tap Sample Sites Exceeding the Lead Action Level. The supplier must conduct specific steps when a tap sampling site exceeds the lead action level in monitoring under Section 611.356.
1) Step 1: Corrosion Control Treatment Assessment. The supplier must sample at a new water quality parameter sampling site that is on the same-sized water main, in the same pressure zone, and located within a half mile of the sampling site that exceeded the action lead level within five days after receiving the sample results. A small supplier not applying corrosion control treatment may take up to 14 days to collect the samples. The supplier must measure certain parameters:
A) pH;
B) Alkalinity;
C) Orthophosphate (as PO4), if the supplier uses an inhibitor containing an orthophosphate compound;
D) Silica, if the supplier uses an inhibitor containing a silicate compound; and
E) A supplier having an existing water quality parameter sampling site complying with this Section may sample from that site.
F) A supplier that must meet optimal water quality control parameters but not having an existing water quality parameter sampling site complying with this Section must add new sampling sites to the minimum number of sites Section 611.357(g) requires. The supplier must add sites until it has twice the minimum number of sites Section 611.357(a)(2)(A) requires. If a supplier exceeds this upper threshold for the number of sites, the Agency may issue a SEP determining that a newer site can better assess the efficacy of the corrosion control treatment and remove existing sites during sanitary survey evaluating OCCT.
2) Step 2: Site Assessment. A supplier must collect a follow-up sample at any tap sampling site exceeding the lead action level within 30 days after receiving the sample results. The supplier may use different sample volumes or different sampling procedures collecting these follow-up samples to assess the source of elevated lead levels. The supplier must submit samples it collects under this Section to the Agency but must not include them in calculating the 90th percentile concentration under Section 611.356. If the supplier cannot collect a follow-up sample at a site, the supplier must document to the Agency why it was unable to collect a follow-up sample.
3) Step 3: Evaluating Results and Recommending OCCT or Other Actions. Within six months after the end of the tap sampling period during which a supplier exceeds the lead action level, the supplier must evaluate the results of the monitoring conducted under subsections (j)(1) and (j)(2) to determine if the supplier must either locally or centrally adjust the OCCT or other distribution system actions are necessary and submit the recommendation to the Agency. Modifying corrosion control treatment might not be necessary to address every exceedance. Other distribution system actions may include flushing to reduce water residence time in the system. If known from the site assessment, the supplier must note the cause of the elevated lead level in its recommendation to the Agency because site-specific issues can be an important factor in why the supplier does not recommend any adjustment of corrosion control treatment or other distribution system actions. A supplier in the process of optimizing or re-optimizing OCCT under subsections (a) through (f) needs not recommend a find-and-fix treatment to the Agency.
4) Step 4: Agency Action. The Agency must issue a SEP approving the supplier’s treatment recommendation or specify a different approach within six months after the supplier completes Step 3, as subsection (j)(3) describes.
5) Step 5: Implementing the Agency’s SEP. If the Agency-issued SEP requires the water system to adjust the OCCT, the supplier must modify its corrosion control treatment within 12 months after completing Step 4, as subsection (j)(4) describes. A supplier not applying corrosion control treatment and needing to install OCCT must follow the schedule in Section 611.351(e).
6) Step 6: Follow-up Sampling. A supplier adjusting its OCCT must complete follow-up sampling (Sections 611.356(d)(2) and 611.357(c)) within 12 months after completing Step 5, as subsection (j)(5) describes.
7) Step 7: Agency Review. For a supplier adjusting its OCCT, the Agency must review the supplier’s modified corrosion control treatment, and the Agency must designate optimal water quality control parameters (Section 611.352(f)(1)) within six months after the supplier completes Step 6, as subsection (j)(6) describes.
8) Step 8: Operating and Complying. A supplier adjusting its OCCT must comply with the Agency-designated optimal water quality control parameters (Section 611.352(g)) and continue tap sampling (Sections 611.356(d)(3) and 611.357(d)).
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.82.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.353 Source Water TreatmentA supplier must complete source water monitoring and treatment requirements (under subsection (b) and Sections 611.356 and 611.358) before specific deadlines.
a) Deadlines for Completing Source Water Treatment Steps
1) Step 1: A supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level must complete lead and copper source water monitoring (under Section 611.358(b)) and recommend treatment to the Agency (under subsection (b)(1)) within 180 days after the end of the tap monitoring period during which the supplier exceeded the action level.
2) Step 2: The Agency must issue a SEP determining source water treatment (under subsection (b)(2)) within six months after the supplier submits monitoring results under step 1.
3) Step 3: If the Agency requires installing source water treatment, the supplier must install that treatment (under subsection (b)(3)) within 24 months after the Agency completes step 2.
4) Step 4: The supplier must complete follow-up tap water monitoring (under Section 611.356(d)(2)) and source water monitoring (under Section 611.358(c)) within 36 months after completion of step 2.
5) Step 5: The Agency must issue a SEP reviewing the supplier’s installation and operation of source water treatment and specify MPCs for lead and copper (under subsection (b)(4)) within six months after the supplier completes step 4.
6) Step 6: The supplier must comply with the Agency-specified lead and copper MPCs (under subsection (b)(4)) and continue source water monitoring (under Section 611.358(d)).
b) Source Water Treatment Requirements
1) System Treatment Recommendation. Any supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level must recommend to the Agency in writing one of the source water treatments in subsection (b)(2). A supplier may recommend installing no treatment based on a demonstration that source water treatment is not necessary to minimize lead and copper levels at users’ taps.
2) Agency Determination Regarding Source Water Treatment
A) The Agency must evaluate the results of all source water samples the supplier submitted to determine whether source water treatment is necessary to minimize lead or copper levels in water the supplier delivers to users’ taps.
B) If the Agency determines treatment is necessary, the Agency must issue a SEP requiring the supplier to install and operate either the source water treatment the supplier recommended (if any) or another from among specific source water treatment techniques:
i) ion exchange;
ii) reverse osmosis;
iii) lime softening; or
iv) coagulation/filtration.
C) The Agency may require the supplier to submit, on or before a certain date, any additional information as the Agency determines is necessary to aid its review.
D) The Agency must notify the supplier in writing of its determination, stating the basis for its decision.
3) Installing Source Water Treatment. A supplier must properly install and operate the source water treatment the Agency approves under subsection (b)(2).
4) Agency Reviewing Source Water Treatment and Specifying Maximum Permissible Source Water Levels (MPCs)
A) The Agency must review the source water samples the supplier took both before and after the supplier installs source water treatment and determine whether the supplier properly installs and operates the approved source water treatment.
B) Based on its review, the Agency must issue a SEP approving the lead and copper MPCs for finished water entering the supplier’s distribution system. The MPC levels must reflect the contaminant removal capability of the treatment when properly operated and maintained.
C) The SEP issued under subsection (b)(4)(B) must include the Agency's explanation of the basis for its decision under subsection (b)(4)(B).
5) Continued Operation and Maintenance. A supplier must maintain lead and copper levels below the MPCs the Agency approved at every sampling point the supplier monitors under Section 611.358. The supplier does not comply with this subsection (b) if the level of lead or copper at any sampling point is greater than the MPC the Agency approved under subsection (b)(4)(B).
6) Modifying Agency Treatment Decisions
A) On its own initiative, or in response to a request by the supplier, the Agency may issue a SEP modifying its determination of the source water treatment under subsection (b)(2) or the lead and copper MPCs under subsection (b)(4).
B) A supplier must make a request to modify in writing, explaining the propriety of the modification, and providing supporting documentation.
C) The Agency may issue a SEP modifying its determination if it concludes that the change is necessary to ensure that the supplier continues minimizing lead and copper concentrations in source water.
D) A revised determination under subsection (b)(6)(C) must state the new treatment requirements, explain the basis for the Agency’s decision, and provide a schedule for completing the treatment modifications.
E) Any interested person may submit information to the Agency in writing bearing on whether the Agency should exercise its discretion and issue a SEP modifying its determination under subsection (b)(2). An Agency determination not to act on information an interested person submits is not an Agency determination for the purposes of Sections 39 and 40 of the Act.
7) USEPA Treatment Decisions. Under 40 CFR 142.19, USEPA reserves the prerogative to review Agency treatment determinations under subsections (b)(2), (b)(4), or (b)(6) and issue federal treatment determinations consistent with 40 CFR 141.83(b)(2), (b)(4), and (b)(6) if USEPA finds that certain conditions exist:
A) the Agency fails to issue a treatment determination by the applicable deadline in subsection (a);
B) the Agency abuses its discretion in a substantial number of instances or in instances affecting a substantial population; or
C) the technical aspects of the Agency’s determination would be indefensible in a federal enforcement action taken against the supplier.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.83.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.354 Lead Service Line Inventory and Replacing Lead Service Linesa) Lead Service Line Inventory. A supplier must develop an inventory identifying the materials composition for all service lines connected to its distribution system. The inventory must meet specific requirements:
1) The supplier must develop an initial inventory before October 16, 2024 and submit the inventory to the Agency as Section 611.360(e) requires.
2) The inventory must include all service lines connected to the supplier’s distribution system regardless of ownership status (e.g., where the supplier shares service line ownership, the inventory would include both the supplier-owned and customer-owned portions of the service line).
3) When conducting the inventory of service lines in its distribution system for the initial inventory under subsection (a)(1), the supplier must use any information on lead and galvanized iron or steel system components the supplier identified complying with 40 CFR 141.42(d). The supplier must also review the sources of information in subsections (a)(3)(A) through (a)(3)(D) to identify service line materials for the initial inventory. The supplier may use other sources of information the Agency approves in a SEP.
A) All construction and plumbing codes, permits, and existing records or other documents indicating the service line materials connecting structures to its distribution system.
B) All supplier records, including distribution system maps and drawings, historical records on each service connection, meter installation records, historical capital improvement or master plans, and standard operating procedures.
C) All inspections and distribution system records indicating the materials composing the service connections connecting structures to its distribution system.
D) Any resource, information, or method for identifying and assessing service line materials the Agency provides or requires in a SEP.
4) The supplier must categorize every service line and supplier-owned portion of a service line under split ownership:
A) “Lead” for a lead service line.
B) “Galvanized Requiring Replacement” for a galvanized service line at any time downstream of a lead service line or currently downstream of a lead status unknown service line. If the supplier cannot demonstrate that a galvanized service line was never downstream of a lead service line, the supplier must presume a lead service line was upstream.
C) “Non-Lead” for a service line the supplier determines through an evidence-based record, method, or technique is not lead or galvanized requiring replacement under subsection (a)(4)(A) or (a)(4)(B). The supplier may classify the service line using its actual material of construction (e.g., “plastic” or “copper”) as an alternative to non-lead.
D) “Lead Status Unknown” for a service line of material the supplier does not know is lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or non-lead service line under subsection (a)(4)(A), (a)(4)(B), or (a)(4)(C), e.g., if the supplier has no documented evidence supporting material classification. The supplier may classify the line as “unknown”, as an alternative to classifying it as lead status unknown, however, all requirements applying to lead status unknown service lines will apply to those the supplier classifies as Unknown. A supplier may provide more information regarding its lead status unknown lines, as long as the inventory clearly distinguishes unknown service lines from those for which the supplier verified the material of construction through records or inspection.
BOARD NOTE: See the definition of “lead status unknown service line” in Section 611.350(b).
5) The supplier must identify and track service line materials in its inventory as the supplier encounters them in the course of its normal operations (e.g., checking service line materials when reading water meters or performing maintenance activities).
6) The supplier must update its inventory based on all applicable sources in subsections (a)(3) and (a)(5) and any lead service line replacements or service line material inspections the supplier conducted. The supplier may use other sources of information the Agency approves in a SEP and must use other sources of information the Agency requires in a SEP. The supplier must submit the updated inventory to the Agency as Section 611.360(e) requires. The publicly accessible inventory must reflect inventory updates no less frequently than when the supplier must submit them to the Agency.
A) A supplier whose inventory contains only non-lead service lines needs not provide inventory updates to the Agency or public. If the supplier subsequently finds a lead service line within its system, the supplier must prepare an updated inventory under subsection (a) on a schedule the Agency establishes in a SEP.
B) This subsection (a)(6)(B) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.84(a)(6)(ii), which USEPA marked “Reserved”. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA’s rule.
7) To calculate the number of service line replacements under subsections (f) or (g), the supplier must apply the replacement rate to the sum of known lead and galvanized requiring replacement service lines when the supplier first exceeds the lead trigger level or lead action level plus the number of lead status unknown service lines in the beginning of each year of the supplier’s annual goal-based or mandatory full lead service line replacement program.
A) A supplier must count each service line only once when calculating the required number of service lines it must replace, even if the supplier shares service line ownership, and the supplier must replace both the customer-owned and system-owned portions.
B) The supplier must annually update the number of service lines it needs to replace by subtracting the number of lead status unknown service lines the supplier discovered are non-lead and adding the number of non-lead service lines the supplier discovered are lead or galvanized requiring replacement service lines.
C) Verifying a lead status unknown service line as non-lead in its inventory does not count as replacing a service line.
BOARD NOTE: Using the number of lead and galvanized requiring replacement service lines at the time of first exceeding the lead trigger level applies for subsection (f). The number at the time of first exceeding the lead action level applies for subsection (g). The number of lead status unknown service lines remaining at the beginning of each year applies to both.
8) The supplier must keep its service line materials inventory publicly accessible.
A) The inventory must include a locational identifier, such as a street address, block, intersection, or landmark, for each lead or galvanized requiring replacement service line. A supplier may include a locational identifier for lead status unknown service lines or list the exact address of each service line.
B) A supplier serving more than 50,000 persons must make the publicly accessible inventory available online.
9) If a supplier has no lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service lines (regardless of ownership) in its inventory, the supplier may comply with subsection (a)(8) using a written statement, in lieu of the inventory, declaring that its distribution system has no lead or galvanized requiring replacement service lines. The statement must include a general description of all applicable sources the supplier used under subsections (a)(3), (a)(5), and (a)(6) to determine these service lines are absent.
10) The supplier must include instructions for accessing the service line inventory (including inventories consisting only of a statement under subsection (a)(9)) in its Consumer Confidence Report under Section 141.153(d)(4)(K).
b) Lead Service Line Replacement Plan. A supplier with one or more lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service lines in its distribution system must submit a lead service line replacement plan to the Agency under Section 611.360(e) before October 16, 2024. The lead service line replacement plan must have sufficient detail to ensure the supplier can comply with lead service line replacement requirements under this Section. The plan must include specific descriptions:
1) A strategy for determining the composition of lead status unknown service lines in its inventory;
2) A procedure for conducting full lead service line replacement;
3) A strategy for informing customers before a full or partial lead service line replacement;
4) For a supplier serving more than 10,000 persons, a lead service line replacement goal rate the supplier recommends if the supplier exceeds the lead trigger level;
5) A procedure for customers to flush particulate lead from service lines and premises plumbing;
6) A prioritization strategy for lead service line replacement based on factors, including targeting known lead service lines, replacing lead service lines for disadvantaged consumers and populations most sensitive to the effects of lead; and
7) A strategy for funding lead service line replacements considering ways to replace the customer-owned portion for those unable to pay.
c) Operating Procedures for Replacing Lead Goosenecks, Pigtails, or Connectors
1) The supplier must replace any lead gooseneck, pigtail, or connector it owns when the supplier encounters it during planned or unplanned water system infrastructure work.
2) The supplier must offer to replace a customer-owned lead gooseneck, pigtail, or connector; however, the supplier needs not bear the cost of replacing the customer-owned parts.
3) The supplier needs not replace a customer-owned lead gooseneck, pigtail, or connector if the customer objects to replacing it.
4) Replacing a lead gooseneck, pigtail, or connector does not count towards goal-based or mandatory lead service line replacements under subsections (f) or (g).
5) When replacing any gooseneck, pigtail, or connector attached to a lead service line, the supplier must follow the risk mitigation procedures 40 CFR Section 141.85(f)(2) specifies.
d) Conducting Lead Service Line Replacement That May Result in Partial Replacements
1) A supplier planning to partially replace a lead service line (e.g., replace only the supplier-owned portion) in the course of planned infrastructure work must notify the service line’s owner, or the owner’s authorized agent, and any non-owner residents the service line serves at least 45 days before the replacement. The notice must explain that the supplier will replace the supplier-owned portion of the service line and offer to replace the customer-owned portion (not supplier-owned). The supplier needs not bear the cost of replacing the customer-owned portion of the lead service line.
A) Before returning a service line to service, the supplier must provide notice complying with Section 611.355(a) and explaining that consumers may experience a temporary increase of lead levels in their drinking water due to the replacement, providing information about the health effects of lead, and describing actions consumers can take to minimize their exposure to lead in drinking water. If the lead service line undergoing partial replacement serves multi-family dwellings, the supplier may post the information at a conspicuous location instead of providing individual notice to each resident.
B) The supplier must inform consumers about service line flushing using the procedure in subsection (b)(5) requires before returning the affected service line to service.
C) The supplier must provide the consumer with a pitcher filter or point-of-use treatment device to reduce lead, six months of replacement cartridges, and use instructions before returning the affected service line to service. If the affected service line serves more than one residence or non-residential unit (e.g., a multi-unit building), the supplier must provide a filter, six months of replacement cartridges and use instructions to every unit in the building.
D) The supplier must offer to collect a follow up tap sample between three and six months after partially replacing a lead service line. The supplier must provide the results from the follow up sample under Section 611.355(d).
2) Any supplier replacing the supplier-owned portion of a lead service line in the course of an emergency repair must notify and provide risk mitigation measures to the persons the affected service line serves as subsections (d)(1)(A) through (d)(1)(C) require before returning the line to service.
3) If a customer notifies a supplier that the customer plans to replace the customer’s portion of the lead service line, the supplier must make a good faith effort to coordinate simultaneously replacing the supplier’s portion. If simultaneously replacing the supplier- and customer-owned portions cannot be conducted, the supplier must replace the supplier-owned portion as soon as practicable but no later than 45 days after the customer replaces the customer-owned portion of the lead service line. The supplier must notify and provide risk mitigation measures as subsections (d)(1)(A) through (d)(1)(C) require. If the supplier fails to replace its portion of the lead service line within 45 days after the customer replaces the customer’s portion of the lead service line, the supplier must notify the Agency under Section 611.360(e) within 30 days after failing to meet the deadline. The supplier must complete replacing the supplier-owned portion of the service line no later than 180 days after the customer replaces the customer-owned portion.
4) If a supplier receives notice or otherwise learns that a customer replaced the customer-owned portion of a lead service line within the previous six months leaving the system-owned portion in place, the supplier must replace its portion within 45 days after the supplier becomes aware the customer replaced the customer-owned portion. The supplier must notify and provide risk mitigation measures as subsections (d)(1)(A) through (d)(1)(C) require within 24 hours after the supplier becomes aware of the customer replacing the customer-owned portion. If the supplier fails to replace the supplier-owned portion of the service line within 45 days after becoming aware of the customer replacing the customer-owned portion, the supplier must notify the Agency under Section 611.360(e) within 30 days after failing to meet the deadline. The supplier must complete replacing the supplier-owned portion of the service line no later than 180 days after the customer replaces the customer-owned portion.
5) If a supplier receives notice or otherwise learns that a customer replaced the customer-owned portion of a lead service line more than six months in the past, the supplier needs not replace the supplier-owned portion of the lead service line under this subsection (d)(5). However, the supplier must still include the system-owned portion when calculating a lead service line replacement rate under subsection (a)(7).
e) Conducting Full Lead Service Line Replacements. A supplier conducting a full lead service line replacement must notify the service line’s owner, or the owner’s authorized agent, and any non-owner residents the service line serves within 24 hours after completing the replacement. The supplier needs not bear the cost of replacing the customer-owned portion of the lead service line.
1) The notice must comply with Section 611.355(a), explain that consumers may experience a temporary increase of lead levels in their drinking water due to the replacement, inform about the health effects of lead, and explain actions a consumer can take to minimize exposure to lead in drinking water. If the lead service line the supplier will replace serves a multi-family dwelling, the supplier may post the information at a conspicuous location instead of providing individual notice to all residents.
2) The supplier must inform about flushing the service line using the procedure the supplier developed under subsection (b)(5) before returning the replaced service line to service.
3) The supplier must provide the consumer with a pitcher filter or point-of-use treatment device to reduce lead, six months of replacement cartridges, and use instructions before returning the replaced service line to service. If the lead service line serves more than one residence or non-residential unit (e.g., a multi-unit building), the supplier must provide a filter and six months of replacement cartridges and use instructions to every unit in the building.
4) The supplier must offer to the consumer to collect a follow up tap sample between three and six months after replacing a lead service line. The supplier must provide the results from the follow up sample to the consumer under Section 611.355(d).
f) Goal-Based Full Lead Service Line Replacement for Suppliers Having a 90th Percentile Lead Concentration Exceeding the Lead Trigger Level But Not the Lead Action Level. A supplier serving more than 10,000 persons having a 90th percentile lead concentration under Section 611.356 that exceeds the lead trigger level but not the lead action level must conduct goal-based full lead service line replacement at a rate approved in an Agency-issued SEP.
1) The supplier must annually calculate the number of full lead service line replacements it must conduct under subsection (a)(7).
2) The supplier must replace lead service lines complying with subsection (d) or (e).
3) Only a full lead service line replacement counts towards a supplier’s annual replacement goal. A partial lead service line replacement does not count towards the goal.
4) The supplier must inform customers having a lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service line as Section 611.355(g) requires.
5) A supplier failing to meet its lead service line replacement goal must take certain actions:
A) Conduct public outreach activities under Section 611.355(h) until either the supplier meets its replacement goal, or tap sampling shows the 90th percentile concentration does not exceed the lead trigger level for two continuous years of monitoring.
B) Resume its goal-based lead service line replacement program under this subsection (f) if its 90th percentile lead concentration anytime later exceeds the lead trigger level but not the lead action level.
6) The first year of a supplier’s lead service line replacement program begins on the first day after the end of the tap sampling period during which the supplier exceeded the lead trigger level. If the supplier samples annually or less frequently, the end of the tap monitoring cycle is September 30 of the calendar year during which the sampling occurs. If the Agency issues a SEP establishing an alternative tap monitoring cycle, the end of the supplier’s tap monitoring cycle is the last day of that cycle.
g) Mandatory Full Lead Service Line Replacement for Suppliers Whose 90th Percentile Lead Concentration Exceeds the Lead Action Level. A supplier serving more than 10,000 persons that exceeds the lead action level in tap sampling monitoring under Section 611.356 must replace full lead service lines on its distribution system at an annual rate of at least three percent on a two-year rolling average basis.
1) The supplier must calculate its average annual number of full lead service line replacements under subsection (a)(7).
2) The supplier must replace lead service lines under subsections (d) and (e).
3) Only a full lead service line replacement counts towards a supplier’s mandatory annual replacement rate of at least three percent. A partial lead service line replacement does not count towards the supplier’s mandatory replacement rate.
4) A supplier must inform its customers having a lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service line as Section 611.355(g) requires.
5) A CWS supplier serving 10,000 or fewer persons or a NTNCWS supplier for which the Agency issues a SEP approving or designating replacing lead service lines as a compliance option must replace lead service lines as Section 611.363(a)(1) describes. The supplier must replace lead service lines complying with subsections (d) and (e).
6) A supplier may stop replacing lead service lines after cumulatively replacing the required number. Unless the Agency issues a SEP under subsection (g)(9) requiring another percentage, the required number is at least three percent of the service lines subsection (a)(7) determines times the number of years between when the supplier most recently began mandatorily replacing lead service lines and when the supplier calculates its lead 90th percentile concentration under Section 611.360(c)(4) to be at or below the lead action level during each of four consecutive six-month tap monitoring cycles. If the supplier later exceeds the lead action level, it must restart mandatorily replacing lead service lines at the same rate on a two-year rolling average basis, unless the Agency issues a SEP under subsection (g)(9) requiring an alternative replacement rate.
7) A supplier may also cease mandatorily replacing lead service lines if the supplier has no remaining lead status unknown service lines in its inventory, and the supplier obtains refusals or non-responses to its offer to replace the customer-owned portion of the lead service line from every customer on its distribution system still served by a lead service line or a galvanized requiring replacement service line. For this subsection (g)(7) and under Section 611.360(e), a supplier must document customer refusals to the Agency, including any written refusals signed by the customers, any documents memorializing customers verbally refusing, and any documents memorializing no response from customers after the supplier made at least two good faith attempts to reach the customer, each attempt offering to replace the full lead service line. If the supplier’s lead 90th percentile concentration later exceeds the lead action level, the supplier must offer to replace the customer-owned portion for every customer served through a full or partial lead service line or galvanized requiring replacement service line. The supplier need not bear the cost of replacing the customer-owned portion of any lead service line.8) The first year of lead service line replacement begins the first day after the end of the tap sampling period during which the supplier exceeded the lead action level.
9) If the Agency determines a shorter schedule is feasible, the Agency must issue a SEP requiring a supplier to replace lead service lines on a shorter schedule than this Section otherwise requires, taking into account the number of lead service lines in the supplier’s system. The Agency must issue this SEP within six months after the supplier must begin replacing lead service lines under subsection (g).
h) Reporting to Demonstrate Compliance to the Agency. To demonstrate that it complies with subsections (a) through (g), a supplier must report the information Section 611.360(e) specifies to the Agency.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.84.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.355 Public Education and Supplemental Monitoring and MitigationA supplier exceeding the lead action level based on tap water samples under Section 611.356 must deliver the public education materials subsection (a) requires under subsection (b). A supplier exceeding the lead action level must sample the tap water of any customer requesting sampling under subsection (c). A small CWS or NTNCWS supplier electing to implement POU devices as a small supplier compliance flexibility option under Section 611.363 must provide public education materials as subsection (j) requires to inform users how to properly use POU devices. A supplier must deliver a consumer notice of lead tap water monitoring results to persons the supplier serves at each site that the supplier samples, as subsection (d) specifies. A supplier with lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service lines, as defined in Section 611.354(a)(4), must deliver public education materials to persons served through these service lines as subsections (e) through (g) specify. A CWS supplier must conduct annual outreach to the Illinois Department of Public Health and local health agencies as subsection (i) provides. A CWS supplier serving more than 10,000 persons failing to meet its annual lead service line replacement goal under Section 611.354(f) must conduct outreach activities as subsection (h) specifies.
a) Content of Written Public Education Materials
1) Community Water Systems and Non-Transient Non-Community Water Systems. A CWS or NTNCWS supplier must include the following elements in printed materials (e.g., brochures and pamphlets) in the same order as listed in subsections (a)(1)(A) through (a)(1)(G). In addition, the supplier must use the verbatim language in subsections (a)(1)(A), (a)(1)(B), and (a)(1)(F), except for replacing the text in brackets with the system-specific information. Any additional information a supplier presents must be consistent with the information in subsections (a)(1)(A), through (a)(1)(G), and the supplier must present the additional information in plain language that the general public can understand. The supplier must submit all written public education materials to the Agency prior to delivery. A supplier may change the mandatory language in subsections (a)(1)(A) and (a)(1)(B) only as the Agency approves in a SEP.
A) IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT LEAD IN YOUR DRINKING WATER. [INSERT NAME OF SUPPLIER] found elevated levels of lead in drinking water in some homes/buildings. Lead can cause serious health problems, especially for pregnant women and young children. Please read this information closely to see what you can do to reduce lead in your drinking water.
B) Health Effects of Lead. Exposure to lead in drinking water can cause serious health effects in all age groups. Infants and children can have decreases in IQ and attention span. Lead exposure can lead to new learning and behavior problems or exacerbate existing learning and behavior problems. The children of women who are exposed to lead before or during pregnancy can have increased risk of these adverse health effects. Adults can have increased risks of heart disease, high blood pressure, kidney or nervous system problems.
C) Sources of Lead
i) Explain what lead is.
ii) Explain possible sources of lead in drinking water and how lead enters drinking water. Include information on home and building plumbing materials and service lines that may contain lead.
iii) Discuss other important sources of lead exposure in addition to drinking water (e.g., paint).
BOARD NOTE: The supplier must use text providing the information this subsection (a)(1)(C) describes.
D) Discuss the steps the consumer can take to reduce exposure to lead in drinking water.
i) Encourage running the water to flush out the lead.
ii) Explain concerns with using hot water from the tap and specifically caution against the use of hot water for preparing baby formula.
iii) Explain that boiling water does not reduce lead levels.
iv) Discuss other options consumers can take to reduce exposure to lead in drinking water, such as alternative sources or water treatment.
v) Suggest that parents have their child’s blood tested for lead.
BOARD NOTE: The supplier must use text providing the information this (a)(1)(D) describes.
E) Explain why there are elevated levels of lead in the supplier’s drinking water (if known) and what the supplier is doing to reduce the lead levels in homes and buildings in this area.
BOARD NOTE: The supplier must use text providing the information this (a)(1)(E) describes.
F) For more information, call us at [INSERT THE SUPPLIER’S NUMBER] [(IF APPLICABLE), or visit our Web site at [INSERT THE SUPPLIER’S WEB SITE HERE]]. For more information on reducing lead exposure around your home/building and the health effects of lead, visit USEPA’s Web site at www.epa.gov/lead or contact your health care provider.
G) Information on Lead Service Lines. A supplier having lead service lines must discuss opportunities to replace lead service lines and explain how a consumer may access the supplier’s lead service line inventory to determine whether the consumer has a lead service line. The supplier must include information on programs providing financing solutions to assist property owners in replacing their portion of a lead service line, with a statement that the water system must replace the supplier-owned portion of a lead service line when the property owner notifies the supplier that the consumer will replace the property owners portion of the lead service line.2) Community Water Systems. In addition to including the elements subsection (a)(1) specifies, a CWS supplier must include two information items:
A) The supplier must tell consumers how to get their water tested; and
B) The supplier must discuss lead in plumbing components and the difference between low-lead and lead-free components.
BOARD NOTE: At corresponding 40 CFR 141.85(a)(1), USEPA allowed the State to require prior approval of written public information materials. Rather than require prior Agency approval, the Board chooses to allow the Agency to raise any deficiencies that it may perceive using its existing procedure for review of public education materials. The Agency outlines its standard practice for review of public information materials: The Agency provides a comprehensive public education packet to the supplier together with the notice that the supplier exceeds the lead action level. That packet includes guidance and templates for the supplier to use in preparing and distributing its public education materials. The supplier must send a copy of the public education materials that it distributes to the Agency, and the Agency reviews the copy of the materials after their distribution to the public. The Agency directly communicates to the supplier any perceived defects in the materials. When the Agency perceives minor defects, it will request correction in future distributions of the public education materials. When the Agency perceives major defects in the materials, it will request a redistribution of corrected public education materials the supplier already distributed.
b) Delivering Public Education Materials
1) The public education materials of a supplier serving a large proportion of non-English-speaking consumers must contain information in the appropriate languages regarding the importance of the notice, or the materials must contain a telephone number or address where a water consumer may contact the supplier to obtain a translated copy of the public education materials or to request assistance in the appropriate language.
2) A CWS supplier exceeding the lead action level on the basis of tap water samples under Section 611.356 not already conducting public education tasks under this Section must complete public education tasks within 60 days after the end of the tap sampling period in which the exceedance occurred:
A) The CWS supplier must deliver printed materials complying with subsection (a) to all of its bill-paying customers.
B) Methods of Delivery for a CWS Supplier
i) The CWS supplier must contact customers who are most at risk by delivering education materials complying with subsection (a) to local public health agencies, even if those agencies are not located within the supplier’s service area, along with an informational notice encouraging distribution to all of the agencies’ potentially affected customers or the supplier’s consumers. The supplier must contact the local public health agencies directly by phone or in person. The local public health agencies may provide a specific list of additional community-based organizations serving the target populations, which may include organizations outside the service area of the supplier. If local health agencies provide lists, the supplier must deliver education materials that comply with subsection (a) to each of the organizations on the provided lists.
ii) The CWS supplier must contact customers who are most at risk by delivering materials complying with subsection (a) to the organizations in subsections (b)(2)(H)(i) through (b)(2)(H)(vi) that are located within the supplier’s service area, along with an informational notice encouraging distribution to all the organization’s potentially affected customers or supplier’s users.
BOARD NOTE: The Board moved the text of 40 CFR 141.85(b)(2)(ii)(B)(1) through (b)(2)(ii)(B)(6) to appear as subsections (b)(2)(H)(i) through (b)(2)(H)(vi) to comport with allowed indent levels.
C) No less often than quarterly, the CWS supplier must provide information on or in each water bill as long as the system exceeds the action level for lead. The message on the water bill must include the verbatim text of the paragraph below, except replacing the text in brackets with system-specific information:
[INSERT NAME OF SUPPLIER] found high levels of lead in drinking water in some homes. Lead can cause serious health problems. For more information please call [INSERT NAME OF SUPPLIER] [or visit (INSERT SUPPLIER’S WEB SITE HERE)].
The message or delivery mechanism can be modified in consultation with the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency, Division of Public Water Supply; specifically, the Agency may allow a separate mailing of public education materials to customers if the water system cannot place the information on water bills.
D) The CWS supplier must post material complying with subsection (a) on the supplier’s Web site if the CWS supplier serves a population greater than 100,000.
E) The CWS supplier must submit a press release to newspaper, television, and radio stations.
F) In addition to subsections (b)(2)(A) through (b)(2)(E), the CWS supplier must implement at least three activities from one or more of the categories listed below. The supplier must consult with the Agency to determine the educational content and selection of these activities.
i) Public service announcements.
ii) Paid advertisements.
iii) Public area information displays.
iv) E-mails to customers.
v) Public meetings.
vi) Household deliveries.
vii) Targeted individual customer contact.
viii) Direct material distribution to all multi-family homes and institutions.
ix) Other Agency-approved methods.
G) For a CWS supplier that must monitor annually or less frequently, the end of the tap sampling period is September 30 of the calendar year in which the sampling occurs, or on the last day of an alternative tap sampling period the Agency sets in a SEP.
H) Organizations That the CWS Supplier Must Contact When Required to Do So under Subsection (b)(2)(B)(ii)
i) Schools, child care facilities, and school boards.
ii) Women, Infants and Children (WIC) and Head Start programs.
iii) Public and private hospitals and medical clinics.
vi) Pediatricians.
v) Family planning clinics.
vi) Local welfare agencies.
vii) Obstetricians-gynecologists and midwives.BOARD NOTE: This subsection (b)(2)(H) derives from 40 CFR 141.85(b)(2)(ii)(B)(1) through (b)(2)(ii)(B)(7), moved here to comport with allowed indent levels.
3) As long as a CWS supplier exceeds the action level, it must repeat the activities in subsection (b)(2), as subsections (b)(3)(A) through (b)(3)(D) require.
A) The CWS supplier must repeat the tasks in subsections (b)(2)(A), (b)(2)(B), and (b)(2)(F) every 12 months.
B) The CWS supplier must repeat tasks in subsection (b)(2)(C) with each billing cycle.
C) The CWS supplier serving a population greater than 100,000 must post and retain material on a publicly accessible website under subsection (b)(2)(D).
D) The CWS supplier must repeat the task in subsection (b)(2)(E) twice every 12 months on a schedule agreed by the Agency in a SEP. The Agency must, on a case-by-case basis, issue a SEP extending the time for the supplier to complete the public education tasks in subsection (b)(2) beyond the 60-day limit if the Agency determines that the supplier needs the extended time to implement the tasks; however, the Agency must issue the SEP granting any extension before the 60-day deadline expires.
4) Within 60 days after the end of the tap sampling period in which a NTNCWS supplier exceeds the lead action level (unless it already is repeating public education tasks under subsection (b)(5)), the supplier must deliver the public education materials subsection (a) specifies.
A) The supplier must deliver the public education materials by certain means:
i) The NTNCWS supplier must post informational posters on lead in drinking water in a public place or common area in each of the buildings the supplier serves; and
ii) The NTNCWS supplier must distribute informational pamphlets or brochures on lead in drinking water to each person the NTNCWS supplier serves. The Agency may issue a SEP allowing the system to use electronic transmission in lieu of or combined with printed materials as long as the electronic transmission achieves the same or better coverage.
B) For a NTNCWS supplier that must monitor annually or less frequently, the end of the tap sampling period is September 30 of the calendar year in which the sampling occurs, or on the last day of an alternative tap sampling period the Agency sets in a SEP.
5) A NTNCWS supplier must repeat the tasks in subsection (b)(4) at least once during each calendar year in which the supplier exceeds the lead action level. The Agency must, on a case-by-case basis, issue a SEP extending the time for the supplier to complete the public education tasks in subsection (b)(2) beyond the 60-day limit if the Agency determines that the extended time is needed for implementation purposes; however, the Agency must issue any SEP granting any extension before the 60-day deadline expires.
6) A supplier may stop delivering public education materials after the supplier does not exceed the lead action level during the most recent six-month tap monitoring cycle under Section 611.356. The supplier must begin public education anew under this Section if the supplier subsequently exceeds the lead action level during any tap sampling period.
7) A CWS supplier may apply to the Agency, in writing, to use only the text in subsection (a)(1) in lieu of the text in subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) and to perform the tasks in subsections (b)(4) and (b)(5) in lieu of the tasks in subsections (b)(2) and (b)(3) under specific circumstances:
A) The supplier is a facility, such as a prison or a hospital, where the population served is not capable of or is prevented from making improvements to plumbing or installing point of use treatment devices; and
B) The supplier provides water as part of the cost of services provided, not separately charging for water consumption.
8) A CWS supplier serving 3,300 or fewer people may limit certain aspects of its public education programs:
A) For notice under subsection (b)(2)(F), a supplier serving 3,300 or fewer people must implement at least one of the activities in that subsection.
B) For notice under subsection (b)(2)(B), a supplier serving 3,300 or fewer people may limit the distribution of the public education materials to facilities and organizations that pregnant women and children are most likely to visit.
C) For notice under subsection (b)(2)(E), the Agency may issue a SEP waiving this requirement for a supplier serving 3,300 or fewer persons, as long as the supplier distributes notices to every household the supplier serves.
c) Supplemental Monitoring and Notification of Results. A supplier failing to meet the lead action level in tap samples under Section 611.356 must offer to sample the tap water of any customer requesting it. The supplier needs not pay for collecting or analyzing the sample, nor must the supplier itself collect and analyze the sample.
d) Requirement for Consumer Notice of Tap Water Monitoring Results
1) Consumer Notice Requirement. A supplier must provide a notice of the individual tap results from lead tap water monitoring under Section 611.356 to the persons the water system serves at the specific sampling site from which the supplier took the sample (e.g., the occupants of the building where the supplier sampled the tap).
2) Timing of Consumer Notice. The supplier must provide the consumer notice as soon as practicable but no later than the specified timeframe:A) For individual samples not exceeding 15 µg/ L of lead, no later than 30 days after the supplier learns of the tap monitoring results.
B) For individual samples exceeding 15 µg/ L of lead, as soon as practicable but no later than three calendar days after the supplier learns of the tap monitoring results. A supplier choosing to mail the notification must post those letters so they receive postmarks within the three days.3) Content of Consumer Notice. The consumer notice must include the results of lead tap water monitoring for the tap the supplier tested, an explanation of the health effects of lead, a list of steps consumers can take to reduce exposure to lead in drinking water, and contact information for the water utility. The notice must also provide the maximum contaminant level goal and the action level for lead and the definitions for these two terms from Section 611.883(c).
4) Delivery of Consumer Notice
A) For tap sampling lead results not exceeding 15 µg/ L, the supplier must provide the consumer notice to persons it serves at the tap the supplier sampled, by mail or by another method the Agency approves in a SEP. For example, upon Agency approval, a NTNCWS supplier could post the results on a bulletin board in the facility enabling users to review the information.
B) For tap sampling lead results exceeding 15 µg/ L, the supplier must provide consumer notice to persons it serves at the tap the supplier sampled; the supplier must provide this notice electronically or by phone, hand delivery, mail, or another method the Agency approves in a SEP.
e) Notice of Known or Potential Service Line Containing Lead
1) Notice requirements. A supplier having lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service lines in their inventory under Section 611.354(a) must inform all persons the supplier serves through a lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service line.
2) Timing of notice. A supplier must provide the initial notice within 30 days after completing the lead service line inventory Section 611.354 requires and annually repeat the notice to each person the supplier serves until the supplier’s entire service connection is no longer a lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service line. For each new customer, the supplier must also provide the notice when the supplier initiates service.
3) Notice Content
A) Persons the Supplier Serves Through a Confirmed Lead Service Line. The notice must state that the supplier serves the person through a lead service line; explain the health effects of lead in a way complying with subsection (a)(1)(B); give steps persons at the service connection can take to reduce exposure to lead in drinking water; inform about opportunities to replace lead service lines, including programs providing financing solutions to assist property owners to replace the customer-owned portion of a lead service line; and explain that the supplier must replace the supplier-owned portion of a lead service line when the property owner notifies the supplier that the owner will replace the customer-owned portion of the lead service line.
B) Persons the Supplier Serves Through a Galvanized Requiring Replacement Service Line. The notice must state that the supplier serves the person through a galvanized requiring replacement service line, explain the health effects of lead in a way complying with subsection (a)(1)(B), give steps persons at the service connection can take to reduce exposure to lead in drinking water, and inform about opportunities to replace the service line.
C) Persons the Supplier Serves Through a Lead Status Unknown Service Line. The notice must state that the supplier serves the person through a lead status unknown service line (a service line whose material is unknown but may be lead), explain the health effects of lead in a way complying with subsection (a)(1)(B), give steps persons at the service connection can take to reduce exposure to lead in drinking water, and inform about opportunities to verify the material of the service line.
4) Delivery. The supplier must provide notice to persons the supplier serves at the service connection with a lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service line, by mail or using another method the Agency approves in a SEP.
f) Notice Due to Disturbing a Service Line Known to or Potentially Containing Lead
1) A supplier disturbing a lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service line by a water shutoff or bypass to the service line, such as operating a valve on the service line or meter setter, without partially or fully replacing the lead service line must inform the persons the supplier serves through the service connection about the potential for an elevated lead concentration in their drinking water due to the supplier disturbing the service line, including instructions for flushing to remove particulate lead. The supplier must comply with this subsection (f)(1) before returning the affected service line to service.
2) If a supplier disturbs a lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service line while replacing an inline water meter, a water meter setter, or gooseneck, pigtail, or connector, the supplier must inform the persons the supplier serves through the service connection about the potential for an elevated lead concentration in their drinking water due to the supplier disturbing the service line, provide public education materials complying with subsection (a), a pitcher filter or point-of-use treatment device to reduce lead, use instructions, and six months of replacement filter cartridges. The supplier must comply with this subsection (f)(2) before returning the affected service line to service.
3) A supplier partially or fully replacing a lead service line must follow applicable procedures in Section 611.354(d)(1)(A) through (d)(1)(D) or (e)(1)(A) through (e)(1)(D).
g) Information for Persons the Supplier Serves Through a Service Line Known to or Potentially Containing Lead When the Supplier Exceeds the Lead Trigger Level
1) Content. A supplier having lead service lines and exceeding the lead trigger level of 10 µg/ L must inform persons the supplier serves through a lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service line about the supplier’s lead service line replacement program and opportunities for replacing the customer’s lead service line.
2) Timing. The supplier must inform persons it serves within 30 days after the end of the tap sampling period during which the supplier exceeded the lead trigger level. The supplier must continue to annually inform the persons it serves until the results of sampling under Section 611.356 do not exceed the lead trigger level.
3) Delivery. The supplier must inform the persons it serves through a lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service line by mail or another method the Agency approves in a SEP.
h) Outreach Activities for Failing to Fulfill the Lead Service Line Replacement Goal
1) In the first year after a CWS supplier serving more than 10,000 persons does not fulfill its required annual lead service line replacement goal under Section 611.354(f), the supplier must conduct one outreach activity from among those in subsections (h)(1)(A) through (h)(1)(B). The supplier must annually conduct an outreach activity under this subsection (h)(1) until the supplier fulfills its replacement goal or until tap sampling shows that its 90th percentile lead concentration does not exceed the trigger level of 10 µg/ L for two consecutive tap monitoring cycles:
A) Send certified mail to customers the supplier serves through a lead or galvanized requiring replacement service line to inform them about the supplier’s goal-based program for replacing lead service lines and opportunities for replacing the customer’s service line.
B) Conduct a townhall meeting.
C) Participate in a community event providing information about the supplier’s program for replacing lead service lines and distribute public education materials whose content complies with subsection (a).
D) Contact customers by phone, text message, email, or door hanger.
E) Use another method the Agency approves in a SEP to discuss the supplier’s program for replacing lead service lines and opportunities for replacing the customer’s lead service line.
2) Following the first year after the supplier exceeds the lead trigger level, a supplier still failing to fulfill its goal for replacing lead service lines must conduct one activity from subsection (h)(1) and two additional outreach activities each year from among those in subsections (h)(2)(A) through (h)(2)(D):
A) Conduct social media campaign.
B) Conduct outreach via newspaper, television, or radio.
C) Contact organizations representing plumbers and contractors by mail providing information about lead in drinking water, including health effects, sources of lead, and the importance of using lead-free plumbing materials.
D) Visit targeted customers to discuss the supplier’s program for replacing lead service lines and opportunities for replacing the customers’ lead service lines.
3) The supplier may stop outreach activities when tap sampling shows that its 90th percentile lead concentration no longer exceeds the trigger level of 10 µg/ L for two consecutive tap monitoring cycles or when all customers the supplier serves through lead or galvanized requiring replacement service lines refuse to participate in replacing the customer-owned portion under the supplier’s program for replacing lead service lines. Under this subsection (h)(3), a refusal includes a customer-signed statement refusing to participate in replacing the customer-owned portion of the lead service line or supplier-generated documents memorializing the customer’s verbal refusal or non-response after two good faith attempts by the supplier to reach the customer.
i) Public Education to Local and State Health Agencies
1) Find-and-Fix Results. A CWS supplier must inform the Department of Public Health and local health agencies about its find-and-fix activities under Section 611.352(j), including the location of the tap sample sites exceeding 15 µg/ L, the results from initial tap samples, the results from follow-up tap samples, the results from water quality parameter monitoring, and any distribution system management actions or corrosion control treatment adjustments the supplier made.
2) Timing and Content. A CWS supplier must annually send copies of the public education materials the supplier provided under subsections (a) and (h)(1) during a calendar year no later than July 1 of the following year.
3) Delivery. The CWS supplier must send the public education materials and find-and-fix information to the Department of Public Health and local health agencies by mail or by another method the Agency approves in a SEP.
j) Public Education for Small Supplier Compliance Flexibility POU Devices
1) Content. A small CWS or NTNCWS supplier implementing the POU device option under Section 611.363 must provide public education materials to inform users how to properly use POU devices to maximize the units’ effectiveness in reducing the lead concentration in drinking water.
2) Timing. The supplier must provide its public education materials when the supplier delivers the POU device.
3) Delivery. The supplier must provide its public education materials in person, by mail, or another method the Agency approves in a SEP, to persons at the locations where the supplier delivers the POU devices.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.85.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.356 Tap Water Monitoring for Lead and Coppera) Sampling Site Location
1) Selecting a Pool of Targeted Sampling Sites
A) Before the applicable date for beginning monitoring under subsection (d)(1), a supplier must identify a pool of targeted sampling sites complying with this Section based on the service line inventory the supplier developed under Section 611.354(a).
B) The pool of targeted sampling sites must be large enough to ensure that the supplier can collect the number of lead and copper tap samples subsection (c) requires.
C) The supplier may not include among its sampling sites any with installed POE treatment devices, and the tap the supplier uses at a sampling site may not have a POU device designed to remove inorganic contaminants. The exceptions are that a supplier monitoring under Section 611.363(a)(3)(D) and a supplier using a POE or POU device for the primary drinking water tap to meet other primary and secondary drinking water standards may sample the connected tap if all service connections on the supplier’s system have a POE or POU device to provide localized treatment to comply with those other drinking water standards.
D) A supplier monitoring under Section 611.363(a)(3)(D) may not use lead and copper sampling results to fulfill the criteria for reduced monitoring under subsection (d)(4).
2) Materials Evaluation. A supplier must use the information on lead, copper, and galvanized iron or steel it identified under 40 CFR 141.42(d) when conducting a materials evaluation and the information on lead service lines that Section 611.354(a) requires the supplier to collect to identify potential lead service line sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: Suppliers completed identifying and reporting construction materials in their distribution systems under 40 CFR 141.42(d), so the Board omitted this requirement from the Illinois rules.
3) Sampling Site Tiers. A supplier must categorize the sampling sites within its pool according to tiers:
A) CWS Tier 1 Sampling Sites. “CWS Tier 1 sampling sites” include single-family structures the supplier serves through a lead service line. The supplier must not use sites with lead status unknown service lines as Tier 4 sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(3)(A) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(3).
B) CWS Tier 2 Sampling Sites. “CWS Tier 2 sampling sites” include buildings, including multiple-family structures, the supplier serves through a lead service line. The supplier must not use sites with lead status unknown service lines as Tier 2 sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(3)(B) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(4).
C) CWS Tier 3 Sampling Sites. “CWS Tier 3 sampling sites” include single-family structures containing galvanized service lines the supplier identified as currently or formerly downstream of a lead service line or known to be downstream of a lead gooseneck, pigtail, or connector. The supplier must not use sites with lead status unknown service lines as Tier 3 sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(3)(C) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(5).
D) CWS Tier 4 Sampling Sites. “CWS Tier 4 sampling sites” include single-family structures or buildings containing copper pipes with lead solder installed before June 19, 1986. The supplier must not use sites with lead status unknown service lines as Tier 4 sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(3)(D) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(6).
E) CWS Tier 5 Sampling Sites. “CWS Tier 5 sampling sites” include single-family structures, including multiple-family residences, representing sites throughout the supplier’s distribution system. The supplier must not use sites with lead status unknown service lines as Tier 5 sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(3)(E) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(7).
F) NTNCWS Tier 1 Sampling Sites. “NTNCWS Tier 1 sampling sites” include sites that the supplier serves through a lead service line. The supplier must not use sites with lead status unknown service lines as Tier 1 sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(3)(F) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(8).
G) NTNCWS Tier 3 Sampling Sites. “NTNCWS Tier 3 sampling sites” include sites having galvanized lines the supplier identified as currently or formerly downstream of a lead service line or known to be downstream of a lead gooseneck, pigtail, or connector. The supplier must not use sites with lead status unknown service lines as Tier 3 sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(3)(G) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(9).
H) NTNCWS Tier 5 Sampling Sites. “NTNCWS Tier 5 sampling sites” include sites representing sites throughout the supplier’s distribution system. Under this subsection (a)(3)(H), a site representing sites throughout the distribution system has plumbing materials commonly found at the other sites the supplier serves.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(3)(H) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(10).
4) Selecting Sampling Sites. A supplier must select sampling sites for its sampling pool using specific criteria:
A) CWS Suppliers. A CWS supplier must use CWS Tier 1 sampling sites, except that the supplier may include CWS Tier 2 or CWS Tier 3 sampling sites in its sampling pool under certain circumstances:
i) If multiple-family residences comprise at least 20 percent of the structures the supplier serves, the supplier may use CWS Tier 2 sampling sites in its Tier 1 sampling pool, if the supplier serves the sampling site through a lead service line.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(A)(i) derives from a segment of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(3).
ii) If the CWS supplier does not have a sufficient number of CWS Tier 1 sampling sites on its distribution system, the supplier may use CWS Tier 2 sampling sites the supplier serves through a lead service line in its sampling pool; or
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(A)(ii) derives from a segment of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(4).
iii) If the CWS supplier does not have a sufficient number of CWS Tier 1 and CWS Tier 2 sampling sites on its distribution system, the supplier may complete its sampling pool with CWS Tier 3 sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(A)(iii) derives from a segment of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(5).
iv) If the CWS supplier does not have a sufficient number of CWS Tier 1 sampling sites, CWS Tier 2 sampling sites, and CWS Tier 3 sampling sites, the supplier must complete its sampling pool with CWS Tier 4 sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(A)(iv) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(6).
v) If a CWS supplier does not have a sufficient number of CWS Tier 1, CWS Tier 2, CWS Tier 3, and CWS Tier 4 sampling sites, the CWS supplier must complete its sampling pool with CWS Tier 5 sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(A)(v) derives from a segment of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(7).
vi) A supplier may use non-residential buildings representing sites throughout its distribution system only if there are an insufficient number of single-family or multiple-family residential Tier 5 sampling sites available.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(A)(vi) derives from a segment of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(7).
B) NTNCWS Suppliers
i) An NTNCWS supplier must select NTNCWS Tier 1 sampling sites for its sampling pool.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(B)(i) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(8).
ii) If the NTNCWS supplier has an insufficient number of NTNCWS Tier 1 sampling sites, the supplier must complete its sampling pool with NTNCWS Tier 3 sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(B)(ii) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(9).
iii) If the NTNCWS supplier has an insufficient number of NTNCWS Tier 1 and Tier 3 sampling sites, the supplier must complete its sampling pool with Tier 5 NTNCWS sampling sites. For the purpose of this subsection (a)(4)(B)(iii), a representative site is a site where the plumbing materials are commonly found at other sites the water system serves.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(B)(iii) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(10).
C) Suppliers with Lead Service Lines. Any supplier whose distribution system contains lead service lines must collect all samples for monitoring under this Section from sites the supplier serves through a lead service line. A supplier that cannot identify a sufficient number of sampling sites that it serves through lead service lines must still collect samples from every site the supplier serves though a lead service line and collect the remaining samples under subsections (a)(4)(A)(iii) through (a)(4)(A)(vi) or subsections (a)(4)(B)(ii) and (a)(4)(B)(iii).
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(C) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(11).
b) Sample-Collecting Methods
1) All tap samples a supplier collects for lead and copper under this Subpart G, with the exception of fifth-liter tap samples the supplier collects under subsection (b)(3) and samples the supplier collects under subsections (b)(5) and (h) must be first-draw tap samples. The supplier must analyze the first-draw tap sample for lead and copper during tap sampling periods when the supplier must monitor both contaminants. In tap sampling periods during which the supplier must monitor only lead, the supplier may analyze the first-draw tap sample for lead only.
2) First-Draw Tap Samples
A) A first-draw tap sample for lead and copper must be one liter in volume and have stood motionless at least six hours in the plumbing system of the sampling site .
B) The supplier must use wide-mouthed bottles to collect first-draw tap samples.
C) For residential housing, the supplier must collect first-draw tap samples from the cold-water kitchen or bathroom sink tap.
D) For non-residential buildings, the supplier must collect first-draw tap samples one-liter in volume from a tap occupants typically use for consuming water.
E) The Agency-approved substitute non-first-draw tap samples the supplier collects in lieu of first-draw tap samples under subsection (b)(5) must be one liter in volume from an interior tap occupants typically use for consuming water.
F) The supplier may collect first-draw tap samples or allow residents to collect first-draw tap samples after instructing the residents in the sampling procedures this subsection (b)(2) specifies.
i) Sampling instructions the supplier provides to residents must not include instructions for removing the aerator and cleaning or flushing taps before the minimum six-hour stagnation period begins.
ii) To avoid problems of residents handling nitric acid, the supplier may acidify first-draw tap samples up to 14 days after the supplier or a resident collects the sample.
iii) After adding acid to resolubilize the metals, a sample must stand in its original container for the time the USEPA-approved method specifies before the laboratory analyzes the sample.
G) If a supplier allows residents to perform sampling under subsection (b)(2)(F), the supplier may not challenge the accuracy of sampling results based on alleged errors in sample collection.
3) Service Line Samples
A) A supplier must collect all tap samples for copper at sites it serves through a lead service line as a first-draw tap sample using the procedure in this subsection (b)(3). The supplier must collect and analyze tap samples for copper only during tap monitoring cycles when the supplier must monitor copper. B) First-Draw and Fifth-Liter Tap Water Samples
i) A supplier must collect tap water samples in five consecutively numbered wide-mouthed bottles after the water has stood motionless in the sampling site’s plumbing for at least six hours without flushing the tap prior to collecting the sample.
ii) The supplier must analyze first-draw tap samples for copper, when applicable, and fifth-liter tap samples for lead.
iii) The supplier must use wide-mouthed bottles to collect these samples. The supplier must collect the first-draw tap sample in the first numbered bottle, then sequentially fill each numbered bottle until the final bottle is full with the fifth-liter tap sample, constantly running the water while collecting the samples. The fifth-liter tap sample is the final sample collected in this sequence.
iv) The supplier must collect first-draw and fifth-liter tap samples from residential housing from the cold-water kitchen or bathroom sink tap. The supplier must collect first-draw and fifth-liter tap samples from a nonresidential building at an interior cold water tap typically used for consuming water.
v) The supplier may itself collect first-draw and fifth-liter tap samples or allow residents to collect the samples after instructing the residents on the sampling procedures in this subsection (b)(3)(B). The sampling instructions the supplier provides to customers must not direct the customer to remove the aerator or clean or flush the taps before the minimum six-hour stagnation period begins. To avoid problems from residents handling nitric acid, the supplier may acidify first-draw tap samples up to 14 days after the resident collects the sample. After the supplier acidifies the sample to resolubilize the metals, the sample must stand in its original container for the time a USEPA-approved method provides before analysis. If the supplier allows residents to sample, the supplier may not challenge the accuracy of sampling results based on alleged errors collecting samples.
4) Follow-Up First-Draw Tap Samples
A) A supplier must collect each follow-up first-draw tap sample from the same sampling site where the previous sample originated. A supplier must collect each follow-up fifth-liter tap sample from the same sampling site where the previous sample originated.
B) If the supplier cannot access a sampling site to collect a follow-up tap sample for reasons beyond the control of the supplier, the supplier may collect the follow-up tap sample from another sampling site in its sampling pool, as long as the new site meets the same targeting criteria and is within reasonable proximity of the original site.
5) Substitute Non-First-Draw Tap Samples
A) A NTNCWS supplier or a CWS supplier meeting the criteria in Sections 611.355(b)(7)(A) and (b)(7)(B) not having enough taps for first-draw tap samples or fifth-liter tap samples meeting the six-hour minimum stagnation time may apply to the Agency in writing for a SEP allowing the supplier to substitute non-first-draw, first-draw, or fifth-liter tap samples that do not meet the six-hour minimum stagnation time.
B) A supplier approved to substitute non-first-draw tap samples must collect as many first-draw or fifth-liter tap samples from interior taps typically used for consuming water, as possible and must identify sampling times and locations that likely give the longest standing time for the remaining sites.
C) The Agency may grant a SEP waiving the requirement for prior Agency approval of sites not meeting the six-hour stagnation time.
c) Number of Samples
1) A supplier must collect at least one sample each from the number of sites in the first column of Table D (labelled “standard monitoring”) during each six-month tap monitoring cycle subsection (d) specifies.
2) A supplier conducting reduced monitoring under subsection (d)(4) must collect at least one sample each from the number of sites in the second column of Table D (labelled “reduced monitoring”) during each reduced tap monitoring cycle subsection (d)(4) specifies. The reduced monitoring sites must represent the sites standard monitoring requires. A supplier whose system has fewer than five drinking water taps capable of use for human consumption that meet the sampling site criteria of subsection (a) must collect multiple samples from individual taps to reach the required number of sampling sites Table D requires. To accomplish this, the supplier must collect at least one sample from each tap, then additional samples from those taps on different days during the tap sampling period, to collect a total number of samples meeting the required number of sampling sites. Alternatively, the Agency may issue a SEP allowing the supplier whose system has fewer than five drinking water taps to collect a number of samples that is fewer than the number of sites this subsection (c) specifies if the Agency determines that the supplier samples 100 percent of all taps capable of use for human consumption and that the reduced number of samples will produce the same results as collecting multiple samples from some taps. The Agency must base any SEP approving a reduced minimum number of samples on a request from the supplier or Agency on on-site verification. The Agency may specify sampling locations in a SEP when a system conducts reduced monitoring.
d) Timing of Monitoring
1) Standard Monitoring. Standard monitoring is a six-month tap monitoring cycle beginning on January 1 or July 1 of a year during which the supplier monitors at the standard number of sites under subsection (c).
A) A supplier having lead service lines, including a supplier Section 611.351(b)(3) deems to have optimized or re-optimized OCCT or a supplier that did not monitor complying with this Section (i.e., selecting sites under subsection (a), collecting samples under subsection (b), etc.) before January 16, 2024, must begin its first standard tap monitoring cycle on January 1, 2025. After completing the first standard monitoring cycle, the supplier must monitor under subsection (d)(1)(B).
B) A supplier that completed monitoring complying with this Section (i.e., selecting sites under subsection (a), collecting samples under subsection (b), etc.) before January 16, 2024 or a supplier that completed monitoring under subsection (d)(1)(A), must continue monitoring:
i) A supplier not meeting the criteria in subsection (d)(4) must conduct standard monitoring.
ii) A supplier meeting the criteria in subsection (d)(4) must continue to monitor under subsection (d)(4).
iii) A supplier monitoring at a reduced frequency under subsection (d)(4) and exceeding the lead or copper action level must resume standard monitoring on January 1 immediately after the tap monitoring cycle during which the supplier exceeded the action level. The supplier must also monitor water quality parameters as Section 611.357(b), (c), or (d) require.
iv) A supplier monitoring at a reduced frequency and exceeding the lead trigger level but not the copper action level must monitor no less frequently than annually and must collect samples from the standard number of sites that subsection (c) establishes. The supplier must begin this monitoring in the calendar year after the tap monitoring cycle during which the supplier exceeded the lead trigger level. The supplier must also monitor water quality parameters as Section 611.357(b), (c), or (d) require.
v) A supplier failing to operate at or above the minimum value or within the range of values for the water quality parameters the Agency specifies under Section 611.352(f) for more than nine days in any water quality monitoring period Section 611.357 specifies must conduct standard tap water monitoring and resume sampling for water quality parameters under Section 611.357(d). The supplier must begin this standard monitoring no later than the six-month tap monitoring cycle beginning January 1 of the calendar year after the supplier fails to comply with the Agency-specified water quality parameters.
vi) A supplier becoming a large supplier not applying corrosion control treatment or any large supplier not applying corrosion control treatment having a 90th percentile lead concentration exceeding the lead practical quantitation limit must conduct standard monitoring for at least two consecutive six-month tap monitoring cycles, then continue monitoring under this subsection (d)(1)(B)(vi).
2) Monitoring after Installing Initial or Re-Optimized Corrosion Control Treatment, Installing Source Water Treatment, Adding a New Source, or a Change in Treatment
A) A supplier installing or re-optimizing corrosion control treatment after exceeding the lead or copper action level must monitor for lead and copper every six months and comply with applicable Agency-designated water quality parameter values until the Agency issues a SEP specifying new water quality parameter values for optimal corrosion control.
B) A supplier reoptimizing corrosion control treatment as a result of exceeding the lead trigger level but not exceeding the lead or copper action level must annually monitor for lead at the standard number of sites subsection (c) requires. The supplier must triennially analyze samples for copper. A small or mid-sized supplier not exceeding the lead trigger level in three annual tap monitoring cycles may reduce lead monitoring under subsection (d)(4).
C) A supplier installing source water treatment under Section 611.353(a)(3) must monitor every six months until the supplier is at or below lead and copper action levels for two consecutive six-month tap sampling periods. A supplier not exceeding the lead or copper action level for two consecutive six-month tap monitoring cycles may reduce monitoring under subsection (d)(4).
D) If a supplier gives prior notice to the Agency under Section 611.360(a)(3) of adding a new source or making a long-term change in treatment, the supplier must monitor every six months at the standard number of sites subsection (c) requires until the supplier is at or below the lead and copper action levels for two consecutive six-month monitoring cycles, unless the Agency issues a SEP determining that adding the new source or making the long-term change in treatment is not significant and does not warrant more frequent monitoring. A supplier not exceeding the lead action level, copper action level, or lead trigger level for two consecutive six-month tap sampling periods may reduce monitoring under subsection (d)(4).
3) Monitoring after the Agency Specifies Water Quality Parameter Values for OCCT
A) After the Agency specifies the values for water quality control parameters under Section 611.352(f), the supplier must conduct standard monitoring for two consecutive six-month tap monitoring cycles.
B) A supplier that must complete the re-optimization steps in Section 611.351(d) after exceeding the lead trigger level but not exceeding the lead or copper action level must monitor for two consecutive six-month tap monitoring cycles. The supplier may then reduce monitoring under subsection (d)(4) after the Agency issues a SEP approving reduced monitoring.4) Reduced Monitoring Based on 90th Percentile Concentrations. Reduced monitoring refers to an annual or triennial tap monitoring cycle. A supplier’s 90th percentile concentration determines the reduced monitoring frequency.
A) Reducing to Annual Monitoring for Suppliers Meeting the Criteria for Reduced Monitoring. A supplier meeting the criteria for reduced monitoring under subsection (d)(4) must collect these samples from sampling sites the supplier identified under subsection (a). A supplier monitoring annually or less frequently must conduct lead and copper tap sampling during June, July, August, or September, unless the Agency approves a different tap sampling period under subsection (d)(4)(A)(i)
i) The Agency may grant a SEP approving a different tap sampling period for conducting lead and copper tap sampling to a supplier collecting samples at a reduced frequency. The duration of the period must not exceed four consecutive months within one calendar year and must represent a time of normal operation when the highest lead levels are most likely to occur. For a NTNCWS supplier not operating during any of the months June through September and whose normal operating period when the highest levels of lead are most likely to occur is not known, the Agency must designate a period that represents a time of normal operation for the system. This reduced monitoring can only begin during the Agency-designated period in the calendar year immediately following the end of the second six-month tap monitoring cycle, for a supplier initiating annual monitoring, or in the three-year period following the end of the third consecutive year of annual monitoring, for a supplier initiating triennial monitoring.
ii) A supplier monitoring annually and collecting samples during the months of June through September that receives Agency approval to alter its tap sampling period under subsection (d)(4)(A)(i) must collect its next round of samples during a time period ending no later than 21 months after its previous round of sampling. A supplier monitoring once every three years and collecting samples during the months of June through September that receives Agency approval to alter its tap sampling period under subsection (d)(4)(A)(i) must collect its next round of samples during a time period ending no later than 45 months after the previous tap sampling period. The supplier must conduct subsequent monitoring annually or once every three years, as this Section requires.iii) A small supplier collecting samples during the months of June through September, receiving a waiver under subsection (g) and receiving Agency approval to alter its tap sampling period under subsection (d)(4)(A)(i) must collect its next round of samples before the end of the nine-year tap monitoring cycle (as Section 611.101 defines the term).
B) A supplier meeting the lead trigger level and copper action level during two consecutive six-month tap monitoring cycles may reduce its monitoring frequency to annual monitoring and must sample at the standard number of sampling sites for lead and reduced number of sites for copper that subsection (c) specifies. A supplier operating OCCT must also maintain the range of OWQPs the Agency set under Section 611.352(f) during the same period and receive a SEP from the Agency approving annual monitoring based on the Agency’s review of the supplier’s monitoring, treatment, and other relevant information the supplier reports under Section 611.360. The supplier must begin this sampling no later than the calendar year immediately following the last calendar year during which the supplier sampled.
C) A supplier exceeding the lead trigger level but neither the lead nor copper action level during two consecutive six-month tap monitoring cycles must monitor no less frequently than annually at the standard number of sampling sites for lead and copper subsection (c) specifies. A supplier operating OCCT must also maintain the range of OWQPs the Agency set under Section 611.352(f) during the same period and receive a SEP from the Agency approving annual monitoring based on the Agency’s review of monitoring, treatment, and other relevant information the supplier reports under Section 611.360. The supplier must begin this sampling no later than the calendar year immediately following the last calendar year during which the supplier sampled.
D) A supplier exceeding the lead trigger level but neither the lead nor copper action level during three consecutive years of monitoring may increase the tap monitoring cycle (reduce its monitoring frequency) for copper to once every three years; however, the supplier may not increase the tap monitoring cycle (reduce its monitoring frequency) for lead. A supplier operating OCCT must also maintain the range of OWQPs the Agency set under Section 611.352(f) during the same period and receive a SEP from the Agency approving triennial monitoring based on the Agency’s review of monitoring, treatment, and other relevant information the supplier reports under Section 611.360. The supplier must begin this sampling no later than the third calendar year immediately following the last calendar year during which the supplier sampled.
E) A small or mid-sized supplier not exceeding the lead trigger level or copper action level during three consecutive years of monitoring (completing standard monitoring during both six-month tap monitoring cycles of a calendar year constitutes one year of monitoring) may sample at the reduced number of sites for lead and copper that subsection (c) provides and reduce its monitoring frequency to triennially monitoring. A supplier operating OCCT must also maintain the range of OWQPs the Agency set under Section 611.352(f) during the same three-year period and receive a SEP from the Agency approving triennial monitoring based on the Agency’s review of monitoring, treatment, and other relevant information the supplier reports under Section 611.360. The supplier must begin this sampling no later than three calendar years after the last calendar year during which the supplier sampled.
F) A supplier demonstrating for two consecutive six-month tap monitoring cycles that its 90th percentile lead concentration, calculated under Section 611.350(c)(4), is less than or equal to 0.005 mg/ L and that its 90th percentile copper concentration, calculated under Section 611.350(c)(4), is less than or equal to 0.65 mg/ L may sample at the reduced number of sites for lead and copper under subsection (c) and reduce its monitoring to triennially. A supplier applying corrosion control treatment must maintain the range of water quality parameter values reflecting OCCT the Agency specifies under Section 611.352(f) to qualify for reduced monitoring under this subsection (d)(4)(F).
e) Additional Monitoring. The supplier and the Agency must consider the results of any monitoring the supplier conducts in addition to the minimum requirements in this Section (such as customer-requested sampling) in making any determinations (i.e., calculating the 90th percentile lead concentration or copper action level) under this Subpart G. A supplier serving through lead service lines that cannot collect the minimum number of samples from Tier 1 or Tier 2 sites must calculate the 90th percentile concentration using data from all sites it serves through lead service lines (Tier 1 and Tier 2 sites) together with the highest lead and copper results from lower-tier sites to complete the minimum number of sampling sites subsection (c) requires. The supplier must submit data from additional Tier 3, Tier 4 or Tier 5 sites to the Agency but may not use these results in calculating the 90th percentile concentration. The supplier must include customer-requested samples from sites the supplier knows it serves through lead service lines in calculating its 90th percentile concentration if the samples comply with this Section.
f) Invalidation of Lead and Copper Tap Samples Used in Calculating the 90th Percentile Concentration. A sample the Agency invalidates under this subsection (f) does not count toward determining lead or copper 90th percentile concentrations under Section 611.350(c)(4) or toward meeting the minimum monitoring requirements of subsection (c).
1) The Agency must invalidate a lead or copper tap water sample if it determines that any of certain conditions exists:
A) The laboratory establishes that improper sample analysis caused erroneous results;
B) The supplier took the sample from a site that did not meet the site selection criteria in this Section;
C) The sample container sustained damage in transit; or
D) There is substantial reason to believe that someone tampered with the sample.
2) The supplier must report the results from all samples to the Agency and submit all supporting documentation for samples the supplier believes the Agency should invalidate.
3) To invalidate a sample under subsection (f)(1), the Agency must document its decision and rationale for the decision in writing. The Agency may not invalidate a sample solely because a follow-up sample result is higher or lower than that of the original sample.
4) The supplier must collect replacement samples for any samples the Agency invalidates under this Section if the supplier has too few samples to meet the minimum requirements of subsection (c) after the Agency invalidates samples. The supplier must take any replacement samples as soon as possible but no later than the latter of 20 days after the Agency invalidates the original sample or before the end of the applicable tap sampling period. The supplier must not use replacement samples it takes after the end of the applicable tap sampling period to meet the monitoring requirements of a subsequent tap sampling period. The supplier must take replacement samples at the same locations where it took the invalidated samples or, if that is not possible, at other locations the supplier did not use for sampling during the tap sampling period.
g) Monitoring Waivers for Suppliers Serving 3,300 or Fewer Persons. Any supplier serving 3,300 or fewer persons complying with the criteria in this subsection (g) may apply to the Agency for a SEP reducing its lead and copper monitoring frequency under this Section to once every nine years (i.e., a “full waiver”) if the supplier complies with all of the materials criteria subsection (g)(1) specifies and all of the monitoring criteria subsection (g)(2) specifies. Any supplier serving 3,300 or fewer persons complying with the criteria subsections (g)(1) and (g)(2) only for lead or copper may apply to the Agency for a SEP reducing its tap water monitoring frequency to once every nine years for that contaminant only (i.e., a “partial waiver”).
1) Materials Criteria. The supplier must demonstrate that its distribution system, service lines, and all drinking water supply plumbing, including plumbing conveying drinking water within all residences and buildings connected to the system, are free of lead-containing materials or copper-containing materials, as this subsection (g)(1) defines these terms:
A) Lead. To qualify for a SEP granting a full waiver or a partial waiver of the tap water monitoring requirements for lead (i.e., a “lead waiver”), the supplier must provide certification and supporting documentation to the Agency demonstrating that its system is free of all lead-containing materials:
i) The system has no plastic pipes or service lines containing lead plasticizers; and
ii) The system is free of lead service lines, lead pipes, lead soldered pipe joints, and leaded brass- or bronze-alloy fittings and fixtures, unless those fittings and fixtures comply with Section 611.126(b).
BOARD NOTE: Corresponding 40 CFR 141.86(g)(1)(i)(B) specifies “any standard established pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 300g-6(e) (SDWA section 1417(e))”. Congress changed the lead standards for fittings and fixtures in the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act, P.L. 111-380, section 2(a)(2) and (b), 124 Stat. 4131 (Jan. 4, 2011). The Board incorporated the statutory changes into this Section by referencing Section 611.126(b).
B) Copper. To qualify for a SEP granting a full waiver or a partial waiver of the tap water monitoring requirements for copper (i.e., a “copper waiver”), the supplier must provide certification and supporting documentation to the Agency demonstrating that its system contains no copper pipes or copper service lines.
2) Monitoring Criteria for Waiver Issuance. The supplier must have completed at least one six-month round of standard tap water monitoring for lead and copper at Agency-approved sites and from the number of sites subsection (c) requires and demonstrate to the Agency that the 90th percentile concentrations for any and all rounds of monitoring conducted since the system became free of all lead-containing or copper-containing materials, as appropriate, meet certain criteria:
A) Lead Levels. To qualify for a full waiver or a lead partial waiver, the supplier must demonstrate that its 90th percentile lead concentration does not exceed 0.005 mg/ L.
B) Copper Levels. To qualify for a full waiver or a copper partial waiver, the supplier must demonstrate that its 90th percentile copper concentration does not exceed 0.65 mg/ L.
3) Agency Approval of Waiver Application. The Agency must notify the supplier of its waiver determination in a SEP stating the basis of its decision and any condition on the waiver. As a condition on the waiver, the Agency may require the supplier to perform specific activities (e.g., limited monitoring, periodic outreach to customers to remind them to avoid installation of materials that might void the waiver) to avoid the risk of lead or copper concentration of concern in tap water. The supplier must continue monitoring for lead and copper at the tap as subsections (d)(1) through (d)(4) require, as appropriate, until the supplier receives written notification from the Agency approving the waiver.
4) Monitoring Frequency for Suppliers with Waivers
A) A supplier with a full waiver must conduct tap water monitoring for lead and copper under subsection (d)(4)(D) at the reduced number of sampling sites subsection (c) identifies at least once every nine years and provide to the Agency the materials certification subsection (g)(1) specifies for both lead and copper together with the monitoring results. The supplier must collect samples every nine years no later than the ninth calendar year.
B) A supplier with a partial waiver must conduct tap water monitoring for the waived contaminant under subsection (d)(4)(D) at the reduced number of sampling sites subsection (c) specifies at least once every nine years and provide to the Agency the materials certification subsection (g)(1) specifies pertaining to the waived contaminant together with the monitoring results. Such a supplier also must continue to monitor for the non-waived contaminant in under the applicable of subsections (d)(1) through (d)(4).
C) A supplier with a full or partial waiver must notify the Agency in writing under Section 611.360(a)(3) of any upcoming long-term change in treatment or adding a new source, as that rule describes. The Agency must review and approve adding a new source or long-term change in water treatment before the supplier implements it. The Agency may add or modify waiver conditions (e.g., require recertification that the supplier’s system is free of lead-containing or copper-containing materials, require additional rounds of monitoring, etc.) if the Agency determines that the modifications are necessary to address system treatment or source water changes.
D) If a supplier with a full or partial waiver becomes aware that its system is no longer free of lead-containing or copper-containing materials, as appropriate (e.g., as a result of new construction or repairs), the supplier must notify the Agency in writing no later than 60 days after becoming aware of the change.
5) Continued Eligibility. If the supplier continues to comply with subsection (g)(4), the waiver will renew automatically, unless any of the conditions in subsections (g)(5)(A) through (g)(5)(C) occur. A supplier whose waiver the Agency revokes may re-apply for a waiver when the supplier again meets the appropriate materials and monitoring criteria of subsections (g)(1) and (g)(2).
A) A full waiver or a lead partial waiver does not renew if the supplier no longer satisfies the materials criteria of subsection (g)(1)(A) or has a 90th percentile lead concentration greater than 0.005 mg/ L.
B) A full waiver or a copper partial waiver does not renew if the supplier no longer satisfies the materials criteria of subsection (g)(1)(B) or has a 90th percentile copper concentration greater than 0.65 mg/ L.
C) A waiver terminates when the Agency notifies the supplier that the Agency revokes the waiver, in writing and describing the basis of its decision.
6) Requirements Following Waiver Revocation. A supplier whose full or partial waiver the Agency revokes must comply with specific corrosion control treatment and lead and copper tap water monitoring requirements:
A) If the supplier exceeds the lead or copper action level, the supplier must implement corrosion control treatment within the deadlines Section 611.351(e) specifies and any other applicable requirements under this Subpart G.
B) If the supplier meets both the lead and the copper action levels, the supplier must monitor for lead and copper at the tap no less frequently than once every three years using the reduced number of sampling sites subsection (c) specifies.
7) Pre-Existing Waivers. A waiver the Agency granted a supplier in writing prior to April 11, 2000 remains in effect under certain conditions:
A) If the supplier demonstrates that its system is free of both lead-containing and copper-containing materials, as subsection (g)(1) requires, and that its 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations comply with subsection (g)(2), the waiver remains in effect so long as the supplier continues to be eligible for a waiver under subsection (g)(5). The supplier must complete its first round of tap water monitoring under subsection (g)(4) no later than nine years after the supplier last monitored for lead and copper at the tap.
B) If the supplier complies with the materials criteria of subsection (g)(1) but has not complied with the monitoring criteria of subsection (g)(2), the supplier must conduct a round of monitoring for lead and copper at the tap demonstrating that it complied with subsection (g)(2). Thereafter, the waiver remains in effect as long as the supplier complies with the continued eligibility criteria in subsection (g)(5). The supplier must complete its first round of tap water monitoring under subsection (g)(4) no later than nine years after the supplier conducts the monitoring under subsection (g)(2).
h) Follow-Up Samples for “Find-and-Fix” Under Section 611.352(j). A supplier must collect a follow-up sample at any site exceeding the lead action level within 30 days after receiving the sample results. For these follow-up samples, the supplier may use different sample volumes or different sample collection procedures to assess the source of elevated lead. A supplier must submit the results from samples it collects under this Section to the Agency but must not include those results in calculating its 90th percentile concentration.
i) Public Availability of Tap Monitoring Results the Supplier Used in Calculating its 90th Percentile Concentration. A supplier must make the results of its compliance tap water monitoring data, including data the supplier used in calculating its 90th percentile concentration under Section 611.350(c)(4), available to the public within 60 days after the end of the applicable tap sampling period. This Section does not require a supplier to make publicly available the addresses of the sites where the supplier collected tap samples. A large supplier must make available the monitoring results in a digital format. A small or mid-sized supplier must make available the monitoring results in either a written or digital format. A supplier must retain tap sampling monitoring data per the recordkeeping requirements under Section 611.361.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.86.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.357 Monitoring for Water Quality ParametersA large supplier or any small or mid-sized supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level or a small or mid-sized supplier applying corrosion control treatment and exceeding the lead trigger level must monitor water quality parameters in addition to lead and copper under this Section.
a) General Requirements
1) Sample Collection Methods
A) Using Tap Samples. In totality, all tap samples a supplier collects must represent water quality throughout the supplier’s distribution system, considering the number of persons served, the different sources of water, the different treatment methods the supplier employs, and seasonal variability. Although a supplier may conveniently conduct tap sampling for water quality parameters at sites it uses for coliform sampling under Subpart L, if they meet the requirements of this section, the supplier need not do so, and the supplier need not perform tap sampling under this Section at taps it targeted for lead and copper sampling under Section 611.356(a). The supplier must include sites it selects for tap samples under this Section in the site sample plan under Section 611.356(a)(1). The supplier must update site sample plan before changing sampling locations.
B) Using Entry Point Samples. A supplier must collect samples at entry points to the distribution system from locations representing each source after treatment. If a supplier draws water from more than one source and combines the sources before distribution, the supplier must sample at an entry point to the distribution system during normal operating conditions (i.e., when the supplier uses water representing all sources).
2) Number of Samples
A) Tap Samples. A supplier must collect two tap samples for applicable water quality parameters during each six-month water quality monitoring period under subsections (b) through (e) from the minimum number of sites the first column of Table F (labelled “standard monitoring”) indicates. A supplier adding sites under Section 611.352(j) (“find-and-fix” requirements) must collect tap samples for applicable water quality parameters during each water quality monitoring period under subsections (b) through (e) and must sample from that adjusted minimum number of sites. A supplier needs not add sites if it monitors at least twice the minimum number of sites the first column of Table F indicates .
B) Entry Point Samples
i) Initial Monitoring. Except as subsection (c)(2) provides otherwise, a supplier not applying corrosion control treatment must collect two samples for each applicable water quality parameter at each entry point to its distribution system during each six-month water quality monitoring period subsection (b) specifies.
ii) Subsequent Monitoring. A supplier must collect one sample for each applicable water quality parameter at each entry point to its distribution system during each six-month water quality monitoring period subsections (c) through (e) specify. During each water quality monitoring period subsections (c) through (e) specify, a supplier applying corrosion control treatment must continue collecting one sample for each applicable water quality parameter at each entry point to its distribution system at least once every two weeks.
b) Initial Sampling for Suppliers
1) Large Suppliers. A large supplier not applying corrosion control treatment must begin monitoring for water quality parameters subsection (b)(3) specifies during the first two six-month tap monitoring cycles no later than January 1 after the supplier either becomes a large supplier or fails to maintain its 90th percentile lead concentration below the PQL for lead.
2) Small and Mid-Sized Suppliers. A small or mid-sized supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level or a supplier applying corrosion control treatment for which the Agency did not designate OWQPs and exceeding the lead trigger level must begin monitoring for water quality parameters subsection (b)(3) specifies for two consecutive six-month water quality monitoring periods in the month immediately after the tap sampling period during which the exceedance occurred.
3) Water Quality Parameters
A) Tap Water Samples. The supplier must collect two samples each for specific parameters:
i) pH; and
ii) Alkalinity.
B) Entry Point Samples. The supplier must collect a sample from each entry point to its distribution system for analyses for the parameters in subsection (b)(3)(A);
c) Monitoring after Installing OCCT or Reoptimized OCCT
1) A supplier installing or modifying corrosion control treatment under Section 611.351(d)(5) or (e)(5) that Section 611.351(d)(6) or (e)(6) requires to monitor must monitor the water quality parameters in subsections (c)(1)(A) and (c)(1)(B) every six months at the locations and frequencies those subsections specify until the Agency specifies new water quality parameter values for optimal corrosion control under subsection (d). The supplier must collect these samples evenly throughout the six-month water quality monitoring period to reflect seasonal variability.
A) Tap Water Samples. The supplier must collect two samples at each tap for each of specific water quality parameters:
i) pH;
ii) Alkalinity;
iii) Orthophosphate if the supplier uses an inhibitor containing an orthophosphate compound; and
iv) Silica if the supplier uses an inhibitor containing a silicate compound.
B) Entry Point Samples. Except as subsection (c)(1)(C) provides otherwise, a supplier must collect one sample at each entry point to its distribution system every two weeks (bi-weekly) for specific water quality parameters:
i) pH;
ii) If the supplier adjusts alkalinity as part of optimal corrosion control, a reading of the chemical dosage rate the supplier uses to adjust alkalinity and the alkalinity concentration; and
iii) If the supplier uses a corrosion inhibitor as part of optimal corrosion control, a reading of the inhibitor dosage rate the supplier uses and the orthophosphate or silica concentration.
C) Groundwater Systems. A groundwater system supplier can limit entry point sampling under subsection (c)(1)(B) to those entry points representing water quality and treatment conditions throughout the system. If water from untreated groundwater sources mixes with water from treated groundwater sources, the system must monitor for water quality parameters at both representative entry points receiving treatment and representative entry points not receiving treatment. Before starting monitoring under this subsection (c)(1)(C), the supplier must provide written information to the Agency identifying the selected entry points and documentation sufficient to demonstrate that the sites represent water quality and treatment conditions throughout the system, including information on seasonal variability.
2) Upon determining that doing so is necessary, the Agency may issue a SEP requiring a small or mid-sized supplier applying corrosion control treatment for which the Agency has not designated OWQPs that exceeds the lead trigger level but not the lead or copper action level to conduct water quality parameter monitoring under subsection (c)(1). Alternatively, the Board may require an alternative scheme for monitoring water quality control parameters, by rule, variance, or adjusted standard.d) Monitoring after the Agency Specifies Water Quality Parameter Values for Optimal Corrosion Control
1) After the Agency specifies the values for water quality control parameters reflecting OCCT under Section 611.352(f), a supplier must monitor for the specified OWQPs during six-month water quality monitoring periods beginning on January 1 or July 1. The supplier must space this monitoring evenly throughout the six-month water quality monitoring period to reflect seasonal variability and be consistent with subsections (c)(1)(A) through (c)(1)(C).
A) Large Suppliers. A large supplier must measure the applicable water quality parameters the Agency specifies and determine whether the supplier complies with Section 611.352(g) every six months, with the first six-month water quality monitoring period to begin on the sooner of January 1 or July 1 after the Agency specifies the optimal values under Section 611.352(f).
B) Small and Mid-Sized Suppliers. A small or mid-sized supplier exceeding an action level must begin monitoring during the six-month water quality monitoring period immediately following the tap monitoring cycle during which the exceedance occurs and continue monitoring until the supplier no longer exceeds the lead or copper action level and meets the OWQPs in two consecutive six-month tap monitoring cycles under Section 611.356(d)(3). For a small or mid-sized supplier subject to a reduced water quality monitoring cycle frequency under Section 611.356(d)(4) at the time it exceeds the action level, the start of the applicable six-month water quality monitoring cycle under this subsection (d) must coincide with the start of the applicable tap monitoring cycle under Section 611.356(d)(4).
C) A supplier must determine whether it complies with Agency-designated OWQPs as Section 611.352(g) specifies.
2) A small or mid-sized supplier exceeding the lead trigger level but not the lead or copper action level for which the Agency has set OWQPs must monitor every six months as subsection (d)(1) specifies, until the supplier no longer exceeds the lead trigger level in two consecutive tap monitoring cycles.
3) The Agency may issue a SEP requiring a supplier under subsection (d)(2) to continue monitoring the OWQPs.
e) Reduced Monitoring
1) Reduced Tap Monitoring. A large supplier maintaining the range of values for the water quality parameters reflecting OCCT the Agency specifies under Section 611.352(f) and not exceeding the lead trigger level during each of two consecutive six-month water quality monitoring cycles under subsection (d) must continue monitoring at the entry points to the distribution system as subsection (c)(1)(B) specifies. The supplier may collect two samples from each tap for applicable water quality parameters from the reduced number of sites the second column of Table F (Standard Monitoring) indicates during each subsequent six-month water quality monitoring cycle. The supplier must collect these samples evenly throughout the six-month water quality monitoring cycle to reflect seasonal variability.
2) Reduced Monitoring Frequency
A) Annual Monitoring. A supplier maintaining the range of values for the water quality parameters reflecting OCCT under Section 611.352(f) not exceeding the lead trigger level or copper action level during three consecutive years of monitoring may reduce its tap sampling frequency for applicable water quality parameters subsection (e)(1) specifies from every six months to annually. The supplier must begin this reduced sampling during the calendar year immediately following the end of the water quality monitoring cycle in which the third consecutive year of six-month monitoring occurs.
B) A supplier may reduce its tap sampling frequency for applicable water quality parameters in subsection (e)(1) to once every year if the supplier demonstrates that it complies with subsections (e)(2)(B)(i) through (e)(2)(B)(iii) during two consecutive water quality monitoring cycles.
i) The supplier must demonstrate that its tap water 90th percentile concentration for lead is less than or equal to the PQL for lead of 0.005 mg/ L.
ii) The supplier must demonstrate that its tap water 90th percentile concentration for copper is less than or equal to 0.65 mg/ L in Section 611.350(c)(3).
iii) The supplier must demonstrate that it maintains the range of values for the water quality parameters reflecting OCCT the Agency specified under Section 611.352(f).
3) A supplier sampling annually or triennially must collect these samples evenly throughout the calendar year to reflect seasonal variability.
4) A supplier on a reduced monitoring frequency under this subsection (e) failing to operate at or above the minimum value or within the range of values for the water quality parameters the Agency specifies under Section 611.352(f) for more than nine days in any six-month period for determining compliance under Section 611.352(g) must resume tap water sampling complying with the number and frequency of samples subsection (d) requires. A supplier thus ceasing reduced monitoring may resume annual monitoring for water quality parameters at the tap at the reduced number of sites subsection (e)(1) specifies after completing two subsequent consecutive six-month rounds of monitoring complying with subsection (e)(1). The supplier may resume annual monitoring for water quality parameters at the reduced number of sites after demonstrating through subsequent rounds of monitoring that the supplier complies with subsection (e)(2)(A) or (e)(2)(B).
f) Additional Monitoring by Suppliers. The supplier and the Agency must consider the results any monitoring conducted in addition to what this Section requires in making any determinations (i.e., determining concentrations of water quality parameters) under this Section or Section 611.352.
g) Sites Added During Find-and-Fix. A supplier conducting water quality parameter monitoring at additional sites during a “find-and-fix” assessment under Section 611.352(j) must add those sites to the minimum number of sites subsections (a) through (e) specify, unless the supplier monitors at least twice the required minimum number of sites.BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.87.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.358 Monitoring for Lead and Copper in Source Watera) Sampling Location, Collection Methods, and Number of Samples
1) A supplier failing to meet the lead or copper action level on the basis of tap samples under Section 611.356 must collect lead and copper source water samples under specific requirements for sample location, number of samples, and collection methods:
A) A groundwater supplier must take a minimum of one sample at every entry point to the distribution system after the supplier applies any treatment or in the distribution system at a point representing each source after treatment (a “sampling point”). The supplier must take one sample at the same sampling point unless conditions make another sampling point more closely represent a source or treatment plant.
B) A surface water supplier must take a minimum of one sample at every entry point to the distribution system after treatment or in the distribution system at a sampling point. The supplier must take each sample at the same sampling point unless conditions make another sampling point more closely represent a source or treatment plant.
BOARD NOTE: For this subsection (a)(1)(B), a system using a combination of surface water and groundwater sources is a surface water system.
C) If a supplier draws water from more than one source and combines the sources before distribution, the supplier must sample at an entry point to the distribution system during periods of normal operating conditions (i.e., when water represents all sources being used).
D) The Agency may issue a SEP reducing the total number of samples a supplier must analyze by allowing the use of compositing. Certified laboratory personnel must composite the samples. A composite sample may include a maximum of five samples. However, if the lead concentration in the composite sample is greater than or equal to 0.001 mg/ L or the copper concentration is greater than or equal to 0.160 mg/ L, the supplier must do either of two things:
i) The supplier must take and analyze a follow-up sample within 14 days at each sampling point included in the composite sample; or
ii) If duplicate samples or sufficient volumes of the original samples are available from each sampling point the certified laboratory used in the composite sample, the supplier may use those instead of resampling.
2) SEP Requiring an Additional Sample
A) Upon determining that sampling indicates exceedance of the lead or copper MPC under Section 611.353(b)(4), the Agency must issue a SEP requiring the supplier to collect one additional sample as soon as possible after the initial sample at the same sampling point but before two weeks after the supplier took the initial sample.
B) If a supplier takes an Agency-required confirmation sample for lead or copper, the supplier must average the results obtained from the initial sample with those from the confirmation sample to determine whether it complies with the Agency-specified lead and copper MPCs.
i) For averaging, consider any analytical result below the MDL as zero.
ii) Consider any value above the MDL but below the PQL either as the measured value or one-half the PQL.
b) Monitoring Frequency after System Exceeds Tap Water Action Level. A supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level in tap for the first time or for the first time after adding a new source or installing source water treatment under Section 611.353(b)(2) must collect one source water sample from each entry point to its distribution system no later than six months after the end of the tap sampling period during which the supplier exceeds the lead or copper action level. For annual or less frequent tap monitoring cycles, the end of the tap sampling period is September 30 of the calendar year during which the sampling occurs or the last day of any alternative tap sampling period the Agency establishes in a SEP. If the Agency determines under Section 611.353(b)(2) that source water treatment is not necessary, the Agency may issue a SEP waiving source water monitoring for the supplier subsequently exceeding the lead or copper action level at the tap under subsections (b)(1)(A) through (b)(1)(C).
1) The Agency may issue a SEP waiving source water monitoring for the supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level at the tap under specific conditions:
A) The supplier already conducted source water monitoring after previously exceeding the lead or copper action level;
B) The Agency issued a SEP determining that source water treatment is not necessary; and
C) The supplier has not added any new water sources.
2) This subsection (b)(2) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.88(b)(2), which USEPA marked “[reserved]”. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA’s rule.
c) Monitoring Frequency after Installing Source Water Treatment or Adding a New Source
1) A supplier installing source water treatment under Section 611.353(a)(3) must collect one source water sample from each entry point to its distribution system during each of two consecutive six-month source water monitoring periods on or before 36 months after completing step 2, as Section 611.353(a)(4) specifies.
2) A supplier adding a new source must collect one source water sample from each entry point to its distribution system during each six-month source water monitoring period until the supplier demonstrates that the supplier has maintained finished drinking water entering the distribution system below the MPCs for lead and copper the Agency specifies under Section 611.353(b)(4), or the Agency issues a SEP determining that the supplier does not need source water treatment.d) Monitoring Frequency after the Agency Specifies the Lead and Copper MPCs
1) A supplier must monitor at the frequency subsections (d)(1) and (d)(2) specify if the Agency specifies the MPCs under Section 611.353(b)(4).
A) GWS Suppliers
i) A GWS supplier sampling under subsection (d)(1) must collect samples once during the three-year compliance period (as Section 611.101 defines the term) during which the Agency makes its determination under Section 611.353(b)(4) .
ii) A GWS supplier sampling under subsection (d)(1) must sample once during each subsequent compliance period.
iii) A supplier must triennially collect samples every third calendar year.
B) A SWS or mixed system supplier must collect samples once during each calendar year, the first annual source water monitoring period to begin during the year in which the Agency makes its determination under Section 611.353(b)(4) .
2) A supplier needs not sample source water for lead or copper if the supplier meets the action level for the specific contaminant in all tap water samples during the entire source water monitoring period under subsection (d)(1)(A) or (d)(1)(B).
e) Reduced Monitoring Frequency
1) A GWS supplier may reduce its source water monitoring frequency for lead and copper to once during each nine-year compliance cycle (as Section 611.101 defines the term), provided the supplier collects the samples no later than every ninth calendar year, and only if the supplier meets certain criteria:
A) The supplier demonstrates that finished drinking water entering the distribution system remains below the MPCs for lead and copper the Agency specifies under Section 611.353(b)(4) during at least three consecutive monitoring periods under subsection (d)(1).
B) This subsection (e)(1)(B) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.88(e)(1)(ii), which USEPA marked “[reserved]”. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA’s rule.
2) A SWS or mixed system supplier may reduce its monitoring frequency subsection (d)(1) requires to once during each nine-year compliance cycle (as Section 611.101 defines the term) if the supplier collects the samples no later than every ninth calendar year, and only if the supplier meets certain criteria:
A) The supplier demonstrates that finished drinking water entering its distribution system remains below the MPCs for lead and copper the Agency specifies under Section 611.353(b)(4) for at least three consecutive years.
B) This subsection (e)(1)(B) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.88(e)(1)(ii), which USEPA marked “[reserved]”. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA’s rule.
3) A supplier using a new source of water must not reduce its monitoring for lead or copper until after the supplier demonstrates, by samples it collected from the new source during three consecutive source water monitoring periods under subsection (d)(1), that lead or copper levels are below the MPC the Agency specifies under Section 611.353(a)(5).
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.88.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.359 Analytical MethodsThe supplier must conduct analyses for lead, copper, pH, alkalinity, orthophosphate, and silica, using the methods in Section 611.611(a).
a) Only a certified laboratory in one of the categories in Section 611.490(a) may conduct analyses for lead and copper to demonstrate that a supplier complies with this Subpart G. To obtain certification for conducting analyses for lead and copper, a laboratory must fulfill specific conditions:
1) The laboratory must analyze lead- and copper-containing performance evaluation samples provided by USEPA or the Agency at least once a year by each method for which the laboratory seeks certification;
2) The laboratory must achieve certain quantitative acceptance limits:
A) For lead: ±30 percent of the actual amount in the performance evaluation sample when the actual amount is greater than or equal to 0.005 mg/ L (the PQL for lead is 0.005 mg/ L);
B) For copper: ±10 percent of the actual amount in the performance evaluation sample when the actual amount is greater than or equal to 0.050 mg/ L (the PQL for copper is 0.050 mg/ L);
3) The laboratory must achieve method detection limit (MDL) for lead of 0.001 mg/ L using the procedures in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 186 and appendix B to 40 CFR 136: “Definition and Procedure for the Determination of the Method Detection Limit—Revision 1.11”, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102(c); and
4) The laboratory must have current certification to perform analyses under the specifications this subsection (a) describes.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a) derives from 40 CFR 141.89(a) and (a)(1).
b) The Agency must issue a SEP allowing a supplier to use previously collected monitoring data under this Subpart G if the supplier collected and analyzed the data complying with this Subpart G.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (b) derives from 40 CFR 141.89(a)(2).
c) Reporting Lead and Copper Levels
1) The supplier must report all lead and copper levels greater than or equal to the lead and copper PQL (Pb ³ 0.005 mg/ L and Cu ³ 0.050 mg/ L) as measured.
2) The supplier must report all lead and copper levels less than the PQL but greater than the MDL (0.005 mg/ L > Pb > MDL and 0.050 mg/ L > Cu > MDL) either as measured or as one-half the PQL in subsection (a) (i.e., 0.0025 mg/ L for lead or 0.025 mg/ L for copper).
3) The supplier must report all lead and copper levels below the lead and copper MDL (MDL > Pb) as zero.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (c) derives from 40 CFR 141.89(a)(3) and (a)(4).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.360 ReportingA supplier must report specific information to the Agency as this Section provides.
a) Reporting for Tap, Lead, and Copper, and Water Quality Parameter Monitoring
1) Notwithstanding Section 611.840(a) and except as subsection (a)(1)(H) provides otherwise, a supplier must report the information subsections (a)(1)(A) through (a)(1)(I) specify for all samples and for all water quality parameter samples Section 611.357 specifies within ten days after the end of each applicable tap sampling period Sections 611.356 and 611.357 specify (i.e., every six months, annually, triennially, or every nine years). For a tap monitoring cycle shorter than six months, the end of the tap monitoring cycle is the last date on which the supplier may collect samples during that tap sampling period, as Sections 611.356 and 611.357 specify.
A) The results of all tap samples for lead and copper, including the location of each site and the criteria under Section 611.356(a)(3) through (a)(10) the supplier used as the basis for selecting the site for its sampling pool, accounting for Section 611.356(a)(11);
B) Supporting documents for each tap water lead or copper sample the supplier requests the Agency invalidate under Section 611.356(f)(2);
C) A supplier having lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service lines in its lead service line inventory under Section 611.354(a) must re-evaluate the tap sampling locations the supplier uses in its sampling pool prior to the compliance date Section 611.350(a) specifies, then the more frequent of annually or prior to the each subsequent round of tap sampling the supplier conducts, whichever is more frequent;
i) Before the first applicable tap monitoring cycle under Section 611.356(d), the supplier must submit a site sample plan to the Agency under Section 611.356, including a list of tap sample site locations identified in the inventory under Section 611.354(a), and a list a tap sampling WQP sites the supplier selected under Section 611.357(a)(1). The supplier must update and submit the site sample plan to the Agency before changing any sample site locations. The Agency may issue a SEP requiring the supplier to modify its site sample plan as necessary.
ii) For a supplier having lead service line sites but an insufficient number to meet the minimum number Section 611.356 requires, the supplier must document support for its conclusion that it has an insufficient number of lead service line sites complying with the applicable of 40 CFR Section 141.86(a)(3) or (a)(4) (for a CWS supplier) or 40 CFR Section 141.86(a)(8) (for an NTNCWS supplier);
D) The 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations the supplier measures from among all lead and copper tap samples the supplier collects during each tap sampling period (calculated under Section 611.350(c)(4)), unless the Agency calculates the supplier’s 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations under subsection (h);
E) With the exception of initial tap sampling under Section 611.356(d)(1), the supplier must identify any site it did not sample during previous tap sampling periods and explain why sampling sites have changed;
F) The results of all water quality parameter tap samples the supplier must collect under Section 611.357(b) through (g);
G) The results of all samples the supplier collects at entry points for applicable water quality parameters under Section 611.357(b) through (e);
H) A supplier must report the results of all water quality parameter samples the supplier collects under Section 611.357(c) through (f) during each six-month water quality monitoring period Section 611.357(d) specifies within the first ten days following the end of the water quality monitoring period, unless the Agency specifies a more frequent reporting requirement in a SEP; and
I) Before the first applicable tap sampling period under Section 611.356(d), the supplier must submit to the Agency, a copy of the tap sampling protocol the supplier provides to persons sampling. The Agency must verify that the supplier uses wide-mouth collection bottles and the supplier does not recommend pre-stagnation flushing or aerator cleaning or removal before collecting samples under Section 611.356(b). The tap sampling protocol must contain instructions for correctly collecting a first draw sample at a site without a lead service line and a first draw and a fifth liter sample at a site with a lead service line, as applicable. If the supplier seeks to modify the tap sampling protocol it submitted this subsection (a)(1)(I), the supplier must submit the updated version of the protocol to the Agency for review and approval at least 60 days before using it.2) For an NTNCWS supplier, or a CWS supplier complying with Section 611.356(b)(5), not having enough taps for first-draw or fifth liter tap samples, the supplier must do one of two things:
A) The supplier must identify to the Agency in writing standing times and locations for enough non-first-draw and fifth liter tap samples to make up its sampling pool under Section 611.356(b)(5) by the start of the first applicable monitoring period under Section 611.356(d), unless the Agency waives prior Agency approval of non-first-draw and fifth liter tap sampling sites the supplier selects under Section 611.356(b)(5); or
B) If the Agency waives prior approval of non-first-draw sampling sites the supplier selects, the supplier must identify each site that did not meet the six-hour minimum standing time and the length of standing time for that particular substitute sample collected under Section 611.356(b)(5) in writing and include this information with the lead and copper tap sample results the supplier must submit under subsection (a)(1)(A).
3) At a time the Agency specifies in a SEP, a supplier must document adding a new source or any change in water treatment to the Agency describing the addition or change. If the Agency does not specify a time in a SEP, the supplier must document the changes to the Agency as early as possible but no later than six months before adding a new source or any change in water treatment. The Agency may issue a SEP requiring a supplier to take actions before or after adding a new source or making a long-term change in treatment to ensure the supplier will operate and maintain OCCT, such as additional water quality parameter monitoring, additional lead or copper tap sampling, and re-evaluating corrosion control treatment.
BOARD NOTE: USEPA gives examples of long-term changes in treatment as including adding a new treatment process or modifying an existing treatment process. USEPA gives examples of modifying treatment as including switching secondary disinfectants, coagulants (e.g., alum to ferric chloride), or corrosion inhibitor (e.g., orthophosphate to blended phosphate). USEPA said that long-term changes can also include dose changes to existing chemicals if the supplier plans long-term changes to its finished water pH or residual inhibitor concentration. USEPA said that long-term treatment changes would not include chemical dose fluctuations associated with daily raw water quality changes where the supplier does not add a new source.
4) A small supplier applying for a monitoring waiver under Section 611.356(g) or subject to a waiver granted under Section 611.356(g)(3) must provide certain information to the Agency in writing before the applicable deadline:
A) Before the start of the first applicable tap monitoring cycle in Section 611.356(d), a small supplier applying for a monitoring waiver must provide the documents demonstrating that the supplier qualifies for a waiver under Section 611.356(g)(1) and (g)(2).
B) No later than nine years after the monitoring the supplier previously conducted under Section 611.356(g)(2) or Section 611.356(g)(4)(A), a small supplier wanting to maintain its monitoring waiver must provide the information Section 611.356(g)(4)(A) and (g)(4)(B) requires.
C) No later than 60 days after the small supplier becomes aware that it is no longer free of lead-containing or copper-containing material, a small supplier having a monitoring waiver must notify the Agency in writing, stating the circumstances introducing lead- or copper-containing materials into the system and describing any corrective action the supplier plans to remove these materials.
5) A GWS supplier limiting its water quality parameter monitoring to a subset of entry points under Section 611.357(c)(3) must identify its selected entry points to the Agency in writing, including information sufficiently demonstrating that the sites represent water quality and treatment conditions throughout the supplier’s system.
b) Reporting for Source Water Monitoring
1) A supplier must report its sampling results for all source water samples it collects under Section 611.358 within ten days after the end of each source water monitoring period Section 611.358 specifies.
2) With the exception of the first round of source water sampling a supplier conducts under Section 611.358(b), a supplier must specify any site it did not sample during source water monitoring periods, explaining why the supplier changed the sampling point.
c) Reporting for Corrosion Control Treatment. Before the applicable dates under Section 611.351, a supplier must report certain information:
1) A supplier demonstrating that it already optimized corrosion control must provide the information Section 611.351(b)(1) through (b)(3) requires.
2) A supplier that must optimize corrosion control must provide its recommendation regarding OCCT under Section 611.352(a).
3) A supplier that must evaluate the effectiveness of corrosion control treatments under Section 611.352(c) must provide the information Section 611.352(c) requires.
4) A supplier that must install optimal corrosion control the Agency approves under Section 611.352(d) must provide a copy of the Agency permit letter, which acts as certification that the supplier completed installing the permitted treatment.
d) Reporting for Source Water Treatment. Before the applicable dates in Section 611.353, a supplier must provide certain information to the Agency:
1) If Section 611.353(b)(1) requires, the supplier must provide its recommendation on source water treatment; or
2) A supplier that must install source water treatment under Section 611.353(b)(2) must provide a copy of the Agency permit letter, which acts as certification that the supplier completed installing the Agency-approved treatment within 24 months after Agency approval.
e) Reporting for Lead Service Line Inventory and Replacement. A supplier must report certain information to the Agency demonstrating it complies with Sections 611.354 and 611.355:
1) No later than October 16, 2024, the supplier must submit an inventory of service lines to the Agency, as Section 611.354(a) requires.
2) No later than October 16, 2024, a supplier that inventoried a lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service line in its distribution system must submit a lead service line replacement plan to the Agency, as Section 141.84(b) requires.
3) The supplier must provide the Agency with an updated version of its inventory under Section 611.354(a) consistent with its tap monitoring cycle schedule under Section 611.356(d), but no more frequently than annually. The supplier must submit its updated inventory within 30 days after the end of each tap monitoring cycle.
A) If the supplier demonstrates that it has no lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service lines in its inventory, the supplier needs no longer submit inventory updates to the Agency, except as subsection (e)(3)(B) requires.
B) If a supplier complying with subsection (e)(3)(A) subsequently discovers that it must replace any service lines in its distribution system, the supplier must notify the Agency within 30 days after identifying the service lines and prepare an updated inventory under Section 611.354(a) on a schedule the Agency establishes in a SEP.
4) Within 30 days after the end of each tap monitoring cycle, the supplier must certify replacing any encountered lead goosenecks, pigtails, and connectors under Section 611.354(c).
5) Within 30 days after the end of each tap monitoring cycle, the supplier must certify to the Agency that the supplier made any partial and full lead service line replacements under Section 611.354(d) and (e).
6) If it fails to meet the 45-day deadline for completing a customer-initiated lead service line replacement under Section 611.354(d)(4), a supplier must notify the Agency within 30 days after the deadline to request that the Agency extend the deadline up to 180 days for completing the customer-initiated lead service line replacement. The supplier must annually certify that it has completed all customer-initiated lead service line replacements under Section 611.354(d)(4).
7) No later than 30 days after the end of the supplier’s annual period for replacing lead service lines under Section 611.354(f) or (g), the supplier must submit certain information to the Agency and continue submitting the information each year the supplier conducts lead service line replacements under Section 611.354(f) or (g):
A) The number of lead service lines, as Section 611.354(a)(4) defines the term, in its inventory at the beginning of the annual period;
B) The number of galvanized requiring replacement service lines in its inventory at the beginning of the annual period;
C) The number of lead status unknown service lines, as Section 611.354(a)(4) defines the term, in its inventory at the beginning of the annual period;
D) The number of full lead service line replacements the supplier has made and the street address for each service line the supplier replaced;
E) The number of galvanized requiring replacement service lines the supplier replaced and the street address for each service line the supplier replaced;
F) The number of lead status unknown service lines, as Section 611.354(a)(4) defines the term, remaining in its inventory;
G) The total number of lead status unknown service lines the supplier determines are non-lead, as Section 611.354(a)(4) defines the terms; and
H) The total number of service lines the supplier initially inventoried as non-lead later and later discovered are lead or galvanized requiring replacement service lines.
8) No later than 30 days after the end of each tap sampling period, a supplier that received a customer refusal for a lead service line replacement or no customer response after the supplier makes a minimum of two good-faith efforts to contact customers regarding a full lead service line replacement under Section 611.354(g)(7) must certify to the Agency the number of customer refusals or non-responses it received from customers the supplier serves through a lead or galvanized requiring replacement service line. The supplier must maintain these documents.
9) No later than 12 months after the end of a tap sampling period during which a supplier exceeds the lead action level in sampling under Section 611.356, the supplier must provide to the Agency its schedule for annually replacing an average annual rate of at least three percent on a two-year rolling average basis, or as specified in Section 611.354(g), of the number of known lead service lines and galvanized lines requiring replacement when the lead trigger or action level was first exceeded and lead status unknown service lines at the beginning of each year that required replacement occurs in its distribution system.:
10) No later than 12 months after the end of a sampling period during which a supplier exceeds the lead trigger level in monitoring under Section 611.356 and every 12 months after that, the supplier must certify to the Agency in writing:
A) That the supplier conducted consumer notification, as Sections 611.354(f)(4) and 611.355(g) require; and
B) That the supplier delivered public education materials to the affected consumers, as specified in Section 611.355(a).
C) If a supplier does not fulfill its annual service line replacement goal under Section 611.354(f), it must certify to the Agency in writing that the supplier conducted public outreach, as Section 141.85(h) requires. The supplier must also submit the outreach materials it used to the Agency.
11) The annual certification the supplier submits to the Agency under subsection (e)(10) must certify that the supplier provided the results from samples it collected between three months and six months after fully or partially replacing a lead service line to the resident within the timeframe Section 611.355(d)(2) requires. A mailed notice postmarked within three business days after receiving the results is timely.
12) Any supplier collecting samples following partial lead service line replacement Section 611.354 requirements must report the results to the Agency before the tenth day of the next month after the supplier receives the laboratory results or as the Agency specifies in a SEP. The Agency may issue a SEP waiving the supplier reporting these monitoring results, but the supplier must retain these records. A supplier must also report any additional information the Agency specifies in a time and manner the Agency prescribes to verify that the supplier completed all partial lead service line replacement activities.
13) A supplier having lead service lines in its inventory must certify on an annual basis that the supplier complied with consumer notification of service line containing lead under Section 611.355(e).
f) Reporting for Public Education Program
1) A supplier subject to Section 611.355 must send documents to the Agency containing certain items within ten days after the end of each period in which the supplier must perform public education under Section 611.355(b):
A) The public education materials the supplier delivered, and documents showing that the supplier delivered the public education materials complying with the content requirements in Sections 611.355(a) and the delivery requirements in Section 611.355(b); and
B) A list of all newspapers, radio stations, television stations, and facilities and organizations to which the supplier delivered public education materials when this Subpart G required the supplier to perform public education tasks.
2) Unless the Agency issues a SEP requiring a supplier to do so, a supplier that previously submitted the information subsection (f)(1)(B) requires need not resubmit the information subsection (f)(1)(B) requires, as long as no changes in the distribution list occurred, and the supplier certifies that it distributed the public education materials to the same list the supplier previously submitted.
3) No later than three months after the end of the tap sampling period, each supplier must mail a sample copy of the consumer notification of tap water monitoring results to the Agency, certifying that the supplier distributed the notification in a manner complying with Section 611.355(d).
4) The supplier must demonstrate to the Agency before July 1 of each year that the supplier delivered annual consumer notice and lead service line information materials under Section 611.355(e) to affected consumers the supplier serves through a lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service line during the previous calendar year. The supplier must also provide a copy of the consumer notice and information materials to the Agency.
5) The supplier must demonstrate to the Agency before July 1 of each year that the supplier conducted an outreach activity under Section 611.355(h) if the supplier failed to meet the lead service line replacement goal under Section 611.354(f) during the previous calendar year. The supplier must also submit a copy to the Agency of the outreach it provided to customers.
6) The supplier must certify to the Agency before July 1 of each year that the supplier delivered notice to affected customers under Section 611.355(f) after any lead service line disturbance during the previous calendar year. The supplier must also submit a copy of the notice to the Agency.
7) The supplier must certify to the Agency before July 1 of each year that the supplier delivered the required find-and-fix information to the Agency and local health departments under Section 611.356(i) during the previous calendar year.
g) Reporting Additional Monitoring Data. Any supplier collecting more samples than the required minimum must report those sampling data results to the Agency within the first ten days following the end of the applicable sampling periods Sections 611.356 through 611.358 specify during which the supplier collected the samples. This includes the monitoring data for “find-and-fix” under Sections 611.356(h) and 611.357(g). The supplier must certify to the Agency the number of customer refusals or nonresponses for follow-up sampling it received under Section 611.352(j) with information supporting the accuracy of the refusals or non-responses. The supplier must certify within the first ten days after the end of the applicable tap sampling period during which any individual sample exceeded the lead action level.
h) Reporting 90th Percentile Lead and Copper Concentrations If the Agency Calculates a Supplier’s 90th Percentile Concentrations. A water supplier needs not report its 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations during each tap monitoring cycle, as subsection (a)(1)(D) requires, under certain circumstances:
1) The Agency previously notified the supplier that the Agency will calculate the supplier’s 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations based on the lead and copper tap results the supplier submitted under subsection (h)(2)(A), and the supplier provides the results from lead and copper tap water samples no later than ten days after the end of the applicable tap monitoring cycle;
2) The supplier provides the specific information to the Agency before the date subsection (h)(1) specifies:
A) The results from all tap water samples for lead and copper, including the location of each site and the Section 611.356(a)(3) through (a)(10) criteria under which the supplier selected the site for its sampling pool; and
B) The supplier must identify sampling sites it used during the current tap monitoring cycle that it did not sample during previous tap monitoring cycles, explaining why the supplier changed sampling sites; and
3) The Agency provides the written results of calculating the 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations to the supplier within 15 days after the end of the tap sampling period.
i) Reporting Requirements for CWS Public Education and Sampling in Schools and Child Care Facilities
1) A CWS supplier must report to the Agency before July 1 of each year the previous calendar year’s activity. The report must include certain information:
A) The supplier must certify that it made a good faith effort to identify schools and child care facilities under Section 611.362(e). The good faith effort may include reviewing customer records and requesting lists of schools and child care facilities from the Agency, the Department of Children and Family Services, the State Board of Education, or other pertinent local agency. A supplier certifying that it serves no schools or child care facilities needs not include the information subsections (i)(1)(B) through (i)(1)(D) require in the report. If changes occur to schools and child care facilities a supplier serves, the supplier must submit an updated list at least once every five years under Section 611.362(e).
BOARD NOTE: The Department of Children and Family Services regulates daycare facilities in Illinois, and the State Board of Education regulates primary and secondary schools. Local agencies may play a role, and many facilities and schools are not regulated under Illinois law. E.g., 225 ILCS 10 and 105 ILCS 5.
B) The supplier must certify that it delivered information about health risks from lead in drinking water to the school and child care facilities it serves under Section 611.362(a)(2) and (g)(1).
C) The supplier must certify that it completed notifying and sampling under Section 611.362 and subsections (i)(1)(C)(i) through (i)(1)(C)(v) at a minimum of 20 percent of elementary schools and 20 percent of child care facilities the supplier serves. The supplier must certify that it completed notifying and sampling under Section 611.362(g) and subsections (i)(1)(C)(i), (i)(1)(C)(ii), and (i)(1)(C)(v) for secondary schools the supplier sampled. After a supplier completes one cycle of required sampling in all elementary schools and child care facilities it identified under Section 611.362(a)(1), the supplier must subsequently certify that it completed notifying and sampling under Section 611.362(g) and subsections (i)(1)(C)(i), (i)(1)(C)(ii), and (i)(1)(C)(v) for all sampling the supplier later completes in any school or child care facility.
i) The number of schools and child care facilities the supplier serves;
ii) The number of schools and child care facilities the supplier sampled in the calendar year;
iii) The number of schools and child care facilities that refused sampling;
iv) Information about outreach attempts for sampling that a school or child care facility declined; and
v) The analytical results for all schools and child care facilities the supplier sampled in the calendar year.
D) The supplier must certify that it provided its sampling results to schools, child care facilities, and the Illinois Department of Public Health and local health agencies.
2) This subsection (i)(2) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.90(i)(2), which USEPA marked “reserved”. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding USEPA rules.
3) The Agency has provided the results of the 90th percentile lead and copper calculations, in writing, to the supplier before the end of the monitoring period.
j) Reporting Requirements for Small Supplier Compliance Flexibility Options. Before the times subsections (j)(1) and (j)(2) provide, a supplier implementing a small supplier compliance option under Section 611.363 must provide certain information to the Agency:
1) Point-of-Use Device Option. A small CWS or NTNCWS supplier implementing the point-of-use device option under Section 611.363(a)(3), must report the results from tap sampling under Section 611.363 no later than ten days after the end of the tap monitoring cycle. If results exceed the lead trigger level, the supplier must reach out to the homeowner or building management or, if applicable, both within 24 hours after receiving the tap sample results. The supplier must complete corrective action within 30 days. If the supplier does not complete corrective action within 30 days, the supplier must document to the Agency within 30 days of the failure explaining why the supplier was unable to correct the issue. A supplier selecting the point-of-use device option under Section 611.363(a)(3) must document to the Agency certifying that the supplier maintains the point-of-use devices, unless the Agency issues a SEP waiving this requirement.
2) Replacing Lead-Bearing Plumbing Option. A small CWS or NTNCWS supplier implementing the option of replacing all lead-bearing plumbing under Section 611.363(a)(4) must certify to the Agency that the supplier replaced all lead-bearing material on the schedule the Agency establishes in a SEP within one year after designating the option under Section 611.363(a)(4).
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.90.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.361 RecordkeepingAny supplier subject to this Subpart G must retain original records of all sampling data and analyses, reports, surveys, letters, evaluations, schedules, Agency determinations, and any other information Sections 611.351 through 611.360, 611.362, and 611.363 require. Each supplier must retain the records this Section requires on its premises for at least 12 years.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.91.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.362 Monitoring for Lead in Schools and Child Care Facilities
A CWS supplier must conduct directed public education and lead monitoring at those schools and child care facilities it serves that were constructed prior to January 1, 2014. A supplier must sample for lead at elementary schools and child care facilities it serves once and afterwards on request of the school or facility. The supplier must also sample for lead at secondary schools it serves on request. This Section does not apply to a school or child care facility that is a regulated PWS. This subsection (a) applies until the supplier samples all the elementary schools and child care facilities it serves once under subsection (c). After sampling all elementary schools and child care facilities, the supplier must comply with subsection (g).
a) Public Education to Schools and Child Care Facilities
1) Before the compliance date Section 611.350(a)(3) specifies, a supplier must compile a list of schools and child care facilities the supplier serves.
2) A supplier must contact elementary schools and child care facilities the supplier listed under subsection (a)(1):
A) The supplier must annually or more frequently provide information about health risks from lead in drinking water that complies with Section 611.355(a);
B) Notice that the supplier must sample for lead at elementary schools and child care facilities, including certain information:
i) A proposed schedule for sampling at the facility;
ii) Information about sampling for lead in schools and child care facilities; and
BOARD NOTE: USEPA has guidance available from USEPA, National Center for Environmental Publications: “3Ts for Reducing Lead in Drinking Water in Schools and Child Care Facilities: A Training, Testing, and Taking Action Approach, Revised Manual” (October 2018), USEPA, Office of Water, doc. no. EPA 815-B-18-007 (search: “815B18007”) and “U.S. EPA 3Ts Program Training, Testing & Taking Action: Lead Sample Collection Field Guide for Schools and Child Care Facilities” (July 2022), USEPA, Office of Water, doc. no. EPA 815-F-22-009 (search: “815F22009”) or subsequent EPA guidance.
iii) Instructions for identifying sampling outlets and preparing for a sampling event 30 days prior to the event.
3) The supplier must document under Section 611.360(i) if an elementary school or child care facility fails to respond or otherwise declines to participate in monitoring or education under this Section. Under this Section, a school or child care facility fails to respond after the supplier makes at least two separate good faith attempts to contact the facility to schedule sampling and receives no response.
4) The supplier must annually or more frequently contact all secondary schools it listed under subsection (a)(1) to provide information on health risks from lead in drinking water and how to request lead sampling under subsection (g)(1).
b) Lead Sampling in Schools and Child Care Facilities
1) The supplier must collect five samples per school and two samples per child care facility at outlets typically used for consumption. Except as subsections (b)(1)(A) through (b)(1)(D) provide otherwise, the outlets must not have a POU device. The supplier must sample at specific locations:
A) For schools: two drinking water fountains, one kitchen faucet persons use for preparing food or drink, one classroom faucet or other outlet persons use for drinking, and one nurse’s office faucet, as available.
B) For child care facilities: one drinking water fountain and one of either a kitchen faucet persons use for preparing food or drink or one classroom faucet or other outlet persons use for drinking.
C) If any school or facility has fewer than the required number of outlets, the supplier must sample all outlets persons use for consumption.
D) The supplier may sample at outlets having POU devices if the school or facility has POU devices installed on all outlets persons typically use for consumption.
E) If any school or facility does not contain the type of faucet listed above, the supplier must collect a sample from another outlet the school or facility identifies as one persons typically use for consumption.
F) The supplier must collect all samples from cold water taps fulfilling specific additional requirements:
i) All samples for lead must be first-draw samples;
ii) All samples must be 250 ml in volume;
iii) The water must remain stationary in the sampling site’s (building’s) plumbing system for at least eight but no more than 18 hours before sampling; and
iv) The supplier must acidify samples and analyze them using the analytical methods in Section 611.359.
2) Appropriately trained personnel of the water system, school, or child care facility or another appropriately trained person may collect samples under subsection (b)(1).
c) Sampling Frequency at Elementary Schools and Child Care Facilities
1) Annually, or on an alternative Agency-approved schedule, the supplier must collect samples from no fewer than 20 percent of elementary schools and 20 percent of child care facilities the supplier serves, until the supplier samples all schools and child care facilities it listed under subsection (a)(1) that did not decline to participate. Under this Section, a supplier may count an elementary school or child care facility failing to respond or otherwise declining to participate as part of its annual 20 percent minimum.
2) A supplier must sample all elementary schools and child care facilities it serves at least once in the five years following the compliance date under Section 611.350(a)(1)(A).
3) After a supplier completes one required cycle of sampling in all elementary schools and child care facilities it serves, the supplier must sample at the request of any elementary school or child care facility under subsection (g).
4) A supplier must sample at the request of a secondary school under subsection (g). If a supplier receives requests from more than 20 percent of secondary schools it listed under subsection (a)(1) in any of the five years following the compliance date under 40 CFR Section 141.80(a)(3), the supplier may schedule the requests exceeding 20 percent for the following year, and the supplier needs not sample an individual secondary school more than once during the five-years.
d) Alternative School and Child Care Lead Sampling Programs
1) If a CWS supplier conducts mandatory sampling for lead in drinking water for schools and child care facilities the supplier serves under another State or local law or program, the Agency may issue a SEP exempting the supplier from duplicative requirements under this Section:
A) If the sampling under that State or local law or program is consistent with subsections (b) and (c);
B) If the sampling under that State or local law or program is consistent with subsections (b)(1)(A) through (b)(1)(F) and (c) and the sampling is coupled with certain remediation actions:
i) Disconnecting affected fixtures;
ii) Replacing affected fixtures with fixtures certified lead-free as Section 611.126(j) requires; or
iii) Installing POU devices;
C) If the sampling under that State or local law or program occurs in schools and child care facilities the supplier serves less frequently than once every five years, and the sampling is coupled with any of the remediation actions in subsection (d)(1)(B); or
D) If the sampling is conducted under a voluntary school and child care program lead testing grant awarded under section 1464(d) of SDWA (42 U.S.C. 300j-24(d)), consistent with the requirements of the grant.
2) The term of the waiver may not exceed the duration of the mandatory or voluntary sampling, and the waiver must automatically expire at the end of any 12-month period during which sampling does not occur at the required number of schools or child care facilities.
3) The Agency may issue a SEP granting the supplier a partial waiver if the sampling covers only a subset of the schools or child care facilities the supplier serves as it listed under subsection (a)(1).
4) The Agency may issue a SEP granting a waiver applicable to more than one supplier (e.g., one waiver for all suppliers subject to a statewide sampling program complying with subsection (d)).
e) Confirming or Revising Schools and Child Care Facilities in Inventory. At least once every five years, a supplier must either confirm that the list it assembled under subsection (a)(1) of schools and child care facilities it serves has not changed or submit a revised list.
f) Notice of results.
1) A supplier must provide analytical results to the school or child care facility as soon as practicable but no later than 30 days after receiving them with information about remediation options.
2) A water system must annually provide analytical results:
A) To the local and State health departments; and
B) To the Agency under Section 611.360(i).
g) Lead Sampling in Schools and Child Care Facilities on Request
1) A supplier must contact schools and child care facilities the supplier identified under subsection (a)(1) at least annually to provide:
A) Information about health risks from lead in drinking water;
B) Information about how to request sampling for lead at the facility; and
C) Information about sampling for lead in schools and child care facilities.
BOARD NOTE: USEPA has guidance available from USEPA, National Center for Environmental Publications: “3Ts for Reducing Lead in Drinking Water in Schools and Child Care Facilities: A Training, Testing, and Taking Action Approach, Revised Manual” (October 2018), USEPA, Office of Water, doc. no. EPA 815-B-18-007 (search: “815B18007”) and “U.S. EPA 3Ts Program Training, Testing & Taking Action: Lead Sample Collection Field Guide for Schools and Child Care Facilities” (July 2022), USEPA, Office of Water, doc. no. EPA 815-F-22-009 (search: “815F22009”) or subsequent EPA guidance.
2) A supplier must conduct sampling under subsection (b) when the school or facility requests, and the supplier must provide information to the facility:
A) Instructions for identifying outlets for sampling and preparing for sampling at least 30 days before it occurs; and
B) Results as subsection (f) requires.
3) If a supplier receives requests from more than 20 percent of the schools and child care facilities the supplier listed under subsection (a)(1) in a given year, the supplier may schedule sampling for those exceeding 20 percent for the following year. A supplier needs not sample an individual school or child care facility more than once every five years.
4) The Agency may issue a SEP exempting a CWS supplier from this Section by issuing a written waiver under subsection (d) if the supplier conducts voluntary sampling for lead in drinking water complying with this Section at schools and child care facilities the supplier serves.
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.363 Small Supplier Compliance Flexibility
This section gives compliance flexibility options applying to a small CWS supplier serving 10,000 or fewer persons or an NTNCWS supplier. A CWS or NTNCWS supplier having corrosion control treatment in place must continue operating and maintaining OCCT until the Agency issues a SEP determining this no longer necessary, and the supplier must comply with any conditions the Agency are appropriate before implementing an Agency-approved compliance flexibility option under this Section.
a) A small CWS or NTNCWS supplier exceeding the lead trigger level but neither the lead nor copper action level must collect samples for water quality parameters under Section 611.357(b), evaluate compliance flexibility options under subsections (a)(1) through (a)(4), and recommend a compliance flexibility option to the Agency within six months of the end of the tap sampling period in which the exceedance occurred. When recommending to the Agency, the supplier must comply with Section 611.382(a)(1). The Agency must either approve the supplier’s recommended compliance flexibility option or designate an alternative under subsections (a)(1) through (a)(4) within six months after the supplier recommends an option. If the supplier subsequently exceeds the lead action level, the supplier must implement the Agency-approved compliance flexibility option under subsection (b). A supplier must select one from among specific compliance flexibility options:
1) Replacing Lead Service Lines. A supplier must implement a program for full lead service line replacement on an Agency-approved schedule not exceeding 15 years. The supplier must begin replacing lead service lines within one year after the Agency approves or designates this compliance flexibility option.
A) The supplier must replace lead service lines complying with Section 611.354(e) and (g)(4), (g)(8), and (g)(9).
B) The supplier must continue replacing lead service lines even if the supplier’s 90th percentile lead concentration is at or below the lead action level in future tap monitoring cycles.
C) The supplier must have no lead, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead status unknown service lines in its inventory before ending its lead service line replacement program.
2) Corrosion Control Treatment. A supplier must install and maintain OCCT under Sections 611.351 and 611.352, even if its 90th percentile concentration is at or below the lead action level in future tap monitoring cycles. A supplier having installed corrosion control treatment must re-optimize its corrosion control treatment under Section 611.351(d). A supplier the Agency requires to optimize or re-optimize corrosion control treatment must follow the appropriate schedule in Section 611.351(d) or (e), beginning with Step 3 in Section 611.351(d)(3) or (e)(3), unless the Agency specifies OCCT under the applicable of Section 611.351(d)(2)(B) or (e)(2).
3) Point-of-Use Devices. A supplier must continue installing, maintaining, and monitoring POU devices in each household or building it serves even if its 90th percentile lead concentration is at or below the action level in future tap monitoring cycles.
A) Schedule for Installing POU Devices
i) A CWS supplier must install a minimum of one POU device (at one tap) in every household and at every tap persons use for cooking or drinking in every non-residential building the supplier serves on a schedule not exceeding one year the Agency specifies in a SEP.
ii) An NTNCWS supplier must provide a POU device to every tap persons use for cooking or drinking on a schedule not exceeding three months the Agency specifies in a SEP.
B) A third party must independently certify the POU device to meet the American National Standards Institute standard applying to the specific type of POU unit for reducing lead in drinking water.
C) The supplier must maintain each POU device according to its manufacturer’s recommendations to ensure the POU device continues effectively filtering, including changing filter cartridges and resolving any operational issues. The POU devices must have mechanical warnings ensuring automatic notice to customers of operational problems. The supplier must certify to the Agency under Section 611.360(j)(1) that it maintains the POU devices, unless the Agency issues a SEP waiving this requirement.
D) The supplier must monitor one-third of the POU devices each year and all POU devices within a three-year cycle. The supplier must collect first draw tap samples under this Section after water passes through the POU device to assess its performance. Samples must be one-liter in volume and have had a minimum six-hour stagnation time. Results from all samples must not exceed the lead trigger level. The supplier must report its tap sampling results no later than 10 days after the end of the tap monitoring cycle under Section 611.360(j)(1). The supplier must document the problem and take corrective action at any site exceeding the lead trigger level. If a site exceeds the lead trigger level, the supplier must reach out to the homeowner or building manager or, if applicable, both no later than 24 hours after receiving the tap sample results. The supplier must complete the corrective action within 30 days. If the supplier does not complete the corrective action within 30 days, the supplier must document to the Agency within 30 days explaining why the supplier was unable to correct the issue.
E) The supplier must provide public education to consumers under Section 611.355(j) informing them how to properly use POU devices to maximize their effectiveness in reducing lead concentrations.
F) The supplier must operate and maintain the POU devices until the Agency approves another compliance flexibility option, and supplier implements it.
4) Replacing Lead-Bearing Plumbing. A supplier controlling all plumbing in buildings the supplier serves and having no lead status unknown, galvanized requiring replacement, or lead service lines must replace all plumbing that is not lead free as Section 611.126(c) defines the term when the supplier replaces it. Replacing all lead-bearing plumbing must occur on a schedule not exceeding one year as established by the Agency in a SEP. The supplier must certify to the Agency that it has replaced all lead-bearing material under Section 611.360(j)(2).
b) Implementing a Compliance Option after Exceeding an Action Level
1) A supplier exceeding the lead action level after exceeding the lead trigger level but not exceeding the copper action level must implement the compliance option the Agency approved under subsection (a).
2) A supplier exceeding the lead action level but not the copper action level and not previously exceeding the lead trigger level must comply with subsection (a) and implement the compliance option the Agency approved under subsection (a).
3) A supplier exceeding the lead trigger level after implementing a compliance option the Agency approved under subsection (a) must complete the steps in subsection (a). If the supplier later exceeds the lead action level, the supplier must implement the compliance option the Agency approved under subsection (a).
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
SUBPART I: DISINFECTANT RESIDUALS, DISINFECTION BYPRODUCTS, AND DISINFECTION BYPRODUCT PRECURSORS
Section 611.380 General Requirements
a) This Subpart I Constitutes NPDWRs
1) This Subpart I establishes standards for a CWS supplier or an NTNCWS supplier adding a chemical disinfectant to its water in any part of the treatment process modifying its practices to comply with MCLs and MRDLs in Sections 611.312 and 611.313, respectively, and complying with the treatment technique requirements for DBP precursors in Section 611.385.
2) This Subpart I establishes standards for a transient non-CWS supplier using chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant or oxidant modifying its practices to comply with the MRDL for chlorine dioxide in Section 611.313.
3) MCLs for TTHM and HAA5 and treatment technique requirements for DBP precursors limit the levels of known and unknown DBPs that may have adverse health effects. These DBPs may include chloroform, bromodichloromethane, dibromochloromethane, bromoform, dichloroacetic acid, and trichloroacetic acid.
b) This subsection (b) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.130(b), which recites past implementation deadlines. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding federal rules.
c) Qualified personnel complying with 35 Ill. Adm. Code 681 must operate the water system for each CWS or NTNCWS supplier subject to subsection (a).
d) Controlling Disinfectant Residuals. Notwithstanding the MRDLs in Section 611.313, a supplier may increase residual disinfectant levels of chlorine or chloramines (but not chlorine dioxide) in its distribution system to a level and for a time necessary to protect public health, to address specific microbiological contamination problems caused by circumstances such as distribution line breaks, storm run-off events, source water contamination events, or cross-connection events.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.130.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.381 Analytical Requirements
a) A supplier must use only the analytical methods this Section specifies, each incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, or alternative methods that the Agency approved under Section 611.480 to demonstrate that it complies with this Subpart I and Subparts W and Y.
b) Disinfection Byproducts (DBPs)
1) Methods for Disinfection Byproducts (DBPs)
A) TTHM
i) By Purge and Trap, Gas Chromatography, Electrolytic Conductivity Detector, and Photoionization Detector. USEPA 502.2 (95). If TTHMs are the only analytes the laboratory measures in the sample, it needs not use a photoionization detector.
ii) By Purge and Trap, Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometer. USEPA 524.2 (95) or USEPA 524.3 (09), or USEPA 524.4 (13).
iii) By Liquid-Liquid Extraction, Gas Chromatography, Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 551.1 (95).
B) HAA5
i) Liquid-Liquid Extraction (Diazomethane), Gas Chromatography, Electron Capture Detector. SM 6251 B (94) or SM 6251 B (07).
ii) Solid Phase Extractor (Acidic Methanol), Gas Chromatography, Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 552.1 (92).
iii) Liquid-Liquid Extraction (Acidic Methanol), Gas Chromatography, Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 552.2 (95) or 552.3 (03).
iv) Ion Chromatography, Electrospray Ionization, Tandem Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 557 (09).
v) Two-Dimensional Ion Chromatography (IC) with Suppressed Conductivity Detection. Thermo-Fisher 557.1 (17).
C) Bromate
i) Ion Chromatography. ASTM D6581-00 or USEPA 300.1 (97).
ii) Ion Chromatography and Post-Column Reaction. USEPA 317.0 (01) or USEPA 326.0 (02).
iii) Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometer. USEPA 321.8 (97).
iv) Two-Dimensional Ion Chromatography. USEPA 302.0 (09).
v) Ion Chromatography, Electrospray Ionization, Tandem Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 557 (09).
vi) Chemically Suppressed Chromatography. ASTM D6581-08 A.
vii) Electrolytically Suppressed Chromatography. ASTM D6581-08 B.
BOARD NOTE: The supplier must use ion chromatography and post column reaction or inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry to monitor bromate to demonstrate eligibility for reduced monitoring under Section 611.382(b)(3)(B). For inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry, the supplier must preserve samples at the time of sampling with 50 mg ethylenediamine (EDA) per liter of sample, and the supplier must analyze the samples within 28 days.
D) Chlorite
i) Amperometric Titration for Daily Monitoring Under Section 611.382(b)(2)(A)(i). SM 4500ClO2 E (93) or 4500-ClO2 E (00).
ii) Amperometric Sensor for Daily Monitoring Under Section 611.382(b)(2)(A)(i). Palintest ChlordioX Plus (13) or Palintest ChlordioX Plus (20).
iii) Spectrophotometry. USEPA 327.0 (05).
iv) Ion Chromatography. USEPA 300.0 (09), USEPA 300.1 (97), USEPA 317.0 (01), USEPA 326.0 (02), or ASTM D6581-00.
v) Chemically Suppressed Chromatography. ASTM D6581-08 A.
vi) Electrolytically Suppressed Chromatography. ASTM D6581-08 B.
BOARD NOTE: The supplier may use amperometric titration or spectrophotometry for routine daily monitoring of chlorite at the entrance to the distribution system under Section 611.382(b)(2)(A)(i). The supplier must use ion chromatography for routine monthly chlorite monitoring and additional chlorite monitoring in the distribution system, as Section 611.382(b)(2)(A)(ii) and (b)(2)(B) require.
2) Only a certified laboratory in one of the categories in Section 611.490(a) may conduct analyses for DBPs under this Section except as subsection (b)(3) specifies otherwise. To receive certification to conduct analyses for the DBP contaminants in Sections 611.312 and 611.381 and Subparts W and Y, the laboratory must fulfill the specific conditions in subsections (b)(2)(A), (b)(2)(C), and (b)(2)(D).
A) The laboratory must analyze performance evaluation (PE) samples acceptable to the Agency at least once during each consecutive 12-month period by each method for which the laboratory seeks certification.
B) This subsection corresponds with 40 CFR 141.131(b)(2)(ii), which has expired by its own terms. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding federal rule.
C) The laboratory must achieve quantitative results on the PE sample analyses within the acceptance limits in subsections (b)(2)(C)(i) through (b)(2)(B)(xi), subject to subsections (b)(2)(C)(xii) and (b)(2)(C)(xiii):
i) Chloroform (a THM): ±20% of true value;
ii) Bromodichloromethane (a THM): ±20% of true value;
iii) Dibromochloromethane (a THM): ±20% of true value;
iv) Bromoform (a THM): ±20% of true value;
v) Monochloroacetic Acid (an HAA5): ±40% of true value;
vi) Dichloroacetic Acid (an HAA5): ±40% of true value;
vii) Trichloroacetic Acid (an HAA5): ±40% of true value;
viii) Monobromoacetic Acid (an HAA5): ±40% of true value;
ix) Dibromoacetic Acid (an HAA5): ±40% of true value;
x) Chlorite: ±30% of true value; and
xi) Bromate: ±30% of true value.
xii) The laboratory must meet all four of the individual THM acceptance limits in subsections (b)(2)(B)(i) through (b)(2)(B)(iv) to successfully pass a PE sample for TTHM.
xiii) The laboratory must meet the acceptance limits for four out of the five HAA5 compounds in subsections (b)(2)(B)(v) through (b)(2)(B)(ix) to successfully pass a PE sample for HAA5.
D) The laboratory must report quantitative data for concentrations at least as low as the minimum reporting levels (MRLs) in subsections (b)(2)(D)(i) through (b)(2)(D)(xi), subject to subsections (b)(2)(D)(xii) and (b)(2)(D)(xiii), for all DBP samples it analyzes to comply with Sections 611.312 and 611.385 and Subparts W and Y:
i) Chloroform (a THM): 0.0010 mg/L;
ii) Bromodichloromethane (a THM): 0.0010 mg/ L;
iii) Dibromochloromethane (a THM): 0.0010 mg/ L;
iv) Bromoform (a THM): 0.0010 mg/ L;
v) Monochloroacetic Acid (an HAA5): 0.0020 mg/ L;
vi) Dichloroacetic Acid (an HAA5): 0.0010 mg/ L;
vii) Trichloroacetic Acid (an HAA5): 0.0010 mg/ L;
viii) Monobromoacetic Acid (an HAA5): 0.0010 mg/ L;
ix) Dibromoacetic Acid (an HAA5): 0.0010 mg/ L;
x) Chlorite: 0.020 mg/ L, applicable to monitoring as required by Section 611.382(b)(2)(A)(ii) and (b)(2)(B); and
xi) Bromate: 0.0050, or 0.0010 mg/ L if the laboratory uses USEPA 317.0 (01), USEPA 321.8 (97), or USEPA 326.0 (02).
xii) The calibration curve must encompass the regulatory MRL concentration. The laboratory may report data for concentrations lower than the regulatory MRL if the laboratory meets the precision and accuracy criteria by analyzing an MRL check standard at the lowest reporting limit the laboratory chooses. The laboratory must verify the accuracy of the calibration curve at the MRL concentration by analyzing an MRL check standard with a concentration less than or equal to 110% of the MRL with each batch of samples. The measured concentration for the MRL check standard must be ±50% of the expected value if any field sample in the batch has a concentration less than five times the regulatory MRL. The laboratory must analyze higher concentration check standards and meet tighter acceptance criteria in addition to the MRL check standard.
xiii) When adding the individual trihalomethane or haloacetic acid concentrations for the compounds listed in subsections (b)(2)(D)(v) through (b)(2)(D)(ix) to calculate the TTHM or HAA5 concentrations, a zero is used for any analytical result that is less than the MRL concentration for that DBP, unless the Agency specifies otherwise.
3) A party must measure daily chlorite samples at the entrance to the distribution system as the Agency requires.
c) Disinfectant Residuals
1) A supplier must measure residual disinfectant concentrations for free chlorine, combined chlorine (chloramines), and chlorine dioxide using the methods in subsections (c)(1)(A) through (c)(1)(D), subject to subsection (c)(1)(E):
A) Free Chlorine
i) Amperometric Titration. ASTM D1253-86, ASTM D1253-96, ASTM D1253-03, ASTM D1253-08, ASTM D1253-14, SM 4500-Cl D (93), or SM 4500-Cl D (00).
ii) DPD Ferrous Titration. SM 4500-Cl F (93) or SM 4500-Cl F (00).
iii) DPD Colorimetric. Hach 10260 (13), SM 4500-Cl G (93), or SM 4500-Cl G (00).
iv) Syringaldazine (FACTS). SM 4500-Cl H (93) or SM 4500-Cl H (00).
v) Test Strips. ITS D99-003 (03) if approved by the Agency under subsection (c)(2).
vi) Amperometric Sensor. Palintest ChloroSense (09) or Palintest ChloroSense (20).
vii) On-Line Chlorine Analyzer. USEPA 334.0 (09).
viii) Indenophenol Colorimetric. Hach 10241 (15).
B) Combined Chlorine
i) Amperometric Titration. ASTM D1253-86, ASTM D1253-96, ASTM D1253-03, ASTM D1253-08, or ASTM D1253-14, SM 4500-Cl D (93), or SM 4500-CL D (00).
ii) DPD Ferrous Titration. SM 4500-Cl F (93) or SM 4500-Cl F (00).
iii) DPD Colorimetric. Hach 10260 (13), SM 4500-Cl G (93), or SM 4500-Cl G (00).
C) Total Chlorine
i) Amperometric Titration. ASTM D1253-86, ASTM D1253-96, ASTM D1253-03, ASTM D1253-08, or ASTM D1253-14, SM 4500-Cl D (93), or SM 4500-Cl D (00).
ii) Low-Level Amperometric Titration. SM 4500-Cl E (93) or SM 4500-Cl E (00).
iii) DPD Ferrous Titration. SM 4500-Cl F (93) or SM 4500-Cl F (00).
iv) DPD Colorimetric. Hach 10260 (13), SM 4500-Cl G (93), or SM 4500-Cl G (00).
v) Iodometric Electrode. SM 4500-Cl I (93) or SM 4500-Cl I (00).
vi) Amperometric Sensor. Palintest ChloroSense (09) or Palintest ChloroSense (20).
vii) On-Line Chlorine Analyzer. USEPA 334.0 (09).
D) Chlorine Dioxide
i) DPD. SM 4500-ClO2 D (93) or SM 4500-ClO2 D (00).
ii) Amperometric Method II. SM 4500-ClO2 E (93) or SM 4500-ClO2 E (00).
iii) Amperometric Sensor. Palintest ChlordioX Plus (13) or Palintest ChlordioX Plus (20).
iv) Lissamine Green Spectrophotometric. USEPA 327.0 (05).
E) USEPA approved these methods for measuring the specified disinfectant residual. The supplier may measure free chlorine or total chlorine for the chlorine MRDL and combined chlorine. The supplier may measure total chlorine for the chloramine MRDL.
2) Alternative Methods Available Only upon Specific Agency Approval
A) Test Strips. ITS Method D99-003 (03).
BOARD NOTE: USEPA added ITS Method D99-003 (03) as an approved alternative method, contingent upon specific State approval. The Agency may issue a SEP approving this method on a case-by-case basis.
B) If the Agency approves in a SEP, a supplier may also measure residual disinfectant concentrations for chlorine, chloramines, and chlorine dioxide using DPD colorimetric test kits.
3) An Agency-approved party must measure residual disinfectant concentration.
d) A supplier that must analyze parameters not included in subsections (b) and (c) must use the methods in this subsection (d). An Agency-approved party must measure certain parameters:
1) Alkalinity. All methods in Section 611.611(a)(21) for alkalinity.
2) Bromide. Ion Chromatography. ASTM D6581-00, USEPA 300.0 (93), USEPA 300.1 (97), USEPA 317.0 (01), or USEPA 326.0 (02).
3) Total Organic Carbon (TOC), by any of the methods in subsection (d)(3)(A), subject to subsection (d)(3)(B).
A) Analytical Methods
i) High-Temperature Combustion. SM 5310 B (92), SM 5310 B (96), SM 5310 B (00), SM 5310 B (14), USEPA 415.3 (05), or USEPA 415.3 (09).
ii) Persulfate-Ultraviolet or Heated-Persulfate Oxidation. Hach 10267 (15), SM 5310 C (92), SM 5310 C (96), SM 5310 C (00), SM 5310 C (14), USEPA 415.3 (05), or USEPA 415.3 (09).
iii) Wet Oxidation Method. SM 5310 D (92), SM 5310 D (96), SM 5310 D (00), SM 5310 D (14), USEPA 415.3 (05), or USEPA 415.3 (09).
iv) Ozone Oxidation. Hach 10261 (15).
B) The supplier must remove inorganic carbon from the samples prior to analysis. The supplier and supplier must not filter TOC samples prior to analysis. The supplier must acidify TOC samples at the time of sample collection to achieve pH less than or equal to 2 with minimal addition of the acid the method specifies or instrument manufacturer recommends. The supplier must analyze acidified TOC samples within 28 days.
4) Specific Ultraviolet Absorbance (SUVA). SUVA is equal to the UV absorption at 254 nm (UV254) (measured in m-1) divided by the dissolved organic carbon (DOC) concentration (measured as mg/ L). To determine SUVA, the supplier must separately measure UV254 and DOC. When determining SUVA, a supplier must use the methods in subsection (d)(4)(A) for DOC and the method in subsection (d)(4)(B) for UV254. The supplier must determine SUVA on water prior to the supplier adding disinfectants or oxidants. The supplier must take DOC and UV254 samples for a SUVA value at the same time and at the same location.
A) Dissolved Organic Carbon (DOC). Prior to analysis, the supplier must filter DOC samples through the 0.45 m m porediameter filter as soon as practical after sampling, not to exceed 48 hours. After filtration, the supplier must acidify DOC samples to achieve pH less than or equal to 2 with minimal addition of the acid the method or instrument manufacturer specifies. The supplier must analyze acidified DOC samples within 28 days after sample collection. The supplier must remove inorganic carbon from the samples prior to analysis. The supplier must use water passed through the filter as the filtered blank. The supplier must analyze this filtered blank using procedures identical to those it used for analysis of the samples, and the blank must less than 0.5 mg/ L DOC.
i) High-Temperature Combustion Method. SM 5310 B (92), SM 5310 B (96), SM 5310 B (00), SM 5310 B (14), USEPA 415.3 (05), or USEPA 415.3 (09).
ii) Persulfate-Ultraviolet or HeatedPersulfate Oxidation Method. SM 5310 C (92), SM 5310 C (96), SM 5310 C (00), SM 5310 C (14), USEPA 415.3 (05), or USEPA 415.3 (09).
iii) WetOxidation Method. SM 5310 D (92), (96), SM 5310 D (00), USEPA 415.3 (05), or USEPA 415.3 (09).
B) Ultraviolet Absorption at 254 nm (UV254) by Spectrometry. SM 5910 B (94), SM 5910 B (00), 5910 B (11), 5910 B (13), USEPA 415.3 (05), or USEPA 415.3 (09). The supplier must measure UV absorption at 253.7 nm (may be rounded off to 254 nm). Prior to analysis, the supplier must filter UV254 samples through a 0.45 m m porediameter filter. The supplier must not adjust pH of UV254 samples. The supplier must analyze samples as soon as practical after sampling, not to exceed 48 hours.
5) pH. All methods in Section 611.611(a)(17) for pH.
6) Magnesium. All methods in Section 611.611(a) for magnesium.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.131 and appendix A to 40 CFR 141. The Board did not separately list approved alternative methods from Standard Methods Online that are the same version as a method appearing in a printed edition of Standard Methods. Using the Standard Methods Online copy is acceptable.
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500Cl D-93, 4500Cl E-93, 4500Cl F-93, 4500Cl G-93, 4500Cl H-93, and 4500Cl I-93 appear in the 19th and 20th editions as Methods 4500Cl D, 4500Cl E, 4500Cl F, 4500Cl G, 4500Cl H, and 4500Cl I. These appear in this Section as SM 4500Cl D (93), SM 4500Cl E (93), SM 4500Cl F (93), SM 4500Cl G (93), SM 4500Cl H (93), and SM 4500Cl I (93).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500Cl D-00, 4500Cl E-00, 4500Cl F-00, 4500Cl G-00, 4500Cl H-00, and 4500Cl I-00 appear in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Methods 4500Cl D, 4500Cl E, 4500Cl F, 4500Cl G, 4500Cl H, and 4500Cl I. These appear in this Section as SM 4500Cl D (00), 4500Cl E (00), 4500Cl F (00), 4500Cl G (00), 4500Cl H (00), and 4500Cl I (00).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500ClO2 D-93 and 4500ClO2 E-93 appear in the 19th and 20th editions as Methods 4500ClO2 D and 4500ClO2 E. These appear in this Section as SM 4500ClO2 D (93) and SM 4500ClO2 E (93).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500ClO2 D-00 and 4500ClO2 E-00 appear in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Methods 4500ClO2 D and 4500ClO2 E. These appear in this Section as SM 4500ClO2 D (00) and SM 4500ClO2 E (00).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 5310 B-00, 5310 C-00, and 5310 D-00 appear in the 21st and 22nd editions as Methods 5310 B, 5310 C, and 5310 D. These appear in this Section as SM 5310 B (00), SM 5310 C (00), and SM 5310 D (00).
Standard Methods Online, Method 5910 B-00 appears in the 21st edition as Method 5910 B. This appears in this Section as SM 5910 B (00).
Standard Methods Online, Method 5910 B-11 appears in the 22nd edition as Method 5910 B. This appears in this Section as SM 5910 B (11).
Standard Methods Online, Method 6251 B-94 appears in the 19th, 20th, and 21st editions as Method 6251 B. This appears in this Section as SM 6251 B (94).
Standard Methods Online, Method 6251 B-07 appears in the 22nd and 23rd editions as Method 5910 B. This appears in this Section as SM 6251 B (07).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.382 Monitoring Requirements
a) General Requirements
1) A supplier must take all samples during normal operating conditions.
2) A supplier may consider multiple wells drawing water from a single aquifer as one treatment plant for determining the minimum number of TTHM and HAA5 samples required with Agency approval.
3) Failure to monitor in accordance with the monitoring plan required under subsection (f) is a monitoring violation.
4) If compliance is based on a running annual average of monthly or quarterly samples or averages and the supplier’s failure to monitor makes it impossible to determine compliance with MCLs or MRDLs, this failure to monitor will be treated as a violation for the entire period covered by the annual average.
5) A supplier must use only data collected under the provisions of this Subpart I to qualify for reduced monitoring.
b) Monitoring Requirements for Disinfection Byproducts (DBPs)
1) TTHMs and HAA5
A) Routine Monitoring. A supplier must monitor at the following frequency:
i) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 10,000 or more persons must collect four water samples per quarter per treatment plant. At least 25 percent of all samples collected each quarter must be collected at locations representing maximum residence time. The remaining samples may be taken at locations representative of at least average residence time in the distribution system and representing the entire distribution system, taking into account the number of persons served, the different sources of water, and the different treatment methods.
ii) A Subpart B system supplier that serves from 500 to 9,999 persons must collect one water sample per quarter per treatment plant. The samples must be collected from locations representing maximum residence time.
iii) A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons must collect one sample per year per treatment plant during month of warmest water temperature. The samples must be collected from locations representing maximum residence time. If the sample (or average of annual samples, if more than one sample is taken) exceeds the MCL, the supplier must increase the monitoring frequency to one sample per treatment plant per quarter, taken at a point reflecting the maximum residence time in the distribution system, until the supplier meets the standards in subsection (b)(1)(D).
iv) A supplier that uses only groundwater not under direct influence of surface water, that uses chemical disinfectant, and that serves 10,000 or more persons must collect one water sample per quarter per treatment plant. The samples must be collected from locations representing maximum residence time.
v) A supplier that uses only groundwater not under direct influence of surface water, that uses chemical disinfectant, and that serves fewer than 10,000 persons must collect one sample per year per treatment plant during month of warmest water temperature. The samples must be collected from locations representing maximum residence time. If the sample (or average of annual samples, if more than one sample is taken) exceeds MCL, the supplier must increase monitoring to one sample per treatment plant per quarter, taken at a point reflecting the maximum residence time in the distribution system, until the supplier meets standards in subsection (b)(1)(D).
BOARD NOTE: If a supplier elects to sample more frequently than the minimum required, at least 25 percent of all samples collected each quarter (including those taken in excess of the required frequency) must be taken at locations that represent the maximum residence time of the water in the distribution system. The remaining samples must be taken at locations representative of at least average residence time in the distribution system. For a supplier using groundwater not under the direct influence of surface water, multiple wells drawing water from a single aquifer may be considered one treatment plant for determining the minimum number of samples required, with Agency approval.
B) A supplier may reduce monitoring, except as otherwise provided, in accordance with the following:
i) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 10,000 or more persons and that has a source water annual average TOC level, before any treatment, of less than or equal to 4.0 mg/ℓ may reduce monitoring if it has monitored for at least one year and its TTHM annual average is less than or equal to 0.040 mg/ℓ and HAA5 annual average is less than or equal to 0.030 mg/ℓ. The reduced monitoring allowed is a minimum of one sample per treatment plant per quarter at a distribution system location reflecting maximum residence time.
ii) A Subpart B system supplier that serves from 500 to 9,999 persons and that has a source water annual average TOC level, before any treatment, of less than or equal to 4.0 mg/ℓ may reduce monitoring if it has monitored at least one year and its TTHM annual average is less than or equal to 0.040 mg/ℓ and HAA5 annual average is less than or equal to 0.030 mg/ℓ. The reduced monitoring allowed is a minimum of one sample per treatment plant per year at a distribution system location reflecting maximum residence time during month of warmest water temperature.
BOARD NOTE: Any Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons may not reduce its monitoring to less than one sample per treatment plant per year.
iii) A supplier using only groundwater not under direct influence of surface water using chemical disinfectant and that serves 10,000 or more persons may reduce monitoring if it has monitored at least one year and its TTHM annual average is less than or equal to 0.040 mg/ℓ and HAA5 annual average is less than or equal to 0.030 mg/ℓ. The reduced monitoring allowed is a minimum of one sample per treatment plant per year at a distribution system location reflecting maximum residence time during month of warmest water temperature.
iv) A supplier using only groundwater not under direct influence of surface water that uses chemical disinfectant and that serves fewer than 10,000 persons may reduce monitoring if it has monitored at least one year and its TTHM annual average is less than or equal to 0.040 mg/ℓ and HAA5 annual average is less than or equal to 0.030 mg/ℓ for two consecutive years or TTHM annual average is less than or equal to 0.020 mg/ℓ and HAA5 annual average is less than or equal to 0.015 mg/ℓ for one year. The reduced monitoring allowed is a minimum of one sample per treatment plant per three year monitoring cycle at a distribution system location reflecting maximum residence time during month of warmest water temperature, with the threeyear cycle beginning on January 1 following the quarter in which the supplier qualifies for reduced monitoring.
C) Monitoring Requirements for Source Water TOC. In order to qualify for reduced monitoring for TTHM and HAA5 under subsection (b)(1)(B), a Subpart B system supplier not monitoring under the provisions of subsection (d) must take monthly TOC samples every 30 days at a location prior to any treatment. In addition to meeting other criteria for reduced monitoring in subsection (b)(1)(B), the source water TOC running annual average must be £ 4.0 mg/ℓ (based on the most recent four quarters of monitoring) on a continuing basis at each treatment plant to reduce or remain on reduced monitoring for TTHM and HAA5. Once qualified for reduced monitoring for TTHM and HAA5 under subsection (b)(1)(B), a system may reduce source water TOC monitoring to quarterly TOC samples taken every 90 days at a location prior to any treatment.
D) A Subpart B system supplier on a reduced monitoring schedule may remain on that reduced schedule as long as the average of all samples taken in the year (for a supplier that must monitor quarterly) or the result of the sample (for a supplier that must monitor no more frequently than annually) is no more than 0.060 mg/ℓ and 0.045 mg/ℓ for TTHMs and HAA5, respectively. A supplier that does not meet these levels must resume monitoring at the frequency identified in subsection (b)(1)(A) in the quarter immediately following the monitoring period in which the supplier exceeds 0.060 mg/ℓ for TTHMs or 0.045 mg/ℓ for HAA5. For a supplier that uses only groundwater not under the direct influence of surface water and that serves fewer than 10,000 persons, if either the TTHM annual average is greater than 0.080 mg/ℓ or the HAA5 annual average is greater than 0.060 mg/ℓ, the supplier must go to increased monitoring identified in subsection (b)(1)(A) in the quarter immediately following the monitoring period in which the supplier exceeds 0.080 mg/ℓ for TTHMs or 0.060 mg/ℓ for HAA5.
E) The Agency may return a supplier to routine monitoring.
2) Chlorite. A CWS or NTNCWS supplier using chlorine dioxide, for disinfection or oxidation, must conduct monitoring for chlorite.
A) Routine Monitoring
i) Daily Monitoring. A supplier must take daily samples at the entrance to the distribution system. For any daily sample that exceeds the chlorite MCL, the supplier must take additional samples in the distribution system the following day at the locations required by subsection (b)(2)(B), in addition to the sample required at the entrance to the distribution system.
ii) Monthly Monitoring. A supplier must take a threesample set each month in the distribution system. The supplier must take one sample at each of the following locations: near the first customer, at a location representative of average residence time, and at a location reflecting maximum residence time in the distribution system. Any additional routine sampling must be conducted in the same manner (as threesample sets, at the specified locations). The supplier may use the results of additional monitoring conducted under subsection (b)(2)(B) to meet the requirement for monitoring in this subsection (b)(2)(A)(ii).
B) Additional Monitoring. On each day following a routine sample monitoring result that exceeds the chlorite MCL at the entrance to the distribution system, the supplier must take three chlorite distribution system samples at the following locations: as close to the first customer as possible, in a location representative of average residence time, and as close to the end of the distribution system as possible (reflecting maximum residence time in the distribution system).
C) Reduced Monitoring
i) Chlorite monitoring at the entrance to the distribution system required by subsection (b)(2)(A)(i) may not be reduced.
ii) Chlorite monitoring in the distribution system required by subsection (b)(2)(A)(ii) may be reduced to one three-sample set per quarter after one year of monitoring if no individual chlorite sample taken in the distribution system under subsection (b)(2)(A)(ii) has exceeded the chlorite MCL and the supplier has not been required to conduct monitoring under subsection (b)(2)(B). The supplier may remain on the reduced monitoring schedule until either any of the three individual chlorite samples taken quarterly in the distribution system under subsection (b)(2)(A)(ii) exceeds the chlorite MCL or the supplier is required to conduct monitoring under subsection (b)(2)(B), at which time the supplier must revert to routine monitoring.
3) Bromate
A) Routine Monitoring. A CWS or NTNCWS supplier using ozone, for disinfection or oxidation, must take one sample per month for each treatment plant in the system using ozone. A supplier must take samples monthly at the entrance to the distribution system while the ozonation system is operating under normal conditions.
B) Reduced Monitoring. A supplier required to analyze for bromate may reduce monitoring from monthly to quarterly if the supplier’s running annual average bromate concentration is not greater than 0.0025 mg/ℓ based on monthly bromate measurements under subsection (b)(3)(A) for the most recent four quarters, with samples analyzed using USEPA 302.0 (09), USEPA 317.0 (01), USEPA 321.8 (97), USEPA 326.0 (02), or USEPA 557 (09), each incorporated by reference in Section 611.102. If a supplier has qualified for reduced bromate monitoring under subsection (b)(3)(B)(i), that supplier may remain on reduced monitoring as long as the running annual average of quarterly bromate samples not greater than 0.0025 mg/ℓ based on samples analyzed using USEPA 302.0 (09), USEPA 317.0 (01), USEPA 321.8 (97), 326.0 (02), or USEPA 557 (09). If the running annual average bromate concentration is greater than 0.0025 mg/ℓ, the supplier must resume routine monitoring required by subsection (b)(3)(A).
c) Monitoring Requirements for Disinfectant Residuals
1) Chlorine and Chloramines
A) Routine Monitoring. A CWS or NTNCWS supplier that uses chlorine or chloramines must measure the residual disinfectant level in the distribution system at the same point in the distribution system and at the same time as total coliforms are sampled, as specified in Sections 611.1054 through 611.1058. A Subpart B system supplier may use the results of residual disinfectant concentration sampling conducted under Section 611.532 for unfiltered systems or Section 611.533 for systems that filter, in lieu of taking separate samples.
B) Reduced Monitoring. Monitoring may not be reduced.
2) Chlorine Dioxide
A) Routine Monitoring. A CWS, an NTNCWS, or a transient non-CWS supplier that uses chlorine dioxide for disinfection or oxidation must take daily samples at the entrance to the distribution system. For any daily sample that exceeds the MRDL, the supplier must take samples in the distribution system the following day at the locations required by subsection (c)(2)(B), in addition to the sample required at the entrance to the distribution system.
B) Additional Monitoring. On each day following a routine sample monitoring result that exceeds the MRDL, the supplier must take three chlorine dioxide distribution system samples. If chlorine dioxide or chloramines are used to maintain a disinfectant residual in the distribution system, or if chlorine is used to maintain a disinfectant residual in the distribution system and there are no disinfection addition points after the entrance to the distribution system (i.e., no booster chlorination), the supplier must take three samples as close to the first customer as possible, at intervals of at least six hours. If chlorine is used to maintain a disinfectant residual in the distribution system and there are one or more disinfection addition points after the entrance to the distribution system (i.e., booster chlorination), the supplier must take one sample at each of the following locations: as close to the first customer as possible, in a location representative of average residence time, and as close to the end of the distribution system as possible (reflecting maximum residence time in the distribution system).
C) Reduced Monitoring. Monitoring may not be reduced.
d) Monitoring Requirements for Disinfection Byproduct (DBP) Precursors
1) Routine Monitoring. A Subpart B system supplier that uses conventional filtration treatment (as defined in Section 611.101) must monitor each treatment plant for TOC not past the point of combined filter effluent turbidity monitoring and representative of the treated water. A supplier required to monitor under this subsection (d)(1) must also monitor for TOC in the source water prior to any treatment at the same time as monitoring for TOC in the treated water. These samples (source water and treated water) are referred to as paired samples. At the same time as the source water sample is taken, a system must monitor for alkalinity in the source water prior to any treatment. A supplier must take one paired sample and one source water alkalinity sample per month per plant at a time representative of normal operating conditions and influent water quality.
2) Reduced Monitoring. A Subpart B system supplier with an average treated water TOC of less than 2.0 mg/ℓ for two consecutive years, or less than 1.0 mg/ℓ for one year, may reduce monitoring for both TOC and alkalinity to one paired sample and one source water alkalinity sample per plant per quarter. The supplier must revert to routine monitoring in the month following the quarter when the annual average treated water TOC greater than or equal to 2.0 mg/ℓ.
e) Bromide. A supplier required to analyze for bromate may reduce bromate monitoring from monthly to once per quarter, if the supplier demonstrates that the average source water bromide concentration is less than 0.05 mg/ℓ based upon representative monthly measurements for one year. The supplier must continue bromide monitoring to remain on reduced bromate monitoring.
f) Monitoring Plans. Each supplier required to monitor under this Subpart I must develop and implement a monitoring plan. The supplier must maintain the plan and make it available for inspection by the Agency and the general public no later than 30 days following the applicable compliance dates in Section 611.380(b). A Subpart B system supplier that serves more than 3,300 persons must submit a copy of the monitoring plan to the Agency no later than the date of the first report required under Section 611.384. After review, the Agency may require changes in any plan elements. The plan must include at least the following elements:
1) Specific locations and schedules for collecting samples for any parameters included in this Subpart I;
2) How the supplier will calculate compliance with MCLs, MRDLs, and treatment techniques; and
3) If approved for monitoring as a consecutive system, or if providing water to a consecutive system, under the provisions of Section 611.500, the sampling plan must reflect the entire distribution system.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.132.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.383 Compliance Requirements
a) General Requirements
1) If compliance is based on a running annual average of monthly or quarterly samples or averages and the supplier fails to monitor for TTHM, HAA5, or bromate, this failure to monitor will be treated as a monitoring violation for the entire period covered by the annual average. If compliance is based on a running annual average of monthly or quarterly samples or averages and the supplier’s failure to monitor makes it impossible to determine compliance with the MRDL for chlorine or chloramines, this failure to monitor will be treated as a monitoring violation for the entire period covered by the annual average.
2) All samples taken and analyzed under the provisions of this Subpart I must be included in determining compliance, even if that number is greater than the minimum required.
3) If, during the first year of monitoring under Section 611.382, any individual quarter’s average will cause the running annual average of that supplier to exceed the MCL for TTHM, HAA5, or bromate or the MRDL for chlorine or chloramine, the supplier is out of compliance at the end of that quarter.
b) Disinfection Byproducts (DBPs)
1) TTHMs and HAA5
A) For a supplier monitoring quarterly, compliance with MCLs in Section 611.312 must be based on a running annual arithmetic average, computed quarterly, of quarterly arithmetic averages of all samples collected by the supplier as prescribed by Section 611.382(b)(1).
B) For a supplier monitoring less frequently than quarterly, the supplier demonstrates MCL compliance if the average of samples taken that year under the provisions of Section 611.382(b)(1) does not exceed the MCLs in Section 611.312. If the average of these samples exceeds the MCL, the supplier must increase monitoring to once per quarter per treatment plant, and such a system is not in violation of the MCL until it has completed one year of quarterly monitoring, unless the result of fewer than four quarters of monitoring will cause the running annual average to exceed the MCL, in which case the supplier is in violation at the end of that quarter. A supplier required to increase to quarterly monitoring must calculate compliance by including the sample that triggered the increased monitoring plus the following three quarters of monitoring.
C) If the running annual arithmetic average of quarterly averages covering any consecutive four-quarter period exceeds the MCL, the supplier is in violation of the MCL and must notify the public under Subpart V in addition to reporting to the Agency under Section 611.384.
D) If a PWS fails to complete four consecutive quarter’s monitoring, compliance with the MCL for the last four-quarter compliance period must be based on an average of the available data.
2) Bromate. Compliance must be based on a running annual arithmetic average, computed quarterly, of monthly samples (or, for months in which the supplier takes more than one sample, the average of all samples taken during the month) collected by the supplier, as prescribed by Section 611.382(b)(3). If the average of samples covering any consecutive four-quarter period exceeds the MCL, the supplier is in violation of the MCL and must notify the public under Subpart V, in addition to reporting to the Agency under Section 611.384. If a PWS supplier fails to complete 12 consecutive months’ monitoring, compliance with the MCL for the last four-quarter compliance period must be based on an average of the available data.
3) Chlorite. Compliance must be based on an arithmetic average of each three sample set taken in the distribution system as prescribed by Section 611.382(b)(2)(A)(ii) and Section 611.382(b)(2)(B). If the arithmetic average of any three sample set exceeds the MCL, the supplier is in violation of the MCL and must notify the public under Subpart V, in addition to reporting to the Agency under Section 611.384.
c) Disinfectant Residuals
1) Chlorine and Chloramines
A) Compliance must be based on a running annual arithmetic average, computed quarterly, of monthly averages of all samples collected by the supplier under Section 611.382(c)(1). If the average of quarterly averages covering any consecutive fourquarter period exceeds the MRDL, the supplier is in violation of the MRDL and must notify the public under Subpart V, in addition to reporting to the Agency under Section 611.384.
B) If a supplier switches between the use of chlorine and chloramines for residual disinfection during the year, compliance must be determined by including together all monitoring results of both chlorine and chloramines in calculating compliance. Reports submitted under Section 611.384 must clearly indicate that residual disinfectant was analyzed for each sample.
2) Chlorine Dioxide
A) Acute Violations. Compliance must be based on consecutive daily samples collected by the supplier under Section 611.382(c)(2). If any daily sample taken at the entrance to the distribution system exceeds the MRDL, and on the following day one (or more) of the three samples taken in the distribution system exceeds the MRDL, the supplier is in violation of the MRDL and must take immediate corrective action to lower the level of chlorine dioxide below the MRDL and must notify the public under the procedures for acute health risks in Subpart V, in addition to reporting to the Agency under Section 611.384. Failure to take samples in the distribution system the day following an exceedance of the chlorine dioxide MRDL at the entrance to the distribution system will also be considered an MRDL violation and the supplier must notify the public of the violation in accordance with the provisions for acute violations under Subpart V, in addition to reporting to the Agency under Section 611.384.
B) Nonacute Violations. Compliance must be based on consecutive daily samples collected by the supplier under Section 611.382(c)(2). If any two consecutive daily samples taken at the entrance to the distribution system exceed the MRDL and all distribution system samples taken are below the MRDL, the supplier is in violation of the MRDL and must take corrective action to lower the level of chlorine dioxide below the MRDL at the point of sampling and must notify the public under the procedures for nonacute health risks in Subpart V, in addition to reporting to the Agency under Section 611.384. Failure to monitor at the entrance to the distribution system the day following an exceedance of the chlorine dioxide MRDL at the entrance to the distribution system is also an MRDL violation and the supplier must notify the public of the violation in accordance with the provisions for nonacute violations under Subpart V, in addition to reporting to the Agency under Section 611.384.
d) Disinfection Byproduct (DBP) Precursors. Compliance must be determined as specified by Section 611.385(c). A supplier may begin monitoring to determine whether Step 1 TOC removals can be met 12 months prior to the compliance date for the supplier. This monitoring is not required and failure to monitor during this period is not a violation. However, any supplier that does not monitor during this period, and then determines in the first 12 months after the compliance date that it is not able to meet the Step 1 requirements in Section 611.141(b)(2) and must therefore apply for alternate minimum TOC removal (Step 2) requirements, is not eligible for retroactive approval of alternate minimum TOC removal (Step 2) requirements as allowed under Section 611.385(b)(3) and is in violation of an NPDWR. A supplier may apply for alternate minimum TOC removal (Step 2) requirements any time after the compliance date. For a supplier required to meet Step 1 TOC removals, if the value calculated under Section 611.385(c)(1)(D) is less than 1.00, the supplier is in violation of the treatment technique requirements and must notify the public under Subpart V, in addition to reporting to the Agency under Subpart V.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.133.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.384 Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements
a) A supplier required to sample quarterly or more frequently must report to the Agency within ten days after the end of each quarter in which samples were collected, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 611.840. A supplier required to sample less frequently than quarterly must report to the Agency within ten days after the end of each monitoring period in which samples were collected.
b) Disinfection Byproducts (DBPs). A supplier must report the following specified information:
1) A supplier that monitors for TTHMs and HAA5 under the requirements of Section 611.382(b) on a quarterly or more frequently basis must report the following:
A) The number of samples taken during the last quarter;
B) The location, date, and result of each sample taken during the last quarter;
C) The arithmetic average of all samples taken over the last quarter;
D) The annual arithmetic average of the quarterly arithmetic averages of this Section for the last four quarters; and
E) Whether, based on Section 611.383(b)(1), the MCL was violated.
2) A supplier that monitors for TTHMs and HAA5 under the requirements of Section 611.382(b) less frequently than quarterly (but at least annually) must report the following:
A) The number of samples taken during the last year;
B) The location, date, and result of each sample taken during the last monitoring period;
C) The arithmetic average of all samples taken over the last year; and
D) Whether, based on Section 611.383(b)(1), the MCL was violated.
3) A supplier that monitors for TTHMs and HAA5 under the requirements of Section 611.382(b) less frequently than annually must report the following:
A) The location, date, and result of the last sample taken; and
B) Whether, based on Section 611.383(b)(1), the MCL was violated.
4) A supplier that monitors for chlorite under the requirements of Section 611.382(b) must report the following:
A) The number of entry point samples taken each month for the last three months;
B) The location, date, and result of each sample (both entry point and distribution system) taken during the last quarter;
C) For each month in the reporting period, the arithmetic average of each three-sample set for all sample sets taken in the distribution system; and
D) Whether, based on Section 611.383(b)(3), the MCL was violated, in which month it was violated, and how many times it was violated in each month.
5) A supplier that monitors for bromate under the requirements of Section 611.382(b) must report the following:
A) The number of samples taken during the last quarter;
B) The location, date, and result of each sample taken during the last quarter;
C) The arithmetic average of the monthly arithmetic averages of all samples taken in the last year; and
D) Whether, based on Section 611.383(b)(2), the MCL was violated.
BOARD NOTE: The Agency may choose to perform calculations and determine whether the MCL was exceeded, in lieu of having the supplier report the required information.
c) Disinfectants. A supplier must report the following specified information:
1) A supplier that monitors for chlorine or chloramines under the requirements of Section 611.382(c) must report the following:
A) The number of samples taken during each month of the last quarter.
B) The monthly arithmetic average of all samples taken in each month for the last 12 months.
C) The arithmetic average of all monthly averages for the last 12 months.
D) Whether, based on Section 611.383(c)(1), the MRDL was violated.
2) A supplier that monitors for chlorine dioxide under the requirements of Section 611.382(c) must report the following:
A) The dates, results, and locations of samples taken during the last quarter;
B) Whether, based on Secton 611.383(c)(2), the MRDL was violated; and
C) Whether the MRDL was exceeded in any two consecutive daily samples and whether the resulting violation was acute or nonacute.
BOARD NOTE: The Agency may choose to perform calculations and determine whether the MRDL was exceeded, in lieu of having the supplier report the required information.
d) Disinfection Byproduct (DBP) Precursors and Enhanced Coagulation or Enhanced Softening. A supplier must report the following specified information:
1) A supplier that monitors monthly or quarterly for TOC under the requirements of Section 611.382(d) and required to meet the enhanced coagulation or enhanced softening requirements in Section 611.385(b)(2) or (b)(3) must report the following:
A) The number of paired (source water and treated water) samples taken during the last quarter;
B) The location, date, and result of each paired sample and associated alkalinity taken during the last quarter;
C) For each month in the reporting period that paired samples were taken, the arithmetic average of the percent reduction of TOC for each paired sample and the required TOC percent removal;
D) Calculations for determining compliance with the TOC percent removal requirements, as provided in Section 611.385(c)(1); and
E) Whether the supplier is in compliance with the enhanced coagulation or enhanced softening percent removal requirements in Section 611.385(b) for the last four quarters.
2) A supplier that monitors monthly or quarterly for TOC under the requirements of Section 611.382(d) and meeting one or more of the alternative compliance standards in Section 611.385(a)(2) or (a)(3) must report the following:
A) The alternative compliance criterion that the supplier is using;
B) The number of paired samples taken during the last quarter;
C) The location, date, and result of each paired sample and associated alkalinity taken during the last quarter;
D) The running annual arithmetic average based on monthly averages (or quarterly samples) of source water TOC for a supplier meeting a criterion in Section 611.385(a)(2)(A) or (a)(2)(C) or of treated water TOC for a supplier meeting the criterion in Section 611.385(a)(2)(B);
E) The running annual arithmetic average based on monthly averages (or quarterly samples) of source water SUVA for a supplier meeting the criterion in Section 611.385(a)(2)(E) or of treated water SUVA for a supplier meeting the criterion in Section 611.385(a)(2)(F);
F) The running annual average of source water alkalinity for a supplier meeting the criterion in Section 611.385(a)(2)(C) and of treated water alkalinity for a supplier meeting the criterion in Section 611.385(a)(3)(A);
G) The running annual average for both TTHM and HAA5 for a supplier meeting the criterion in Section 611.385(a)(2)(C) or (D);
H) The running annual average of the amount of magnesium hardness removal (as CaCO3 in mg/ℓ) for a supplier meeting the criterion in Section 611.385(a)(3)(B); and
I) Whether the supplier is in compliance with the particular alternative compliance criterion in Section 611.385(a)(2) or (a)(3).
BOARD NOTE: The Agency may choose to perform calculations and determine whether the treatment technique was met, in lieu of having the supplier report the required information.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.134.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.385 Treatment Technique for Control of Disinfection Byproduct (DBP) Precursors
a) Applicability
1) A Subpart B system supplier using conventional filtration treatment (as defined in Section 611.101) must operate with enhanced coagulation or enhanced softening to achieve the TOC percent removal levels specified in subsection (b) unless the supplier meets at least one of the alternative compliance standards listed in subsection (a)(2) or (a)(3).
2) Alternative compliance standards for enhanced coagulation and enhanced softening systems. A Subpart B system supplier using conventional filtration treatment may use the alternative compliance standards in subsections (a)(2)(A) through (a)(2)(F) to comply with this Section in lieu of complying with subsection (b). A supplier must comply with monitoring requirements in Section 611.382(d).
A) The supplier’s source water TOC level, measured according to Section 611.381(d)(3), is less than 2.0 mg/ℓ, calculated quarterly as a running annual average.
B) The supplier’s treated water TOC level, measured according to Section 611.381(d)(3), is less than 2.0 mg/ℓ, calculated quarterly as a running annual average.
C) The supplier’s source water TOC level, measured according to Section 611.381(d)(3), is less than 4.0 mg/ℓ, calculated quarterly as a running annual average; the source water alkalinity, measured according to Section 611.381(d)(1), is greater than 60 mg/ℓ (as CaCO3), calculated quarterly as a running annual average; and either the TTHM and HAA5 running annual averages are no greater than 0.040 mg/ℓ and 0.030 mg/ℓ, respectively; or prior to the effective date for compliance in Section 611.380(b), the system has made a clear and irrevocable financial commitment, not later than the effective date for compliance in Section 611.380(b), to use technologies that will limit the levels of TTHMs and HAA5 to no more than 0.040 mg/ℓ and 0.030 mg/ℓ, respectively. A supplier must submit evidence of a clear and irrevocable financial commitment, in addition to a schedule containing milestones and periodic progress reports for installation and operation of appropriate technologies, to the Agency for approval. Failure to install and operate these technologies by the date in the approved schedule will constitute a violation of an NPDWR.
D) The TTHM and HAA5 running annual averages are no greater than 0.040 mg/ℓ and 0.030 mg/ℓ, respectively, and the supplier uses only chlorine for primary disinfection and maintenance of a residual in the distribution system.
E) The supplier’s source water SUVA, prior to any treatment and measured monthly according to Section 611.381(d)(4), is less than or equal to 2.0 ℓ/mgm, calculated quarterly as a running annual average.
F) The supplier’s finished water SUVA, measured monthly according to Section 611.381(d)(4), is less than or equal to 2.0 ℓ/mgm, calculated quarterly as a running annual average.
3) Additional Alternative Compliance Standards for Softening Systems. A supplier practicing enhanced softening that cannot achieve the TOC removals required by subsection (b)(2) may use the alternative compliance standards in subsections (a)(3)(A) and (a)(3)(B) in lieu of complying with subsection (b). A supplier must comply with monitoring requirements in Section 611.382(d). The alternative compliance standards are as follows:
A) The supplier may undertake softening that results in lowering the treated water alkalinity to less than 60 mg/ℓ (as CaCO3), measured monthly according to Section 611.381(d)(1) and calculated quarterly as a running annual average; and
B) The supplier may undertake softening that results in removing at least 10 mg/ℓ of magnesium hardness (as CaCO3), measured monthly according to Section 611.381 (d)(6) and calculated quarterly as a running annual average.
b) Enhanced Coagulation and Enhanced Softening Performance Requirements
1) A supplier must achieve the percent reduction of TOC specified in subsection (b)(2) between the source water and the combined filter effluent, unless the Agency approves a supplier’s request for alternate minimum TOC removal (Step 2) requirements under subsection (b)(3).
2) Required Step 1 TOC reductions, indicated in the following table, are based upon specified source water parameters measured in accordance with Section 611.381(d). A supplier practicing softening must meet the Step 1 TOC reductions in the far-right column (source water alkalinity greater than 120 mg/ℓ) for the following specified source water TOC:
Step 1 Required Removal of TOC by Enhanced Coagulation and Enhanced Softening for a Subpart B System Supplier Using Conventional Treatment1,2
Sourcewater TOC, mg/ℓ Sourcewater alkalinity, mg/ℓ as CaCO3 0-60 >60-120 >1203 >2.04.0 35.0% 25.0% 15.0% >4.08.0 45.0% 35.0% 25.0% >8.0 50.0% 40.0% 30.0%
1 A supplier meeting at least one of the conditions in subsections (a)(2)(A) through (a)(2)(F) are not required to operate with enhanced coagulation.
2 A softening system that meets one of the alternative compliance standards in subsection (a)(3) is not required to operate with enhanced softening.
3 A supplier that practices softening must meet the TOC removal requirements in this column.
3) A Subpart B conventional treatment system supplier that cannot achieve the Step 1 TOC removals required by subsection (b)(2) due to water quality parameters or operational constraints must apply to the Agency, within three months after failure to achieve the TOC removals required by subsection (b)(2), for approval of alternative minimum TOC (Step 2) removal requirements submitted by the supplier. If the PWS cannot achieve the Step 1 TOC removal requirement due to water quality parameters or operational constraints, the Agency must approve the use of the Step 2 TOC removal requirement. If the Agency approves the alternative minimum TOC removal (Step 2) requirements, the Agency may make those requirements retroactive for the purposes of determining compliance. Until the Agency approves the alternative minimum TOC removal (Step 2) requirements, the supplier must meet the Step 1 TOC removals contained in subsection (b)(2).
4) Alternative Minimum TOC Removal (Step 2) Requirements. An application made to the Agency by an enhanced coagulation system supplier for approval of alternative minimum TOC removal (Step 2) requirements under subsection (b)(3) must include, at a minimum, results of bench- or pilot-scale testing conducted under subsection (b)(4)(B). The submitted bench- or pilot-scale testing must be used to determine the alternative enhanced coagulation level.
A) For the purposes of this Subpart I, “alternative enhanced coagulation level” is defined as coagulation at a coagulant dose and pH, as determined by the method described in subsections (b)(4)(A) through (b)(4)(E), such that an incremental addition of 10 mg/ℓ of alum (or equivalent amount of ferric salt) results in a TOC removal of less than or equal to 0.3 mg/ℓ. The percent removal of TOC at this point on the “TOC removal versus coagulant dose” curve is then defined as the minimum TOC removal required for the supplier. Once approved by the Agency, this minimum requirement supersedes the minimum TOC removal required by the table in subsection (b)(2). This requirement will be effective until such time as the Agency approves a new value based on the results of a new bench and pilot-scale test. Failure to achieve alternative minimum TOC removal levels is a violation of National Primary Drinking Water Regulations.
B) Bench or pilot-scale testing of enhanced coagulation must be conducted by using representative water samples and adding 10 mg/ℓ increments of alum (or equivalent amounts of ferric salt) until the pH is reduced to a level less than or equal to the enhanced coagulation Step 2 target pH shown in the following table:
Enhanced Coagulation Step 2 Target pH
Alkalinity (mg/ℓ as CaCO3) Target pH
0-60 5.5 >60-120 6.3 >120-240 7.0 >240 7.5
C) For waters with alkalinities of less than 60 mg/ℓ for which addition of small amounts of alum or equivalent addition of iron coagulant drives the pH below 5.5 before significant TOC removal occurs, the supplier must add necessary chemicals to maintain the pH between 5.3 and 5.7 in samples until the TOC removal of 0.3 mg/ℓ per 10 mg/ℓ alum added (or equivalent addition of iron coagulant) is reached.
D) The supplier may operate at any coagulant dose or pH necessary (consistent with other NPDWRs) to achieve the minimum TOC percent removal approved under subsection (b)(3).
E) If the TOC removal is consistently less than 0.3 mg/ℓ of TOC per 10 mg/ℓ of incremental alum dose at all dosages of alum (or equivalent addition of iron coagulant), the water is deemed to contain TOC not amenable to enhanced coagulation. The supplier may then apply to the Agency for a waiver of enhanced coagulation requirements. If the TOC removal is consistently less than 0.3 mg/ℓ of TOC per 10 mg/ℓ of incremental alum dose at all dosages of alum (or equivalent addition of iron coagulant), the Agency must grant the waiver of enhanced coagulation requirements.
c) Compliance Calculations
1) A Subpart B system supplier other than those identified in subsection (a)(2) or (a)(3) must comply with requirements contained in subsection (b)(2) or (b)(3). A supplier must calculate compliance quarterly, beginning after the supplier has collected 12 months of data, by determining an annual average using the following method:
A) Determine actual monthly TOC percent removal, equal to the following:
B) Determine the required monthly TOC percent removal.
C) Divide the value in subsection (c)(1)(A) by the value in subsection (c)(1)(B).
D) Add together the results of subsection (c)(1)(C) for the last 12 months and divide by 12.
E) If the value calculated in subsection (c)(1)(D) is less than 1.00, the supplier is not in compliance with the TOC percent removal requirements.
2) A supplier may use the provisions in subsections (c)(2)(A) through (c)(2)(E) in lieu of the calculations in subsection (c)(1)(A) through (c)(1)(E) to determine compliance with TOC percent removal requirements.
A) In any month that the supplier’s treated or source water TOC level, measured according to Section 611.381(d)(3), is less than 2.0 mg/ℓ, the supplier may assign a monthly value of 1.0 (in lieu of the value calculated in subsection (c)(1)(C)) when calculating compliance under the provisions of subsection (c)(1).
B) In any month that a system practicing softening removes at least 10 mg/ℓ of magnesium hardness (as CaCO3), the supplier may assign a monthly value of 1.0 (in lieu of the value calculated in subsection (c)(1)(C)) when calculating compliance under the provisions of subsection (c)(1).
C) In any month that the system’s source water SUVA, prior to any treatment and measured according to Section 611.381(d)(4), is less than or equal to 2.0 ℓ/mgm, the supplier may assign a monthly value of 1.0 (in lieu of the value calculated in subsection (c)(1)(C)) when calculating compliance under the provisions of subsection (c)(1).
D) In any month that the system’s finished water SUVA, measured according to Section 611.381(d)(4), is less than or equal to 2.0 ℓ/mgm, the supplier may assign a monthly value of 1.0 (in lieu of the value calculated in subsection (c)(1)(C)) when calculating compliance under the provisions of subsection (c)(1).
E) In any month that a system practicing enhanced softening lowers alkalinity below 60 mg/ℓ (as CaCO3), the supplier may assign a monthly value of 1.0 (in lieu of the value calculated in subsection (c)(1)(C)) when calculating compliance under the provisions of subsection (c)(1).
3) A Subpart B system supplier using conventional treatment may also comply with the requirements of this Section by meeting the standards in subsection (a)(2) or (a)(3).
d) Treatment Technique Requirements for Disinfection Byproduct (DBP) Precursors. Treatment techniques to control the level of disinfection byproduct (DBP) precursors in drinking water treatment and distribution systems, for a Subpart B system supplier using conventional treatment, are enhanced coagulation or enhanced softening.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.135.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
SUBPART K: GENERAL MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 611.480 Alternative Analytical Techniques
The Agency must approve, by a SEP, an alternative analytical technique if it determines that USEPA has approved the method as an alternative method by adding it to 40 CFR 141 and the Board has not incorporated the federal approval into this Part 611. The Agency must not approve an alternative analytical technique without the concurrence of USEPA. The use of the alternative analytical technique must not decrease the frequency of monitoring required by this Part.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.27.
(Source: Amended at 33 Ill. Reg. 633, effective December 30, 2008)
Section 611.490 Certified Laboratories
a) For the purpose of determining compliance with Subparts G, K through O, Q, and S, samples will be considered only if they have been analyzed by one of the following:
1) A laboratory certified under Section 4(o) of the Act;
2) A laboratory certified by USEPA;
3) When no laboratory has been certified under subsection (a)(1) to analyze a particular contaminant, a laboratory certified, registered, accredited, licensed, or otherwise approved by another state with primary enforcement responsibility, or an agency of the federal government, unless the Agency has, by written notice, informed the supplier that a particular laboratory or laboratories may not be used; or
4) For measurements of alkalinity, calcium, conductivity, disinfectant residual, orthophosphate, silica, turbidity, free chlorine residual, temperature, and pH, a person under the supervision of a certified operator (35 Ill. Adm. Code 603.103).
b) Nothing in this Part must be construed to preclude the Agency or any duly designated representative of the Agency from taking samples or from using the results from such samples to determine compliance by a supplier of water with the applicable requirements of this Part.
c) The CWS supplier must have required analyses performed either at an Agency laboratory or a certified laboratory. The Agency may require that some or all of the required samples be submitted to its laboratories.
BOARD NOTE: Subsections (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(4), and (b) are derived from 40 CFR 141.28. Subsections (a)(3) and (c) are additional State requirements.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.491 Laboratory Testing Equipment (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 43 Ill. Reg. 8206, effective July 26, 2003)
Section 611.500 Consecutive PWSs
When a PWS supplies water to one or more other PWSs, the Agency must modify the monitoring requirements imposed by this Part to the extent that the interconnection of the PWSs justifies treating them as a single PWS for monitoring purposes. Any modified monitoring must be conducted under a schedule specified by a SEP. The Agency must not approve such modified monitoring without the concurrence of USEPA.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.29.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. 16447, effective October 10, 2019)
Section 611.510 Special Monitoring for Unregulated Contaminants (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 27 Ill. Reg. 16447, effective October 10, 2003)
SUBPART L: MICROBIOLOGICAL MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 611.521 Routine Coliform Monitoring (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.522 Repeat Coliform Monitoring (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.523 Invalidation of Total Coliform Samples (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.524 Sanitary Surveys (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.525 Fecal Coliform and E. Coli Testing (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.526 Analytical Methodology (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.527 Response to Violation (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.528 Transition from Subpart L to Subpart AA Requirements (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.531 Analytical Requirements
A supplier must use the analytical methods in this Section or Agency-approved alternative methods under Section 611.480 to demonstrate compliance with only 611.Subpart B. A supplier must measure pH, temperature, turbidity, and RDCs under the supervision of a certified operator. A supplier must conduct measurements for total coliforms, fecal coliforms and HPC using a certified laboratory in one of the categories in Section 611.490(a). The supplier must perform analyses using the methods in this Section, each incorporated by reference in Section 611.102:
a) Basic Water Parameters and Microbiological Quality
1) The supplier must analyze for pH and temperature using one of the methods in Section 611.611; and
2) The supplier must analyze for total coliforms, fecal coliforms, heterotrophic bacteria, and turbidity using specific methods and analytical test procedures in USEPA Technical Notes, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102:
A) Total Coliforms
BOARD NOTE: The time from sample collection to beginning analysis for source (raw) water samples must not exceed eight hours. The supplier should but needs not hold samples below 10 °C during transit.
i) Total Coliform Fermentation Technique. SM 9221 A (93), SM 9221 A (94), SM 9221 A (99), SM 9221 A (06), SM 9221 A (14), SM 9221 B (93), SM 9221 B (94), SM 9221 B (99), SM 9221 B (06), SM 9221 B (14), SM 9221 C (93), SM 9221 C (94), SM 9221 C (99), SM 9221 C (06), or SM 9221 C (14).
BOARD NOTE: The supplier may use commercially available lactose broth in lieu of lauryl tryptose broth if the supplier conducts at least 25 parallel tests between this medium and lauryl tryptose broth using the water it normally tests, and this comparison demonstrates that the false-positive rate and false-negative rate for total coliforms is less than ten percent using lactose broth. If the supplier uses inverted tubes to detect gas production, the media should cover these tubes at least one-half to two-thirds after the supplier adds the sample. The supplier needs not run the completed phase on ten percent of all total coliform-positive confirmed tubes.
ii) Total Coliform Membrane Filter Technique. SM 9222 A (91), SM 9222 A (94), SM 9222 A (97), SM 9222 A (06), SM 9222 A (15), SM 9222 B (91), SM 9222 B (94), SM 9222 B (97), 9222 B (06), SM 9222 B (15), SM 9222 C (91), SM 9222 C (94), SM 9222 C (97), SM 9222 C (06), or SM 9222 C (15).
iii) ONPG-MUG (also known as Colilert®). SM 9223 (92), SM 9223 (94), SM 9223 (97), SM 9223 B (04), or SM 9223 B (16).
B) Fecal Coliforms
BOARD NOTE: The time from collecting the sample to beginning analysis of source (raw) water samples must not exceed eight hours. The supplier should but needs not hold samples below 10 °C during transit.
i) Fecal Coliform Procedure. SM 9221 E (93), SM 9221 E (94), SM 9221 E (99), SM 9221 E (06), or SM 9221 E (14).
BOARD NOTE: A-1 broth may be held up to seven days in a tightly closed screwcap tube at 4 °C (39 °F).
BOARD NOTE: The supplier may hold A-1 broth up to seven days in a tightly closed screwcap tube at 4 °C (39 °F).
ii) Fecal Coliform Membrane Filter Procedure. SM 9222 D (91), SM 9222 D (94), SM 9222 D (97), SM 9222 D (06), or SM 9222 D (15).
C) Heterotrophic Bacteria
i) Pour Plate Method. SM 9215 B (88), SM 9215 B (94), SM 9215 B (00), SM 9215 B (04), or SM 9215 B (16).
BOARD NOTE: The time from collecting the sample to beginning analysis must not exceed eight hours. The supplier should but needs not hold samples below 10 °C during transit.
ii) SimPlate (00).
D) Turbidity
BOARD NOTE: Styrene divinyl benzene beads (e.g., AMCO-AEPA–1 or equivalent) and stabilized formazin (e.g., Hach StablCal™ or equivalent) are acceptable substitutes for formazin.
i) Nephelometric Method. SM 2130 B (88), SM 2130 B (94), SM 2130 B (01); USEPA 180.1 (93); or Hach 8195 (18).
ii) GLI Method 2 (92).
iii) Laser Nephelometry. Hach 10133 (00) (FilterTrak).
iv) Laser Nephelometry (On-Line). Lovibond PTV 6000 (16), MitchellM5271 (09), or MitchellM5331 (16).
v) Laser Nephelometry (Portable). Lovibond TB 6000 (21).
vi) LED Nephelometry (On-Line). AMI Turbiwell (09), Lovibond PTV 1000 (16), Lovibond PTV 2000 (16), MitchellM5331 (09), or Mitchell M5331 (16).
vii) LED Nephelometry (Portable). Orion AQ4500 (09), Lovibond TB 3500 (21), Lovibond TB 5000 (21).
viii) 360° Nephelometry. Hach 10258 (16) or Hach 10258 (18).
b) A supplier must measure residual disinfectant concentrations with specific analytical methods:
1) Free Chlorine
A) Amperometric Titration. ASTM D1253-03, ASTM D1253-08, ASTM D1253-14, SM 4500-Cl D (89), SM 4500-Cl D (93), or SM 4500-Cl D (00).
B) DPD Ferrous Titrimetric. SM 4500-Cl F (89), SM 4500-Cl F (93), or SM 4500-Cl F (00).
C) DPD Colimetric. Hach 10260 (13), SM 4500-Cl G (89), SM 4500-Cl G (93), or SM 4500-Cl G (00).
D) Syringaldazine (FACTS). SM 4500-Cl H (89), SM 4500-Cl H (93), or SM 4500-Cl H (00).
E) On-Line Chlorine Analyzer. USEPA 334.0 (09).
F) Amperometric Sensor. Palintest ChloroSense (09) and Palintest ChloroSense (20).
G) Indophenol Colorimetric. Hach 10241 (15).
2) Total Chlorine
A) Amperometric Titration. ASTM D1253-03, ASTM D1253-08, ASTM D1253-14, SM 4500-Cl D (89), SM 4500-Cl D (93), or SM 4500-Cl D (00).
B) Amperometric Titration (low level measurement). SM 4500-Cl E (89), SM 4500-Cl E (93), or SM 4500-Cl E (00).
C) DPD Ferrous Titrimetric. SM 4500-Cl F (89), SM 4500-Cl F (93), or SM 4500-Cl F (00).
D) DPD Colimetric. SM 4500-Cl G (89), SM 4500-Cl G (93), SM 4500-Cl G (00), or Hach 10260 (13).
E) Iodometric Electrode. SM 4500-Cl I (89), SM 4500-Cl I (93), or SM 4500-Cl I (00).
F) On-Line Chlorine Analyzer. USEPA 334.0 (09).
G) Amperometric Sensor. Palintest ChloroSense (09) and Palintest ChloroSense (20).
H) Indophenol Colorimetric. USEPA 127 (21).
3) Chlorine Dioxide
A) Amperometric Titration. Palintest ChlordioX Plus (13), Palintest ChlordioX Plus (20), SM 4500-ClO2 C (88), SM 4500-ClO2 C (93), SM 4500-ClO2 C (00), SM 4500-ClO2 E (88), SM 4500-ClO2 E (93), or SM 4500-ClO2 E (00).
B) DPD Method. SM 4500-ClO2 D (88) or SM 4500-ClO2 D (93).
C) Spectrophotometric. USEPA 327.0 (05).
4) Ozone. Indigo Method. SM 4500-O3 B (88), SM 4500-O3 B (93), or SM 4500-O3 B (00).
5) Alternative Test Methods. The Agency may issue a SEP allowing a supplier to use alternative chlorine test methods:
A) DPD Colorimetric Test Kits. A supplier may measure residual disinfectant concentrations for free chlorine and combined chlorine using ITS Method D99-003.
B) Continuous Monitoring for Free and Total Chlorine. A supplier may measure free and total chlorine residuals continuously by adapting a specified chlorine residual method for use with a continuous monitoring instrument, provided the chemistry, accuracy, and precision remain the same. A supplier must calibrate instruments it uses for continuous monitoring with a grab sample measurement at least every five days or as the Agency provides otherwise in a SEP.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.74(a) and appendix A to subpart C of 40 CFR 141. The Board did not separately list approved alternative methods from Standard Methods Online that are the same version as a method appearing in a printed edition of Standard Methods. Using the Standard Methods Online copy is acceptable.
Standard Methods Online, Method 2130 B-01 appears in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Method 2130 B. This appears in this Section as SM 2130 B (01).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500Cl D-93, 4500Cl E-93, 4500Cl F-93, 4500Cl G-93, 4500Cl H-93, and 4500Cl I-93 appear in the 19th and 20th editions as Methods 4500Cl D, 4500Cl E, 4500Cl F, 4500Cl G, 4500Cl H, and 4500Cl I. These appear in this Section as SM 4500Cl D (93), SM 4500Cl E (93), SM 4500Cl F (93), SM 4500Cl G (93), SM 4500Cl H (93), and SM 4500Cl I (93).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500Cl D-00, 4500Cl E-00, 4500Cl F-00, 4500Cl G-00, 4500Cl H-00, and 4500Cl I-00 appear in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Methods 4500Cl D, 4500Cl E, 4500Cl F, 4500Cl G, 4500Cl H, and 4500Cl I. These appear in this Section as SM 4500Cl D (00), SM 4500Cl E (00), SM 4500Cl F (00), SM 4500Cl G (00), SM 4500Cl H (00), and SM 4500Cl I (00).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500ClO2 C-93, 4500ClO2 D-93, and 4500ClO2 E-93 appear in the 19th and 20th editions as Methods 4500ClO2 C, 4500ClO2 D, and 4500ClO2 E. These appear in this Section as SM 4500ClO2 C (93), SM 4500ClO2 D (93), and SM 4500ClO2 E (93).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500ClO2 C-00 and 4500ClO2 E-00 appear in the 19th and 20th editions as Methods 4500ClO2 C and 4500ClO2 E. These appear in this Section as SM 4500ClO2 C (00) and SM 4500ClO2 E (00).
Standard Methods Online, Method 4500O3 B-97 appears in the 20th edition as Method 4500O3 B. This appears in this Section as SM 4500O3 B (97).
Standard Methods Online, Method 9215 B-00 appears in the 21st edition as Method 9215 B. This appears in this Section as SM 9215 B (00).
Standard Methods Online, Method 9215 B-04 appears in the 22nd edition as Method 9215 B. This appears in this Section as SM 9215 B (04).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 9221 A-99, 9221 B-99, and 9221 C-99 appear in the 21st edition as Methods 9221 A, 9221 B, and 9221 C. These appear in this Section as SM 9221 A (99), SM 9221 B (99), and SM 9221 C (99).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 9221 A-06, 9221 B-06, 9221 C-06, and 9221 E-06 appear in the 22nd edition as Methods 9221 A, 9221 B, 9221 C, and 9221 E. These appear in this Section as SM 9221 A (06), SM 9221 B (06), SM 9221 C (06), and SM 9221 E (06).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 9222 A-97, 9222 B-97, and 9222 C-97 appear in the 20th and 21st editions as Methods 9222 A, 9222 B, and 9222 C. These appear in this Section as SM 9222 A (97), SM 9222 B (97), and SM 9222 C (97).
Standard Methods Online, Method 9223 B-97 appears in the 20th and 21st editions as Method 9223 B. This appears in this Section as SM 9223 B (97).
Standard Methods Online, Method 9223 B-04 appears in the 22nd edition as Method 9223 B. This appears in this Section as SM 9223 B (04).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 18996, effective December 26, 2023)
Section 611.532 Unfiltered PWSs
If the Agency determines that filtration is required, it must specify alternative monitoring requirements, as appropriate, until filtration is in place. A supplier using a groundwater source under the direct influence of surface water not providing filtration treatment must monitor as the Agency directs in a SEP after determining under Section 611.212 that the supplier’s groundwater source is under the direct influence of surface water, requiring the supplier to install and apply filtration treatment, and specifying appropriate monitoring requirements until filtration is in place.
a) The supplier must sample and analyze for fecal coliform or total coliform as Section 611.231(a) requires on representative source water samples it collects immediately prior to the first or only point of applying disinfectant. The supplier must sample for fecal or total coliforms no less frequently than Table B specifies each week the supplier serves water to the public. The supplier must also sample and analyze once for fecal or total coliform density every day the supplier serves water to the public and the turbidity of its source water exceeds 1 NTU (these samples count towards the weekly coliform sampling requirement), unless the Agency issues a SEP determining that the supplier cannot analyze within 30 hours after collecting the sample for logistical reasons outside the supplier’s control.
b) The supplier must measure turbidity as Section 611.231(b) requires on representative grab samples of source water it collects immediately prior to the first or only point of applying disinfectant no less frequently than every four hours when the supplier serves water to the public. A supplier may substitute continuous turbidity monitoring for grab sample monitoring after validating the accuracy of regular the continuous measurement for accuracy using a protocol the Agency approved in a SEP.
c) The supplier must determine its total inactivation ratio for each day it operates based on the appropriate CT99.9 values in Appendix B. The supplier must monitor the parameters necessary to determine its total inactivation ratio using specific procedures:
1) The supplier must measure temperature of the disinfected water at least once per day at each RDC sampling point.
2) If using chlorine, the supplier must measure the pH of the disinfected water at least once per day at each chlorine RDC sampling point.
3) The supplier must determine the disinfectant contact times (“T”) for each day during peak hourly flow.
4) The supplier must measure the RDCs (“C”) of the water before or at the first customer each day during peak hourly flow.
5) A supplier using a disinfectant other than chlorine may monitor by other Agency-approved methods under Section 611.241(a).
d) The supplier must calculate total inactivation ratio using a specific procedure:
1) A supplier applying disinfectant at only one point may determine the total inactivation ratio based on either of two methods:
A) Determining one inactivation ratio (Ai = CTcalc/CT99.9) before or at the first customer during peak hourly flow, so that the supplier achieves 99.9 percent Giardia lamblia inactivation if the Ai is greater than 1.0; or
B) The supplier may determine successive Ai values at points between where the supplier applies disinfectant and before or at the first customer, representing sequential inactivation ratios, during peak hourly flow. Under this alternative, the supplier must use a specific method to calculate the total inactivation ratio:
i) Determine Ai for each sequence:
Ai = CTcalc/CT99.9
ii) Add the Ai values:
B = ∑(Ai)
iii) If B is greater than 1.0, the supplier achieved the required 99.9 percent Giardia lamblia inactivation.
2) A supplier applying disinfectant at more than one point before or at the first customer must determine the CT value of each disinfection sequence immediately prior to the next point it applies disinfectant during peak hourly flow. The supplier must calculate the Ai value of each sequence and B using the method in subsection (d)(1)(B) to determine if the supplier complies with Section 611.241.
3) A supplier monitoring RDC at one or more points may voluntarily calculate its total percent inactivation (PI) may using the equation:
e) The supplier must continuously monitor the RDC of the water entering its distribution system and record the lowest value each day, except that the supplier may use grab sampling every four hours for no more than five days in lieu of continuous monitoring after a failure of the continuous monitoring equipment. A supplier serving 3,300 or fewer persons may take grab samples on an ongoing basis at the applicable frequency in Table C in lieu of continuous monitoring. If the RDC falls below 0.2 mg/ L in a system using grab sampling in lieu of continuous monitoring, the supplier must take a grab sample every four hours until its RDC is equal to or greater than 0.2 mg/ L.
f) Measuring Points
1) The supplier must measure the RDC at the same points in its distribution system and at the same time it samples total coliforms, as Sections 611.1054 through 611.1058 specify. The Agency must allow a supplier using both a groundwater source and a surface water source or groundwater source under direct influence of surface water to take disinfectant residual samples at points other than the total coliform sampling points if the Agency issues a SEP determining that those points better represent treated (disinfected) water quality within the distribution system. The supplier may measure HPC in lieu of RDC.
2) If the Agency determines under Section 611.213 that a supplier has no means for having a sample analyzed for HPC as subsection (a) specifies, the subsection (f)(1) does not apply.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.74(b).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.533 Filtered PWSs
A supplier using a surface water source or a groundwater source under the direct influence of surface water and providing filtration treatment must monitor in accordance with this Section.
a) The supplier must perform turbidity measurements Section 611.250 requires on representative samples of the PWS’s filtered water every four hours (or more frequently) when the supplier serves water to the public. A supplier may substitute continuous turbidity monitoring for grab sample monitoring if it validates the continuous measurement for accuracy on a regular basis using a protocol the Agency approved in a SEP. For a supplier using slow sand filtration or filtration treatment other than conventional treatment, direct filtration, or diatomaceous earth filtration, the Agency must reduce the sampling frequency to once per day in a SEP if the Agency determines that less frequent monitoring is sufficient to indicate effective filtration performance. For a supplier serving 500 or fewer persons, the Agency must reduce the turbidity sampling frequency to once per day in a SEP if the Agency determines that less frequent monitoring is sufficient to indicate effective filtration performance regardless of the type of filtration treatment used.
b) RDC Entering Distribution System
1) Suppliers Serving More Than 3300 Persons. The supplier must continuously monitor the RDC of the water entering the distribution system, and the supplier must record the lowest value each day, except that the supplier may conduct grab sampling every four hours in lieu of continuous monitoring if there is a failure in the continuous monitoring equipment, but not for more than five working days following the equipment failure.
2) Suppliers Serving 3,300 or Fewer Persons. The supplier may take grab samples in lieu of providing continuous monitoring on an ongoing basis at the frequencies each day Table C prescribes. If at any time the RDC falls below 0.2 mg/ L in a system using grab sampling in lieu of continuous monitoring, the supplier must take a grab sample every four hours until RDC is equal to or greater than 0.2 mg/ L.
c) Points of Measurement
1) The supplier must measure the RDC at least at the same points in the distribution system and at the same time as sampling total coliforms, as Sections 611.1054 through 611.1058 specify. The Agency must allow a supplier using both a surface water source and a groundwater source or a groundwater source under direct influence of surface water and a groundwater source to take RDC samples at points other than the total coliform sampling points if the Agency determines that such points are more representative of treated (disinfected) water quality within the distribution system. The supplier may measure HPC, as Section 611.531(a) specifies, in lieu of RDC.
2) Subsection (c)(1) does not apply if the Agency determines under Section 611.213(c) that a system has no means for having a certified laboratory analyze a sample for PHC under the requisite time and temperature conditions Section 611.531(a) specifies and the supplier provides adequate disinfection in its distribution system.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.74(c).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
SUBPART M: TURBIDITY MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 611.560 Turbidity (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
SUBPART N: INORGANIC MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 611.591 Violation of a State-Only MCL
This Section applies to State-only MCLs. If the result of analysis under Section 611.612 indicates that the level of any contaminant exceeds the State-only MCL, the CWS supplier must take certain actions:
a) Report to the Agency within seven days and initiate three additional analyses at the same sampling point within one month;
b) Notify the Agency and give public notice, as Subpart T specifies, if the average of four analyses exceeds the State-only MCL; and
c) After giving public notice, monitor at a frequency the Agency designates in a SEP. The supplier must continue monitoring until the results do not exceed the State-only MCL in two consecutive samples or until the effective date of a monitoring schedule the Board issues as a condition of a variance, adjusted standard, or enforcement action.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.592 Frequency of State Monitoring
This Section applies to State-only MCLs marked as “additional State requirements” in Section 611.300 and for which there are no specific monitoring, reporting, or public notice requirements among the NPDWRs.
a) A CWS supplier using surface water sources must repeat analyses for the State-only MCLs at yearly intervals.
b) A CWS supplier using groundwater sources must repeat analyses for the State-only MCLs at three-year intervals.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.600 Applicability
Certain suppliers must monitor to determine compliance with the State-only MCLs in Section 611.300 and the revised MCLs in 611.301, as appropriate, as this Subpart N requires:
a) CWS suppliers.
b) NTNCWS suppliers.
c) Transient nonCWS suppliers to determine compliance with the nitrate and nitrite MCLs.
d) Detection Limits. Specific detection limits apply for this Subpart N (this list includes MCLs from Section 611.301 are for information purposes only):
Contaminant MCL (mg/ L, except asbestos) Method Detection Limit (mg/ L) Antimony 0.006 Atomic absorption-furnace technique 0.003 Atomic absorption-furnace technique (stabilized temperature) 0.00085 Inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry 0.0004 Atomic absorption-gaseous hydride technique 0.001 Arsenic 0.010 Atomic absorption-furnace technique 0.001 Atomic absorption-furnace technique (stabilized temperature) 0.000056 Atomic absorption-gaseous hydride technique 0.001 Inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry 0.00147 Asbestos 7 MFL1 Transmission electron microscopy 0.01 MFL Barium 2 Atomic absorption-furnace technique 0.002 Atomic absorption-direct aspiration technique 0.1 Inductively coupled plasma arc furnace 0.002 Inductively coupled plasma 0.001 Beryllium 0.004 Atomic absorption-furnace technique 0.0002 Atomic absorption-furnace technique (stabilized temperature) 0.000025 Inductively coupled plasma2 0.0003 Inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry 0.0003 Cadmium 0.005 Atomic absorption-furnace technique 0.0001 Inductively coupled plasma 0.001 Chromium 0.1 Atomic absorption-furnace technique 0.001 Inductively coupled plasma 0.007 Inductively coupled plasma 0.001 Cyanide 0.2 Distillation, spectrophotometric3 0.02 Automated distillation, spectrophotometric3 0.005 Distillation, selective electrode3 0.05 Distillation, amenable, spectrophotometric4 0.02 UV, distillation, spectrophotometric8 0.0005 Micro distillation, flow injection, spectrophotometric3 0.0006 Ligand exchange with amperometry4 0.0005 Mercury 0.002 Manual cold vapor technique 0.0002 Automated cold vapor technique 0.0002 Nickel No MCL Atomic absorption-furnace technique 0.001 Atomic absorption-furnace technique (stabilized temperature) 0.00065 Inductively coupled plasma2 0.005 Inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry 0.0005 Nitrate (as N) 10 Manual cadmium reduction 0.01 Automated hydrazine reduction 0.01 Automated cadmium reduction 0.05 Ion-selective electrode 1 Ion chromatography 0.01 Capillary ion electrophoresis 0.076 Nitrite (as N) 1 Spectrophotometric 0.01 Automated cadmium reduction 0.05 Manual cadmium reduction 0.01 Ion chromatography 0.004 Capillary ion electrophoresis 0.103 Selenium 0.05 Atomic absorption-furnace technique 0.002 Atomic absorption-gaseous hydride technique 0.002 Thallium 0.002 Atomic absorption-furnace technique 0.001 Atomic absorption-furnace technique (stabilized temperature) 0.00075 Inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry 0.0003
Footnotes.
1 “MFL” means millions of fibers per liter less than 10 m m.
2 Using a 2 ´ preconcentration step as noted in USEPA 200.7 (94). Lower MDLs are possible when using a 4 ´ preconcentration.
3 Screening method for total cyanides.
4 Measures “free” cyanides when omitting distillation, digestion, or ligand exchange.
5 Lower MDLs are possible using stabilized temperature graphite furnace atomic absorption.
6 The MDL for USEPA 200.9 (94) (atomic absorption-platform furnace (stabilized temperature)) resulted using a 2 ´ concentration step during sample digestion. The MDL using direct analyses (i.e., no sample digestion) is higher. Using multiple depositions, USEPA 200.9 (94) can obtain an MDL of 0.0001 mg/ L.
7 Using selective ion monitoring, USEPA 200.8 (94) (ICP-MS) can obtain an MDL of 0.0001 mg/ L.
8 Measures total cyanides when using UV-digestor and “free” cyanides when bypassing UV-digestor.
BOARD NOTE: Subsections (a) through (c) derive from 40 CFR 141.23 preamble, and subsection (d) derives from 40 CFR 141.23(a)(4)(i) and appendix A to subpart C of 40 CFR 141. See the Board Note at Section 611.301(b) relating to the MCL for nickel.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.601 Monitoring Frequency
Monitoring must be conducted as follows:
a) Required Sampling
1) Each supplier must take a minimum of one sample at each sampling point at the times required by Section 611.610 beginning in the initial compliance period.
2) Each sampling point must produce samples that are representative of the water from each source after treatment or from each treatment plant, as required by subsection (b). The total number of sampling points must be representative of the water delivered to users throughout the PWS.
3) The supplier must take each sample at the same sampling point unless conditions make another sampling point more representative of each source or treatment plant and the Agency has granted a SEP under subsection (b)(5).
b) Sampling Points
1) Sampling points for GWSs. Unless otherwise provided by SEP, a GWS supplier must take at least one sample from each of the following points: each entry point that is representative of each well after treatment.
2) Sampling points for an SWS or a mixed system supplier . Unless otherwise provided by SEP, an SWS or mixed system supplier must take at least one sample from each of the following points:
A) Each entry point after the application of treatment; or
B) A point in the distribution system that is representative of each source after treatment.
3) If a supplier draws water from more than one source, and the sources are combined before distribution, the supplier must sample at an entry point during periods of normal operating conditions when water is representative of all sources being used.
4) Additional sampling points. The Agency must, by SEP, designate additional sampling points in the distribution system or at the consumer’s tap if it determines that such samples are necessary to more accurately determine consumer exposure.
5) Alternative sampling points. The Agency must, by SEP, approve alternate sampling points if the supplier demonstrates that the points are more representative than the generally required point.
c) This subsection corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(a)(4), an optional provision relating to compositing of samples that USEPA does not require for state programs. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
d) The frequency of monitoring for the following contaminants must be in accordance with the following Sections:
1) Asbestos: Section 611.602;
2) Antimony, arsenic, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium, and thallium: Section 611.603;
3) Nitrate: Section 611.604; and
4) Nitrite: Section 611.605.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(a) and (c).
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.602 Asbestos Monitoring Frequency
The frequency of monitoring conducted to determine compliance with the MCL for asbestos in Section 611.301 is as follows:
a) Unless the Agency has determined under subsection (c) that the PWS is not vulnerable, each CWS and NTNCWS supplier must monitor for asbestos during the first compliance period of each compliance cycle.
b) CWS suppliers may apply to the Agency, by way of an application for a SEP, for a determination that the CWS is not vulnerable based on consideration of the criteria listed in subsection (c).
c) The Agency must determine that the CWS is “not vulnerable” if the CWS is not vulnerable to contamination either from asbestos in its source water, from corrosion of asbestos-cement pipe, or from both, based on a consideration of the following factors:
1) Potential asbestos contamination of the water source; and
2) The use of asbestos-cement pipe for finished water distribution and the corrosive nature of the water.
d) A SEP based on a determination that a CWS is not vulnerable to asbestos contamination expires at the end of the compliance cycle for which it was issued.
e) A supplier of a PWS vulnerable to asbestos contamination due solely to corrosion of asbestos-cement pipe must take one sample at a tap served by asbestos-cement pipe and under conditions that asbestos contamination is most likely to occur.
f) A supplier of a PWS vulnerable to asbestos contamination due solely to source water must monitor in accordance with Section 611.601.
g) A supplier of a PWS vulnerable to asbestos contamination due both to its source water supply and corrosion of asbestos-cement pipe must take one sample at a tap served by asbestos-cement pipe and under conditions that asbestos contamination is most likely to occur.
h) A supplier that exceeds the MCL, as determined in Section 611.609, must monitor quarterly beginning in the next quarter after the violation occurred.
i) Reduction of Quarterly Monitoring
1) The Agency must issue a SEP that reduces the monitoring frequency to that specified by subsection (a) if it determines that the sampling point is reliably and consistently below the MCL.
2) The request must, at a minimum, include the following information:
A) For a GWS: two quarterly samples.
B) For an SWS or mixed system: four quarterly samples.
3) In issuing a SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently” determination was based. All SEPs that allow less frequent monitoring based on an Agency “reliably and consistently” determination must include a condition requiring the supplier to resume quarterly monitoring under subsection (h) if it violates the MCL specified by Section 611.609.
j) This subsection (j) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(b)(10), which pertains to a compliance period long since expired. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(b).
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.603 Inorganic Monitoring Frequency
The frequency of monitoring conducted to determine compliance with the revised MCLs in Section 611.301 for antimony, arsenic, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium, and thallium is as follows:
a) Suppliers must take samples at each sampling point, beginning in the initial compliance period, as follows:
1) For a GWS supplier: at least one sample during each compliance period;
2) For an SWS or a mixed system supplier: at least one sample each year.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(1).
b) SEP Application
1) The supplier may apply to the Agency for a SEP that allows reduction from the monitoring frequencies specified in subsection (a) under subsections (d) through (f) and 35 Ill. Adm. Code 602.600.
2) The supplier may apply to the Agency for a SEP that relieves it of the requirement for monitoring cyanide under subsections (d) through (f) and 35 Ill. Adm. Code 602.600 if it can demonstrate that its system is not vulnerable due to a lack of any industrial source of cyanide.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(2) and (c)(6).
c) SEP Procedures. The Agency must review the request under the SEP procedures of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 602.600 based on consideration of the factors in subsection (e).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(6).
d) Standard for SEP Reduction in Monitoring. The Agency must grant a SEP that allows a reduction in the monitoring frequency if the supplier demonstrates that all previous analytical results were less than the MCL, provided the supplier meets the following minimum data requirements:
1) For GWS suppliers: a minimum of three rounds of monitoring.
2) For an SWS or mixed system supplier: annual monitoring for at least three years.
3) A supplier that uses a new water source is not eligible for a SEP until it completes three rounds of monitoring from the new source.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(4).
e) Standard for SEP Monitoring Conditions. As a condition of any SEP, the Agency must require that the supplier take a minimum of one sample during the term of the SEP. In determining the appropriate reduced monitoring frequency, the Agency must consider the following:
1) Reported concentrations from all previous monitoring;
2) The degree of variation in reported concentrations; and
3) Other factors that may affect contaminant concentrations, such as changes in groundwater pumping rates, changes in the CWS’s configuration, the CWS’s operating procedures, or changes in stream flows or characteristics.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(3) and (c)(5).
f) SEP Conditions and Revision
1) A SEP will expire at the end of the compliance cycle for which it was issued.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(3).
2) In issuing a SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently” determination was based. A SEP must provide that the Agency will review and, if appropriate, revise its determination of the appropriate monitoring frequency when the supplier submits new monitoring data or when other data relevant to the supplier’s appropriate monitoring frequency become available.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(6).
g) A supplier that exceeds the MCL as determined in Section 611.609, must monitor quarterly for that contaminant, beginning in the next quarter after the violation occurred.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(7).
h) Reduction of Quarterly Monitoring
1) The Agency must grant a SEP that reduces the monitoring frequency to that specified by subsection (a) if it determines that the sampling point is reliably and consistently below the MCL.
2) A request for a SEP must include the following minimal information:
A) For a GWS: two quarterly samples.
B) For an SWS or mixed system supplier: four quarterly samples.
3) In issuing the SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently” determination was based. Any SEP that allows less frequent monitoring based on an Agency “reliably and consistently” determination must include a condition requiring the supplier to resume quarterly monitoring for any contaminant under subsection (g) if it violates the MCL specified by Section 611.609 for that contaminant.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(8).
i) A new system supplier or a supplier whose system uses a new source of water must demonstrate compliance with the MCL within a period of time specified by a permit issued the Agency. The supplier must also comply with the initial sampling frequencies specified by the Agency to ensure a system can demonstrate compliance with the MCL. Routine and increased monitoring frequencies must be conducted in accordance with the requirements in this Section.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(9).
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.604 Nitrate Monitoring
Each supplier must monitor to determine compliance with the MCL for nitrate in Section 611.301.
a) Suppliers must monitor at the following frequencies:
1) CWSs and NTNCWSs
A) GWSs: annually;
B) SWSs and mixed systems: quarterly.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(d)(1).
2) Transient nonCWSs: annually.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(d)(4).
b) Quarterly Monitoring for GWSs
1) A CWS or NTNCWS supplier that is a GWS must initiate quarterly monitoring in the quarter following any one sample that has a nitrate concentration equal to or greater than 50 percent of the MCL.
2) The Agency must grant a SEP that reduces the monitoring frequency to annual after the supplier has completed quarterly sampling for at least four quarters if it determines that the sampling point is reliably and consistently below the MCL.
A) The request must include the following minimal information: the results from four consecutive quarterly samples.
B) In issuing the SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently” determination was based. All SEPs that allow less frequent monitoring based on an Agency “reliably and consistently” determination must include a condition requiring the supplier to resume quarterly monitoring under subsection (b)(1) if it violates the MCL specified by Section 611.301 for nitrate.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(d)(2).
c) Reduction of Monitoring Frequency for SWSs and Mixed Systems
1) The Agency must grant a SEP that allows a CWS or NTNCWS supplier that is a SWS or mixed system to reduce its monitoring frequency to annually if it determines that all analytical results from four consecutive quarters are less than 50 percent of the MCL.
2) As a condition of the SEP, the Agency must require the supplier to initiate quarterly monitoring, beginning the next quarter, if any one sample is greater than or equal to 50 percent of the MCL.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(d)(3).
d) This subsection corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(d)(4), which the Board has codified at subsection (a)(2). This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
e) After completion of four consecutive quarters of monitoring, each CWS or NTNCWS supplier monitoring annually must take samples during the quarters that resulted in the highest analytical result.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(d)(5).
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.605 Nitrite Monitoring
Each supplier must monitor to determine compliance with the MCL for nitrite in Section 611.301.
a) This subsection (a) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(e)(1), which was applicable only until a date now past. This statement maintains consistency with USEPA rules.
b) This subsection corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(e)(2), a provision by which USEPA refers to state requirements that do not exist in Illinois. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
c) Monitoring Frequency
1) Quarterly Monitoring
A) A supplier that has any one sample in which the concentration is equal to or greater than 50 percent of the MCL must initiate quarterly monitoring during the next quarter.
B) A supplier required to begin quarterly monitoring under subsection (c)(1)(A) must continue on a quarterly basis for a minimum of one year following any one sample exceeding the 50 percent of the MCL, after which the supplier may discontinue quarterly monitoring under subsection (c)(2).
2) The Agency must grant a SEP that allows a supplier to reduce its monitoring frequency to annually if it determines that the sampling point is reliably and consistently below the MCL.
A) A request for a SEP must include the following minimal information: the results from four quarterly samples.
B) In issuing the SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently” determination was based. All SEPs that allow less frequent monitoring based on an Agency “reliably and consistently” determination must include a condition requiring the supplier to resume quarterly monitoring for nitrite under subsection (c)(1) if it equals or exceeds 50 percent of the MCL specified by Section 611.301 for nitrite.
d) A supplier that is monitoring annually must take samples during the quarters that previously resulted in the highest analytical result.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(e).
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.606 Confirmation Samples
a) If the results of sampling for antimony, arsenic, asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium, or thallium indicate a level in excess of the MCL, the supplier must collect one additional sample as soon as possible after the initial sample was taken (but not to exceed two weeks) at the same sampling point.
b) If nitrate or nitrite sampling results indicate a level in excess of the MCL, the supplier must take a confirmation sample within 24 hours after the supplier’s receipt of notification of the analytical results of the first sample.
1) Suppliers unable to comply with the 24-hour sampling requirement must immediately notify the persons served in accordance with Section 611.902 and meet other Tier 1 public notification requirements under Subpart V of this Part.
2) Suppliers exercising this option must take and analyze a confirmation sample within two weeks after notification of the analytical results of the first sample.
c) Averaging rules are specified in Section 611.609. The Agency must delete the original or confirmation sample if it determines that a sampling error occurred, in which case the confirmation sample will replace the original sample.
NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(f).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. 16447, effective October 10, 2003)
Section 611.607 More Frequent Monitoring and Confirmation Sampling
This Section corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(g), which authorizes the states to require more frequent monitoring and confirmation sampling than is required under federal law. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding federal rules.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. 16447, effective October 10, 2003)
Section 611.608 Additional Optional Monitoring
Suppliers may conduct additional, more frequent monitoring than the minimum frequencies specified in this Subpart N, without prior approval from the Agency. The supplier must report the results of all such monitoring to the Agency.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(h).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. 16447, effective October 10, 2003)
Section 611.609 Determining Compliance
Compliance with the MCLs of Section 611.300 or 611.301 (as appropriate) must be determined based on the analytical results obtained at each sampling point.
a) For suppliers that monitor at a frequency greater than annual, compliance with the MCLs for antimony, arsenic, asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium, or thallium is determined by a running annual average at each sampling point.
1) If the average at any sampling point is greater than the MCL, then the supplier is out of compliance.
2) If any one sample would cause the annual average to be exceeded, then the supplier is out of compliance immediately.
3) Any sample below the method detection limit must be calculated at zero for the purpose of determining the annual average.
BOARD NOTE: The “method detection limit” is different from the “detection limit, “as set forth in Section 611.600. The “method detection limit” is the level of contaminant that can be determined by a particular method with a 95 percent degree of confidence, as determined by the method outlined in appendix B to 40 CFR 136, incorporated by reference at Section 611.102.
4) If a system fails to collect the required number of samples, compliance (average concentration) will be based on the total number of samples collected.
b) For suppliers that monitor annually or less frequently, compliance with the MCLs for antimony, arsenic, asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium, or thallium is determined by the level of the contaminant at any sampling point. If confirmation samples are required by the Agency, the determination of compliance will be based on the average of the annual average of the initial MCL exceedance and any Agency-required confirmation samples. If a supplier fails to collect the required number of samples, compliance (average concentration) will be based on the total number of samples collected.
c) Compliance with the MCLs for nitrate and nitrite is determined based on one sample if the levels of these contaminants are below the MCLs. If the levels of nitrate or nitrite in the initial sample exceed the MCLs, Section 611.606 requires confirmation sampling, and compliance is determined based on the average of the initial and confirmation samples.
d) Arsenic sampling results must be reported to the nearest 0.001 mg/ℓ.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(i).
(Source: Amended at 39 Ill. Reg. 15352, effective November 13, 2015)
Section 611.610 Inorganic Monitoring Times
Each supplier must monitor, within each compliance period, at the time designated by the Agency by SEP.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(j).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. 16447, effective October 10, 2003)
Section 611.611 Inorganic Analysis
Analytical methods are from documents incorporated by reference in Section 611.102. The substantive rules mostly reference these by a short name Section 611.102(a) defines. Section 611.101 defines other abbreviations.
a) A certified laboratory must conduct analyses for contaminants in this Section using the indicated methods or an alternative method the Agency approved under Section 611.480. USEPA Technical Notes, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, includes criteria for analyzing arsenic, barium, beryllium, cadmium, calcium, chloride, chromium, copper, lead, nickel, selenium, sodium, sulfate, and thallium with digestion or directly without digestion, and other analytical procedures.
BOARD NOTE: Because a laboratory determines MDLs it reports under USEPA 200.7 (94) and USEPA 200.9 (94) using a 2 ´ preconcentration step during sample digestion, MDLs the laboratory determines analyzing samples by direct analysis (i.e., no sample digestion) are higher. For direct analysis of cadmium and arsenic using USEPA 200.7 (94) and arsenic using SM 3120 B (89), SM 3120 B (93), or SM 3120 B (99), it may be necessary to engage in sample preconcentration using pneumatic nebulization to achieve lower detection limits. Direct analysis of antimony, lead, and thallium using USEPA 200.9 (94); antimony and lead using SM 3113 B (89), SM 3113 B (99), or SM 3113 B (10); and lead using ASTM D3559-96 D, ASTM D3559-03 D, ASTM D3559-08 D, or ASTM D3559-15 D may require preconcentration, unless the laboratory makes multiple in-furnace depositions.
1) Alkalinity
A) Titrimetric. ASTM D1067-92 B, ASTM D1067-02 B, ASTM D1067-06 B, ASTM D1067-11 B, ASTM D1067-16 B, SM 2320 B (91), or SM 2320 B (97).
B) Electrometric Titration. USGS I-1030-85.
2) Antimony
A) Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 200.8 (94).
B) Atomic Absorption, Hydride Technique. ASTM D3697-92, ASTM D3697-02, ASTM D3697-07, ASTM D3697-12, or ASTM D3697-17.
C) Atomic Absorption, Platform Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.9 (94).
D) Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. SM 3113 B (89), SM 3113 B (93), SM 3113 B (99), SM 3113 B (04), or SM 3113 B (10).
E) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
3) Arsenic
BOARD NOTE: If the laboratory uses ultrasonic nebulization in determining arsenic using USEPA 200.8 (94), the arsenic must be in the pentavalent state to provide uniform signal response. For direct analysis of arsenic with USEPA 200.8 (94) using ultrasonic nebulization, samples and standards must contain one mg/ L of sodium hypochlorite.
A) Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 200.8 (94).
B) Atomic Absorption, Platform Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.9 (94).
C) Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. ASTM D2972-97 C, ASTM D2972-03 C, ASTM D2972-08 C, ASTM D2972-15 C, SM 3113 B (89), SM 3113 B (93), 3113 B (99), 3113 B (04), or 3113 B (10).
D) Atomic Absorption, Hydride Technique. ASTM D2972-97 B, ASTM D2972-03 B, ASTM D2972-08 B, ASTM D2972-15 B, SM 3114 B (89), SM 3114 B (93), SM 3114 B (97), SM 3114 B (04), or SM 3114 B (09).
E) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (94).
4) Asbestos. Transmission Electron Microscopy. USEPA 100.1 (83) or USEPA 100.2 (94).
5) Barium
A) Inductively Coupled Plasma. USEPA 200.7 (94), SM 3120 B (83), SM 3120 B (93), or SM 3120 B (99).
B) Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 200.8 (94).
C) Atomic Absorption, Direct Aspiration Technique. SM 3111 D (89), SM 3111 D (93), or SM 3111 D (99).
D) Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. SM 3113 B (89), SM 3113 B (93), SM 3113 B (99), SM 3113 B (04), and SM 3113 B (10).
E) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
6) Beryllium
A) Inductively Coupled Plasma. USEPA 200.7 (94), SM 3120 B (83), SM 3120 B (93), or SM 3120 B (99).
B) Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 200.8 (94).
C) Atomic Absorption, Platform Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.9 (94).
D) Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. ASTM D3645-97 B, ASTM D3645-03 B, ASTM D3645-08 B, ASTM D3645-15 B, SM 3113 B (89), SM 3113 B (93), SM 3113 B (99), SM 3113 B (04), or SM 3113 B (10).
E) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
7) Cadmium
A) Inductively Coupled Plasma Arc Furnace. USEPA 200.7 (94).
B) Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 200.8 (94).
C) Atomic Absorption, Platform Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.9 (94).
D) Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. SM 3113 B (89), SM 3113 B (93), SM 3113 B (99), SM 3113 B (04), and SM 3113 B (10).
E) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
8) Calcium
A) EDTA Titrimetric. ASTM D511-93 A, ASTM D511-03 A, ASTM D511-09 A, ASTM D511-14 A, SM 3500-Ca B (97), or 3500-Ca D (91).
B) Atomic Absorption, Direct Aspiration. ASTM D511-93 B, ASTM D511-03 B, ASTM D511-09 B, ASTM D511-14 B, SM 3111 B (89), SM 3111 B (93), or SM 3111 B (99).
C) Inductively Coupled Plasma. USEPA 200.7 (94), SM 3120 B (83), SM 3120 B (93), or SM 3120 B (99).
D) Ion Chromatography. ASTM D6919-03, ASTM D6919-09, or ASTM D6919-17.
E) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
9) Chloride. Ion Chromatography. ASTM D4327-17.
10) Chromium
A) Inductively Coupled Plasma. USEPA 200.7 (94), SM 3120 B (83), SM 3120 B (93), or SM 3120 B (99).
B) Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 200.8 (94).
C) Atomic Absorption, Platform Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.9 (94).
D) Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. SM 3113 B (89), SM 3113 B (93), SM 3113 B (99), SM 3113 B (04), and SM 3113 B (10).
E) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
11) Copper
A) Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. ASTM D1688-95 C, ASTM D1688-02 C, ASTM D1688-07 C, ASTM D1688-12 C, ASTM D1688-17 C, SM 3113 B (89), SM 3113 B (93), SM 3113 B (99), SM 3113 B (04), and SM 3113 B (10).
B) Atomic Absorption, Direct Aspiration. ASTM D1688-95 A, ASTM D1688-02 A, ASTM D1688-07 A, ASTM D1688-12 A, ASTM D1688-17 A, SM 3111 B (89), SM 3111 B (93), or SM 3111 B (99).
C) Inductively Coupled Plasma. USEPA 200.7 (94), SM 3120 B (83), SM 3120 B (93), or SM 3120 B (99).
D) Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 200.8 (94).
E) Atomic Absorption, Platform Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.9 (94).
F) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
G) Colorimetric. Hach 8026 (15) or Hach 10272 (15).
12) Conductivity; Conductance. ASTM D1125-95(1999) A, ASTM D1125-14 A, SM 2510 B (91), or SM 2510 B (97).
13) Cyanide
A) Manual Distillation with MgCl2. (ASTM D2036-98 A, ASTM D2036-06 A, SM 4500-CN– C (90), SM 4500-CN– C (97), SM 4500-CN– C (99), or SM 4500-CN– C (16)), followed by spectrophotometric, amenable (ASTM D2036-98 B, ASTM D2036-06 B, SM 4500-CN– G (90), SM 4500-CN– G (97), SM 4500-CN– G (99), or SM 4500-CN– G (16)).
B) Manual Distillation with MgCl2. Distillation (ASTM D2036-98 A or ASTM D2036-06 A or SM 4500-CN– C (90), SM 4500-CN– C (97), SM 4500-CN– C (99), or SM 4500-CN– C (16)), followed by Spectrophotometric, Manual (ASTM D2036-98 A, ASTM D2036-06 A, SM 4500-CN– E (90), 4500-CN– E (97), 4500-CN– E (99), 4500-CN– E (16), or USGS I-3300-85).
C) Spectrophotometric, Semiautomated. USEPA 335.4 (93).
D) Selective Electrode. SM 4500-CN– F (90), SM 4500-CN– F (97), SM 4500-CN– F (99), or SM 4500-CN– F (16).
E) UV/Distillation/Spectrophotometric. Kelada 01 (01).
F) Microdistillation/Flow Injection/Spectrophotometric. QuikChem 10-204-00-1-X (00).
G) Ligand Exchange and Amperometry. ASTM D6888-04 or OIA-1677 DW (04).
H) Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry Headspace. ME355.01 (09).
14) Fluoride
A) Ion Chromatography. USEPA 300.0 (93), USEPA 300.1 (97), ASTM D4327-97, ASTM D4327-03, ASTM D4327-11, ASTM D4327-17, SM 4110 B (90), SM 4110 B (91), SM 4110 B (97), or SM 4110 B (00).
B) Manual Distillation, Colorimetric SPADNS. SM 4500-F– B (88), SM 4500-F– B (94), SM 4500-F– B (97), SM 4500-F–, D (88), SM 4500-F– B (94), or SM 4500-F– B (97).
C) Manual Electrode. ASTM D1179-93 B, ASTM D1179-99 B, ASTM D1179-04 B, ASTM D1179-10 B, ASTM D1179-16 B, SM 4500-F– C (88), SM 4500-F– C (94), or SM 4500-F– C (97).
D) Automated Electrode. Technicon #380-75WE (76).
E) Automated Alizarin. SM 4500-F– E (88), SM 4500-F– E (94), SM 4500-F– E (97), or Technicon #129-71W.
F) Arsenite-Free Colorimetric SPADNS. Hach 10225 (11) (SPADNS 2).
G) Capillary Ion Electrophoresis. ASTM D6508-00.
BOARD NOTE: On March 12, 2007 (at 72 Fed. Reg. 11200), USEPA amended the entry for fluoride to add capillary ion electrophoresis in the table at corresponding 40 CFR 141.23(k)(1) to allow the use of “Waters Method D6508, Rev. 2”. The Board cited the ASTM Method D6508-00(2005). On May 2, 2012 (at 77 Fed. Reg. 26072, 26096-97; in corrections to UCMR 3), USEPA changed the entries for nitrate, nitrite, and orthophosphate to ASTM D6508-00.
15) Lead
A) Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. ASTM D3559-96 D, ASTM D3559-03 D, ASTM D3559-08 D, ASTM D3559-15 D, SM 3113 B (89), SM 3113 B (93), SM 3113 B (99), SM 3113 B (04), or SM 3113 B (10).
B) Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 200.8 (94).
C) Atomic Absorption, Platform Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.9 (94).
D) Differential Pulse Anodic Stripping Voltammetry. Palintest 1001 (99).
E) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
F) Differential Pulse Anode Stripping Voltametry. Palintest 1001 (20).
16) Magnesium
A) Atomic Absorption. ASTM D511-93 B, ASTM D511-03 B, ASTM D511-09 B, ASTM D511-14 B, SM 3111 B (89), SM 3111 B (93), or SM 3111 B (99).
B) Inductively Coupled Plasma. USEPA 200.7 (94), SM 3120 B (89), SM 3120 B (93), or SM 3120 B (99).
C) Complexation Titrimetric. ASTM D511-93 A, ASTM D511-03 A, ASTM D511-09 A, ASTM D511-14 A, SM 3500-Mg B (97), SM 3500-Mg E (90), or SM 3500-Mg E (91).
D) Ion Chromatography. ASTM D6919-03, ASTM D6919-09, or ASTM D6919-17.
E) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
17) Mercury
A) Manual Cold Vapor Technique. ASTM D3223-97, ASTM D3223-02, ASTM D3223-12, ASTM D3223-17, SM 3112 B (88), SM 3112 B (93), SM 3112 B (99), SM 3112 B (09), or USEPA 245.1 (91).
B) Automated Cold Vapor Technique. USEPA 245.2 (74).
C) Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 200.8 (94).
18) Nickel
A) Inductively Coupled Plasma. SM 3120 B (89), SM 3120 B (93), SM 3120 B (99), or USEPA 200.7 (94).
B) Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 200.8 (94).
C) Atomic Absorption, Platform Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.9 (94).
D) Atomic Absorption, Direct Aspiration Technique. SM 3111 B (89), 3111 B (93), or 3111 B (99).
E) Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. SM 3113 B (89), SM 3113 B (93), SM 3113 B (99), SM 3113 B (04), or SM 3113 B (10).
F) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
19) Nitrate
A) Ion Chromatography. ASTM D4327-97, ASTM D4327-03, ASTM D4327-11, ASTM D4327-17, SM 4110 B (90), SM 4110 B (97), SM 4110 B (00), USEPA 300.0 (93), USEPA 300.1 (97), or Waters B-1011 (87).
B) Automated Cadmium Reduction. ASTM D3867-90 A; SM 4500-NO3– F (88), 4500-NO3– F (93), 4500-NO3– F (97), 4500-NO3– F (00), 4500-NO3– F (16), or USEPA 353.2 (93).
C) Ion Selective Electrode. ATI Orion Technical Bulletin 601 (94), SM 4500-NO3– D (88), SM 4500-NO3– D (93), SM 4500-NO3– D (97), SM 4500-NO3– D (00), or SM 4500-NO3– D (16).
D) Manual Cadmium Reduction. ASTM D3867-90 B, SM 4500-NO3– E (88), SM 4500-NO3– E (93), SM 4500-NO3– E (97), SM 4500-NO3– E (00), or SM 4500-NO3– E (16).
E) Capillary Ion Electrophoresis. ASTM D6508-00 or ASTM D6508-15.
F) Reduction-Colorimetric. Systea Easy (1-Reagent) (09) or NECi Nitrate-Reductase (06).
G) Direct Colorimetric. Hach 10206 (TNTplus 835/836).
20) Nitrite
A) Ion Chromatography. ASTM D4327-97, ASTM D4327-03, ASTM D4327-11, ASTM D4327-17, SM 4110 B (90), SM 4110 B (97), SM 4110 B (00), USEPA 300.0 (93), USEPA 300.1 (97), or Waters B-1011 (87).
B) Automated Cadmium Reduction. ASTM D3867-90 A, SM 4500-NO3– F (93), 4500-NO3– F (97), 4500-NO3– F (00), 4500-NO3– F (16), or USEPA 353.2 (93).
C) Manual Cadmium Reduction. ASTM D3867-90 B, SM 4500-NO3– E (93), 4500-NO3– E (97), 4500-NO3– E (00), or 4500-NO3– E (16).
D) Spectrophotometric. SM 4500-NO2– B (88), 4500-NO2– B (93), or 4500-NO2– B (00).
E) Capillary Ion Electrophoresis. ASTM D6508-00 or ASTM D6508-15.
F) Reduction-Colorimetric. Systea Easy (1-Reagent) (09) or NECi Nitrate-Reductase (06).
21) Orthophosphate (unfiltered, without digestion or hydrolysis)
A) Automated Colorimetric, Ascorbic Acid. SM 4500-P F (88), SM 4500-P F (93), SM 4500-P F (97), SM 4500-P F (99), SM 4500-P F (05), Thermo-Fisher Discrete Analyzer (16), or USEPA 365.1 (93).
B) Single-Reagent Colorimetric, Ascorbic Acid. ASTM D515-88 A, SM 4500-P E (88), 4500-P E (93), 4500-P E (97), or 4500-P E (99), or 4500-P E (05).
C) Colorimetric, Phosphomolybdate. USGS I-1601-85.
D) Phosphorus, Orthophosphate, Colorimetry, Phosphomolybdate, Automated-Segmented Flow. USGS I-2601-90.
E) Colorimetric, Phosphomolybdate, Automated Discrete. USGS I-2598-85.
F) Ion Chromatography. ASTM D4327-97, ASTM D4327-03, ASTM D4327-11, ASTM D4327-17, SM 4110 B (90), SM 4110 B (91), SM 4110 B (97), SM 4110 B (00), USEPA 300.0 (93), or USEPA 300.1 (97).
G) Capillary Ion Electrophoresis. ASTM D6508-00 or ASTM D6508-15.
22) pH, Electrometric. ASTM D1293-95, ASTM D1293-99, ASTM D1293-12, ASTM D1293-18, SM 4500-H+ B (90), SM 4500-H+ B (96), SM 4500-H+ B (00), USEPA 150.1 (71), USEPA 150.2 (82), or USEPA 150.3 (13).
23) Selenium
A) Atomic Absorption, Hydride. ASTM D3859-98 A, ASTM D3859-03 A, ASTM D3859-08 A, ASTM D3859-15 A, SM 3114 B (89), SM 3114 (93), SM 3114 (97), or SM 3114 (09).
B) Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 200.8 (94).
C) Atomic Absorption, Platform Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.9 (94).
D) Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique. ASTM D3859-98 B, ASTM D3859-03 B, ASTM D3859-08 B, ASTM D3859-15 B, SM 3113 B (89), SM 3113 B (93), SM 3113 B (99), SM 3113 B (04), or SM 3113 B (10).
E) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
24) Silica
A) Colorimetric, Molybdate Blue. USGS I-1700-85.
B) Colorimetric, Molybdate Blue, Automated-Segmented Flow. USGS I-2700-85.
C) Colorimetric. ASTM D859-94, ASTM D859-00, ASTM D859-05, ASTM D859-10, or ASTM D859-16.
D) Molybdosilicate. SM 4500-Si D (88), SM 4500-Si D (93), or SM 4500-SiO2 C (97).
E) Heteropoly Blue. SM 4500-Si E (88), SM 4500-Si E (93), or SM 4500-SiO2 D (97).
F) Automated Method for Molybdate-Reactive Silica. SM 4500-Si F (88), SM 4500-Si F (93), or SM 4500-SiO2 E (97).
G) Inductively Coupled Plasma. SM 3120 B (89), SM 3120 B (93), SM 3120 B (99), or USEPA 200.7 (94).
H) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
25) Sodium
A) Inductively Coupled Plasma. USEPA 200.7 (94).
B) Atomic Absorption, Direct Aspiration. SM 3111 B (89), SM 3111 B (93), or SM 3111 B (99).
C) Ion Chromatography. ASTM D6919-03, ASTM D6919-09, or ASTM D6919-17.
D) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
26) Sulfate. Ion Chromatography. ASTM D4327-17.
27) Temperature; Thermometric. SM 2550 (88), SM 2550 (93), SM 2550 (00), or SM 2550 (10).
28) Thallium
A) Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 200.8 (94).
B) Atomic Absorption, Platform Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.9 (94).
b) The supplier must use specific sample preservation, container, and maximum holding time procedures when collecting samples for antimony, arsenic, asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, nitrate, nitrite, selenium, and thallium under Sections 611.600 through 611.604:
BOARD NOTE: For cyanide determinations, the supplier must adjust samples to pH 12 with sodium hydroxide to pH 12 when collecting them. When a sample needs chilling, the supplier must ship and store the sample at 4 ° C or less. The supplier may acidify nitrate or metals samples using a concentrated acid or a dilute (50% by volume) solution of the concentrated acid. USEPA encourages acidifying samples for metals analysis and that the laboratory acidify, rather than at the time of sampling, provided the supplier follows the shipping time and other instructions in Section 8.3 of USEPA 200.7 (94), USEPA 200.8 (94), or USEPA 200.9 (94).
1) Antimony
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within six months.
2) Arsenic
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within six months.
3) Asbestos
A) Preservative: Cool to 4 °C.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within 48 hours.
4) Barium
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within six months.
5) Beryllium
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within six months.
6) Cadmium
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within six months.
7) Chromium
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within six months.
8) Cyanide
A) Preservative: Cool to 4 °C. Add sodium hydroxide to pH greater than 12. See the analytical methods for information on sample preservation.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within 14 days.
9) Fluoride
A) Preservative: None.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within one month.
10) Mercury
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within 28 days.
11) Nickel
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within six months.
12) Nitrate, Chlorinated
A) Preservative: Cool to 4 °C.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within 14 days.
13) Nitrate, Non-Chlorinated
A) Preservative: Concentrated sulfuric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within 14 days.
14) Nitrite
A) Preservative: Cool to 4 °C.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within 48 hours.
15) Selenium
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within six months.
16) Thallium
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding Time. Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible, but in any event within six months.
c) A certified laboratory in one of the categories in Section 611.490(a) must conduct analyses under this Subpart N. The Agency must certify laboratories to conduct analyses for antimony, arsenic, asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, nitrate, nitrite, selenium, and thallium if the laboratory fulfills certain conditions:
1) The laboratory analyzes performance evaluation (PE) samples the Agency provides under 35 Ill. Adm. Code 186 including those substances at levels not exceeding reasonably expected levels in drinking water; and
2) The laboratory achieves quantitative results on the analyses within specified acceptance limits:
A) Antimony: ± 30% at greater than or equal to 0.006 mg/ L.
B) Arsenic: ± 30% at greater than or equal to 0.003 mg/ L.
C) Asbestos: 2 standard deviations based on study statistics.
D) Barium: ± 15% at greater than or equal to 0.15 mg/ L.
E) Beryllium: ± 15% at greater than or equal to 0.001 mg/ L.
F) Cadmium: ± 20% at greater than or equal to 0.002 mg/ L.
G) Chromium: ± 15% at greater than or equal to 0.01 mg/ L.
H) Cyanide: ± 25% at greater than or equal to 0.1 mg/ L.
I) Fluoride: ± 10% at 1 to 10 mg/ L.
J) Mercury: ± 30% at greater than or equal to 0.0005 mg/ L.
K) Nickel: ± 15% at greater than or equal to 0.01 mg/ L.
L) Nitrate: ± 10% at greater than or equal to 0.4 mg/ L.
M) Nitrite: ± 15% at greater than or equal to 0.4 mg/ L.
N) Selenium: ± 20% at greater than or equal to 0.01 mg/ L.
O) Thallium: ± 30% at greater than or equal to 0.002 mg/ L.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.23(k) and appendix A to subpart C of 40 CFR 141. The Board did not separately list approved alternative methods from Standard Methods Online that are the same version as a method appearing in a printed edition of Standard Methods. Using the Standard Methods Online copy is acceptable.
Standard Methods Online, Method 2320 B-97 appears in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Method 2320 B. This appears in this Section as SM 2320 B (97).
Standard Methods Online, Method 2510 B-97 appears in the 20th, 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Method 2510 B. This appears in this Section as SM 2510 B (97).
Standard Methods Online, Method 2550-00 appears in the 21st edition as Method 2550. This appears in this Section as SM 2550 (00).
Standard Methods Online, Method 2550-10 appears in the 22nd edition as Method 2550. This appears in this Section as SM 2550 (10).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 3111 B-99 and 3111 D-99 appear in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Methods 3111 B and 3111 D. These appear in this Section as SM 3111 B (99) and SM 3111 D (99).
Standard Methods Online, Method 3112 B-09 appears in the 22nd and 23rd editions as Method 3112 B. This appears in this Section as SM 3112 B (09).
Standard Methods Online, Method 3113 B-99 appears in the 21st edition as Method 3113 B. This appears in this Section as SM 3113 B (99).
Standard Methods Online, Method 3113 B-10 appears in the 22nd and 23rd editions as Method 3113 B. This appears in this Section as SM 3113 B (10).
Standard Methods Online, Method 3114 B-97 appears in the 21st edition as Method 3114 B. This appears in this Section as SM 3114 B (97).
Standard Methods Online, Method 3114 B-09 appears in the 22nd and 23rd editions as Method 3114 B. This appears in this Section as SM 3114 B (09).
Standard Methods Online, Method 3120 B-99 appears in the 21st edition as Method 3120 B. This appears in this Section as SM 3120 B (99).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 3500-Ca B-97 and 3500-Ca D-97 appear in the 20th, 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Methods 3500-Ca B and 3500-Ca D. These appear in this Section as SM 3500-Ca B (97) and SM 3500-Ca D (97).
Standard Methods Online, Method 3500-Mg B-97 appears in the 20th, 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Method 3500-Mg B. This appears in this Section as SM 3500-Mg B (97).
Standard Methods Online, Method 4110 B-00 appears in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Method 4110 B. This appears in this Section as SM 4110 B (00).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500-CN– C-90, 4500-CN– E-90, 4500-CN– F-90, and 4500-CN– G-90 appear in the 18th and 19th editions as Methods 4500-CN– C, 4500-CN– E, 4500-CN– F, and 4500-CN– G. These appear in this Section as SM 4500-CN– C (90), SM 4500-CN– E (90), SM 4500-CN– F (90), and SM 4500-CN– G (90).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500-CN– C-99, 4500-CN– E-99, 4500-CN– F-99, and 4500-CN– G-99 appear in the 21st and 22nd editions as Methods 4500-CN– C, 4500-CN– E, 4500-CN– F, and 4500-CN– G. These appear in this Section as SM 4500-CN– C (99), SM 4500-CN– E (99), SM 4500-CN– F (99), and SM 4500-CN– G (99).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500-F– B-97, 4500-F– C-97, 4500-F– D-97, and 4500-F– E-97 appear in the 20th, 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Methods 4500-F– B, 4500-F– C, 4500-F– D, and 4500-F– E. These appear in this Section as SM 4500-F– B (97), SM 4500-F– C (97), SM 4500-F– D (97), and SM 4500-F– E (97).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500-NO3– D-00, 4500-NO3– E-00, and 4500-NO3– F-00 appear in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Methods 4500-NO3– D, 4500-NO3– E, and 4500-NO3– F. These appear in this Section as SM 4500-NO3– D (00), SM 4500-NO3– E (00), and SM 4500-NO3– F (00).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500-NO2– B-00 appears in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Method 4500-NO2– B. This appears in this Section as SM 4500-NO2– B (00).
Standard Methods Online, Method 4500-H+ B-90 appears in the 18th and 19th editions as Method 4500-H+ B. This appears in this Section as SM 4500-H+ B (90).
Standard Methods Online, Method 4500-H+ B-00 appears in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Method 4500-H+ B. This appears in this Section as SM 4500-H+ B (00).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500-P E-99 and 4500-P F-99 appear in the 21st and 22nd editions as Methods 4500-P E and 4500-P F. These appear in this Section as SM 4500-P E (97) and SM 4500-P F (97).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 4500-SiO2 C-97, 4500-SiO2 D-97, and 4500-SiO2 E-97 appear in the 20th, 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Methods 4500-SiO2 C, 4500-SiO2 D, and 4500-SiO2 E. These appear in this Section as SM 4500-SiO2 C (97), SM 4500-SiO2 D (97), and SM 4500-SiO2 E (97).
Standard Methods Online, Method 6251 B-07 appears in the 22nd and 23rd editions as Method 6251 B. This appears in this Section as SM 6251 B (07).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.612 Monitoring Requirements for Old Inorganic MCLs
a) Analyses for the purpose of determining compliance with the old inorganic MCLs of Section 611.300 are required as follows:
1) Analyses for all CWSs utilizing surface water sources must be repeated at yearly intervals.
2) Analyses for all CWSs utilizing only groundwater sources must be repeated at three-year intervals.
3) This subsection (a)(3) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(1)(3), which requires monitoring for the repealed old MCL for nitrate at a frequency specified by the state. The Board has followed the USEPA lead and repealed that old MCL. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
4) This subsection (a)(4) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(1)(4), which authorizes the state to determine compliance and initiate enforcement action. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
b) If the result of an analysis made under subsection (a) indicates that the level of any contaminant listed in Section 611.300 exceeds the old MCL, the supplier must report to the Agency within seven days and initiate three additional analyses at the same sampling point within one month.
c) When the average of four analyses made under subsection (b), rounded to the same number of significant figures as the old MCL for the substance in question, exceeds the old MCL, the supplier must notify the Agency and give notice to the public under Subpart V. Monitoring after public notification must be at a frequency designated by the Agency by a SEP and must continue until the old MCL has not been exceeded in two successive samples or until a different monitoring schedule becomes effective as a condition to a variance, an adjusted standard, a site specific rule, an enforcement action, or another SEP.
d) This subsection (d) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(o), which pertains to monitoring for the repealed old MCL for nitrate. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
e) This subsection (e) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(p), which pertains to the use of existing data up until a date long since expired. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
f) Analyses conducted to determine compliance with the old MCLs of Section 611.300 must be made in accordance with the following methods, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, or alternative methods approved by the Agency under Section 611.480. Criteria for analyzing iron, manganese, and zinc samples with digestion or directly without digestion, and other analytical test procedures are contained in USEPA Technical Notes (94), incorporated by reference in Section 611.102.
1) Fluoride. The methods specified in Section 611.611(c) must apply for the purposes of this Section.
2) Iron
A) Atomic Absorption, Direct Aspiration Technique. SM 3111 B (89), SM 3111 B (93), or SM 3111 B (99).
B) Atomic Absorption, Graphite Furnace Technique. SM 3113 B (89), SM 3113 B (93), SM 3113 B (99), SM 3113 B (04), or SM 3113 B (10).
C) Atomic Absorption, Inductively Coupled Plasma Technique. SM 3120 B (89), SM 3120 B (93), or SM 3120 B (99).
D) Inductively Coupled Plasma Arc Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.7 (94).
E) Atomic Absorption, Platform Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.9 (94).
F) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
3) Manganese
A) Atomic Absorption, Direct Aspiration Technique. SM 3111 B (89), SM 3111 B (93), or SM 3111 B (99).
B) Atomic Absorption, Graphite Furnace Technique. SM 3113 B (89), SM 3113 B (93), SM 3113 B (99), SM 3113 B (04), or SM 3113 B (10).
C) Atomic Absorption, Inductively Coupled Plasma Technique. SM 3120 B (89), SM 3120 B (93), or SM 3120 B (99).
D) Inductively Coupled Plasma Arc Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.7 (94).
E) Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 200.8 (94).
F) Atomic Absorption, Platform Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.9 (94).
G) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
4) Zinc
A) Atomic Absorption, Direct Aspiration Technique. SM 3111 B (89), SM 3111 B (93), or SM 3111 B (99).
B) Atomic Absorption, Inductively Coupled Plasma Technique. SM 3120 B (89), SM 3120 B (93), or SM 3120 B (99).
C) Inductively Coupled Plasma Arc Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.7 (94).
D) Atomic Absorption, Platform Furnace Technique. USEPA 200.8 (94).
E) Axially Viewed Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AVICP-AES). USEPA 200.5 (03).
BOARD NOTE: The provisions of subsections (a) through (e) derive from 40 CFR 141.23(l) through (p). Subsections (f)(2) through (f)(4) relate exclusively to additional State requirements. The Board retained subsection (f) to set forth methods for the inorganic contaminants for which there is a State-only MCL. The methods specified are those set forth in 40 CFR 143.4(b) and appendix A to subpart C of 40 CFR 141, for secondary MCLs. The Board has not separately listed the following approved alternative methods from Standard Methods Online that are the same version as a method that appears in a printed edition of Standard Methods. Use of the Standard Methods Online copy is acceptable.
Standard Methods Online, Method 3111 B-99 appears in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Method 3111 B. In this Section, this appears as SM 3111 B (99).
Standard Methods Online, Method 3113 B-99 appears in the 21st edition as Method 3113 B. In this Section, this appears as SM 3113 B (99).
Standard Methods Online, Method 3113 B-10 appears in the 22nd and 23rd editions as Method 3113 B. In this Section, this appears as SM 3113 B (10).
Standard Methods Online, Method 3120 B-99 appears in the 21st edition as Method 3120 B. In this Section, this appears as SM 3120 B (99).
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.630 Special Monitoring for Sodium
a) CWS suppliers must collect and analyze one sample per plant at the entry point of the distribution system for the determination of sodium concentration levels; samples must be collected and analyzed annually for CWSs utilizing surface water sources in whole or in part, and at least every three years for CWSs utilizing solely groundwater sources. The minimum number of samples required to be taken by the supplier is based on the number of treatment plants used by the supplier, except that multiple wells drawing raw water from a single aquifer may, with the Agency approval, be considered one treatment plant for determining the minimum number of samples. The Agency must require the supplier to collect and analyze water samples for sodium more frequently in locations where the sodium content is variable.
b) The CWS supplier must report to the Agency the results of the analyses for sodium within the first 10 days of the month following the month in which the sample results were received or within the first 10 days following the end of the required monitoring period as specified by SEP, whichever of these is first. If more than annual sampling is required, the supplier must report the average sodium concentration within 10 days of the month following the month in which the analytical results of the last sample used for the annual average was received.
c) The CWS supplier must notify the Agency and appropriate local public health officials of the sodium levels by written notice by direct mail within three months. A copy of each notice required to be provided by this subsection must be sent to the Agency within 10 days after its issuance.
d) Analyses for sodium must be conducted as directed in Section 611.611(a).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.41.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.631 Special Monitoring for Inorganic Chemicals (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 28 Ill. Reg. 5269, effective March 10, 2004)
SUBPART O: ORGANIC MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 611.640 Definitions
The following terms are defined for use in this Subpart O only. Additional definitions are located in Section 611.102.
“Old MCL” means an MCL in Section 611.310. These include the MCLs identified as “additional state requirements”. “Old MCLs” include the Section 611.310 MCLs for the following contaminants:
Aldrin
2,4-D
DDT
Dieldrin
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
BOARD NOTE: 2,4D, heptachlor, and heptachlor epoxide are also “Phase II SOCs”. The additional state requirements of Section 611.310 impose a more stringent “old MCL” for each of these compounds than that imposed on them as Phase II SOCs by Section 611.311. However, the requirements for sampling and monitoring for these compounds as Phase II SOCs and the consequences of their detection and violation of their revised MCLs is more stringent as Phase II SOCs.
“Phase II SOCs” means the following:
Alachlor
Atrazine
Carbofuran
Chlordane
Dibromochloropropane
Ethylene dibromide
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
Lindane
Methoxychlor
Polychlorinated biphenyls
Toxaphene
2,4-D
2,4,5-TP
BOARD NOTE: These are organic contaminants regulated at 40 CFR 141.61(c)(1) through (c)(18). The MCLs for these contaminants are located at Section 611.311. More stringent MCLs for heptachlor, heptachlor epoxide, and 2,4D are found as “additional state requirements” in Section 611.310.
“Phase IIB SOCs” means the following:
Aldicarb
Aldicarb Sulfone
Aldicarb Sulfoxide
Pentachlorophenol
BOARD NOTE: These are organic contaminants regulated at 40 CFR 141.61(c)(1) through (c)(18). The MCLs for these contaminants are located at Section 611.311. See the Board note appended to Section 611.311(c) for information relating to implementation of requirements relating to aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone, and aldicarb sulfoxide.
“Phase V SOCs” means the following:
Benzo(a)pyrene
Dalapon
Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate
Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
Dinoseb
Diquat
Endothall
Endrin
Glyphosate
Hexachlorobenzene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
Oxamyl
Picloram
Simazine
2,3,7,8-TCDD
BOARD NOTE: These are organic contaminants regulated at 40 CFR 141.61(c)(19) through (c)(33). The MCLs for these contaminants are located at Section 611.311.
“Phase I VOCs” means the following:
Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
p-Dichlorobenzene
1,2-Dichloroethane
1,1-Dichloroethylene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Vinyl chloride
BOARD NOTE: These are the organic contaminants regulated at 40 CFR 141.61(a)(1) through (a)(8). The MCLs for these contaminants are located at Section 611.311(a).
“Phase II VOCs” means the following:
o-Dichlorobenzene
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene
1,2-Dichloropropane
Ethylbenzene
Monochlorobenzene
Styrene
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
Xylenes (total)
BOARD NOTE: These are organic contaminants regulated at 40 CFR 141.61(a)(9) through (a)(18). The MCLs for these contaminants are in Section 611.311(a).
“Phase V VOCs” means the following:
Dichloromethane
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
BOARD NOTE: These are the organic contaminants regulated at 40 CFR 141.61(a)(19) through (a)(21). The MCLs for these contaminants are located at Section 611.311(a).
“Revised MCL” means an MCL in Section 611.311. This term includes MCLs for Phase I VOCs, Phase II VOCs, Phase V VOCs, Phase II SOCs, Phase IIB SOCs, and Phase V SOCs.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.641 State-Only MCLs
a) An analysis of substances for the purpose of determining compliance with the State-only MCLs of Section 611.310 must be made as follows:
1) The Agency must issue a SEP requiring CWS suppliers utilizing surface water sources to collect samples during the period of the year when contamination by pesticides is most likely to occur. The Agency must require the supplier to repeat these analyses at least annually.
2) The Agency must issue a SEP requiring CWS suppliers utilizing only groundwater sources to collect samples at least once every three years.
b) If the result of an analysis made under subsection (a) indicates that the level of any contaminant exceeds its State-only MCL, the CWS supplier must report to the Agency within seven days and initiate three additional analyses within one month.
c) When the average of four analyses made under subsection (a), rounded to the same number of significant figures as the MCL for the substance in question, exceeds the State-only MCL, the CWS supplier must report to the Agency and give notice to the public under Subpart T of this Part. Monitoring after public notification must be at a frequency designated by the Agency and must continue until the MCL has not been exceeded in two successive samples or until a monitoring schedule as a condition to a variance, adjusted standard, or enforcement action becomes effective.
d) Analysis made to determine compliance with the State-only MCLs of Section 611.310 must be made in accordance with the appropriate methods specified in Section 611.645.
BOARD NOTE: This provision now applies only to State-only MCLs. This Section originally derived from 40 CFR 141.24(a) through (e), which USEPA removed and reserved.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.645 Analytical Methods for Organic Chemical Contaminants
The laboratory must analyze for the Section 611.311(a) VOCs under Section 611.646, the Section 611.311(c) SOCs under Section 611.648, the Section 611.310 State-only MCLs under Section 611.641, and the Section 611.312 MCL for TTHMs under Section 611.381 using the methods in this Section. All methods are incorporated by reference in Section 611.102. USEPA Technical Notes, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, contains other required analytical test procedures germane to conducting these analyses.
a) Volatile Organic Chemical Contaminants (VOCs)
1) Benzene
A) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
2) Carbon tetrachloride
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
C) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
3) Chlorobenzene
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
4) 1,2-Dichlorobenzene
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
5) 1,4-Dichlorobenzene
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
6) 1,2-Dichloroethane
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
7) 1,1-Dichloroethylene
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
8) cis-Dichloroethylene
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
9) trans-Dichloroethylene
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
10) Dichloromethane
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
11) 1,2-Dichloropropane
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
12) Ethylbenzene
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
13) Styrene
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95)
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
14) Tetrachloroethylene
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
C) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
15) Toluene
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
16) 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
17) 1,1,1-Trichloroethane
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
C) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
18) 1,1,2-Trichloroethane
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
C) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
19) Trichloroethylene
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
C) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
20) Vinyl chloride
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
21) Xylenes (total)
A) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), 524.3 (09), or 524.4 (13).
b) Synthetic Organic Chemical Contaminants (SOCs)
1) 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzodioxin (2,3,7,8-TCDD or Dioxin). Isotope Dilution High Resolution Gas Chromatography-High Resolution Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 1613 (94).
2) 2,4-D
A) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. ASTM D5317-93, ASTM D5317-98(2003), ASTM D5317-20, SM 6640 B (01), or SM 6640 B (06).
B) Liquid-Liquid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.1 (89) or USEPA 515.3 (96).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.2 (95).
D) Liquid-Liquid Microextraction, Derivatization, and Fast Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.4 (00).
E) High Performance Liquid Chromatography with Photodiode Array Ultraviolet Detector. USEPA 555 (92).
3) 2,4,5-TP (Silvex)
A) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. ASTM D5317-93, ASTM D5317-98(2003), ASTM D5317-20, SM 6640 B (01), or SM 6640 B (06).
B) Liquid-Liquid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.1 (89) or USEPA 515.3 (96).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.2 (95).
D) Liquid-Liquid Microextraction, Derivatization, and Fast Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.4 (00).
E) High Performance Liquid Chromatography with Photodiode Array Ultraviolet Detector. USEPA 555 (92).
4) Alachlor
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Nitrogen-Phosphorus Detector. USEPA 507 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Liquid-Solid Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
E) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
F) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
5) Atrazine
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Nitrogen-Phosphorus Detector. USEPA 507 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 523 (11).
E) Liquid-Solid Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
F) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
G) Liquid Chromatography Electrospray Ionization Tandem Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 536 (07).
H) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
I) Immunoassay. Syngenta AG-6252.
6) Benzo(a)pyrene
A) Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
B) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
C) Liquid Liquid Extraction and HPLC with Coupled Ultraviolet and Fluorescence Detection. USEPA 550 (90) or USEPA 550.1 (90).
7) Carbofuran.
A) Direct Aqueous Injection HPLC with Post-Column Derivatization. SM 6610 (92), 6610 (96), 6610 B (99), SM 6610 B (04), USEPA 531.1 (95), or USEPA 531.2 (01).
B) Liquid Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry. ME 531 (19).
8) Chlordane
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
E) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
9) Dalapon
A) Liquid-Liquid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.1 (89) or USEPA 515.3 (96).
B) Liquid-Liquid Microextraction, Derivatization, and Fast Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. SM 6640 B (01), SM 6640 B (06), or USEPA 515.4 (00).
C) Solid Phase Extractor (Acidic Methanol), Gas Chromatography, Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 552.1 (92).
D) Liquid-Liquid Extraction (Acidic Methanol), Gas Chromatography, Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 552.2 (95) or USEPA 552.3 (03).
E) Ion Chromatography, Electrospray Ionization, Tandem Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 557 (09).
10) Dibromochloropropane (DBCP)
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 504.1 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.3 (09).
C) Liquid-Liquid Extraction, Gas Chromatography, Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 551.1 (95).
11) Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate
A) Liquid-Liquid or Liquid-Solid Extraction and Gas Chromatography with Photoionization Detection. USEPA 506 (95).
B) Liquid-Solid Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
C) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
12) Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
A) Liquid-Liquid or Liquid-Solid Extraction and Gas Chromatography with Photoionization Detection. USEPA 506 (95).
B) Liquid-Solid Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
C) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
13) Dinoseb
A) Liquid-Liquid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.1 (89) or USEPA 515.3 (96).
B) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.2 (95).
C) Liquid-Liquid Microextraction, Derivatization, and Fast Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. SM 6640 B (01), SM 6640 B (06), or USEPA 515.4 (00).
D) High Performance Liquid Chromatography with Photodiode Array Ultraviolet Detector. USEPA 555 (92).
14) Diquat. Liquid-Solid Extraction and HPLC with Ultraviolet Detection. USEPA 549.2 (97).
15) Endothall. Ion-Exchange Extraction, Acidic Methanol Methylation and Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 548.1 (92).
16) Endrin
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Liquid-Solid Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
E) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
F) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
17) Ethylene Dibromide (EDB)
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 504.1 (95).
B) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.3 (09).
C) Liquid-Liquid Extraction, Gas Chromatography, Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 551.1 (95).
18) Glyphosate
A) Direct Aqueous Injection HPLC, Post-Column Derivatization, and Fluorescence Detection. USEPA 547 (90).
B) Anion- or Cation-Exchange HPLC and Post-Column Derivatization with Ultraviolet Fluorescence Detector. SM 6651 B (91), SM 6651 B (96), SM 6651 B (00), or SM 6651 B (05).
19) Heptachlor
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Liquid-Solid Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
E) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
F) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
20) Heptachlor Epoxide
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Liquid-Solid Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
E) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
F) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
21) Hexachlorobenzene
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Liquid-Solid Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
E) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
F) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
22) Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Liquid-Solid Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
E) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
F) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
23) Lindane
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Liquid-Solid Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
E) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
F) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
24) Methoxychlor
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
E) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
F) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
25) Oxamyl.
A) Direct Aqueous Injection HPLC with Post-Column Derivatization. SM 6610 (92), 6610 (96), 6610 B (99), SM 6610 B (04), USEPA 531.1 (95), or USEPA 531.2 (01).
B) Liquid Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry. ME 531 (19).
26) PCBs (measured for compliance purposes as decachlorobiphenyl). Screening by Perchlorination and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 508A (89).
27) PCBs (qualitatively identified as alachlors)
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
E) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
28) Pentachlorophenol
A) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. ASTM D5317-93, ASTM D5317-98(2003), ASTM D5317-20, SM 6640 B (01), or SM 6640 B (06).
B) Liquid-Liquid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.1 (89) or USEPA 515.3 (96).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.2 (95).
D) Liquid-Liquid Microextraction, Derivatization, and Fast Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.4 (00).
E) Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
F) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
G) High Performance Liquid Chromatography with Photodiode Array Ultraviolet Detector. USEPA 555 (92).
29) Picloram
A) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. ASTM D5317-93, ASTM D5317-98(2003), ASTM D5317-20, SM 6640 B (01), or SM 6640 B (06).
B) Liquid-Liquid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.1 (89) or USEPA 515.3 (96).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.2 (95).
D) Liquid-Liquid Microextraction, Derivatization, and Fast Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 515.4 (00).
E) High Performance Liquid Chromatography with Photodiode Array Ultraviolet Detector. USEPA 555 (92).
30) Simazine
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 507 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 523 (11).
E) Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
F) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
G) Liquid Chromatography Electrospray Ionization Tandem Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 536 (07).
H) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
31) Toxaphene
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
E) Solid Phase Extraction and Capillary Column Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.3 (12).
c) Total Trihalomethanes (TTHMs)
1) Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. USEPA 502.2 (95).
2) Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 524.2 (95), USEPA 524.3 (09), or USEPA 524.4 (13).
3) Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 551.1 (95).
d) State-Only MCLs (for which a method is not listed in subsections (a) through (c))
1) Aldrin
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
2) DDT
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508 (95).
3) Dieldrin
A) Microextraction and Gas Chromatography. USEPA 505 (95)1.
B) Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508 (95).
C) Liquid-Solid Extraction Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detector. USEPA 508.1 (95).
D) Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry. USEPA 525.2 (95).
e) The following endnotes are appended to method entries in subsections (a) and (b):
1 denotes that, for the particular contaminant, the laboratory should substitute a nitrogen-phosphorus detector for the electron capture detector in USEPA 505 (95) (or use another approved method) to determine alachlor, atrazine, and simazine if it needs a lower detection limit.
2 denotes that the laboratory may not use Syngenta AG-625 (01) for atrazine in any system using chlorine dioxide for treatment. In samples from all other systems, the laboratory must confirm any result for atrazine using Syngenta AG-625 (01) that is greater than one-half the maximum contaminant level (MCL) (in other words, greater than 0.0015 mg/ L or 1.5 μg/ L) using another approved method and additional volume of the original sample the supplier collected. If a result from Syngenta AG-625 (01) triggers confirmatory testing, the supplier must use the confirmatory result to determine compliance.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.24(e) and appendix A to subpart C of 40 CFR 141. The Board did not separately list approved alternative methods from Standard Methods Online that are the same version as a method appearing in a printed edition of Standard Methods. Using the Standard Methods Online copy is acceptable.
Standard Methods Online, Method 6610 B-04 appears in the 22nd and 23rd editions as Method 6610 B. This appears in this Section as SM 6610 B (04).
Standard Methods Online, Method 6640 B-01 appears in the 21st edition as Method 6640 B. This appears in this Section as SM 6640 B (01).
Standard Methods Online, Method 6640 B-06 appears in the 22nd and 23rd editions as Method 6640 B. This appears in this Section as SM 6640 B (06).
Standard Methods Online, Method 6651 B-00 appears in the 21st edition as Method 6651 B. This appears in this Section as SM 6651 B (00).
Standard Methods Online, Method 6651 B-05 appears in the 22nd and 23rd editions as Method 6651 B. This appears in this Section as SM 6651 B (05).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 18996, effective December 26, 2023)
Section 611.646 Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V Volatile Organic Contaminants
Monitoring of the Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V VOCs for the purpose of determining compliance with the MCL must be conducted as follows:
a) Definitions. As used in this Section the following have the given meanings:
“Detect” and “detection” mean that the contaminant of interest is present at a level greater than or equal to the “detection limit”.
“Detection limit” means 0.0005 mg/ℓ.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.24(f)(7), (f)(11), (f)(14)(i), and (f)(20). This is a “trigger level” for Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V VOCs inasmuch as it prompts further action. The use of the term “detect” in this Section is not intended to include any analytical capability of quantifying lower levels of any contaminant, or the “method detection limit”. Note, however, that certain language at the end of federal paragraph (f)(20) is capable of meaning that the “method detection limit” is used to derive the “detection limit”. The Board has chosen to disregard that language at the end of paragraph (f)(20) in favor of the more direct language of paragraphs (f)(7) and (f)(11).
“Method detection limit”, as used in subsections (q) and (t) means the minimum concentration of a substance that can be measured and reported with 99 percent confidence that the analyte concentration is greater than zero and is determined from analysis of a sample in a given matrix containing the analyte.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from appendix B to 40 CFR 136. The method detection limit is determined by the procedure set forth in appendix B to 40 CFR 136, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102(c). See subsection (t).
b) Required Sampling. Each supplier must take a minimum of one sample at each sampling point at the times required in subsection (u).
c) Sampling Points
1) Sampling Points for a GWS. Unless otherwise provided by a SEP granted by the Agency, a GWS supplier must take at least one sample from each of the following points: each entry point that is representative of each well after treatment.
2) Sampling Points for an SWS or Mixed System Supplier. Unless otherwise provided by a SEP granted by the Agency, an SWS or mixed system supplier must sample from each of the following points:
A) Each entry point after treatment; or
B) Points in the distribution system that are representative of each source.
3) The supplier must take each sample at the same sampling point unless the Agency has granted a SEP that designates another location as more representative of each source, treatment plant, or within the distribution system.
4) If a system draws water from more than one source, and the sources are combined before distribution, the supplier must sample at an entry point during periods of normal operating conditions when water is representative of all sources being used.
BOARD NOTE: Subsections (b) and (c) derived from 40 CFR 141.24(f)(1) through (f)(3).
d) Each CWS and NTNCWS supplier must take four consecutive quarterly samples for each of the Phase I VOCs, excluding vinyl chloride, and Phase II VOCs during each compliance period, beginning in the compliance period starting in the initial compliance period.
e) This subsection (e) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.24(f)(5), which no longer has operative effect. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations.
f) GWS Reduction to Triennial Monitoring Frequency. After a minimum of three years of annual sampling, GWS suppliers that have not previously detected any of the Phase I VOCs, including vinyl chloride; Phase II VOCs; or Phase V VOCs must take one sample during each three-year compliance period.
g) A CWS or NTNCWS supplier that has completed the initial round of monitoring required by subsection (d) and that did not detect any of the Phase I VOCs, including vinyl chloride; Phase II VOCs; and Phase V VOCs may apply to the Agency for a SEP that releases it from the requirements of subsection (f). A supplier that serves fewer than 3300 service connections may apply to the Agency for a SEP that releases it from the requirements of subsection (d) as to 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.24(f)(7) and (f)(10), and the discussion at 57 Fed. Reg. 31825 (July 17, 1992). Provisions concerning the term of the waiver appear in subsections (i) and (j). The definition of “detect”, parenthetically added to the federal counterpart paragraph, is in subsection (a).
h) Vulnerability Assessment. The Agency must consider the factors of Section 611.110(a) in granting a SEP from the requirements of subsection (d), (e), or (f) under subsection (g).
i) A SEP issued to a GWS under subsection (g) is for a maximum of six years, except that a SEP as to the subsection (d) monitoring for 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene must apply only to the initial round of monitoring. As a condition of a SEP, except as to a SEP from the initial round of subsection (d) monitoring for 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene, the supplier shall, within 30 months after the beginning of the period for which the waiver was issued, reconfirm its vulnerability assessment required by subsection (h) and submitted under subsection (g), by taking one sample at each sampling point and reapplying for a SEP under subsection (g). Based on this application, the Agency must do either of the following:
1) If it determines that the PWS meets the standard of Section 611.610(e), issue a SEP that reconfirms the prior SEP for the remaining three-year compliance period of the six-year maximum term; or
2) Issue a new SEP requiring the supplier to sample annually.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (i) does not apply to an SWS or mixed system supplier.
j) Special Considerations for a SEP for an SWS or Mixed-System Supplier
1) The Agency must determine that an SWS is not vulnerable before issuing a SEP to an SWS supplier. A SEP issued to an SWS or mixed system supplier under subsection (g) is for a maximum of one compliance period; and
2) The Agency may require, as a condition to a SEP issued to an SWS or mixed supplier, that the supplier take such samples for Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V VOCs at such a frequency as the Agency determines are necessary, based on the vulnerability assessment.
BOARD NOTE: There is a great degree of similarity between 40 CFR 141.24(f)(7), the provision applicable to GWSs, and 40 CFR 141.24(f)(10), the provision for SWSs. The Board has consolidated the common requirements of both paragraphs into subsection (g). Subsection (j) represents the elements unique to an SWSs or mixed system, and subsection (i) relates to a GWS supplier. Although 40 CFR 141.24(f)(7) and (f)(10) are silent as to a mixed system supplier, the Board has included a mixed system supplier with an SWS supplier because this best follows the federal scheme for all other contaminants.
k) If one of the Phase I VOCs, excluding vinyl chloride; a Phase II VOC; or a Phase V VOC is detected in any sample, then the following must occur:
1) The supplier must monitor quarterly for that contaminant at each sampling point that resulted in a detection.
2) Annual Monitoring
A) The Agency must grant a SEP that allows a supplier to reduce the monitoring frequency to annual at a sampling point if it determines that the sampling point is reliably and consistently below the MCL.
B) A request for a SEP must include the following minimal information:
i) For a GWS, two quarterly samples.
ii) For an SWS or mixed system supplier, four quarterly samples.
C) In issuing a SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently” determination was based. Any SEP that allows less frequent monitoring based on an Agency “reliably and consistently” determination must include a condition requiring the supplier to resume quarterly monitoring under subsection (k)(1) if it violates the MCL specified by Section 611.311.
3) Suppliers that monitor annually must monitor during the quarters that previously yielded the highest analytical result.
4) Suppliers that do not detect a contaminant at a sampling point in three consecutive annual samples may apply to the Agency for a SEP that allows it to discontinue monitoring for that contaminant at that point, as specified in subsection (g).
5) A GWS supplier that has detected one or more of the two-carbon contaminants listed in subsection (k)(5)(A) must monitor quarterly for vinyl chloride as described in subsection (k)(5)(B), subject to the limitation of subsection (k)(5)(C).
A) “Two-carbon contaminants” (Phase I or II VOC) are the following:
1,2Dichloroethane (Phase I)
1,1Dichloroethylene (Phase I)
cis1,2Dichloroethylene (Phase II)
trans1,2Dichloroethylene (Phase II)
Tetrachloroethylene (Phase II)
1,1,1Trichloroethylene (Phase I)
Trichloroethylene (Phase I)
B) The supplier must sample quarterly for vinyl chloride at each sampling point at which it detected one or more of the two-carbon contaminants listed in subsection (k)(5)(A).
C) The Agency must grant a SEP that allows the supplier to reduce the monitoring frequency for vinyl chloride at any sampling point to once in each three-year compliance period if it determines that the supplier has not detected vinyl chloride in the first sample required by subsection (k)(5)(B).
l) Quarterly Monitoring Following MCL Violations
1) Suppliers that violate an MCL for one of the Phase I VOCs, including vinyl chloride; Phase II VOCs; or Phase V VOCs, as determined by subsection (o), must monitor quarterly for that contaminant, at the sampling point where the violation occurred, beginning the next quarter after the violation.
2) Annual Monitoring
A) The Agency must grant a SEP that allows a supplier to reduce the monitoring frequency to annually if it determines that the sampling point is reliably and consistently below the MCL.
B) A request for a SEP must include the following minimal information: four quarterly samples.
C) In issuing a SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently” determination was based. Any SEP that allows less frequent monitoring based on an Agency “reliably and consistently” determination must include a condition requiring the supplier to resume quarterly monitoring under subsection (l)(1) if it violates the MCL specified by Section 611.311.
D) The supplier must monitor during the quarters that previously yielded the highest analytical result.
m) Confirmation Samples. The Agency may issue a SEP to require a supplier to use a confirmation sample for results that it finds dubious for whatever reason. The Agency must state its reasons for issuing the SEP if the SEP is Agency-initiated.
1) If a supplier detects any of the Phase I, Phase II, or Phase V VOCs in a sample, the supplier must take a confirmation sample as soon as possible, but no later than 14 days after the supplier receives notice of the detection.
2) Averaging is as specified in subsection (o).
3) The Agency must delete the original or confirmation sample if it determines that a sampling error occurred, in which case the confirmation sample will replace the original or confirmation sample.
n) This subsection (n) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.24(f)(14), an optional USEPA provision relating to compositing of samples that USEPA does not require for state programs. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
o) Compliance with the MCLs for the Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V VOCs must be determined based on the analytical results obtained at each sampling point. If one sampling point is in violation of an MCL, the system is in violation of the MCL.
1) For a supplier that monitors more than once per year, compliance with the MCL is determined by a running annual average at each sampling point.
2) A supplier that monitors annually or less frequently whose sample result exceeds the MCL must begin quarterly sampling. The system will not be considered in violation of the MCL until it has completed one year of quarterly sampling.
3) If any sample result will cause the running annual average to exceed the MCL at any sampling point, the supplier is out of compliance with the MCL immediately.
4) If a supplier fails to collect the required number of samples, compliance will be based on the total number of samples collected.
5) If a sample result is less than the detection limit, zero will be used to calculate the annual average.
p) This subsection (p) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.24(f)(16), which USEPA removed and reserved. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations.
q) Analysis under this Section must only be conducted by a laboratory in one of the categories listed in Section 611.490(a) that has been certified according to the following conditions:
1) To receive certification to conduct analyses for the Phase I VOCs, excluding vinyl chloride; Phase II VOCs; and Phase V VOCs, the laboratory must do the following:
A) It must analyze performance evaluation (PE) samples that include these substances provided by the Agency under 35 Ill. Adm. Code 186.170;
B) It must achieve the quantitative acceptance limits under subsections (q)(1)(C) and (q)(1)(D) for at least 80 percent of the regulated organic contaminants in the PE sample;
C) It must achieve quantitative results on the analyses performed under subsection (q)(1)(A) that are within ± 20 percent of the actual amount of the substances in the PE sample when the actual amount is greater than or equal to 0.010 mg/ℓ;
D) It must achieve quantitative results on the analyses performed under subsection (q)(1)(A) that are within ± 40 percent of the actual amount of the substances in the PE sample when the actual amount is less than 0.010 mg/ℓ; and
E) It must achieve a method detection limit of 0.0005 mg/ℓ, according to the procedures in appendix B to 40 CFR 136, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102.
2) To receive certification to conduct analyses for vinyl chloride the laboratory must do the following:
A) It must analyze PE samples provided by the Agency under 35 Ill. Adm. Code 186.170;
B) It must achieve quantitative results on the analyses performed under subsection (q)(2)(A) that are within ± 40 percent of the actual amount of vinyl chloride in the PE sample;
C) It must achieve a method detection limit of 0.0005 mg/ℓ, according to the procedures in appendix B to 40 CFR 136, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102; and
D) It must obtain certification under subsection (q)(1) for Phase I VOCs, excluding vinyl chloride; Phase II VOCs; and Phase V VOCs.
r) This subsection (r) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.24(f)(18), an obsolete provision that relates to the initial compliance period from 1993 through 1995. This statement maintains consistency with the federal regulations.
s) The Agency must, by a SEP, increase the number of sampling points or the frequency of monitoring if it determines that it is necessary to detect variations within the PWS.
t) Each laboratory certified for the analysis of Phase I, Phase II, or Phase V VOCs under subsection (q)(1) or (q)(2) must do the following:
1) Determine the method detection limit (MDL), as defined in appendix B to 40 CFR 136, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, at which it is capable of detecting the Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V VOCs; and,
2) Achieve an MDL for each Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V VOC that is less than or equal to 0.0005 mg/ℓ.
u) Each supplier must monitor, within each compliance period, at the time designated by the Agency by SEP.
v) A new system supplier or a supplier that uses a new source of water must demonstrate compliance with the MCL within a period of time specified by a permit issued by the Agency. The supplier must also comply with the initial sampling frequencies specified by the Agency to ensure the supplier can demonstrate compliance with the MCL. Routine and increased monitoring frequencies must be conducted in accordance with the requirements in this Section.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.24(f).
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.647 Sampling for Phase I Volatile Organic Contaminants (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 19 Ill. Reg. 8613, effective June 20, 1995)
Section 611.648 Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V Synthetic Organic ContaminantsAnalysis of the Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V SOCs for the purposes of determining compliance with the MCL must be conducted as follows:
a) Definitions. As used in this Section, the following terms will have the following meanings:
“Detect” or “detection” means that the contaminant of interest is present at a level greater than or equal to the “detection limit”.
“Detection limit” means the level of the contaminant of interest that is specified in subsection (r).
BOARD NOTE: This is a “trigger level” for Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V SOCs inasmuch as it prompts further action. The use of the term “detect” or “detection” in this Section is not intended to include any analytical capability of quantifying lower levels of any contaminant, or the “method detection limit”.
b) Required Sampling. Each supplier must take a minimum of one sample at each sampling point at the times required in subsection (q).
BOARD NOTE: See the Board note appended to Section 611.311(c) for information relating to implementation of requirements relating to aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone, and aldicarb sulfoxide.
c) Sampling Points
1) Sampling Points for GWSs. Unless otherwise provided in a SEP, a GWS supplier must take at least one sample from each of the following points: each entry point that is representative of each well after treatment.
2) Sampling Points for an SWS or Mixed System Supplier. Unless otherwise provided in a SEP, an SWS or mixed system supplier must sample from each of the following points:
A) Each entry point after treatment; or
B) Points in the distribution system that are representative of each source.
3) The supplier must take each sample at the same sampling point unless the Agency issues a SEP that designates another location as more representative of each source, treatment plant, or within the distribution system.
4) If a system draws water from more than one source, and the sources are combined before distribution, the supplier must sample at an entry point during periods of normal operating conditions when water is representative of all sources being used.
BOARD NOTE: Subsections (b) and (c) derive from 40 CFR 141.24(h)(1) through (h)(3).
d) Monitoring Frequency
1) Each CWS and NTNCWS supplier must take four consecutive quarterly samples for each of the Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V SOCs during each compliance period, beginning in the three-year compliance period starting in the initial compliance period.
2) Suppliers serving more than 3,300 persons that do not detect a contaminant in the initial compliance period must take a minimum of two quarterly samples in one year of each subsequent three-year compliance period.
3) Suppliers serving fewer than or equal to 3,300 persons that do not detect a contaminant in the initial compliance period must take a minimum of one sample during each subsequent three-year compliance period.
e) Reduction to Annual Monitoring Frequency. A CWS or NTNCWS supplier may apply to the Agency for a SEP releasing the supplier from the requirements of subsection (d). A SEP from the requirement of subsection (d) may last for only a single three-year compliance period.
f) Vulnerability Assessment. The Agency must issue a SEP from the requirements of subsection (d) based on consideration of the factors set forth at Section 611.110(a).
g) If one of the Phase II, Phase IIB, or Phase V SOCs is detected in any sample, then the following must occur:
1) The supplier must monitor quarterly for the contaminant at each sampling point that resulted in a detection.
2) Annual Monitoring
A) A supplier may request that the Agency issue a SEP reducing the monitoring frequency to annual.
B) A request for a SEP must include the following minimal information:
i) For a GWS, two quarterly samples.
ii) For an SWS or mixed system supplier, four quarterly samples.
C) The Agency must issue a SEP allowing annual monitoring at a sampling point if it determines that the sampling point is reliably and consistently below the MCL.
D) When issuing the SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently below the MCL” determination was based. Any SEP allowing less frequent monitoring based on an Agency “reliably and consistently below the MCL” determination must include a condition requiring the supplier to resume quarterly monitoring under subsection (g)(1) if it detects any Phase II SOC.
3) Suppliers that monitor annually must monitor during the quarters that previously yielded the highest analytical result.
4) Suppliers that have three consecutive annual samples with no detection of a contaminant at a sampling point may apply to the Agency for a SEP with respect to that point, as specified in subsections (e) and (f).
5) Monitoring for Related Contaminants
A) If monitoring results in detection of one or more of the related contaminants listed in subsection (g)(5)(B), subsequent monitoring must analyze for all the related compounds in the respective group.
B) Related Contaminants
i) First Group
aldicarb
aldicarb sulfonealdicarb sulfoxide
BOARD NOTE: See the Board note appended to Section 611.311(c) for information relating to implementation of requirements relating to aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone, and aldicarb sulfoxide.
ii) Second Group
heptachlor
heptachlor epoxide.
h) Quarterly Monitoring Following MCL Violations
1) Suppliers that violate an MCL for one of the Phase II, Phase IIB, or Phase V SOCs, as determined by subsection (k), must monitor quarterly for that contaminant at the sampling point where the violation occurred, beginning the next quarter after the violation.
2) Annual Monitoring
A) A supplier may request that the Agency issue a SEP reducing the monitoring frequency to annual.
B) A request for a SEP must include, at a minimum, the results from four quarterly samples.
C) The Agency must issue a SEP allowing annual monitoring at a sampling point if it determines that the sampling point is reliably and consistently below the MCL.
D) When issuing the SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently below the MCL” determination was based. Any SEP allowing less frequent monitoring based on an Agency “reliably and consistently below the MCL” determination must include a condition requiring the supplier to resume quarterly monitoring under subsection (h)(1) if it detects any Phase II SOC.
E) The supplier must monitor during the quarters that previously yielded the highest analytical result.
i) Confirmation Samples
1) If any of the Phase II, Phase IIB, or Phase V SOCs are detected in a sample, the supplier must take a confirmation sample as soon as possible, but no later than 14 days after the supplier receives notice of the detection.
2) Averaging is as specified in subsection (k).
3) The Agency must delete the original or confirmation sample if it determines that a sampling error occurred, in which case the confirmation sample will replace the original or confirmation sample.
j) This subsection (j) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.24(h)(10), an optional USEPA provision relating to compositing of samples that USEPA does not require for state programs. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
k) Compliance with the MCLs for the Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V SOCs must be determined based on the analytical results obtained at each sampling point. If one sampling point is in violation of an MCL, the supplier is in violation of the MCL.
1) For a supplier that monitors more than once per year, compliance with the MCL is determined by a running annual average at each sampling point.
2) A supplier that monitors annually or less frequently whose sample result exceeds the regulatory detection level as defined by subsection (r) must begin quarterly sampling. The system will not be considered in violation of the MCL until it has completed one year of quarterly sampling.
3) If any sample result will cause the running annual average to exceed the MCL at any sampling point, the supplier is out of compliance with the MCL immediately.
4) If a supplier fails to collect the required number of samples, compliance will be based on the total number of samples collected.
5) If a sample result is less than the detection limit, zero will be used to calculate the annual average.
l) This subsection (l) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.24(h)(12), which USEPA removed and reserved. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations.
m) Analysis for PCBs must be conducted as follows using the methods in Section 611.645:
1) Each supplier that monitors for PCBs must analyze each sample using either USEPA 505 (95) or USEPA 508 (95).
2) If PCBs are detected in any sample analyzed using USEPA 505 (95) or USEPA 508 (95), the supplier must reanalyze the sample using USEPA 508A (89) to quantitate the individual Aroclors (as decachlorobiphenyl).
3) Compliance with the PCB MCL must be determined based upon the quantitative results of analyses using USEPA 508A (89).
n) This subsection (n) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.24(h)(14), an obsolete provision that relates to the initial compliance period from 1993 through 1995. This statement maintains consistency with the federal regulations.
o) The Agency must issue a SEP increasing the number of sampling points or the frequency of monitoring if it determines that this is necessary to detect variations within the PWS due to such factors as fluctuations in contaminant concentration due to seasonal use or changes in the water source.
BOARD NOTE: At 40 CFR 141.24(h)(15), the factors are non-limiting examples of circumstances making additional monitoring necessary.
p) This subsection (p) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.24(h)(16), a USEPA provision relating to reserving enforcement authority to the State that would serve no useful function as part of the State’s rules. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
q) Each supplier must monitor, within each compliance period, at the time designated by the Agency in a SEP.
r) “Detection” means greater than or equal to the following concentrations for each contaminant:
1) For PCBs (Aroclors), the following:
Aroclor Detection Limit (mg/ L) 1016 0.00008 1221 0.02 1232 0.0005 1242 0.0003 1248 0.0001 1254 0.0001 1260 0.0002
2) For other Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V SOCs, the following:
BOARD NOTE: See the Board note appended to Section 611.311(c) for information relating to implementation of requirements relating to aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone, and aldicarb sulfoxide.
Contaminant Detection Limit (mg/ L) Alachlor 0.0002 Aldicarb 0.0005 Aldicarb sulfoxide 0.0005 Aldicarb sulfone 0.0008 Atrazine 0.0001 Benzo(a)pyrene 0.00002 Carbofuran 0.0009 Chlordane 0.0002 2,4-D 0.0001 Dalapon 0.001 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP) 0.00002 Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate 0.0006 Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate 0.0006 Dinoseb 0.0002 Diquat 0.0004 Endothall 0.009 Endrin 0.00001 Ethylene dibromide (EDB) 0.00001 Glyphosate 0.006 Heptachlor 0.00004 Heptachlor epoxide 0.00002 Hexachlorobenzene 0.0001 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 0.0001 Lindane 0.00002 Methoxychlor 0.0001 Oxamyl 0.002 Picloram 0.0001 Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) (as decachlorobiphenyl) 0.0001 Pentachlorophenol 0.00004 Simazine 0.00007 Toxaphene 0.001 2,3,7,8-TCDD (dioxin) 0.000000005 2,4,5-TP (silvex) 0.0002 s) Laboratory Certification
1) Analyses under this Section must only be conducted by a laboratory in one of the categories listed in Section 611.490(a) that has been certified according to the conditions of subsection (s)(2).
2) To receive certification to conduct analyses for the Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V SOCs, the laboratory must do the following:
A) Analyze PE samples provided by the Agency under 35 Ill. Adm. Code 183.125(c) that include these substances; and
B) Achieve quantitative results on the analyses performed under subsection (s)(2)(A) that are within the following acceptance limits:
BOARD NOTE: See the Board note appended to Section 611.311(c) for information relating to implementation of requirements relating to aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone, and aldicarb sulfoxide.
SOC Acceptance Limits Alachlor ± 45% Aldicarb 2 standard deviations Aldicarb sulfone 2 standard deviations Aldicarb sulfoxide 2 standard deviations Atrazine ± 45% Benzo(a)pyrene 2 standard deviations Carbofuran ± 45% Chlordane ± 45% Dalapon 2 standard deviations Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate 2 standard deviations Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate 2 standard deviations Dinoseb 2 standard deviations Diquat 2 standard deviations Endothall 2 standard deviations Endrin ± 30% Glyphosate 2 standard deviations Dibromochloropropane (DBCP) ± 40% Ethylene dibromide (EDB) ± 40% Heptachlor ± 45% Heptachlor epoxide ± 45% Hexachlorobenzene 2 standard deviations Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 2 standard deviations Lindane ± 45% Methoxychlor ± 45% Oxamyl 2 standard deviations PCBs (as decachlorobiphenyl) 0-200% Pentachlorophenol ± 50% Picloram 2 standard deviations Simazine 2 standard deviations Toxaphene ± 45% 2,4-D ± 50% 2,3,7,8-TCDD (dioxin) 2 standard deviations 2,4,5-TP (silvex) ± 50% t) A new system supplier or a supplier using a new source of water must demonstrate compliance with the MCL within a period of time specified by a permit issued by the Agency. The supplier must also comply with the initial sampling frequencies specified by the Agency to ensure the supplier can demonstrate compliance with the MCL. Routine and increased monitoring frequencies must be conducted in accordance with the requirements in this Section.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.24(h).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.650 Monitoring for 36 Contaminants (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 16 Ill. Reg. 19010, effective December 1, 1992)
Section 611.657 Analytical Methods for 36 Contaminants (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 16 Ill. Reg. 19010, effective December 1, 1992)
Section 611.658 Special Monitoring for Organic Chemicals (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 28 Ill. Reg. 5269, effective March 10, 2004)
SUBPART P: THM MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL REQUIREMENTS (REPEALED)
Section 611.680 Sampling, Analytical, and other Requirements (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 36 Ill. Reg. 7110, effective April 25, 2012)
Section 611.683 Reduced Monitoring Frequency (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 28 Ill. Reg. 5269, effective March 10, 2004)
Section 611.684 Averaging (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 28 Ill. Reg. 5269, effective March 10, 2004)
Section 611.685 Analytical Methods (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 31 Ill. Reg. 11757, effective July 27, 2007)
Section 611.686 Modification to System (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 28 Ill. Reg. 5269, effective March 10, 2004)
Section 611.687 Sampling for Maximum THM Potential (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 28 Ill. Reg. 5269, effective March 10, 2004)
Section 611.688 Applicability Dates (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 28 Ill. Reg. 5269, effective March 10, 2004)
SUBPART Q: RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 611.720 Analytical Methods
a) A certified laboratory must use specific methods or alternative methods the Agency approved under Section 611.480 to determine whether the supplier complies with Section 611.330.
1) Gross Alpha and Beta
A) Evaporation Methods. SM 302 (71); SM 7110 B (85); SM 7110 B (91); SM 7110 B (96); SM 7110 B (00); USEPA 900.0 (80); USEPA 900.0 (18); USEPA 00-01 (84); USEPA IRM (76), pages 1-3; USEPA RCA (79), pages 1-5; or USGS R1120-76.
B) Liquid Scintillation Methods. ASTM D7283-17 or SM 7110 D (17).
2) Gross Alpha. Coprecipitation Methods. SM 7110 C (91), SM 7110 C (96), SM 7110 C (00), or USEPA 00-02 (84).
3) Radium-226
A) Radiochemical Methods. ASTM D2460-97; ASTM D2460-07; Georgia Radium (04); New York Radium (82); SM 304 (71); SM 7500-Ra B (88); SM 7500-Ra B (93); SM 7500-Ra B (01); USEPA 903.0 (80); USEPA 903.0 (21); USEPA Ra-03 (84); USEPA IRM (76), pages 13-15; USEPA RCA (79), pages 19-32; or USGS R-1140-76.
B) Radon Emanation Methods. ASTM D3454-97; ASTM D3454-05; ASTM D3454-18; EML (97) Ra-04; EML (90) Ra-05; SM 305 (71); SM 7500-Ra C (88); SM 7500-Ra C (93); SM 7500-Ra C (01); USEPA 903.1 (80); USEPA 903.1 (21); USEPA Ra-04 (84); USEPA IRM (76), pages 16-23; or USGS R-1141-76.
C) Gamma Spectrometry. SM 7500-Ra E (01) or SM 7500-Ra E (07).
4) Radium-228
A) Radiochemical Methods. Georgia Radium (04); New Jersey Radium (90); New York Radium (82); SM 7500-Ra D (88); SM 7500-Ra D (93); SM 7500-Ra D (01); USEPA 904.0 (80); USEPA904.0 (22); USEPA Ra-05 (90); USEPA IRM (76), pages 24-28; USEPA RCA (79), pages 19-32; or USGS R-1142-76.
B) Gamma Spectrometry. SM 7500-Ra E (01) or SM 7500-Ra E (07).
5) Uranium
A) Radiochemical Methods. SM 7500-U B (88), SM 7500-U B (91), SM 7500-U B (96), SM 7500-U B (00), or USEPA 908.0 (80).
B) Fluorometric Methods. ASTM D2907-97, EML (90) U-04, EML (97) U-04, SM 7500-U C (88), SM 7500-U C (91), SM 7500-U C (96), SM 7500-U C (00), USEPA 908.1 (80), USGS R-1180-76, or USGS R-1181-76.
C) ICP-MS Methods. ASTM D5673-03, ASTM D5673-05, ASTM D5673-10, ASTM D5673-16; SM 3125 (97); or USEPA 200.8 (94).
D) Alpha Spectrometry. ASTM D3972-97; ASTM D3972-02; ASTM D3972-09; EML (90) U-02; EML (97) U-02; USEPA 00-07 (84); USEPA RCA (79), pages 33-48; or USGS R-1182-76.
E) Laser Spectrometry. ASTM D5174-97, ASTM D5174-02, or ASTM D5174-07.
F) Alpha Liquid Scintillation Spectrometry. ASTM D6239-09.
BOARD NOTE: If the laboratory determines uranium (U) by mass, it must use a conversion factor of 0.67 pCi/µg U. This conversion factor reflects the characteristic 1:1 activity ratio of 234U and 238U of naturally occurring uranium.
6) Radioactive Cesium
A) Radiochemical Methods. ASTM D2459-72; SM 7500-Cs B (88), SM 7500-Cs B (93); SM 7500-Cs B (00); USEPA 901.0 (80); USEPA IRM (76), pages 4-5; or USGS R-1111-76.
B) Gamma Ray Spectrometry. ASTM D3649-91; ASTM D3649-98a; ASTM D3649-06; EML (90) Ga-01; EML (97) Ga-01-R; SM 7120 (94); SM 7120 (97); USEPA 901.1 (80); USEPA RCA (79), pages 92-95; or USGS R-1110-76.
7) Radioactive Iodine
A) Radiochemical Methods. ASTM D3649-91; ASTM D3649-98a; ASTM D3649-06; SM 7500-I B (88); SM 7500-I B (93); SM 7500-I B (00); SM 7500-I C (88); SM 7500-I C (93); SM 7500-I C (00); SM 7500-I D (88); SM 7500-I D (93); SM 7500-I D (00); USEPA 902.0 (80); USEPA IRM (76), pages 6-8; or USEPA IRM (76), pages 9-12.
B) Gamma Ray Spectrometry. ASTM D4785-93; ASTM D4785-00a; ASTM D4785-08; ASTM D4785-20; EML (90) Ga-01; EML (97) Ga-01-R; SM 7120 (94); SM 7120 (97); USEPA 901.1 (80); or USEPA RCA (79), pages 92-95.
8) Radioactive Strontium-89 and 90. Radiochemical Methods. EML (90) Sr-01; EML (97) Sr-01; EML (90) Sr-02; EML (97) Sr-02; SM 303 (71); SM 7500-Sr B (88); SM 7500-Sr B (93); SM 7500-Sr B (01); USEPA 905.0 (80); USEPA Sr-04 (84); USEPA IRM (76), pages 29-33; USEPA RCA (79), pages 65-73; or USGS R-1160-76.
9) Tritium. Liquid Scintillation. ASTM D4107-91; ASTM D4107-98; ASTM D4107-08; ASTM D4107-20; SM 306 (71); SM 7500-3H B (88); SM 7500-3H B (93); SM 7500-3H B (00); USEPA 906.0 (80); USEPA H-02 (84); USEPA IRM (76), pages 34-37; USEPA RCA (79), pages 87-91; or USGS R-1171-76.
10) Gamma Emitters. Gamma Ray Spectrometry. ASTM D3649-91; ASTM D3649-98a; ASTM D3649-06; ASTM D4785-93; ASTM D4785-00a; ASTM D4785-08; ASTM D4785-20; EML (90) Ga-01; EML (97) Ga-01-R; SM 7120 (94); SM 7120 (97); SM 7500-Cs B (88); SM 7500-Cs B (93); SM 7500-Cs B (00); SM 7500-I B (88); SM 7500-I B (93); SM 7500-I B (00); USEPA 901.0 (80); USEPA 901.1 (80); USEPA 902.0 (80); USEPA RCA (79), pages 92-95; or USGS R-1110-76.
b) When the laboratory must identify and measure radionuclides other than those in subsection (a), it must use methods from either of two sources, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, except if the Agency approves alternative methods under Section 611.480:
1) USEPA ARP (73).
2) EML (90) or EML (97).
c) For monitoring radioactivity concentrations in drinking water, a detection limit defines the required sensitivity of the radio analysis. The detection limit is the concentration a laboratory can measure with a precision of plus or minus 100 percent at the 95 percent confidence level (1.96σ, where σ is the standard deviation of the net counting rate of the sample).
1) When determining compliance with Section 611.330(b), (c), and (e), the detection limit must not exceed certain concentrations:
Contaminant Detection Limit Gross alpha particle activity 3 pCi/ L Radium-226 1 pCi/ L Radium-228 1 pCi/ L Uranium 1 µg/ L
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (c)(1) derives from 40 CFR 141.25(c) Table B.
2) When determining compliance with Section 611.330(d), the detection limits must not exceed certain concentrations:
Radionuclide Detection Limit Tritium 1,000 pCi/ L Strontium-89 10 pCi/ L Strontium-90 2 pCi/ L Iodine-131 1 pCi/ L Cesium-134 10 pCi/ L Gross beta 4 pCi/ L Other radionuclides 1/10 of applicable limit
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (c)(2) derives from 40 CFR 141.25(c) Table C.
d) When determining compliance with the MCLs in Section 611.330, the laboratory must use averages of data and round results to the same number of significant figures as the MCL.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.25 and appendix A to subpart C of 40 CFR 141. The Board did not separately list approved alternative methods from Standard Methods Online that are the same version as a method appearing in a printed edition of Standard Methods. Using the Standard Methods Online copy is acceptable.
Standard Methods Online, Methods 7110 B-91 and 7110 C-91 appear in the 18th and 19th editions as Methods 7110 B and 7110 C. These appear in this Section as SM 7110 B (91) and SM 7110 C (91).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 7110 B-00 and 7110 C-00 appear in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Methods 7110 B and 7110 C. These appear in this Section as SM 7110 B (00) and SM 7110 C (00).
Standard Methods Online, Method 7120-97 appears in the 20th, 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Method 7120. This appears in this Section appears as SM 7120 (97).
Standard Methods Online, Method 7500-Cs B-00 appears in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Method 7500-Cs B. In this Section, thus appears as SM 7500-Cs B (00).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 7500-I B-00, 7500-I C-00, and 7500-I D-00 appear in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Methods 7500-I B, 7500-I C, and 7500-I D. These appear in this Section as SM 7500-I B (00), SM 7500-I C (00), and SM 7500-I D (00).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 7500-Ra B-01, 7500-Ra C-01, and 7500-Ra D-01 appears in the 21st and 22nd editions as Methods 7500-Ra B, 7500-Ra C, and 7500-Ra D. These appear in this Section as SM 7500-Ra B (01), SM 7500-Ra C (01), and SM 7500-Ra D (01).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 7500-Ra B-07, 7500-Ra C-07, 7500-Ra D-07, and 7500-Ra E-07 appears in the 23rd edition as Methods 7500-Ra B, 7500-Ra C, 7500-Ra D, and 7500-Ra E. These appear in this Section as SM 7500-Ra B (07), SM 7500-Ra C (07), SM 7500-Ra D (07), and SM 7500-Ra E (07).
Standard Methods Online, Method 7500-Sr B-01 appears in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Method 7500-Sr B. This appears in this Section as SM 7500-Sr B (01).
Standard Methods Online, Method 7500-3H B-00 appears in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Method 7500-3H B. This appears in this Section as SM 7500-3H B (00)
Standard Methods Online, Methods 7500-U B and 7500-U C-00 appear in the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd editions as Methods 7500-U B and 7500-U C. These appear in this Section as SM 7500-U B (00) and SM 7500-U C (00).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 18996, effective December 26, 2023)
Section 611.731 Gross Alpha
Monitoring for Gross Alpha Particle Activity, Radium-226, Radium-228, and Uranium
a) A CWS supplier must monitor to determine whether it complies with Section 611.330(b), (c), and (e). For monitoring gross alpha particle activity, radium-226, radium-228, uranium, and beta particle and photon radioactivity in drinking water, “detection limit” is defined as in Section 611.720(c).
1) Applicability and Sampling Location for an Existing CWS Supplier. An existing CWS supplier using groundwater, surface water, or both groundwater and surface water must sample at every entry point to the distribution system representing all sources the supplier uses (a sampling point) under normal operating conditions. The supplier must take each sample at the same sampling point, unless conditions make another sampling point more representative of each source or the Agency designates a distribution system location under subsection (b)(2)(C).
2) Applicability and Sampling Location for a New CWS Supplier. A new CWS supplier or a CWS supplier using a new source of water must begin initial monitoring for the new source within the first quarter after beginning to use the source. A CWS supplier must conduct more frequent monitoring as directed by the Agency in a SEP due to possible contamination or changes in the distribution system or treatment processes that may increase the concentration of radioactivity in the supplier’s finished water.
b) Initial Monitoring. The Agency may issue a SEP directing a CWS supplier to monitor for gross alpha particle activity, radium-226, radium-228, and uranium for four consecutive quarters at all sampling points. The Agency may revise the SEP waiving the final two quarters of initial monitoring for a sampling point if the results of the samples from the previous two quarters are below the detection limit. For gross alpha particle activity, uranium, radium-226, and radium-228 monitoring, the Agency may issue a SEP waiving the final two quarters of initial monitoring for a sampling point if the results of the samples from the previous two quarters are below the detection limit. If the average of the initial monitoring results for a sampling point is above the MCL, the supplier must collect and analyze quarterly samples at that sampling point until its results from four consecutive quarters are at or below the MCL, unless the Agency issues a SEP requiring another schedule as part of a formal compliance agreement.
c) Reduced Monitoring. The Agency may allow a CWS supplier to reduce the future frequency of monitoring from once every three years to once every six or nine years at each sampling point, based on certain criteria:
1) If the average of the initial monitoring results for each contaminant (i.e., gross alpha particle activity, uranium, radium-226, or radium-228) is below the detection limit Section 611.720(c)(1) specifies, the supplier must collect and analyze for that contaminant using at least one sample at that sampling point every nine years.
2) For gross alpha particle activity and uranium, if the average of the initial monitoring results for each contaminant is at or above the detection limit but at or below one-half the MCL, the supplier must collect and analyze for that contaminant using at least one sample at that sampling point every six years. For combined radium-226 and radium-228, the supplier must combine the analytical results. If the average of the combined initial monitoring results for radium-226 and radium-228 is at or above the detection limit but at or below one-half the MCL, the supplier must collect and analyze for that contaminant using at least one sample at that sampling point every six years.
3) For gross alpha particle activity and uranium, if the average of the initial monitoring results for each contaminant is above one-half the MCL but at or below the MCL, the supplier must collect and analyze at least one sample at that sampling point every three years. For combined radium-226 and radium-228, the supplier must combine the analytical results. If the average of the combined initial monitoring results for radium-226 and radium-228 is above one-half the MCL but at or below the MCL, the supplier must collect and analyze at least one sample at that sampling point every three years.
4) A supplier must use the samples it collected during the reduced monitoring period to determine the monitoring frequency for subsequent monitoring periods (e.g., if a supplier’s sampling point is on a nine year monitoring period, and the sample result is above one-half the MCL, then the next monitoring period for that sampling point is three years).
5) If a supplier has a monitoring result exceeding the MCL while on reduced monitoring, the supplier must collect and analyze quarterly samples at that sampling point until the supplier has results from four consecutive quarters below the MCL, unless the supplier enters into another schedule as part of a formal compliance agreement with the Agency.
d) Compositing. To fulfill quarterly monitoring requirements for gross alpha particle activity, radium-226, radium-228, or uranium, a supplier may composite up to four consecutive quarterly samples from a single entry point if analysis is done within a year after collecting the first sample. The supplier must treat analytical results from the composited sample as the average analytical result to determine whether the supplier complies with the MCLs and the future monitoring frequency. If the analytical result from the composited sample is greater than one-half the MCL, the Agency may issue a SEP directing the supplier to take additional quarterly samples before allowing the supplier to sample under a reduced monitoring schedule.
e) A supplier may substitute a gross alpha particle activity measurement for the required radium-226 measurement, provided the measured gross alpha particle activity does not exceed 5 pCi/ L. A supplier may substitute a gross alpha particle activity measurement for the required uranium measurement, provided the measured gross alpha particle activity does not exceed 15 pCi/ L.
1) The gross alpha measurement must have a confidence interval of 95% (1.65 s , where s is the standard deviation of the net counting rate of the sample) for radium-226 and uranium.
2) When a supplier uses a gross alpha particle activity measurement in lieu of a radium-226 or uranium measurement, the supplier must use the gross alpha particle activity analytical result to determine the future monitoring frequency for radium-226 or uranium.
3) If the laboratory does not detect gross alpha particle activity, the supplier must use one-half the detection limit to determine whether it complies and its future monitoring frequency.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.26(a).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.732 Beta Particle and Photon Radioactivity
Monitoring and Compliance for Manmade Radioactivity. To determine compliance with the maximum contaminant levels in Section 611.330(d) for beta particle and photon radioactivity, a supplier must monitor at a specified frequency:
a) If the Agency issues a SEP designating a CWS supplier (either a surface water or groundwater supplier) as vulnerable, the supplier must sample for beta particle and photon radioactivity. The supplier must collect quarterly samples for beta emitters and annual samples for tritium and strontium-90 at each entry point to the distribution system (hereafter called a sampling point) beginning within one quarter after the Agency issued the SEP. A supplier the Agency designates must continue to sample until the Agency issues a new SEP removing the designation.
1) If the gross beta particle activity minus the naturally occurring potassium-40 beta particle activity at a sampling point has a running annual average (computed quarterly) less than or equal to 50 pCi/ L (the screening level), the Agency may reduce the monitoring frequency at that sampling point to once every three years. A supplier must collect all required samples during the reduced monitoring period.
2) For a supplier in the vicinity of a nuclear facility, the Agency may issue a SEP allowing the CWS supplier to use environmental surveillance data the nuclear facility collected in lieu of monitoring at the supplier’s entry points upon determining the nuclear facility’s data are pertinent to the supplier’s system. If a release from a nuclear facility occurs, a supplier using surveillance data must begin monitoring at the CWS’s entry points under subsection (b)(1).
b) A CWS supplier (either a surface water or groundwater supplier) the Agency designates in a SEP as using source water contaminated by effluent from a nuclear facility must sample for beta particle and photon radioactivity. The supplier must collect quarterly samples for beta emitters and iodine-131 and annual samples for tritium and strontium-90 at each entry point to its distribution system (a sampling point) beginning within one quarter after the Agency issues the SEP. A supplier already designated by the Agency as a supplier using waters contaminated by effluents from nuclear facilities must continue to sample until the Agency reviews and issues a SEP removing the designation.
1) The supplier must base quarterly monitoring for gross beta particle activity on analysis of monthly samples or the analysis of a composite of three monthly samples.
BOARD NOTE: In corresponding 40 CFR 141.26(b)(2)(i), USEPA recommends using composite samples.
2) For iodine-131, the supplier must analyze a composite of five consecutive daily samples once each quarter. The Agency must issue a SEP requiring more frequent monitoring for iodine-131 if analysis identifies iodine-131 in the finished water.
3) The supplier must annually monitor for strontium-90 and tritium using a composite of four consecutive quarterly samples or four quarterly samples.
BOARD NOTE: In corresponding 40 CFR 141.26(b)(2)(iii), USEPA recommends using four consecutive quarterly samples.
4) If the gross beta particle activity minus the naturally occurring potassium-40 beta particle activity at a sampling point has a running annual average (computed quarterly) less than or equal to 15 pCi/ L, the Agency may issue a SEP reducing the frequency of monitoring at that sampling point to once every three years. The supplier must collect the samples subsection (b) requires during the reduced monitoring period.
5) For a supplier in the vicinity of a nuclear facility, the Agency may issue a SEP allowing the CWS to use environmental surveillance data the nuclear facility collected in lieu of monitoring at the system’s entry points upon determining the nuclear facility’s the Agency a SEP that data are pertinent to the supplier’s system. If a release from a nuclear facility occurs, a supplier using surveillance data must begin monitoring at the CWS’s entry points under subsection (b)(1).
c) A CWS supplier the Agency designates to monitor for beta particle and photon radioactivity cannot apply to the Agency for a waiver from the monitoring frequencies in subsection (a) or (b).
d) A CWS supplier may analyze for naturally occurring potassium-40 beta particle activity using the same or an equivalent sample it used for the gross beta particle activity analysis. A supplier may subtract the potassium-40 beta particle activity value from the total gross beta particle activity value to determine if it exceeded the screening level. The supplier must calculate potassium-40 beta particle activity by multiplying elemental potassium concentrations (in mg/ L) by a factor of 0.82 pCi/mg.
e) If the gross beta particle activity minus the naturally occurring potassium-40 beta particle activity exceeds the appropriate screening level, the supplier must analyze the sample to identify the major radioactive constituents present in the sample, as well as calculate and sum the appropriate doses to determine compliance with Section 611.330(d)(1) using the formula in Section 611.330(d)(2). The suppler must also calculate and combine doses for measured levels of tritium and strontium to determine compliance.
f) A supplier must monitor monthly at the sampling points exceeding the MCL in Section 611.330(d) beginning the month after the exceedance occurs. A supplier must continue monthly monitoring until the supplier has established that it meets the MCL by a rolling average of three monthly samples. A supplier establishing that it meets the MCL must return to quarterly monitoring until it complies with subsection (a)(1) or (b)(4).
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.26(b).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.733 General Monitoring and Compliance Requirements
a) The Agency may issue a SEP requiring more frequent monitoring than Sections 611.731 and 611.732 specify or requiring confirmation samples. The supplier must average the results of the initial and confirmation samples to determine whether it complies.
b) A PWS supplier must monitor at the time the Agency designates during each compliance period.
c) Compliance. A supplier must determine whether it complies with Section 611.330(b) through (e) based on the analytical results it obtains at each sampling point. If one sampling point violates an MCL, the supplier violates the MCL.
1) A supplier monitoring more than once per year must run an annual average at each sampling point to determine whether it complies with the MCL. If the average of any sampling point is greater than the MCL, the supplier does not comply with the MCL.
2) A supplier monitoring more than once per year immediately does not comply with an MCL if any sample result would cause the running average to exceed the MCL at any single sampling point.
3) A supplier must include all samples it takes and analyzes under this Section and Sections 611.731 and 611.732 to determine whether it complies, even if that number is greater than the required minimum.
4) If a supplier does not collect all required samples to determine its compliance based on a running annual average of quarterly samples, the supplier must determine whether it complies based on the running average of the samples it collected.
5) If a sample result is less than the detection limit, the supplier must use zero to calculate the annual average, unless the supplier uses a gross alpha particle activity in lieu of radium-226 or uranium. If the gross alpha particle activity result is less than the detection limit, the supplier must use one-half the detection limit to calculate the annual average.
d) The Agency may issue a SEP allowing the supplier to delete results of obvious sampling or analytic errors.
e) A CWS supplier exceeding the MCL for a radioactive contaminant in Section 611.330(b) through (e) must notify the Agency under Section 611.840 and the public under Subpart V.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.26(c).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
SUBPART R: ENHANCED FILTRATION AND DISINFECTION: SYSTEMS THAT SERVE 10,000 OR MORE PEOPLE
Section 611.740 General Requirements
a) This Subpart R contains National Primary Drinking Water Regulations. These Subpart R requirements for filtration and disinfection apply in addition to those applying under Subpart B. This Subpart R applies to a Subpart B system supplier serving 10,000 or more persons, unless this Subpart R specifies otherwise. This Subpart R establishes or extends treatment techniques in lieu of MCLs for certain contaminants: Giardia lamblia, viruses, heterotrophic plate count bacteria, Legionella, Cryptosporidium, and turbidity. A Subpart B system supplier serving 10,000 or more persons must treat its source water complying with the treatment techniques in this Subpart R and are in addition to those in Section 611.220. The treatment techniques in this Subpart R consist of installing and properly operating water treatment processes reliably achieving two objectives:
1) At least 99 percent (2-log) removal of Cryptosporidium between a point where the raw water is not subject to recontamination by surface water runoff and a point downstream before or at the first customer for a supplier applying filtration treatment; and
2) Compliance with the profiling and benchmark requirements under Section 611.742.
b) A PWS supplier subject to this Subpart R complies with subsection (a) if it complies with the applicable filtration requirements in Section 611.250 or 611.743 and the disinfection requirements in Sections 611.240 and 611.742.
c) A supplier must not begin constructing an uncovered finished water storage facility.
d) A supplier deciding to significantly change its disinfection practice, as Section 611.742(c)(1)(A) through (c)(1)(D) describes, must obtain Agency approval in a SEP before of the Agency prior to making the significant change.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.170.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.741 Standards for Filtration
A PWS supplier must apply filtration treatment complying with Subpart B and this Subpart R.
BOARD NOTE: This Section originally derived from 40 CFR 141.171. The Board removed provisions for unfiltered system suppliers. A supplier in Illinois using a surface water source or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water must apply filtration treatment and disinfection to water it provides to the public.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.742 Disinfection Profiling and Benchmarking
a) Determination of a Supplier Required to Profile. A PWS supplier subject to this Subpart R must determine its TTHM annual average under subsection (a)(1) and its HAA5 annual average under subsection (a)(2). The annual average is the arithmetic average of the quarterly averages from four consecutive quarters of monitoring.
1) The supplier must use the TTHM annual average during the same period as the HAA5 annual average.
A) A supplier that collected data under 40 CFR 141 Subpart M (Information Collection Rule) must use the results of the samples collected during the last four quarters of required monitoring under former 40 CFR 141.42 (1995).
B) A supplier using “grandfathered” HAA5 occurrence data under subsection (a)(2)(B) must use TTHM data it collected at the same time under former Section 611.680.
C) A supplier using HAA5 occurrence data under subsection (a)(2)(C)(i) must use TTHM data it collected at the same time under the provisions of Section 611.310 and former Section 611.680.
2) The HAA5 annual average the supplier uses must be the annual average during the same period as the TTHM annual average.
A) A supplier that collected data under the provisions of 40 CFR 141 Subpart M (Information Collection Rule) must use the results of the samples it collected during the last four quarters of required monitoring under former 40 CFR 141.42 (1995).
B) A supplier that collected four quarters of HAA5 occurrence data meeting the routine monitoring sample number and location requirements for TTHM in former Section 611.680 and handling and analytical method requirements of former Section 611.685 may use that data to determine whether this Section applies.
C) A supplier that has not collected four quarters of HAA5 occurrence data complying with either subsection (a)(2)(A) or (a)(2)(B) must do either of two things:
i) Conduct monitoring for HAA5 meeting the routine monitoring sample number and location requirements for TTHM in former Section 611.680 and handling and analytical method requirements of former Section 611.685 to determine the HAA5 annual average and whether subsection (b) applies; or
ii) Comply with all other provisions of this Section as if the supplier had conducted the HAA5 monitoring and the results required the supplier to comply with subsection (b).
3) The supplier may request that the Agency approve a more representative annual data set than the data set under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) for determining applicability of this Section.
4) The Agency may require a supplier to use a more representative annual data set than the data set under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) for determining applicability of this Section.
5) This subsection (a)(5) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.172(a)(5), an implementing provision that no longer has operative effect. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding federal rules.
6) Any supplier that had either a TTHM annual average ³ (greater than or equal to) 0.064 mg/L or an HAA5 annual average ³ 0.048 mg/L under subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) must comply with subsection (b).
BOARD NOTE: Former Sections 611.680 and 611.685 originally derived from 40 CFR 141.30(a), (b), and (e). USEPA removed 40 CFR 141.30 in its entirety in 2006. The Board repealed former Section 611.685 in 2007 and Section 611.680 in 2012. The references to former Sections 611.680 and 611.685 in this subsection (a) relate to using existing monitoring data collected under those provisions as they existed before their repeal.
b) Disinfection Profiling
1) Any supplier complying with subsection (a)(6) was to develop a disinfection profile of its disinfection practice for a period of up to three years. The Agency was to determine the period of the disinfection profile, with a minimum period of one year.
2) The supplier must monitor daily for a period of 12 consecutive calendar months to determine the total logs of inactivation for each day of operation, based on the appropriate CT99.9 values in Appendix B through the entire treatment plant. As a minimum, the supplier applying disinfection treatment at a single point before the entry point to its distribution system was to conduct the monitoring under subsections (b)(2)(A) through (b)(2)(D). A supplier applying disinfection treatment at more than one point in its distribution system was to conduct the monitoring under subsections (b)(2)(A) through (b)(2)(D) for each disinfection segment. The supplier was to monitor the parameters necessary to determine the total inactivation ratio, using analytical methods in Section 611.531:
A) The supplier was to measure the temperature of the disinfected water once per day at each residual disinfectant concentration sampling point during peak hourly flow.
B) If the supplier uses chlorine, the supplier was to measure the pH of the disinfected water once per day at each chlorine residual disinfectant concentration sampling point during peak hourly flow.
C) The supplier was to determine the disinfectant contact times (“T”) for each day during peak hourly flow.
D) The supplier was to measure the residual disinfectant concentrations (“C”) of the water before or at the first customer and prior to each additional point of disinfection each day during peak hourly flow.
3) This subsection (b)(3) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.172(b)(2)(A), a provision relating to implementation of the Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding federal rule.
4) The supplier must calculate the total inactivation ratio:
A) A supplier using only one point of disinfectant application may determine the total inactivation ratio for its disinfection segment under subsection (b)(4)(A)(i) or (b)(4)(A)(ii).
i) The supplier may determine one inactivation ratio (CTcalc/CT99.9) before or at the first customer during peak hourly flow; or
ii) The supplier may determine successive CTcalc/CT99.9 values, representing sequential inactivation ratios, between the point where applying disinfectant and a point before or at the first customer during peak hourly flow. Under this alternative, the supplier must calculate the total inactivation ratio ( S (CTcalc/CT99.9)) by determining CTcalc/CT99.9 for each step in the sequence, then summing the CTcalc/CT99.9 values for each step to determine S (CTcalc/CT99.9).
B) A supplier applying disinfection treatment at more than one point before the first customer must determine the CT value of each disinfection segment during peak hourly flow immediately prior to the next point where applying or before or at the first customer for the final segment. The supplier must calculate the (CTcalc/CT99.9) value of each segment and ( S (CTcalc/CT99.9)) using the method in subsection (b)(4)(A).
C) The supplier must determine the total logs of inactivation by multiplying the value calculated under subsection (b)(4)(A) or (b)(4)(B) by 3.0.
5) A supplier using chloramines or ozone for primary disinfection must also calculate the logs of inactivation for viruses using an Agency-approved method.
6) The supplier must maintain disinfection profile data in graphic form, as a spreadsheet or in some other format acceptable to the Agency, for review as part of sanitary surveys the Agency conducts.
c) Disinfection Benchmarking
1) A supplier that must develop a disinfection profile under the subsections (a) and (b) deciding to significantly change its disinfection practice must obtain Agency approval before making the change. Certain changes are significant changes to disinfection practice:
A) A change in the point where the supplier applies disinfection treatment;
B) A change in the disinfectant the supplier uses in its treatment plant;
C) A change in the supplier’s disinfection process; and
D) Any other modification the Agency identifies as a significant change in a SEP.
2) Any supplier modifying its disinfection practice must calculate its disinfection benchmark using the procedure in subsections (c)(2)(A) and (c)(2)(B).
A) For each year of profiling data a supplier collects and calculates under subsection (b), the supplier must determine the lowest average monthly Giardia lamblia inactivation in each year of profiling data. The supplier must determine the average Giardia lamblia inactivation for each calendar month for each year of profiling data by dividing the sum of daily Giardia lamblia of inactivation by the number of values calculated for that month.
B) The disinfection benchmark is the lowest monthly average value (for a supplier with one year of profiling data) or average of lowest monthly average values (for a supplier with more than one year of profiling data) of the monthly logs of Giardia lamblia inactivation in each year of profiling data.
3) A supplier using chloramines or ozone for primary disinfection must also calculate the disinfection benchmark for viruses using an Agency-approved method.
4) The supplier must submit the information in subsections (c)(4)(A) through (c)(4)(C) to the Agency when seeking Agency approval.
A) A description of the proposed change;
B) The disinfection profile for Giardia lamblia (and viruses if necessary) under subsection (b) and benchmark as subsection (c)(2) requires; and
C) An analysis of how the proposed change will affect the current levels of disinfection.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.172.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.743 Filtration
A PWS must provide treatment consisting of both disinfection, as specified in Section 611.242, and filtration treatment that complies with the requirements of subsection (a) or (b) or Section 611.250 (b) or (c).
a) Conventional Filtration Treatment or Direct Filtration
1) For a supplier using conventional filtration or direct filtration, the turbidity level of representative samples of a system’s filtered water must be less than or equal to 0.3 NTU in at least 95 percent of the measurements taken each month, measured as specified in Sections 611.531 and 611.533.
2) The turbidity level of representative samples of a supplier’s filtered water must at no time exceed 1 NTU, measured as specified in Sections 611.531 and 611.533.
3) A supplier that uses lime softening may acidify representative samples prior to analysis using a protocol approved by the Agency.
b) Filtration Technologies Other Than Conventional Filtration Treatment, Direct Filtration, Slow Sand Filtration, or Diatomaceous Earth Filtration. A PWS supplier may use a filtration technology not listed in subsection (a) or in Section 611.250 (b) or (c) if it demonstrates to the Agency, using pilot plant studies or other means, that the alternative filtration technology, in combination with disinfection treatment that meets the requirements of Section 611.242(b), consistently achieves 99.9 percent removal or inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts and 99.99 percent removal or inactivation of viruses, and 99 percent removal of Cryptosporidium oocysts, and the Agency approves the use of the filtration technology. For each approval, the Agency must set turbidity performance requirements that the supplier must meet at least 95 percent of the time and that the supplier must not exceed at any time at a level that consistently achieves 99.9 percent removal or inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts, 99.99 percent removal or inactivation of viruses, and 99 percent removal of Cryptosporidium oocysts.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.173.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.744 Filtration Sampling Requirements
a) Monitoring Requirements for Systems Using Filtration Treatment. In addition to monitoring required by Sections 611.531 and 611.533, a PWS subject to the requirements of this Subpart R that provides conventional filtration treatment or direct filtration must conduct continuous monitoring of turbidity for each individual filter using an approved method in Section 611.531(a) and must calibrate turbidimeters using the procedure specified by the manufacturer. Systems must record the results of individual filter monitoring every 15 minutes.
b) If there is a failure in the continuous turbidity monitoring equipment, the system must conduct grab sampling every four hours in lieu of continuous monitoring, until the turbidimeter is back online. A system must repair the equipment within a maximum of five working days after failure.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.174.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.745 Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements
In addition to the reporting and recordkeeping requirements in Sections 611.261 and 611.262, a PWS supplier subject to the requirements of this Subpart R that provides conventional filtration treatment or direct filtration must report monthly to the Agency the information specified in subsections (a) and (b). In addition to the reporting and recordkeeping requirements in Sections 611.261 and 611.262, a PWS supplier subject to the requirements of this Subpart R that provides filtration approved under Section 611.743(b) must report monthly to the Agency the information specified in subsection (a). The reporting in subsection (a) is in lieu of the reporting specified in Section 611.262(a).
a) Turbidity measurements, as required by Section 611.743, must be reported within ten days after the end of each month the system serves water to the public. Information that must be reported is the following:
1) The total number of filtered water turbidity measurements taken during the month.
2) The number and percentage of filtered water turbidity measurements taken during the month that are less than or equal to the turbidity limits specified in Section 611.743(a) or (b).
3) The date and value of any turbidity measurements taken during the month that exceed 1 NTU for a supplier using conventional filtration treatment or direct filtration, or that exceed the maximum level under Section 611.743(b).
b) A supplier must maintain the results of individual filter monitoring taken under Section 611.744 for at least three years. A supplier must report that it has conducted individual filter turbidity monitoring under Section 611.744 within ten days after the end of each month the system serves water to the public. A supplier must report individual filter turbidity measurement results taken under Section 611.744 within ten days after the end of each month the supplier serves water to the public only if measurements demonstrate one or more of the conditions in subsections (b)(1) through (b)(4). A supplier that uses lime softening may apply to the Agency for alternative exceedance levels for the levels specified in subsections (b)(1) through (b)(4) if they can demonstrate that higher turbidity levels in individual filters are due to lime carryover only and not due to degraded filter performance.
1) For any individual filter that has a measured turbidity level of greater than 1.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart, the supplier must report the filter number, the turbidity measurement, and the dates on which the exceedance occurred. In addition, the supplier must either produce a filter profile for the filter within seven days after the exceedance (if the supplier is not able to identify an obvious reason for the abnormal filter performance) and report that the profile has been produced or report the obvious reason for the exceedance.
2) For any individual filter that has a measured turbidity level of greater than 0.5 NTU in two consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart at the end of the first four hours of continuous filter operation after the filter has been backwashed or otherwise taken offline, the supplier must report the filter number, the turbidity, and the dates on which the exceedance occurred. In addition, the supplier must either produce a filter profile for the filter within seven days after the exceedance (if the supplier is not able to identify an obvious reason for the abnormal filter performance) and report that the profile has been produced or report the obvious reason for the exceedance.
3) For any individual filter that has a measured turbidity level of greater than 1.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart at any time in each of three consecutive months, the supplier must report the filter number, the turbidity measurement, and the dates on which the exceedance occurred. In addition, the supplier must conduct a self-assessment of the filter within 14 days after the exceedance and report that the self-assessment was conducted. The self-assessment must consist of at least the following components: assessment of filter performance; development of a filter profile; identification and prioritization of factors limiting filter performance; assessment of the applicability of corrections; and preparation of a filter self-assessment report.
4) For any individual filter that has a measured turbidity level of greater than 2.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart at any time in each of two consecutive months, the supplier must report the filter number, the turbidity measurement, and the dates on which the exceedance occurred. In addition, the supplier must arrange for the conduct of a comprehensive performance evaluation by the Agency or a third party approved by the Agency no later than 30 days following the exceedance and have the evaluation completed and submitted to the Agency no later than 90 days following the exceedance.
c) Additional Reporting Requirements
1) If at any time the turbidity exceeds 1 NTU in representative samples of filtered water in a system using conventional filtration treatment or direct filtration, the supplier must consult with the Agency as soon as possible, but no later than the end of the next business day.
2) If at any time the turbidity in representative samples of filtered water exceeds the maximum level set by the Agency under Section 611.743(b) for filtration technologies other than conventional filtration treatment, direct filtration, slow sand filtration, or diatomaceous earth filtration, the supplier must inform the Agency as soon as possible, but no later than the end of the next business day.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.175.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
SUBPART S: GROUNDWATER RULE
Section 611.800 General Requirements and Applicability
a) Scope of This Subpart S. The requirements of this Subpart S constitute NPDWRs.
b) Applicability. This Subpart S applies to all PWS suppliers that use groundwater, except that it does not apply to public water systems that combine all of their groundwater with surface water or with groundwater under the direct influence of surface water prior to treatment under Subpart B. For the purposes of this Subpart S, “GWS” is defined as any PWS that meets this applicability statement, including a consecutive system receiving finished groundwater.
c) General Requirements. A supplier subject to this Subpart S must comply with the following requirements:
1) Sanitary survey information requirements for all GWS suppliers, as described in Section 611.801.
2) Microbial source water monitoring requirements for GWS suppliers that do not treat all of their groundwater to at least 99.99 percent (4-log) treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or an Agency-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer, as described in Section 611.802.
3) Treatment technique requirements, described in Section 611.803, that apply to GWS suppliers that have fecally contaminated source waters, as determined by source water monitoring conducted under Section 611.802, or that have significant deficiencies that are identified by the Agency, by a SEP, or that are identified by USEPA under SDWA section 1445 (42 USC 300j-4). A GWS supplier with fecally contaminated source water or with significant deficiencies subject to the treatment technique requirements of this Subpart S must implement one or more of the following corrective action options: correct all significant deficiencies; provide an alternate source of water; eliminate the source of contamination; or provide treatment that reliably achieves at least 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or an Agency-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer.
4) A GWS supplier that provides at least 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or an Agency-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer is required to conduct compliance monitoring to demonstrate treatment effectiveness, as described in Section 611.803(b).
5) If requested by the Agency, a GWS supplier must provide the Agency with any existing information that will enable the Agency to perform a hydrogeologic sensitivity assessment.
BOARD NOTE: The Board moved the definition of “hydrogeologic sensitivity assessment” to the definitions provision of this Part: Section 611.101.
d) This subsection (d) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.400(d), which recites past effective dates. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding federal provision.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.400.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.801 Sanitary Surveys for GWS Suppliers
a) A GWS supplier must provide the Agency, at the Agency’s request, any existing information that will enable the Agency to conduct a sanitary survey.
b) For the purposes of this Subpart S, a “sanitary survey”, as conducted by the Agency, includes an onsite review of the delineated WHPAs (identifying sources of contamination within the WHPAs and evaluations of the hydrogeologic sensitivity of the delineated WHPAs conducted under source water assessments or utilizing other relevant information if available), facilities, equipment, operation, maintenance, and monitoring compliance of a PWS to evaluate the adequacy of the system, its sources and operations and the distribution of safe drinking water.
c) The sanitary survey must include an evaluation of the applicable components listed in subsections (c)(1) through (c)(8):
1) Source;
2) Treatment including any corrosion control treatment and water quality parameters;
3) Distribution system;
4) Finished water storage;
5) Pumps, pump facilities, and controls;
6) Monitoring, reporting, and data verification;
7) System management and operation; and
8) Operator compliance with Agency requirements.
d) The Agency must repeat the sanitary survey as follows:
1) The Agency must conduct a sanitary survey that addresses the eight sanitary survey components listed in subsection (c) no less frequently than every three years for a CWS supplier, except as provided in subsection (d)(3), and every five years for a non-CWS supplier. The Agency may conduct more frequent sanitary surveys for any supplier. The sanitary survey must include an evaluation of each of the elements set forth in subsection (c), as applicable.
2) The Agency may use a phased review process to meet the requirements of subsection (d)(1) if all the applicable elements of subsection (c) are evaluated within the required interval.
3) The Agency may conduct sanitary surveys once every five years for CWSs under any of the following circumstances:
A) If the system either provides at least 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or an Agency-approved combination of 4-log inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for all its groundwater sources; or
B) If the supplier has an outstanding performance record, as determined by the Agency and documented in previous sanitary surveys, and the supplier had no history of total coliform MCL or monitoring violations under former Sections 611.521 through 611.527 since the last sanitary survey.
4) This subsection (d)(4) corresponds with 40 CFR 142.16(o)(2)(iv), which imposes requirements for describing the elements of the State’s regulatory system. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding federal provision.
5) The Agency must provide a GWS supplier with written notice in a SEP that describes any significant deficiency that it has found no later than 30 days after the Agency has identified the significant deficiency. The notice may specify corrective actions and deadlines for completion of corrective actions. The Agency may provide the written notice at the time of the sanitary survey.
BOARD NOTE: Subsections (a) through (c) derive from 40 CFR 141.401. Subsection (d) derives from 40 CFR 142.16(o)(2).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.802 Groundwater Source Microbial Monitoring and Analytical Methods
a) Triggered Source Water Monitoring
1) General Requirements. A GWS supplier must conduct triggered source water monitoring if the following conditions exist.
A) The supplier does not provide at least 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or an Agency-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for each groundwater source.
B) This subsection (a)(1)(B) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.802(a)(1)(ii), which has no operative effect after a past implementation date. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations.
C) The system is notified that a sample collected under Sections 611.1054 through 611.1057 is total coliform-positive and the sample is not invalidated under Section 611.1053(c).
2) Sampling Requirements. A GWS supplier must collect, within 24 hours after notification of the total coliform-positive sample, at least one groundwater source sample from each groundwater source in use at the time the total coliform-positive sample was collected under Sections 611.1054 through 611.1057, except as provided in subsection (a)(2)(B).
A) The Agency may issue a SEP extending the 24-hour time limit on a case-by-case basis if it determines that the supplier cannot collect the groundwater source water sample within 24 hours due to circumstances beyond the supplier’s control. In the case of an extension, the Agency must specify how much time the supplier has to collect the sample.
B) If approved by the Agency, a supplier with more than one groundwater source may meet the requirements of this subsection (a)(2) by sampling a representative groundwater source or sources. If directed by the Agency in a SEP, the supplier must submit for Agency approval a triggered source water monitoring plan that identifies one or more groundwater sources that are representative of each monitoring site in the system’s sample siting plan under Section 611.1053 and that the system intends to use for representative sampling under this subsection (a).
C) This subsection (a)(2)(C) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.802(a)(1)(ii), a now-obsolete implementing provision. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations.
D) A GWS supplier serving 1,000 or fewer people may use a repeat sample collected from a groundwater source to meet both the requirements of Subpart AA and to satisfy the monitoring requirements of subsection (a)(2) for that groundwater source only if the Agency issues a SEP approving the use of E. coli as a fecal indicator for source water monitoring under this subsection (a) and approves the use of a single sample for meeting both the triggered source water monitoring requirements in this subsection (a) and the repeat monitoring requirements in Section 611.1058. If the repeat sample collected from the groundwater source is E. coli-positive, the system must comply with subsection (a)(3).
3) Additional Requirements. If the Agency does not require corrective action under Section 611.803(a)(2) for a fecal indicator-positive source water sample collected under subsection (a)(2) that is not invalidated under subsection (d), the supplier must collect five additional source water samples from the same source within 24 hours after being notified of the fecal indicator-positive sample.
4) Consecutive and Wholesale Systems
A) In addition to the other requirements of this subsection (a), a consecutive GWS supplier that has a total coliform-positive sample collected under Sections 611.1054 through 611.1057, must notify the wholesale systems within 24 hours after being notified of the total coliform-positive sample.
B) In addition to the other requirements of this subsection (a), a wholesale GWS supplier must comply with the following requirements:
i) A wholesale GWS supplier that receives notice from a consecutive system it serves that a sample collected under Sections 611.1054 through 611.1057 is total coliform-positive must, within 24 hours after being notified, collect a sample from its groundwater sources under subsection (a)(2) and analyze it for a fecal indicator under subsection (c).
ii) If the sample collected under subsection (a)(4)(B)(i) is fecal indicator-positive, the wholesale GWS supplier must notify all consecutive systems served by that groundwater source of the fecal indicator source water positive within 24 hours after being notified of the groundwater source sample monitoring result and must meet the requirements of subsection (a)(3).
5) Exceptions to the Triggered Source Water Monitoring Requirements. A GWS supplier is not required to comply with the source water monitoring requirements of subsection (a) if either of the following conditions exists:
A) The Agency issues a SEP determining and documenting that a distribution system deficiency caused the total coliform-positive sample collected under Sections 611.1054 through 611.1057; or
B) The total coliform-positive sample collected under Sections 611.1054 through 611.1057 is collected at a location that meets Agency criteria for distribution system conditions that will cause total coliform-positive samples.
b) Assessment Source Water Monitoring. If the Agency directs in a SEP, a GWS supplier must conduct assessment source water monitoring that meets Agency-determined requirements for such monitoring. A GWS supplier conducting assessment source water monitoring may use a triggered source water sample collected under subsection (a)(2) to meet the requirements of subsection (b). Agency-determined assessment source water monitoring requirements may include the following:
1) Collection of a total of 12 groundwater source samples that represent each month the system provides groundwater to the public;
2) Collection of samples from each well, unless the system obtains written Agency approval to conduct monitoring at one or more wells within the GWS that are representative of multiple wells used by that system and that draw water from the same hydrogeologic setting;
3) Collection of a standard sample volume of at least 100 mL for fecal indicator analysis, regardless of the fecal indicator or analytical method used;
4) Analysis of all groundwater source samples using one of the analytical methods listed in subsection (c)(2) for the presence of E. coli, enterococci, or coliphage;
5) Collection of groundwater source samples at a location prior to any treatment of the groundwater source unless the Agency approves a sampling location after treatment; and
6) Collection of groundwater source samples at the well itself, unless the system’s configuration does not allow for sampling at the well itself and the Agency approves in a SEP an alternate sampling location that is representative of the water quality of that well.
c) Analytical Methods
1) A GWS supplier subject to the source water monitoring requirements of subsection (a) must collect a standard sample volume of at least 100 mL for fecal indicator analysis, regardless of the fecal indicator or analytical method used.
2) A GWS supplier must analyze all groundwater source samples collected under subsection (a) using one of the analytical methods listed in subsections (c)(2)(A) through (c)(2)(C), each incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, or alternative methods approved by the Agency under Section 611.480, subject to the limitations of subsection (c)(2)(D), for the presence of E. coli, enterococci, or coliphage:
A) E. coli. Enzyme Substrate Technique
i) Colilert®. SM 9223 B (97), SM 9223 B (04), or SM 9223 B (16).
ii) Colisure®. SM 9223 B (97), SM 9223 B (04), or SM 9223 B (16).
iii) Membrane Filter Method with MI Agar. USEPA 1604 (02).
iv) E*Colite (98).
v) EC–MUG. SM 9221 F (94), SM 9221 F (06), or SM 9221 F (14).
vi) NA–MUG. SM 9222 G (97) (20th ed. only) or SM 9222 I (15).
vii) Colilert®-18. SM 9223 B (97), SM 9223 B (04), or SM 9223 B (16).
viii) Readycult® (07).
ix) Modified Colitag™ (09) or Modified Colitag™ (20).
x) Chromocult® (00).
xi) Tecta (14) or Tecta (17).
xii) RAPID’E. coli (20).
BOARD NOTE: EC–MUG (SM 9221 F (94) (20th ed. only)) or NA–MUG (SM 9222 G (97) (20th ed. only)), both incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, can be used for E. coli testing step, as described in 40 CFR 141.21(f)(6)(i) or (f)(6)(ii), incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, after use of SM 9221 B (93), SM 9221 B (94), SM 9221 B (99), SM 9221 B (06), SM 9221 D (93), SM 9221 D (94), SM 9221 D (99), SM 9221 D (06), SM 9222 B (91), SM 9222 B (94), SM 9222 B (97), SM 9222 C (91), SM 9222 C (94), or SM 9222 C (97).
B) E. coli. Fermentation Technique
i) Hach 10029 (99) (m-ColiBlue24®).
ii) SM 9222 J (15).
C) Enterococci
i) Multiple-Tube Technique. SM 9230 B (93) (20th ed. only), SM 9230 B (04), SM 9230 C (93) (20th ed. only), SM 9230 C (13), or USEPA 1600 (02).
BOARD NOTE: The holding time and temperature for groundwater samples are specified in subsection (c)(2)(D), rather than as specified in Section 8 of USEPA 1600 (02).
ii) Fluorogenic Substrate Enterococcus Test (using Enterolert). Enterolert (96) or SM 9230 D (13).
BOARD NOTE: Medium is available through IDEXX Laboratories, Inc., at the address set forth in Section 611.102(b). Preparation and use of the medium must be as set forth in the article that embodies the method as incorporated by reference in Section 611.102(b).
D) Coliphage
i) Two-Step Enrichment Presence-Absence Procedure. USEPA 1601 (01) or Charm Fast Phage (12).
ii) Single Agar Layer Procedure. USEPA 1602 (01).
E) Limitation on Methods Use. The time from sample collection to initiation of analysis may not exceed 30 hours. The GWS supplier is encouraged but is not required to hold samples below 10 °C during transit.
d) Invalidation of a Fecal Indicator-Positive Groundwater Source Sample
1) A GWS supplier may obtain Agency invalidation of a fecal indicator-positive groundwater source sample collected under subsection (a) only under either of the following conditions:
A) The supplier provides the Agency with written notice from the laboratory that improper sample analysis occurred; or
B) The Agency issues a SEP determining and documenting that substantial evidence that a fecal indicator-positive groundwater source sample is not related to source water quality.
2) If the Agency invalidates a fecal indicator-positive groundwater source sample, the GWS supplier must collect another source water sample under subsection (a) within 24 hours after being notified by the Agency of its invalidation decision, and the supplier must have it analyzed for the same fecal indicator using the analytical methods in subsection (c). The Agency may extend the 24-hour time limit on a case-by-case basis if the supplier cannot collect the source water sample within 24 hours due to circumstances beyond its control. In the case of an extension, the Agency must specify how much time the system has to collect the sample.
e) Sampling Location
1) Any groundwater source sample required under subsection (a) must be collected at a location prior to any treatment of the groundwater source unless the Agency approves a sampling location after treatment.
2) If the supplier’s system configuration does not allow for sampling at the well itself, it may collect a sample at an Agency-approved location to meet the requirements of subsection (a) if the sample is representative of the water quality of that well.
f) New Sources. If the Agency directs in a SEP, a GWS supplier placing a new groundwater source into service must conduct assessment source water monitoring under subsection (b). If the SEP directs, the supplier must begin monitoring before the groundwater source is used to provide water to the public.
g) Public Notification. A GWS supplier with a groundwater source sample collected under subsection (a) or (b) that is fecal indicator-positive and that is not invalidated under subsection (d), including a consecutive system supplier served by the groundwater source, must conduct public notification under Section 611.902.
h) Monitoring Violations. A failure to meet the requirements of subsections (a) through (f) is a monitoring violation that requires the GWS supplier to provide public notification under Section 611.904.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.402 and appendix A to subpart C of 40 CFR 141. The Board did not separately list approved alternative methods from Standard Methods Online that are the same version as a method appearing in a printed edition of Standard Methods. Using the Standard Methods Online copy is acceptable.
Standard Methods Online, Method 9221 F-06 appears in the 22nd edition as Method 9221 F. This appears in this Section as SM 9221 F (06).
Standard Methods Online, Method 9222 G-97 appears in the 20th and 21st editions as Method 9222 G. This appears in this Section as SM 9222 G (97).
Standard Methods Online, Method 9223 B-97 appears in the 20th and 21st editions as Method 9223 B. This appears in this Section as SM 9223 B (97).
Standard Methods Online, Method 9223 B-04 appears in the 22nd edition as Method 9223 B. This appears in this Section as SM 9223 B (04).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.803 Treatment Technique Requirements for GWS Suppliers
a) GWS Suppliers with Significant Deficiencies or Source Water Fecal Contamination
1) The treatment technique requirements of this Section must be met by GWS suppliers when a significant deficiency is identified or when a groundwater source sample collected under Section 611.802(a)(3) is fecal indicator-positive.
2) If directed by the Agency by a SEP, a GWS supplier with a groundwater source sample collected under Section 611.802(a)(2), (a)(4), or (b) that is fecal indicator-positive must comply with the treatment technique requirements of this Section.
3) When a significant deficiency is identified at a Subpart B PWS that uses both groundwater and surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water, the system must comply with provisions of this subsection (a) except if the Agency determines that the significant deficiency is in a portion of the distribution system that is served solely by surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water.
4) Unless the Agency, by a SEP, directs the GWS supplier to implement a specific corrective action, the GWS supplier must consult with the Agency regarding the appropriate corrective action within 30 days after receiving written notice from the Agency of a significant deficiency, written notice from a laboratory that a groundwater source sample collected under Section 611.802(a)(3) was found to be fecal indicator-positive, or direction from the Agency that a fecal indicator-positive collected under Section 611.802(a)(2), (a)(4), or (b) requires corrective action. For the purposes of this Subpart S, significant deficiencies include defects in design, operation, or maintenance, or a failure or malfunction of the sources, treatment, storage, or distribution system that the Agency determines to be causing, or have potential for causing, the introduction of contamination into the water delivered to consumers.
5) Within 120 days (or earlier if directed by the Agency) after receiving written notification from the Agency of a significant deficiency, written notice from a laboratory that a groundwater source sample collected under Section 611.802(a)(3) was found to be fecal indicator-positive, or written notice from the Agency that a fecal indicator-positive sample collected under Section 611.802(a)(2), (a)(4), or (b) requires corrective action, the GWS supplier must do either of the following:
A) It must have completed corrective action in accordance with any applicable plan review processes adopted by the Agency or with any SEP issued by the Agency, if any, including Agency-specified interim measures; or
B) It must be in compliance with an Agency-approved corrective action plan and schedule, subject to the following conditions:
i) Any subsequent modifications to an Agency-approved corrective action plan and schedule must also be approved by the Agency; and
ii) If the Agency specifies interim measures for protection of the public health pending Agency approval of the corrective action plan and schedule or pending completion of the corrective action plan, the supplier must comply with those interim measures, as well as with any schedule specified by the Agency.
6) Corrective Action Alternatives. A GWS supplier that meets the conditions of subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) must implement one or more of the following corrective action alternatives:
A) It must correct all significant deficiencies;
B) It must provide an alternate source of water;
C) It must eliminate the source of contamination; or
D) It must provide treatment that reliably achieves at least 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or an Agency-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for the groundwater source.
7) Special Notice to the Public of Significant Deficiencies or Source Water Fecal Contamination
A) In addition to the applicable public notification requirements of Section 611.902, a community GWS supplier that receives notice from the Agency of a significant deficiency or notification of a fecal indicator-positive groundwater source sample that is not invalidated by the Agency under Section 611.802(d) must inform the public served by the water system under Section 611.883(h)(6) of the fecal indicator-positive source sample or of any significant deficiency that has not been corrected. The supplier must continue to inform the public annually until the significant deficiency is corrected or the fecal contamination in the groundwater source is determined by the Agency to be corrected under subsection (a)(5).
B) In addition to the applicable public notification requirements of Section 611.902, a non-community GWS supplier that receives notice from the Agency of a significant deficiency must inform the public served by the water system in a manner approved by the Agency of any significant deficiency that has not been corrected within 12 months after being notified by the Agency, or earlier if directed by the Agency. The supplier must continue to inform the public annually until the significant deficiency is corrected. The information must include the following information:
i) The nature of the significant deficiency and the date the significant deficiency was identified by the Agency;
ii) The Agency-approved plan and schedule for correction of the significant deficiency, including interim measures, progress to date, and any interim measures completed; and
iii) For a supplier with a large proportion of non-English speaking consumers, as determined by the Agency, information in the appropriate languages regarding the importance of the notice or a telephone number or address where consumers may contact the system to obtain a translated copy of the notice or assistance in the appropriate language.
C) If directed by the Agency, a non-CWS supplier with significant deficiencies that have been corrected must inform its customers of the significant deficiencies, how the deficiencies were corrected, and the dates of correction under subsection (a)(7)(B).
b) Compliance Monitoring
1) Existing Groundwater Sources. A GWS supplier that is not required by Section 611.802(a)(1) to meet the source water monitoring requirements of this Subpart S for any groundwater source must notify the Agency in writing that it provides at least 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or an Agency-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for the specified groundwater source and begin compliance monitoring in accordance with subsection (b)(3). Notification to the Agency must include engineering, operational, or other information that the Agency requests to evaluate the submission. If the supplier subsequently discontinues 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or an Agency-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for a groundwater source, the supplier must conduct groundwater source monitoring, as required under Section 611.802.
2) New Groundwater Sources. A GWS supplier that places a groundwater source in service that is not required by Section 611.802(a)(1) to meet the source water monitoring requirements of this Subpart S must comply with the requirements of subsections (b)(2)(A), (b)(2)(B), and (b)(2)(C).
A) The supplier must notify the Agency in writing that it provides at least 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or an Agency-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for the groundwater source. Notification to the Agency must include engineering, operational, or other information that the Agency requests by a SEP to evaluate the submission.
B) The supplier must conduct compliance monitoring, as required under Section 611.803(b)(3), within 30 days after placing the source in service.
C) The supplier must conduct groundwater source monitoring under Section 611.802 if it subsequently discontinues 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or an Agency-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for the groundwater source.
3) Monitoring Requirements. A GWS supplier subject to the requirements of subsection (a), (b)(1), or (b)(2) must monitor the effectiveness and reliability of treatment for that groundwater source before or at the first customer as follows:
A) Chemical Disinfection
i) GWS Suppliers Serving More Than 3,300 People. A GWS supplier that serves more than 3,300 people must continuously monitor the residual disinfectant concentration using analytical methods specified in Section 611.531(b) at a location approved by the Agency and must record the lowest residual disinfectant concentration each day that water from the groundwater source is served to the public. The GWS supplier must maintain the Agency-approved residual disinfectant concentration every day it serves water from the groundwater source to the public. If there is a failure in the continuous monitoring equipment, the GWS supplier must conduct grab sampling every four hours until the continuous monitoring equipment is returned to service. The supplier must resume continuous residual disinfectant monitoring within 14 days.
ii) GWS Suppliers Serving 3,300 or Fewer People. A GWS supplier that serves 3,300 or fewer people must monitor the residual disinfectant concentration using analytical methods specified in Section 611.531(b) at a location approved by the Agency and record the residual disinfection concentration each day that water from the groundwater source is served to the public. The GWS supplier must determine and maintain the Agency-approved residual disinfectant concentration every day that it serves water from the groundwater source to the public. The GWS supplier must take a daily grab sample during the hour of peak flow or at another time specified by the Agency. If any daily grab sample measurement falls below the Agency-approved residual disinfectant concentration, the GWS supplier must take follow-up samples every four hours until the residual disinfectant concentration is restored to the Agency-approved level. Alternatively, a GWS supplier that serves 3,300 or fewer people may monitor continuously and meet the requirements of subsection (b)(3)(A)(i).
B) Membrane Filtration. A GWS supplier that uses membrane filtration to meet the requirements of this Subpart S must monitor the membrane filtration process in accordance with all Agency-specified monitoring requirements and must operate the membrane filtration in accordance with all Agency-specified compliance requirements. A GWS supplier that uses membrane filtration is in compliance with the requirement to achieve at least 4-log removal of viruses when it fulfills the following conditions:
i) The membrane has an absolute molecular weight cut-off, or an alternative parameter that describes the exclusion characteristics of the membrane, that can reliably achieve at least 4-log removal of viruses;
ii) The membrane process is operated in accordance with Agency-specified compliance requirements; and
iii) The integrity of the membrane is intact.
C) Alternative Treatment. A GWS supplier that uses an Agency-approved alternative treatment to meet the requirements of this Subpart S by providing at least 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or an Agency-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer must do both of the following:
i) It must monitor the alternative treatment in accordance with all Agency-specified monitoring requirements; and
ii) It must operate the alternative treatment in accordance with all operational requirements determined by the supplier that the Agency has approved as necessary to achieve at least 4-log treatment of viruses.
c) Discontinuing Treatment. A GWS supplier may discontinue 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or an Agency-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for a groundwater source if the supplier determines and documents and the Agency approves in writing that 4-log treatment of viruses is no longer necessary for that groundwater source. A system that discontinues 4-log treatment of viruses is subject to the source water monitoring and analytical methods requirements of Section 611.802 of this Subpart S.
d) A failure to meet the monitoring requirements of subsection (b) is a monitoring violation and requires the GWS supplier to provide public notification under Section 611.904.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.403.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.804 Treatment Technique Violations for GWS Suppliers
a) A GWS supplier with a significant deficiency is in violation of the treatment technique requirement if, within 120 days (or earlier if directed by the Agency by a SEP) after receiving written notice from the Agency of the significant deficiency, the system does not do either of the following:
1) It does not complete corrective action in accordance with any applicable Agency plan review processes or other Agency guidance and direction, including Agency specified interim actions and measures; or
2) It is not in compliance with an Agency-approved corrective action plan and schedule.
b) Unless the Agency invalidates a fecal indicator-positive groundwater source sample under Section 611.802(d), a GWS supplier is in violation of the treatment technique requirement if, within 120 days (or earlier if directed by the Agency) after meeting the conditions of Section 611.803(a)(1) or (a)(2), the supplier does not do either of the following:
1) It does not complete corrective action in accordance with any applicable Agency plan review processes or other Agency guidance and direction, including Agency-specified interim measures; or
2) It is not in compliance with an Agency-approved corrective action plan and schedule.
c) A GWS supplier subject to the requirements of Section 611.803(b)(3) that fails to maintain at least 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or an Agency-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for a groundwater source is in violation of the treatment technique requirement if the failure is not corrected within four hours after determining the supplier is not maintaining at least 4-log treatment of viruses before or at the first customer.
d) A GWS supplier must give public notification under Section 611.903 for the treatment technique violations specified in subsections (a), (b), and (c).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.404.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.805 Reporting and Recordkeeping for GWS Suppliers
a) Reporting. In addition to the requirements of Section 611.840, a GWS supplier regulated under this Subpart S must provide the following information to the Agency:
1) A GWS supplier conducting compliance monitoring under Section 611.803(b) must notify the Agency any time the supplier fails to meet any Agency-specified requirements including minimum residual disinfectant concentration, membrane operating criteria or membrane integrity, and alternative treatment operating criteria, if operation in accordance with the criteria or requirements is not restored within four hours. The GWS supplier must notify the Agency as soon as possible, but in no case later than the end of the next business day.
2) After completing any corrective action under Section 611.803(a), a GWS supplier must notify the Agency within 30 days after completion of the corrective action.
3) If a GWS supplier subject to the requirements of Section 611.802(a) does not conduct source water monitoring under Section 611.802(a)(5)(B), the supplier must provide documentation to the Agency within 30 days after the total coliform-positive sample that it met the Agency criteria.
b) Recordkeeping. In addition to the requirements of Section 611.860, a GWS supplier regulated under this Subpart S must maintain the following information in its records:
1) Documentation of corrective actions. Documentation must be kept for at least ten years.
2) Documentation of notice to the public as required under Section 611.803(a)(7). Documentation must be kept for at least three years.
3) Records of decisions under Section 611.802(a)(5)(B) and records of invalidation of fecal indicator-positive groundwater source samples under Section 611.802(d). Documentation must be kept for at least five years.
4) For a consecutive system supplier, documentation of notification to the wholesale systems of total coliform-positive samples that are not invalidated under Section 611.1053. Documentation must be kept for at least five years.
5) For a supplier, including a wholesale system supplier, that is required to perform compliance monitoring under Section 611.803(b), the following information:
A) Records of the supplier-specified, Agency-approved minimum disinfectant residual. Documentation must be kept for at least ten years;
B) Records of the lowest daily residual disinfectant concentration and records of the date and duration of any failure to maintain the Agency-prescribed minimum residual disinfectant concentration for a period of more than four hours. Documentation must be kept for at least five years; and
C) Records of supplier-specified, Agency-approved compliance requirements for membrane filtration and of parameters specified by the supplier for Agency-approved alternative treatment and records of the date and duration of any failure to meet the membrane operating, membrane integrity, or alternative treatment operating requirements for more than four hours. Documentation must be kept for at least five years.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.405.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 7556, effective May 16, 2023)
SUBPART T: REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING
Section 611.830 Applicability
Except as otherwise provided, this Subpart T applies to violations of both identical in substance regulations and those noted as additional State requirements.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. 16447, effective October 10, 2003)
Section 611.831 Monthly Operating Report (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 43 Ill. Reg. 8206, effective July 26, 2019)
Section 611.832 Notice by Agency (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 25 Ill. Reg. 1329, effective January 11, 2001)
Section 611.833 Cross Connection Reporting (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 43 Ill. Reg. 8206, effective July 26, 2019)
Section 611.840 Reporting
a) Except when this Part specifies a shorter period, a supplier must report to the Agency the results of any test measurement or analysis this Part requires within the earlier of the following timeframes:
1) The ten days after the month when the supplier receives the result; or
2) The ten days after the end of the monitoring period the Agency specifies in a SEP.
b) Except as this Part specifies a different reporting period, a supplier must report to the Agency within 48 hours any failure to comply with any provision (including failure to comply with monitoring requirements) of this Part.
c) The supplier needs not report analytical results to the Agency if an Agency laboratory performs the analysis.
d) Notice to the Agency
1) Within ten days after completing the public notification requirements under Subpart V for the initial public notice and any repeat public notices, the PWS must certify to the Agency that it has fully complied with the public notification rules. For Tier 2 and 3 public notices, the PWS must include with this certification a representative copy of each type of notice that the PWS distributed, published, posted, or made available to the persons served and to the media.
2) For a Tier 1 public notice for exceeding the lead action level, the PWS must provide a copy of any Tier 1 public notice to USEPA and the Agency as soon as practicable but no later than 24 hours after the supplier learns of the exceedance.
e) The supplier must submit to the Agency within the time the Agency states in a request copies of any records Section 611.860 requires or copies of any existing documents that Section 4 of the Act [415 ILCS 5/4] entitles the Agency to inspect.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.31.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.851 Reporting MCL, MRDL, and other Violations (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 25 Ill. Reg. 1329, effective January 11, 2001)
Section 611.852 Reporting other Violations (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 25 Ill. Reg. 1329, effective January 11, 2001)
Section 611.853 Notice to New Billing Units (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 25 Ill. Reg. 1329, effective January 11, 2001)
Section 611.854 General Content of Public Notice (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 25 Ill. Reg. 1329, effective January 11, 2001)
Section 611.855 Mandatory Health Effects Language (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 25 Ill. Reg. 1329, effective January 11, 2001)
Section 611.856 Fluoride Notice (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 25 Ill. Reg. 1329, effective January 11, 2001)
Section 611.858 Fluoride Secondary Standard (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 25 Ill. Reg. 1329, effective January 11, 2001)
Section 611.860 Record Maintenance
A supplier must retain on its premises or at a convenient location near its premises the following records:
a) Records of bacteriological analyses and turbidity analyses made under this Part must be kept for not less than five years. Records of chemical analyses made under this Part must be kept for not less than ten years. Actual laboratory reports may be kept, or data may be transferred to tabular summaries, provided that the following information is included:
1) The date, place, and time of sampling, and the name of the person who collected the sample;
2) Identification of the sample as to whether it was a routine distribution system sample, check sample, raw or process water sample, or other special purpose sample;
3) The date of analysis;
4) The laboratory and person responsible for performing analysis;
5) The analytical technique or method used; and
6) The results of the analysis.
b) Records of action taken by the supplier to correct violations of this Part must be kept for a period not less than three years after the last action taken with respect to the particular violation involved.
c) Copies of any written reports, summaries, or communications relating to sanitary surveys of the system conducted by the supplier itself, by a private consultant, by USEPA, the Agency, or a unit of local government delegated under Section 611.108, must be kept for a period not less than ten years after completion of the sanitary survey involved.
d) Records concerning a variance or adjusted standard granted to the supplier must be kept for a period ending not less than five years following the expiration of such variance or adjusted standard.
e) Copies of public notices issued under Subpart V and certifications made to the Agency under Section 611.840 must be kept for three years after issuance.
f) Copies of monitoring plans developed under this Part must be kept for the same period of not less than five years that applies to the records of analyses taken under the plan under subsection (a), except as specified otherwise elsewhere in this Part.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.33.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.870 List of 36 Contaminants (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 20 Ill. Reg. 14493, effective October 22, 1996)
SUBPART U: CONSUMER CONFIDENCE REPORTS
Section 611.881 Purpose and Applicability
a) This Subpart U establishes the minimum requirements for the content of annual reports that community water systems (CWSs) must deliver to their customers. These reports must contain information on the quality of the water delivered by the systems and characterize the risks (if any) from exposure to contaminants detected in the drinking water in an accurate and understandable manner.
b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 611.100(d), this Subpart U only applies to CWSs.
c) For the purpose of this Subpart U, “customers” are defined as billing units or service connections to which water is delivered by a CWS.
d) For the purpose of this Subpart U, “detected” means the following: at or above the detection limit levels prescribed by Section 611.600(d) for inorganic contaminants; at or above the levels prescribed by Section 611.646(a) for Phase I, II, and V VOCs; at or above the levels prescribed by Section 611.648(r) for Phase II, IIB, and V SOCs at or above the levels prescribed by Section 611.381(b)(2)(D) for the disinfection byproducts listed in Section 611.312; and at or above the levels prescribed by Section 611.720(c)(3) for radioactive contaminants.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.151.
(Source: Amended at 31 Ill. Reg. 11757, effective July 27, 2007)
Section 611.882 Compliance Dates
a) Each existing CWS must deliver its reports by July 1 annually. Each report must contain data collected during, or prior to, the previous calendar year as prescribed in Section 661.883(d)(3).
b) A new CWS must deliver its first report by July 1 of the year after its first full calendar year in operation and annually thereafter.
c) A community water system that sells water to another community water system must deliver the applicable information required in Section 611.883 to the buyer system as follows:
1) By no later than April 1 annually; or
2) On a date mutually agreed upon by the seller and the purchaser, and specifically included in a contract between the parties.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.152.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.883 Content of the Reports
a) Each CWS must provide to its customers an annual report containing the information this Section and Section 611.884 specify.
b) Information on the Source of the Water the Supplier Delivers
1) Each report must identify the sources of the water the CWS delivers providing certain information:
A) The type of the water (i.e., surface water, groundwater, or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water); and
B) The commonly used name (if any) and location of the source body (or bodies) of water.
2) If the supplier has a complete source water assessment, the report must notify consumers of the availability of this assessment and how to obtain it. In addition, the supplier should highlight in the report significant sources of contamination in the source water area if the supplier readily has that information. If the supplier received the source water assessment from the Agency, the report must include a brief summary of the system’s susceptibility to potential sources of contamination, using language the Agency provides or as the supplier writes.
c) Definitions
1) Each report must include two definitions:
A) Maximum Contaminant Level Goal or MCLG: The level of a contaminant in drinking water below which USEPA determines no known or expected risk to health exists. MCLGs allow for a margin of safety.
BOARD NOTE: Although an MCLG is not an NPDWR that the Board must include in the Illinois SDWA regulations, USEPA mandates using this definition.
B) Maximum Contaminant Level or MCL: The highest level of a contaminant that USEPA allows in drinking water. USEPA sets MCLs as close to the MCLGs as feasible using the best available treatment technology.
2) A CWS operating under relief from an NPDWR issued under Section 611.111, 611.112, 611.130, or 611.131 must include the following definition in its report: “Variances, Adjusted Standards, and Site-specific Rules: State permission not to meet an MCL or a treatment technique under certain conditions.”
3) A report containing data on contaminants that USEPA regulates using any of certain terms must include the applicable definitions:
A) Treatment technique: A required process for reducing the concentration of a contaminant in drinking water.
B) Action level: The concentration of a contaminant above which a supplier must follow treatment or other requirements.
C) Maximum residual disinfectant level goal or MRDLG: The concentration of a drinking water disinfectant below which there is no known or expected risk to health. MRDLGs do not reflect the benefits of using disinfectants to control microbial contaminants.
BOARD NOTE: Although an MRDLG is not an NPDWR that the Board must include in the Illinois SDWA regulations, USEPA mandates using this definition if the report uses the term “MRDLG”.
D) Maximum residual disinfectant level or MRDL: The highest concentration of a disinfectant USEPA allows in drinking water. There is convincing evidence that adding a disinfectant is necessary to control microbial contaminants.
4) A report containing information about a Level 1 or Level 2 assessment under Subpart AA requires must include the applicable definition:
A) “Level 1 assessment: A Level 1 assessment is a study of the water system to identify potential problems and determine (if possible) why total coliform bacteria have been found in our water system.”
B) “Level 2 assessment: A Level 2 assessment is a very detailed study of the water system to identify potential problems and determine (if possible) why an E. coli MCL violation occurred or why monitoring found total coliform bacteria in our water system on multiple occasions.”
d) Information on Detected Contaminants
1) This subsection (d) specifies the information a supplier must include in each report for contaminants subject to mandatory monitoring (except Cryptosporidium):
A) Contaminants subject to an MCL, action level, MRDL, or treatment technique (regulated contaminants); and
B) Contaminants for which monitoring is required by USEPA under 40 CFR 141.40 (unregulated contaminants).
2) The report must display these contaminants in one table or in several adjacent tables. The CWS must separately display any additional monitoring results it chooses to include in its report.
3) The supplier must derive the data in the report from data it collected to comply with monitoring and analytical requirements during each calendar year. If the Agency allows a supplier to monitor for regulated contaminants less frequently than annually, the tables must include the date and results of the most recent sampling, and the report must include a brief statement indicating that the data in the report is from the most recent testing done under the regulations. The supplier must not include data older than five years.
4) For each detected regulated contaminant (listed in Appendix A), the tables must contain specific information:
A) The MCL for the contaminant expressed as a number equal to or greater than 1.0 (as Appendix A provides);
B) The federal Maximum Contaminant Level Goal (MCLG) for that contaminant expressed in the same units as the MCL;
C) If there is no MCL for a detected contaminant, the table must indicate that there is a treatment technique or specify the action level for the contaminant, and the report must include the applicable of the definitions for treatment technique or action level that subsection (c)(3) specifies;
D) For contaminants subject to an MCL, except turbidity, total coliforms, fecal coliforms, and E. coli, the highest contaminant level the supplier used to determine compliance with the applicable NPDWR and the range of detected levels:
i) When the supplier determines compliance with the MCL annually or less frequently: the highest detected level at any sampling point and the range of detected levels expressed in the same units as the MCL.
ii) When the supplier determines compliance with the MCL by calculating a running annual average of all samples taken at a monitoring location: the highest average of all monitoring locations and the range of all monitoring locations expressed in the same units as the MCL. For TTHM and HAA5 MCLs in Section 611.312(b), the supplier must include the highest locational running annual average for TTHM and HAA5 and the range of individual sample results for all monitoring locations expressed in the same units as the MCL. If results from more than one location exceed the TTHM or HAA5 MCL, the supplier must include the locational running annual average for each location having results exceeding the MCL.
iii) When the supplier determines compliance with the MCL on a system-wide basis by calculating a running annual average of all samples at all monitoring locations: the average and range of detected concentrations expressed in the same units as the MCL. The supplier must include individual sample results for the IDSE the supplier conducted under Subpart W when determining the range of TTHM and HAA5 results to report in its annual consumer confidence report for the calendar year when the supplier took the IDSE samples;
BOARD NOTE: If a rule allows rounding results to determine compliance with an MCL, the supplier should round before multiplying the results by the applicable factor in Appendix A.
E) For turbidity:
i) Corresponding 40 CFR 141.153(d)(4)(v)(A) relates to an MCL for turbidity applicable to unfiltered systems, which do not exist in Illinois. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal rules.
ii) If the supplier reports under Section 611.211(b): the highest monthly value. The report must explain the reasons for measuring turbidity.
iii) If the supplier reports under Section 611.250, 611.743, or 611.955(b): the highest single measurement and the lowest monthly percentage of samples meeting the turbidity limits Section 611.250, 611.743, or 611.955(b) specifies for the filtration technology the supplier uses. The report must explain the reasons for measuring turbidity;
F) For lead and copper: the 90th percentile concentration of the most recent rounds of sampling, the number of sampling sites exceeding the action level, and the range of tap sampling results;
G) This subsection (d)(4)(G) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.153(d)(4)(vii), which has no operative effect after a past implementation date. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations;
H) This subsection (d)(4)(H) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.153(d)(4)(viii), a now-obsolete implementing provision. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations;
I) The likely sources of detected contaminants to the best of the supplier’s knowledge. Specific information regarding contaminants may be available in sanitary surveys and source water assessments and must be used when available to the supplier. If the supplier lacks specific information on the likely source, the report must include one or more of the typical sources for that contaminant listed in Appendix G that are most applicable to the CWS;
J) For E. coli analytical results under Subpart AA, the total number of positive samples;
K) The report must state that the supplier inventoried its service lines (including if only a statement that the supplier serves no lead service lines) and instruct how to access the service line inventory; and
L) The report must notify consumers that complete lead tap sampling data are available for review and must inform how to access the data.
5) If a CWS distributes water to its customers from multiple hydraulically independent distribution systems fed by different raw water sources, the table must contain a separate column for each service area, and the report must identify each separate distribution system. Alternatively, a CWS may produce separate reports tailored to include data for each service area.
6) The tables must clearly identify any data indicating violations of MCLs, MRDLs, or treatment techniques, and the report must contain a clear and readily understandable explanation of the violation, including specific information: the length of the violation, the potential adverse health effects, and actions the CWS took to address the violation. To describe the potential health effects, the CWS must use the relevant language from Appendix A.
7) For detected unregulated contaminants for which USEPA requires monitoring under 40 CFR 141.40 (except Cryptosporidium), the tables must contain the average and range at which the supplier detected the contaminant. The report may briefly explain the reasons for monitoring for unregulated contaminants.
e) Information on Cryptosporidium, radon, and other contaminants:
1) If the CWS monitored for Cryptosporidium, including monitoring under Subpart L, and the monitoring indicates the possible presence of Cryptosporidium in the supplier’s source water or finished water, the report must include specific information:
A) It must summarize the monitoring results; and
B) It must explain the results’ significance.
2) If the CWS monitored for radon, and the monitoring indicates the possible presence of radon in the supplier’s finished water, the report must include specific information:
A) The monitoring results; and
B) It must explain the results’ significance.
3) If the CWS conducted additional monitoring indicating the presence of other contaminants in the supplier’s finished water, the report must include specific information:
A) The monitoring results; and
B) It must explain the results’ significance noting any pertinent health advisory or proposed regulation.
f) Complying with an NPDWR. In addition to the information subsection (d)(6) requires, the report must note any of specific violations in subsections (f)(1) through (f)(7) occurring during the year the report covers and include a clear and readily understandable explanation of the violation, any potential adverse health effects, and the steps the CWS took to correct the violation.
1) Monitoring and reporting compliance data.
2) Filtration and Disinfection Under Subpart B. For a CWS failing to install adequate filtration or disinfection equipment or processes or having filtration or disinfection equipment or processes fail, causing a violation, the report must include specific language to explain potential adverse health effects: “Inadequately treated water may contain disease-causing organisms. These organisms include bacteria, viruses, and parasites that can cause symptoms such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea, and associated headaches.”
3) Lead and Copper Control Requirements Under Subpart G. For a supplier failing to take one or more actions under Section 611.350(d), 611.351, 611.352, 611.353, or 611.354, the report must include the applicable language from Appendix A for lead, copper, or both.
4) Treatment Techniques for Acrylamide and Epichlorohydrin Under Section 611.296. For a supplier violating Section 611.296, the report must include the applicable language from Appendix A.
5) A supplier failing to maintain required compliance data records.
6) A supplier not complying with special monitoring requirements under Section 611.630.
7) A supplier violating the terms of a variance, adjusted standard, site-specific rule, or administrative or judicial order.
g) Variances, Adjusted Standards, and Site-Specific Rules. If a supplier operates under the terms of a variance, adjusted standard, or site-specific rule the Board issued under Section 611.111, 611.112, or 611.131, the report must contain certain information:
1) It must explain the reasons for the variance, adjusted standard, or site-specific rule;
2) It must state when the Board issued the variance, adjusted standard, or site-specific rule;
3) It must include a brief status report on the steps the CWS is taking to install treatment, find alternative sources of water, or otherwise comply with the terms and schedules of the variance, adjusted standard, or site-specific rule; and
4) It must include a notice of any opportunity for public input in any review or renewal of the variance, adjusted standard, or site-specific rule.
h) Additional Information
1) The report must briefly explain about contaminants that one may reasonably expect to find in drinking water, including bottled water. This may include the language from subsections (h)(1)(A) through (h)(1)(C), or the CWS may use its own comparable language. The report also must include the language from subsection (h)(1)(D).
A) The sources of drinking water (both tap water and bottled water) include rivers, lakes, streams, ponds, reservoirs, springs, and wells. As water travels over the surface of the land or through the ground, it dissolves naturally-occurring minerals and, in some cases, radioactive material. The water can also pick up substances resulting from the presence of animals or from human activity.
B) Source water may include any of several contaminants:
i) Microbial contaminants, such as viruses and bacteria, which may come from sewage treatment plants, septic systems, agricultural livestock operations, and wildlife;
ii) Inorganic contaminants, such as salts and metals, which can be naturally-occurring or result from urban stormwater runoff, industrial or domestic wastewater discharges, oil and gas production, mining, or farming;
iii) Pesticides and herbicides, which may come from a variety of sources such as agriculture, urban stormwater runoff, or residential uses;
iv) Organic chemical contaminants, including synthetic and volatile organic chemicals, which are products and byproducts of industrial processes and petroleum production and which can also come from gas stations, urban stormwater runoff, or septic systems; and
v) Radioactive contaminants, which can be naturally-occurring or the result of oil and gas production and mining activities.
C) In order to ensure that tap water is safe to drink, USEPA prescribes regulations that limit the amount of certain contaminants in water PWSs provide. United States Food and Drug Administration (USFDA) regulations establish limits for contaminants in bottled water that must provide the same protection for public health.
D) One may reasonably expect drinking water, including bottled water, to contain at least small amounts of some contaminants. The presence of contaminants does not necessarily indicate that water poses a health risk. More information about contaminants and potential health effects is available from the USEPA Safe Drinking Water Hotline (800-426-4791) or USEPA’s Safe Drinking Water Information webpage (www.epa.gov/ground-water-and-drinking-water/safe-drinking-water-information ).
2) The report must include a telephone number for the CWS’s owner, operator, or designee as a source of additional information about the report.
3) In communities with a large proportion of non-English speaking residents, as the Agency determines, the report must contain information in the appropriate languages regarding the importance of the report or contain a telephone number or address where residents may contact the supplier for a translated copy of the report or assistance in the appropriate language.
4) The report must inform about opportunities for public participation in decisions potentially affecting water quality.
5) The CWS may include any additional information it deems necessary for public education that is consistent with and does not detract from the purpose of the report.
6) Suppliers That Must Comply with Subpart S
A) Any GWS supplier receiving written notice from the Agency of a significant deficiency must inform its customers of any significant deficiency still uncorrected at the time of the next report. Any GWS supplier receiving notice from a laboratory of a fecal indicator-positive groundwater source sample that the Agency does not invalidate under Section 611.802(d) must inform its customers of the fecal indicator-positive groundwater source sample in the next report. The supplier must continue to annually inform the public until the Agency issues a SEP determining the supplier corrected the particular significant deficiency or addressed the fecal contamination in the groundwater source under Section 611.803(a). Each report must include specific information:
i) The nature of the particular significant deficiency or the source of the fecal contamination (if the supplier knows the source) and the date the Agency identified the significant deficiency or the dates of the fecal indicator-positive groundwater source samples;
ii) Whether or not the supplier has addressed the fecal contamination in the groundwater source under Section 611.803(a) and the date the supplier did so;
iii) For each significant deficiency or fecal contamination in the groundwater source that the supplier has not addressed under Section 611.803(a), the Agency-approved plan and schedule for correction, including interim measures, progress to date, and any interim measures the supplier completed; and
iv) If the supplier receives notice of a fecal indicator-positive groundwater source sample that the Agency does not invalidate under Section 611.802(d), the potential health effects using the pertinent health effects language from Appendix A.
B) If the Agency issues a SEP directing a supplier to do so, a supplier with significant deficiencies that the supplier corrected before issuing the next report must inform its customers under subsection (h)(7)(A)(iv) of the significant deficiency, how the supplier corrected the deficiency, and the date the supplier corrected the deficiency.
7) Suppliers That Must Comply with Subpart AA
A) Any supplier that must comply with the Level 1 assessment requirement or a Level 2 assessment requirement that is not due to an E. coli MCL violation must include in the report the text found in subsections (h)(7)(A)(i) and (h)(7)(A)(ii) or (h)(7)(A)(i) and (h)(7)(A)(iii), as appropriate, filling in the blanks accordingly and the text found in subsection (h)(7)(A)(iv), if appropriate.
i) “Coliforms are bacteria that are naturally present in the environment and are used as an indicator that other, potentially harmful, waterborne pathogens may be present or that a potential pathway exists through which contamination may enter the drinking water distribution system. We found coliforms indicating the need to look for potential problems in water treatment or distribution. When this occurs, we are required to conduct assessment(s) to identify problems and to correct any problems that were found during these assessments.”
ii) “During the past year we were required to conduct [insert number of Level 1 assessments] Level 1 assessment(s). [insert number of Level 1 assessments] Level 1 assessment(s) were completed. In addition, we were required to take [insert number of corrective actions] corrective actions and we completed [insert number of corrective actions] of these actions.”
iii) “During the past year [insert number of Level 2 assessments] Level 2 assessments were required to be completed for our water system. [insert number of Level 2 assessments] Level 2 assessments were completed. In addition, we were required to take [insert number of corrective actions] corrective actions and we completed [insert number of corrective actions] of these actions.”
iv) Any supplier that has failed to complete all the required assessments or correct all identified sanitary defects, is in violation of the treatment technique requirement and must also include one or both of the following statements, as appropriate: “During the past year we failed to conduct all of the required assessment(s).” or “During the past year we failed to correct all identified defects that were found during the assessment.”
B) Any supplier that must conduct a Level 2 assessment due to an E. coli MCL violation must include in the report the text found in subsections (h)(7)(B)(i) and (h)(7)(B)(ii), filling in the blanks accordingly and the appropriate alternative text found in subsection (h)(7)(B)(ii), if appropriate.
i) “E. coli are bacteria whose presence indicates that the water may be contaminated with human or animal wastes. Human pathogens in these wastes can cause short-term effects, such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea, headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a greater health risk for infants, young children, the elderly, and people with severely compromised immune systems. We found E. coli bacteria, indicating the need to look for potential problems in water treatment or distribution. When this occurs, we are required to conduct assessment(s) to identify problems and to correct any problems that were found during these assessments.”
ii) “We were required to complete a Level 2 assessment because we found E. coli in our water system. In addition, we were required to take [insert number of corrective actions] corrective actions and we completed [insert number of corrective actions] of these actions.”
iii) Any supplier that has failed to complete the required assessment or correct all identified sanitary defects, is in violation of the treatment technique requirement and must also include one or both of the following statements, as appropriate: “We failed to conduct the required assessment.” or “We failed to correct all sanitary defects that were identified during the assessment that we conducted.”
C) If a supplier detects E. coli and has violated the E. coli MCL, in addition to completing the table, as subsection (d)(4) requires, the supplier must include one or more of specific statements best describing the noncompliance:
i) “We had an E. coli-positive repeat sample following a total coliform-positive routine sample.”
ii) “We had a total coliform-positive repeat sample following an E. coli-positive routine sample.”
iii) “We failed to take all required repeat samples following an E. coli-positive routine sample.”
iv) “We failed to test for E. coli when any repeat sample tested positive for total coliform.”
D) If a supplier detects E. coli but does not violated the E. coli MCL, in addition to completing the table as subsection (d)(4) requires, the supplier may include a statement explaining that although the supplier detected E. coli, it did not violate the E. coli MCL.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.153.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.884 Required Additional Health Information
a) All reports must prominently display the following language: “Some people may be more vulnerable to contaminants in drinking water than the general population. Immuno-compromised persons such as persons with cancer undergoing chemotherapy, persons who have undergone organ transplants, people with HIV/AIDS or other immune system disorders, some elderly, and infants can be particularly at risk from infections. These people should seek advice about drinking water from their health care providers. USEPA or Centers for Disease Control and Prevention guidelines on appropriate means to lessen the risk of infection by Cryptosporidium and other microbial contaminants are available from the USEPA Safe Drinking Water Hotline (800-426-4791).”
b) A supplier that detects arsenic above 0.005 mg/ L and up to and including 0.010 mg/ L must do the following:
1) The supplier must include in its report a short informational statement about arsenic, using the following language: “While your drinking water meets USEPA’s standard for arsenic, it does contain low levels of arsenic. USEPA’s standard balances the current understanding of arsenic’s possible health effects against the costs of removing arsenic from drinking water. USEPA continues to research the health effects of low levels of arsenic, which is a naturally-occurring mineral known to cause cancer in humans at high concentrations and is linked to other health effects such as skin damage and circulatory problems.”; or
2) The supplier may write its own educational statement, but only in consultation with the Agency.
c) A supplier that detects nitrate at levels above 5 mg/ L, but below the MCL, must do the following:
1) The supplier must include a short informational statement about the impacts of nitrate on children, using the following language: “Nitrate in drinking water at levels above 10 ppm is a health risk for infants of less than six months of age. High nitrate levels in drinking water can cause blue baby syndrome. Nitrate levels may rise quickly for short periods of time because of rainfall or agricultural activity. If you are caring for an infant you should ask advice from your health care provider”; or
2) The CWS supplier may write its own educational statement, but only in consultation with the Agency.
d) Every report must include the following lead-specific information:
1) A short informational statement about lead in drinking water and its effects on children. The statement must include the following information:
Lead can cause serious health problems, especially for pregnant women and young children. Lead in drinking water is primarily from materials and components associated with service lines and home plumbing. [NAME OF SUPPLIER] is responsible for providing high quality drinking water and removing lead pipes, but cannot control the variety of materials used in plumbing components in your home. You share the responsibility for protecting yourself and your family from the lead in your home plumbing. You can take responsibility by identifying and removing lead materials within your home plumbing and taking steps to reduce your family’s risk. Before drinking tap water, flush your pipes for several minutes by running your tap, taking a shower, doing laundry or a load of dishes. You can also use a filter certified by an American National Standards Institute accredited certifier to reduce lead in drinking water. If you are concerned about lead in your water, you may wish to have your water tested, contact [NAME OF UTILITY and CONTACT INFORMATION]. Information on lead in drinking water, testing methods, and steps you can take to minimize exposure is available at http://www.epa.gov/safewater/lead .
2) A supplier may write its own educational statement, but only in consultation with the Agency.
e) A CWS supplier that detects TTHM above 0.080 mg/L, but below the MCL in Section 611.312, as an annual average, monitored and calculated under the provisions of former Section 611.680, must include the health effects language prescribed by Appendix A of this Part.
BOARD NOTE: Former Section 611.680 originally derived from 40 CFR 141.30(a) and (b). USEPA removed 40 CFR 141.30 in its entirety in 2006. The Board repealed former Section 611.680 in 2012. The references to former Section 611.680 in this subsection (e) relate to use of existing monitoring data collected under those provisions as they existed before their repeal.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.154.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.885 Report Delivery and Recordkeeping
a) Except as provided in subsection (g), each CWS must mail or otherwise directly deliver one copy of the report to each customer.
b) The CWS must make a good faith effort to reach consumers who do not get water bills, using a means approved by the Agency by a SEP. A good faith effort to reach consumers includes methods such as the following: posting the reports on the Internet, advertising the availability of the report in the news media, publication in a local newspaper, or delivery to community organizations.
c) No later than the date the CWS is required to distribute the report to its customers, each CWS must mail a copy of the report to the Agency, followed within three months by a certification that the report has been distributed to customers, and that the information is correct and consistent with the compliance monitoring data previously submitted to the Agency.
d) No later than the date the CWS is required to distribute the report to its customers, each CWS must deliver the report to any other agency or clearinghouse identified by the Agency.
e) Each CWS must make its reports available to the public upon request.
f) Each CWS serving 100,000 or more persons must post its current year’s report to a publicly-accessible site on the Internet.
g) The Governor or his designee may waive the requirement of subsection (a) for a CWS serving fewer than 10,000 persons.
1) Such a CWS must do the following:
A) The CWS must publish the report in one or more local newspapers serving the county in which the CWS is located;
B) The CWS must inform the customers that the report will not be mailed, either in the newspapers in which the report is published or by other means approved by the Agency; and
C) The CWS must make the report available to the public upon request.
2) Systems serving fewer than 500 persons may forgo the requirements of subsections (g)(1)(A) and (g)(1)(B) if they provide notice at least once per year to their customers by mail, by door-to-door delivery, or by posting in a location approved by the Agency that the report is available upon request.
h) Any system subject to this Subpart U must retain copies of its consumer confidence report for no less than three years.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.155.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
SUBPART V: PUBLIC NOTIFICATION OF DRINKING WATER VIOLATIONS
Section 611.901 General Public Notification RequirementsThe requirements of this Subpart V replace former notice requirements.
a) Who Must Give Public Notice. Each owner or operator of a PWS (a CWS, an NTNCWS, or a transient non-CWS) must give notice for all violations of an NPDWR and for other situations, as listed in this subsection (a). The term “NPDWR violation” is used in this Subpart V to include violations of an MCL, an MRDL, a treatment technique, monitoring requirements, or a testing procedure set forth in this Part. Appendix G identifies the tier assignment for each specific violation or situation requiring a public notice.
1) NPDWR Violations
A) A failure to comply with an applicable MCL or MRDL.
B) A failure to comply with a prescribed treatment technique.
C) A failure to perform water quality monitoring, as required by this Part.
D) A failure to comply with testing procedures as prescribed by this Part.
2) Relief Equivalent to a Variance and Exemptions under Sections 1415 and 1416 of SDWA.
A) Operation under relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance, under Section 611.111, or a SDWA section 1416 exemption, under Section 611.112.
B) A failure to comply with the requirements of any schedule that has been set under relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance, under Section 611.111, or a SDWA section 1415 exemption, under Section 611.112.
3) Special Public Notices
A) The occurrence of a waterborne disease outbreak or other waterborne emergency.
B) An exceedance of the nitrate MCL by a non-CWS, if granted permission by the Agency under Section 611.300(d).
C) The notice required by Section 611.908 for an exceedance of 2 mg/ L fluoride (the federal secondary MCL for fluoride (see 40 CFR 143.3)).
BOARD NOTE: See the Board Note appended to Section 611.908 for explanation.
D) The availability of unregulated contaminant monitoring data collected as required by USEPA under 40 CFR 141.40.
E) Other violations and situations determined by the Agency in a SEP to require a public notice under this Subpart V, not already listed in Appendix G.
F) Exceeding the lead action level.b) The Type of Public Notice Required for Each Violation or Situation. The public notice requirements of this Subpart V are divided into three tiers, to take into account the seriousness of the violation or situation and of any potential adverse health effects that may be involved. The public notice requirements for each violation or situation listed in subsection (a) are determined by the tier to which it is assigned. This subsection (b) provides the definition of each tier. Appendix G identifies the tier assignment for each specific violation or situation.
1) Tier 1 public notice: required for NPDWR violations and situations with significant potential to have serious adverse effects on human health as a result of short-term exposure.
2) Tier 2 public notice: required for all other NPDWR violations and situations with potential to have serious adverse effects on human health.
3) Tier 3 public notice: required for all other NPDWR violations and situations not included in Tier 1 and Tier 2.
c) Who Must Receive Notice
1) Each PWS supplier must provide public notice to persons served by the water supplier under this Subpart V. A PWS supplier that sells or otherwise provides drinking water to another PWS supplier (i.e., to a consecutive system) is required to give public notice to the owner or operator of the consecutive system; the consecutive system supplier is responsible for providing public notice to the persons it serves.
2) If a PWS supplier has a violation in a portion of the distribution system that is physically or hydraulically isolated from other parts of the distribution system, the Agency may allow the system to limit distribution of the public notice to only persons served by that portion of the system that is out of compliance. The Agency must issue a SEP when allowing the supplier to limit distributing notice.
3) The supplier must also submit a copy of the notice to the Agency and the Administrator (for exceeding the lead action level) under Section 611.840(d).
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.201.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.902 Tier 1 Public Notice: Form, Manner, and Frequency of Noticea) Violations or Situations That Require a Tier 1 Public Notice. This subsection (a) lists the violation categories and other situations requiring a Tier 1 public notice. Appendix G identifies the tier assignment for each specific violation or situation. The violation categories include:
1) Violation of the MCL for E. coli (as specified in Section 611.325(c)).
2) Violation of the MCL for nitrate, nitrite, or total nitrate and nitrite, as defined in Section 611.301, or when the water supplier fails to take a confirmation sample within 24 hours after the supplier’s receipt of the results from the first sample showing an exceedance of the nitrate or nitrite MCL, as specified in Section 611.606(b).
3) Exceedance of the nitrate MCL by a non-CWS supplier, if permitted to exceed the MCL by the Agency under Section 611.300(d), as required under Section 611.909.
4) Violation of the MRDL for chlorine dioxide, as defined in Section 611.313(a), when one or more samples taken in the distribution system the day following an exceedance of the MRDL at the entrance of the distribution system exceed the MRDL, or when the water supplier does not take the required samples in the distribution system, as specified in Section 611.383(c)(2)(A).
5) This subsection (a)(5) refers to a violation of the former turbidity standard of Section 611.320, which the Board repealed because it applied to no suppliers in Illinois. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations.
6) Violation of the Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR), Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (IESWTR), or Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (LT1ESWTR) treatment technique requirement resulting from a single exceedance of the maximum allowable turbidity limit (as identified in Appendix G), if the Agency determines after consultation that a Tier 1 public notice is required or if consultation does not take place within 24 hours after the supplier learns of the violation.
7) Occurrence of a waterborne disease outbreak, as defined in Section 611.101, or other waterborne emergency (such as a failure or significant interruption in key water treatment processes, a natural disaster that disrupts the water supply or distribution system, or a chemical spill or unexpected loading of possible pathogens into the source water that significantly increases the potential for drinking water contamination).
8) Detection of E. coli, enterococci, or coliphage in source water samples, as specified in Section 611.802(a) and (b).
9) Other violations or situations with significant potential to have serious adverse effects on human health as a result of short-term exposure, as determined by the Agency in a SEP.
10) Exceeding the lead action level, as Section 141.80(c) specifies.b) When the Tier 1 Public Notice Is to Be Provided. Additional Steps Required. A PWS supplier must do the following:
1) It must provide a public notice as soon as practical but no later than 24 hours after the supplier learns of the violation;
2) It must initiate consultation with the Agency as soon as practical, but no later than 24 hours after the PWS supplier learns of the violation or situation, to determine additional public notice requirements; and
3) It must comply with any additional public notification requirements (including any repeat notices or direction on the duration of the posted notices) that are established as a result of the consultation with the Agency. Such requirements may include the timing, form, manner, frequency, and content of repeat notices (if any) and other actions designed to reach all persons served.
c) The Form and Manner of the Public Notice. A PWS supplier must provide the notice within 24 hours in a form and manner reasonably calculated to reach all persons served. The form and manner used by the PWS supplier are to fit the specific situation, but must be designed to reach residential, transient, and non-transient users of the water system. In order to reach all persons served, a water supplier is to use, at a minimum, one or more of the following forms of delivery:
1) Appropriate broadcast media (such as radio and television);
2) Posting of the notice in conspicuous locations throughout the area served by the water supplier;
3) Hand delivery of the notice to persons served by the water supplier; or
4) Another delivery method approved in writing by the Agency in a SEP.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.202.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.903 Tier 2 Public Notice: Form, Manner, and Frequency of Notice
a) Violations or Situations That Require a Tier 2 Public Notice. This subsection (a) lists the violation categories and other situations requiring a Tier 2 public notice. Appendix G identifies the tier assignment for each specific violation or situation.
1) All violations of the MCL, MRDL, and treatment technique requirements, except if a Tier 1 notice is required under Section 611.902(a) or if the Agency determines by a SEP that a Tier 1 notice is required.
2) Violations of the monitoring and testing procedure requirements, if the Agency determines by a SEP that a Tier 2 rather than a Tier 3 public notice is required, taking into account potential health impacts and persistence of the violation.
3) Failure to comply with the terms and conditions of any relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or a SDWA section 1416 exemption in place.
4) Failure to take corrective action or failure to maintain at least 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or an Agency-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer under Section 611.803(a).
b) When Tier 2 Public Notice Is to Be Provided
1) A PWS supplier must provide the public notice as soon as practical, but no later than 30 days after the supplier learns of the violation. If the public notice is posted, the notice must remain in place for as long as the violation or situation persists, but in no case for less than seven days, even if the violation or situation is resolved. The Agency may, in appropriate circumstances, by a SEP, allow additional time for the initial notice of up to three months from the date the supplier learns of the violation. It is not appropriate for the Agency to grant an extension to the 30-day deadline for any unresolved violation or to allow across-the-board extensions by rule or policy for other violations or situations requiring a Tier 2 public notice. Extensions granted by the Agency must be in writing.
2) The PWS supplier must repeat the notice every three months as long as the violation or situation persists, unless the Agency determines that appropriate circumstances warrant a different repeat notice frequency. In no circumstance may the repeat notice be given less frequently than once per year. It is not appropriate for the Agency to allow less frequent repeat notice for an MCL or treatment technique violation under the Total Coliform Rule or Subpart AA or a treatment technique violation under the Surface Water Treatment Rule or Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule. It is also not appropriate for the Agency to allow across-the-board reductions in the repeat notice frequency for other ongoing violations requiring a Tier 2 repeat notice. An Agency determination allowing repeat notices to be given less frequently than once every three months must be in writing.
3) For the turbidity violations specified in this subsection (b)(3), a PWS supplier must consult with the Agency as soon as practical but no later than 24 hours after the supplier learns of the violation, to determine whether a Tier 1 public notice under Section 611.902(a) is required to protect public health. When consultation does not take place within the 24-hour period, the water system must distribute a Tier 1 notice of the violation within the next 24 hours (i.e., no later than 48 hours after the supplier learns of the violation), following the requirements under Section 611.902(b) and (c). Consultation with the Agency is required for the following:
A) Violation of the turbidity MCL under Section 611.320(b); or
B) Violation of the SWTR, IESWTR, or treatment technique requirement resulting from a single exceedance of the maximum allowable turbidity limit.
c) The Form and Manner of Tier 2 Public Notice. A PWS supplier must provide the initial public notice and any repeat notices in a form and manner that is reasonably calculated to reach persons served in the required time period. The form and manner of the public notice may vary based on the specific situation and type of water system, but it must at a minimum meet the following requirements:
1) Unless directed otherwise by the Agency in writing, by a SEP, a CWS supplier must provide notice by the following:
A) Mail or other direct delivery to each customer receiving a bill and to other service connections to which water is delivered by the PWS supplier; and
B) Any other method reasonably calculated to reach other persons regularly served by the supplier, if they would not normally be reached by the notice required in subsection (c)(1)(A). Such persons may include those who do not pay water bills or do not have service connection addresses (e.g., house renters, apartment dwellers, university students, nursing home patients, prison inmates, etc.). Other methods may include: Publication in a local newspaper; delivery of multiple copies for distribution by customers that provide their drinking water to others (e.g., apartment building owners or large private employers); posting in public places served by the supplier or on the Internet; or delivery to community organizations.
2) Unless directed otherwise by the Agency in writing, by a SEP, a non-CWS supplier must provide notice by the following means:
A) Posting the notice in conspicuous locations throughout the distribution system frequented by persons served by the supplier, or by mail or direct delivery to each customer and service connection (if known); and
B) Any other method reasonably calculated to reach other persons served by the system if they would not normally be reached by the notice required in subsection (c)(2)(A). Such persons may include those served who may not see a posted notice because the posted notice is not in a location they routinely pass by. Other methods may include the following: Publication in a local newspaper or newsletter distributed to customers; use of E-mail to notify employees or students; or delivery of multiple copies in central locations (e.g., community centers).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.203.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.904 Tier 3 Public Notice: Form, Manner, and Frequency of Notice
a) Violations or Situations That Require a Tier 3 Public Notice. This subsection (a) lists the violation categories and other situations requiring a Tier 3 public notice. Appendix G identifies the tier assignment for each specific violation or situation.
1) Monitoring violations under this Part, except if a Tier 1 notice is required under Section 611.902(a) or if the Agency determines by a SEP that a Tier 2 notice is required;
2) Failure to comply with a testing procedure established in this Part, except if a Tier 1 notice is required under Section 611.902(a) or if the Agency determines by a SEP that a Tier 2 notice is required;
3) Operation under relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance granted under Section 611.111 or relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1416 exemption granted under Section 611.112;
4) Availability of unregulated contaminant monitoring results, as required under Section 611.907;
5) The notice for an exceedance of 2 mg/ℓ fluoride (the federal secondary MCL for fluoride (see 40 CFR 143.3)), as required under Section 611.908; and
BOARD NOTE: See the Board Note appended to Section 611.908 for explanation.
6) Reporting and recordkeeping violations under Subpart AA.
b) When the Tier 3 Public Notice Is To Be Provided
1) A PWS supplier must provide the public notice not later than one year after the supplier learns of the violation or situation or begins operating under relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or section 1416 exemption. Following the initial notice, the supplier must repeat the notice annually for as long as the violation, relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or section 1416 exemption, or other situation persists. If the public notice is posted, the notice must remain in place for as long as the violation, relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or section 1416 exemption, or other situation persists, but in no case less than seven days (even if the violation or situation is resolved).
2) Instead of individual Tier 3 public notices, a PWS supplier may use an annual report detailing all violations and situations that occurred during the previous twelve months, as long as the timing requirements of subsection (b)(1) are met.
c) The Form and Manner of the Tier 3 Public Notice. A PWS supplier must provide the initial notice and any repeat notices in a form and manner that is reasonably calculated to reach persons served in the required time period. The form and manner of the public notice may vary based on the specific situation and type of water system, but it must at a minimum meet the following requirements:
1) Unless directed otherwise by the Agency by a SEP in writing, a CWS supplier must provide notice by the following:
A) Mail or other direct delivery to each customer receiving a bill and to other service connections to which water is delivered by the supplier; and
B) Any other method reasonably calculated to reach other persons regularly served by the supplier, if they would not normally be reached by the notice required in subsection (c)(1)(A). Such persons may include those who do not pay water bills or do not have service connection addresses (e.g., house renters, apartment dwellers, university students, nursing home patients, prison inmates, etc.). Other methods may include the following: publication in a local newspaper; delivery of multiple copies for distribution by customers that provide their drinking water to others (e.g., apartment building owners or large private employers); posting in public places or on the Internet; or delivery to community organizations.
2) Unless directed otherwise by the Agency by a SEP in writing, a non-CWS supplier must provide notice by the following:
A) Posting the notice in conspicuous locations throughout the distribution system frequented by persons served by the supplier, or by mail or direct delivery to each customer and service connection (if known); and
B) Any other method reasonably calculated to reach other persons served by the supplier, if they would not normally be reached by the notice required in subsection (c)(2)(A). Such persons may include those who may not see a posted notice because the notice is not in a location they routinely pass by. Other methods may include the following: publication in a local newspaper or newsletter distributed to customers; use of E-mail to notify employees or students; or delivery of multiple copies in central locations (e.g., community centers).
d) When the Consumer Confidence Report May Be Used to Meet the Tier 3 Public Notice Requirements. For a CWS supplier, the Consumer Confidence Report (CCR) required under Subpart U may be used as a vehicle for the initial Tier 3 public notice and all required repeat notices, as long as the following is true:
1) The CCR is provided to persons served no later than 12 months after the supplier learns of the violation or situation as required under Section 611.904(b);
2) The Tier 3 notice contained in the CCR follows the content requirements under Section 611.905; and
3) The CCR is distributed following the delivery requirements under Section 611.904(c).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.204.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.905 Content of the Public Notice
a) Elements Included in Public Notice for Violation of an NPDWR or Other Situations. When a PWS supplier violates an NPDWR or has a situation requiring public notification, each public notice must include the following elements:
1) A description of the violation or situation, including the contaminants of concern, and (as applicable) the contaminant levels;
2) When the violation or situation occurred;
3) Any potential adverse health effects from the violation or situation, including the standard language under subsection (d)(1) or (d)(2), whichever is applicable;
4) The population at risk, including subpopulations particularly vulnerable if exposed to the contaminant in their drinking water;
5) Whether alternative water supplies should be used;
6) What actions consumers should take, including when they should seek medical help, if known;
7) What the supplier is doing to correct the violation or situation;
8) When the water supplier expects to return to compliance or resolve the situation;
9) The name, business address, and phone number of the water system owner, operator, or designee of the public water system as a source of additional information concerning the notice; and
10) A statement to encourage the notice recipient to distribute the public notice to other persons served, using the standard language under subsection (d)(3), if applicable.
b) The Elements That Must Be Included in the Public Notice for Public Water Systems Operating under Relief Equivalent to a SDWA Section 1415 Variance or a Section 1416 Exemption
1) If a PWS supplier has been granted a relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance, under Section 611.111, or a section 1416 exemption, under Section 611.112, the public notice must contain the following:
A) An explanation of the reasons for the relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption;
B) The date on which the relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption was issued;
C) A brief status report on the steps that the supplier is taking to install treatment, find alternative sources of water, or otherwise comply with the terms and schedules of the relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption; and
D) A notice of any opportunity for public input in the review of the relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption.
2) If a PWS supplier violates the conditions of relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption, the public notice must contain the ten elements listed in subsection (a).
c) How the Public Notice Is to Be Presented
1) Each public notice required by this Section must comply with the following:
A) It must be displayed in a conspicuous way when printed or posted;
B) It must not contain overly technical language or very small print;
C) It must not be formatted in a way that defeats the purpose of the notice;
D) It must not contain language that nullifies the purpose of the notice.
2) Each public notice required by this Section must comply with multilingual requirements, as follows:
A) For a PWS supplier serving a large proportion of non-English speaking consumers, the public notice must contain information in the appropriate languages regarding the importance of the notice or contain a telephone number or address where persons served may contact the water supplier to obtain a translated copy of the notice or to request assistance in the appropriate language.
B) If the Agency has not determined what constitutes a large proportion of non-English speaking consumers, the PWS supplier must include in the public notice the same information as in subsection (c)(2)(A), if appropriate to reach a large proportion of non-English speaking persons served by the water supplier.
d) Standard Language That a PWS Supplier Must Include in Its Public Notice. A PWS supplier is required to include the following standard language in its public notice:
1) Standard Health Effects Language for MCL or MRDL Violations, Treatment Technique Violations, and Violations of the Condition of Relief Equivalent to a SDWA Section 1415 Variance or a Section 1416 Exemption. A PWS supplier must include in each public notice the health effects language specified in Appendix H corresponding to each MCL, MRDL, and treatment technique violation listed in Appendix G, and for each violation of a condition of relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption.
2) Standard Language for Monitoring and Testing Procedure Violations. A PWS supplier must include the following language in its notice, including the language necessary to fill in the blanks, for all monitoring and testing procedure violations listed in Appendix G:
We are required to monitor your drinking water for specific contaminants on a regular basis. Results of regular monitoring are an indicator of whether or not your drinking water meets health standards. During (compliance period), we “did not monitor or test” or “did not complete all monitoring or testing” for (contaminants), and therefore cannot be sure of the quality of your drinking water during that time.
3) Standard Language to Encourage the Distribution of the Public Notice to All Persons Served. A PWS supplier must include the following language in its notice (if applicable):
Please share this information with all the other people who drink this water, especially those who may not have received this notice directly (for example, people in apartments, nursing homes, schools, and businesses). You can do this by posting this notice in a public place or distributing copies by hand or mail.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.205.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.906 Notice to New Billing Units or New Customers
a) The Requirement for a CWS. A CWS supplier must give a copy of the most recent public notice for any continuing violation, the existence of relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption, or other ongoing situations requiring a public notice to all new billing units or new customers prior to or at the time service begins.
b) The Requirement for non-CWS. A non-CWS supplier must continuously post the public notice in conspicuous locations in order to inform new consumers of any continuing violation, relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption, or other situation requiring a public notice for as long as the violation, the relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption, or other situation persists.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.206.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.907 Special Notice of the Availability of Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Results
a) When to Give Special Notice. The owner or operator of a CWS supplier or an NTNCWS supplier required to monitor for unregulated contaminants by USEPA under 40 CFR 141.40 must notify persons served by the supplier of the availability of the results of such sampling no later than 12 months after the monitoring results are known.
b) The Form and Manner of a Special Notice. The form and manner of the public notice must follow the requirements for a Tier 3 public notice prescribed in Sections 611.904(c), (d)(1), and (d)(3). The notice must also identify a person and provide the telephone number to contact for information on the monitoring results.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.207.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.908 Special Notice for Exceedance of the Fluoride Secondary Standard
a) When to Give Special Notice. A CWS supplier that exceeds the federal fluoride secondary MCL of 2 mg/ℓ (see 40 CFR 143.3)) (determined by the last single sample taken in accordance with Section 611.603), but does not exceed the maximum contaminant level (MCL) of 4 mg/ℓ for fluoride (as specified in Section 611.301), must provide the public notice in subsection (c) to persons served. Public notice must be provided as soon as practical but no later than 12 months from the day the supplier learns of the exceedance. A copy of the notice must also be sent to all new billing units and new customers at the time service begins and to the Department of Public Health. The PWS supplier must repeat the notice at least annually for as long as the SMCL is exceeded. If the public notice is posted, the notice must remain in place for as long as the fluoride SMCL is exceeded, but in no case less than seven days (even if the exceedance is eliminated). On a case-by-case basis, the Agency may require an initial notice sooner than 12 months and repeat notices more frequently than annually.
BOARD NOTE: The federal regulations provide at 40 CFR 143.1 that secondary MCLs relate to the aesthetic qualities of water; they are not enforceable standards. The National Primary Drinking Water Regulations, however, include an enforceable requirement, at corresponding 40 CFR 141.208, that requires public notice upon exceedance of the secondary MCL for fluoride.
b) The Form and Manner of a Special Notice. The form and manner of the public notice (including repeat notices) must follow the requirements for a Tier 3 public notice in Section 611.904(c), (d)(1), and (d)(3).
c) Mandatory Language in a Special Notice. The notice must contain the following language, including the language necessary to fill in the blanks:
This is an alert about your drinking water and a cosmetic dental problem that might affect children under nine years of age. At low levels, fluoride can help prevent cavities, but children drinking water containing more than 2 milligrams per liter (mg/ℓ) of fluoride may develop cosmetic discoloration of their permanent teeth (dental fluorosis). The drinking water provided by your community water system (name) has a fluoride concentration of (insert value) mg/ℓ. Dental fluorosis, in its moderate or severe forms, may result in a brown staining or pitting of the permanent teeth. This problem occurs only in developing teeth, before they erupt from the gums. Children under nine should be provided with alternative sources of drinking water or water that has been treated to remove the fluoride to avoid the possibility of staining and pitting of their permanent teeth. You may also want to contact your dentist about proper use by young children of fluoride-containing products. Older children and adults may safely drink the water.
Drinking water containing more than 4 mg/ℓ of fluoride (the USEPA’s drinking water standard) can increase your risk of developing bone disease. Your drinking water does not contain more than 4 mg/ℓ of fluoride, but we’re required to notify you when we discover that the fluoride levels in your drinking water exceed 2 mg/ℓ because of this cosmetic dental problem.
For more information, please call (name of water system contact) of (name of community water system) at (phone number). Some home water treatment units are also available to remove fluoride from drinking water. To learn more about available home water treatment units, you may call NSF International at 1-877-8-NSF-HELP.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.208.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.909 Special Notice for Nitrate Exceedances above the MCL by a Non-Community Water System
a) When the Special Notice Is to Be Given. The owner or operator of a non-CWS supplier granted permission by the Agency under Section 611.300(d) to exceed the nitrate MCL must provide notice to persons served according to the requirements for a Tier 1 notice under Section 611.902(a) and (b).
b) The Form and Manner of a Special Notice. A non-CWS supplier granted permission by the Agency to exceed the nitrate MCL under Section 611.300(d) must provide continuous posting of the fact that nitrate levels exceed 10 mg/ℓ and the potential health effects of exposure, according to the requirements for Tier 1 notice delivery under Section 611.902(c) and the content requirements under Section 611.905.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.209.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.910 Notice by the Agency on Behalf of a PWS
a) The Agency may issue the notice required by this Subpart V on behalf of the owner and operator of the PWS supplier if the Agency complies with the requirements of this Subpart V.
b) The responsibility of the PWS supplier when notice is given by the Agency. The owner or operator of the PWS supplier remains responsible for ensuring that the requirements of this Subpart V are met.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.210.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. 16447, effective October 10, 2003)
Section 611.911 Special Notice for Cryptosporidium
a) When the Special Notice for Repeated Failure to Monitor Must Be Given. The owner or operator of a CWS or non-CWS that is required to monitor source water under Section 611.1001 must notify persons served by its water system that monitoring has not been completed as specified no later than 30 days after the system has failed to collect any three months of monitoring, as specified in Section 611.1001(c). The notice must be repeated as specified in Section 611.903(b).
b) When the Special Notice for Failure to Determine Bin Classification or Mean Cryptosporidium Level Must Be Given. The owner or operator of a CWS or non-CWS that is required to determine a bin classification under Section 611.1010, or one that is required to determine mean Cryptosporidium level under Section 611.1012, must notify persons served by its water system that the determination has not been made as required no later than 30 days after the system has failed report the determination as specified in Section 611.1010(e) or Section 611.1012(a), respectively. The supplier must repeat the notice as specified in Section 611.903(b). The notice is not required if the system is complying with an Agency-approved schedule to address the violation.
c) The Form and Manner of a Special Notice. The form and manner of the public notice must follow the requirements for a Tier 2 public notice prescribed in Section 611.903(c). The public notice must be presented as required in Section 611.905(c).
d) Mandatory Language That Must Be Contained in the Special Notice. The notice must contain all of the following language, including the language necessary to fill in the blanks:
1) The special notice for repeated failure to conduct monitoring must contain the following mandatory language:
We are required to monitor the source of your drinking water for Cryptosporidium. Results of the monitoring are to be used to determine whether water treatment at the [treatment plant name] is sufficient to adequately remove Cryptosporidium from your drinking water. We are required to complete this monitoring and make this determination before [required bin determination date]. We [insert the applicable of the following at this point: “did not monitor or test” or “did not complete all monitoring or testing”] on schedule and, therefore, we may not be able to determine before the required date what treatment modifications, if any, must be made to ensure adequate Cryptosporidium removal. Missing this deadline may, in turn, jeopardize our ability to have the required treatment modifications, if any, completed before the deadline required, [date]. For more information, please call [name of water system contact] of [name of water system] at [phone number].
2) The special notice for failure to determine bin classification or mean Cryptosporidium level must contain the following mandatory language:
We are required to monitor the source of your drinking water for Cryptosporidium in order to determine before [date] whether water treatment at the [treatment plant name] is sufficient to adequately remove Cryptosporidium from your drinking water. We have not made this determination before the required date. Our failure to do this may jeopardize our ability to have the required treatment modifications, if any, completed before the required deadline of [date]. For more information, please call [name of water system contact] of [name of water system] at [phone number].
3) Each special notice must also include a description of what the supplier is doing to correct the violation and when the supplier expects to return to compliance or resolve the situation.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.211.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
SUBPART W: INITIAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM EVALUATIONS
Section 611.920 General Requirements
a) USEPA has designated that the requirements of this Subpart W constitute National Primary Drinking Water Regulations. The regulations in this Subpart W establish monitoring and other requirements for identifying Subpart Y compliance monitoring locations for determining compliance with maximum contaminant levels for TTHMs and HAA5. The supplier must use an initial distribution system evaluation (IDSE) to determine the locations in its distribution system that are representative of high TTHM and HAA5 concentrations throughout the supplier’s distribution system. An IDSE is used in conjunction with, but separate from, Subpart I compliance monitoring, to identify and select Subpart Y compliance monitoring locations.
b) Applicability. A supplier is subject to the requirements of this Subpart W if it fulfills any of the following conditions:
1) The supplier owns or operates a community water system that uses a primary or residual disinfectant other than ultraviolet light;
2) The supplier delivers water that has been treated with a primary or residual disinfectant other than ultraviolet light; or
3) The supplier owns or operates a non-transient non-community water system that serves at least 10,000 people, and it either uses a primary or residual disinfectant other than ultraviolet light, or it delivers water that has been treated with a primary or residual disinfectant other than ultraviolet light.
c) The Agency may determine, by a SEP, that a combined distribution system does not include certain consecutive systems based on such factors as the delivery of water to a consecutive system only on an emergency basis or the receiving only a small percentage and small volume of water from a wholesale system. The Agency may also determine, by a SEP issued under Section 611.110, that a combined distribution system does not include certain wholesale systems based on such factors as the delivery of water to a consecutive system only on an emergency basis or the delivery of only a small percentage and small volume of water to a consecutive system.
BOARD NOTE: Implementation of this Subpart W occurred in stages during October 1, 2006 through October 1, 2014, depending on population served and other factors. See 40 CFR 141.600(c). The Board removed the now-obsolete implementation dates.
d) A supplier must do one of the following: it must conduct standard monitoring that meets the requirements in Section 611.921; it must conduct a system-specific study that meets the requirements in Section 611.922; it must certify to the Agency that it meets the 40/30 certification criteria under Section 611.923; or it must qualify for a very small system waiver under Section 611.924.
1) The supplier must have taken the full complement of routine TTHM and HAA5 compliance samples required of a system that serves the appropriate population and that uses the appropriate source water under Subpart I (or the supplier must have taken the full complement of reduced TTHM and HAA5 compliance samples required of a system with the supplier’s population and source water under Subpart I if the supplier meets reduced monitoring criteria under Subpart I) during the period specified in Section 611.923(a) to meet the 40/ 30 certification criteria in Section 611.923. The supplier must have taken TTHM and HAA5 samples under Sections 611.381 and 611.382 to be eligible for the very small system waiver in Section 611.924.
2) If the supplier has not taken the required samples, the supplier must conduct standard monitoring that meets the requirements in Section 611.921, or a system-specific study that meets the requirements in Section 611.922.
e) The supplier must use only the analytical methods specified in Section 611.381, or otherwise approved by the Agency for monitoring under this Subpart W, to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this Subpart W.
f) IDSE results will not be used for the purpose of determining compliance with MCLs in Section 611.312.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.600.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.921 Standard Monitoring
a) Standard Monitoring Plan. A supplier’s standard monitoring plan must comply with subsections (a)(1) through (a)(4). The supplier must prepare and submit its standard monitoring plan to the Agency according to the appropriate of the schedules provided in Section 611.920(c).
1) The supplier’s standard monitoring plan must include a schematic of its distribution system (including distribution system entry points and their sources, and storage facilities), with notes indicating locations and dates of all projected standard monitoring, and all projected Subpart I compliance monitoring.
2) The supplier’s standard monitoring plan must include justification of standard monitoring location selection and a summary of data the supplier relied on to justify standard monitoring location selection.
3) The supplier’s standard monitoring plan must specify the population served and its system type (i.e., that it is a Subpart B or groundwater system).
4) The supplier must retain a complete copy of its standard monitoring plan submitted under this subsection (a), including any Agency modification of the plan, for as long as the supplier is required to retain its IDSE report under subsection (c)(4).
b) Standard Monitoring
1) The supplier must monitor as indicated in the applicable of subsections (b)(1)(A) through (b)(1)(P), subject to the limitations of subsections (b)(1)(Q) and (b)(1)(R). The supplier must collect dual sample sets at each monitoring location. One sample in the dual sample set must be analyzed for TTHM. The other sample in the dual sample set must be analyzed for HAA5. The supplier must conduct one monitoring period during the peak historical month for TTHM levels or HAA5 levels or the month of warmest water temperature. The supplier must review available compliance, study, or operational data to determine the peak historical month for TTHM or HAA5 levels or warmest water temperature.
A) A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons and that operates a consecutive system must collect samples once each calendar year during the peak historical month: one near an entry point to the distribution system and one at a high TTHM location, for a total of two samples during each monitoring period.
B) A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons and that does not operate a consecutive system must collect samples once each calendar year during the peak historical month: one at a high TTHM location and one at a high HAA5 location, for a total of two samples during each monitoring period.
C) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 500 to 3,300 persons and that operates a consecutive system must collect samples four times each calendar year (once every 90 days): one near an entry point to the distribution system and one at a high TTHM location, for a total of two samples during each monitoring period.
D) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 500 to 3,300 persons and that does not operate a consecutive system must collect samples four times each calendar year (once every 90 days): one at a high TTHM location and one at a high HAA5 location, for a total of two samples during each monitoring period.
E) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 3,301 to 9,999 persons must collect samples four times each calendar year (once every 90 days): one at a location in the distribution system that represents the average residence time, two at high TTHM locations, and one at a high HAA5 location, for a total of four samples during each monitoring period.
F) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 10,000 to 49,999 persons must collect samples six times each calendar year (once every 60 days): one near an entry point to the distribution system, two at locations in the distribution system that represent the average residence time, three at each TTHM location, and two at high HAA5 locations, for a total of eight samples during each monitoring period.
G) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 50,000 to 249,999 persons must collect samples six times each calendar year (once every 60 days): three near entry points to the distribution system, four at locations in the distribution system that represent the average residence time, five at high TTHM locations, and four at high HAA5 locations, for a total of 16 samples during each monitoring period.
H) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 250,000 to 999,999 persons must collect samples six times each calendar year (once every 60 days): four near entry points to the distribution system, six at locations in the distribution system that represent the average residence time, eight at high TTHM locations, and six at high HAA5 locations, for a total of 24 samples during each monitoring period.
I) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 1,000,000 to 4,999,999 persons must collect samples six times each calendar year (once every 60 days): six near entry points to the distribution system, eight at locations in the distribution system that represent the average residence time, ten at high TTHM locations, and eight at high HAA5 locations, for a total of 32 samples during each monitoring period.
J) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 5,000,000 or more persons must collect samples six times each calendar year (once every 60 days): eight near entry points to the distribution system, ten at locations in the distribution system that represent the average residence time, 12 at high TTHM locations, and ten at high HAA5 locations, for a total of 40 samples during each monitoring period.
K) A groundwater system supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons and that operates a consecutive system must collect samples once each calendar year during the peak historical month: one near an entry point to the distribution system and one at a high TTHM location, for a total of two samples during each monitoring period.
L) A groundwater system supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons and that does not operate a consecutive system must collect samples once each calendar year during the peak historical month: one at a high TTHM location and one at a high HAA5 location, for a total of two samples during each monitoring period.
M) A groundwater system supplier that serves 500 to 9,999 persons must collect samples four times each calendar year (once every 90 days): one at a high TTHM location and one at a high HAA5 location, for a total of two samples during each monitoring period.
N) A groundwater system supplier that serves 10,000 to 99,999 persons must collect samples four times each calendar year (once every 90 days): one near an entry point to the distribution system, one at a location in the distribution system that represents the average residence time, two at high TTHM locations, and two at high HAA5 locations, for a total of six samples during each monitoring period.
O) A groundwater system supplier that serves 100,000 to 499,999 persons must collect samples four times each calendar year (once every 90 days): one near an entry point to the distribution system, one at a location in the distribution system that represents the average residence time, three at high TTHM locations, and three at high HAA5 locations, for a total of eight samples during each monitoring period.
P) A groundwater system supplier that serves 500,000 or more persons must collect samples four times each calendar year (once every 90 days): two near an entry point to the distribution system, two at locations in the distribution system that represent the average residence time, four at high TTHM locations, and four at high HAA5 locations, for a total of 12 samples during each monitoring period.
Q) A dual sample set (i.e., a TTHM and an HAA5 sample) must be taken at each monitoring location during each monitoring period.
R) The “peak historical month”, for the purposes of subsections (b)(1)(A), (b)(1)(B), (b)(1)(K), and (b)(1)(L), means the month with the highest TTHM or HAA5 levels or the warmest water temperature.
2) The supplier must take samples at locations other than the existing Subpart I monitoring locations. Monitoring locations must be distributed throughout the distribution system.
3) If the number of entry points to the distribution system is fewer than the specified number of entry point monitoring locations, excess entry point samples must be equally replaced at high TTHM and HAA5 locations. If there is an odd extra location number, the supplier must take a sample at a high TTHM location. If the number of entry points to the distribution system is more than the specified number of entry point monitoring locations, the supplier must take samples at the entry points to the distribution system that have the highest annual water flows.
4) The supplier’s monitoring under this subsection (b) may not be reduced under the provisions of Section 611.500, and the Agency may not reduce the supplier’s monitoring using the provisions of Section 611.161.
c) IDSE Report. A supplier’s IDSE report must include the elements required in subsections (c)(1) through (c)(4). The supplier must submit its IDSE report to the Agency according to the applicable of the schedules set forth in Section 611.920(c).
1) The supplier’s IDSE report must include all TTHM and HAA5 analytical results from Subpart I compliance monitoring and all standard monitoring conducted during the period of the IDSE as individual analytical results and LRAAs presented in a tabular or spreadsheet format acceptable to the Agency. If changed from the supplier’s standard monitoring plan submitted under subsection (a), the supplier’s report must also include a schematic of the supplier’s distribution system, the population served, and system type (Subpart B system or groundwater system).
2) The supplier’s IDSE report must include an explanation of any deviations from the supplier’s approved standard monitoring plan.
3) The supplier must recommend and justify Subpart Y compliance monitoring locations and timing based on the protocol in Section 611.925.
4) The supplier must retain a complete copy of its IDSE report submitted under this Section for ten years after the date on which the supplier submitted the supplier’s report. If the Agency modifies the Subpart Y monitoring requirements that the supplier recommended in its IDSE report or if the Agency approves alternative monitoring locations under Section 611.161, the supplier must keep a copy of the Agency’s notification on file for ten years after the date of the Agency’s notification. The supplier must make the IDSE report and any Agency notification available for review by the Agency or the public.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.601.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.922 System-Specific Studies
a) System-Specific Study Plan. A supplier’s system-specific study plan must be based on either existing monitoring results, as required under subsection (a)(1), or modeling, as required under subsection (a)(2). The supplier must prepare and submit the supplier’s system-specific study plan to the Agency according to the schedule in Section 611.920(c).
1) Existing Monitoring Results. A supplier may comply by submitting monitoring results collected before it is required to begin monitoring under Section 611.920(c). The monitoring results and analysis must meet the criteria in subsections (a)(1)(A) and (a)(1)(B).
A) Minimum Requirements
i) TTHM and HAA5 results must be based on samples collected and analyzed in accordance with Section 611.381. Samples must be collected no earlier than five years prior to the study plan submission date.
ii) The monitoring locations and frequency must meet the conditions identified in the applicable of subsections (a)(1)(A)(iii) through (a)(1)(A)(xv). Each location must be sampled once during the peak historical month for TTHM levels or HAA5 levels or the month of warmest water temperature for every 12 months of data submitted for that location. Monitoring results must include all Subpart I compliance monitoring results, plus additional monitoring results as necessary to meet minimum sample requirements.
iii) A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons must collect samples from three monitoring locations: three samples for TTHM and three samples for HAA5.
iv) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 500 to 3,300 persons must collect samples from three monitoring locations: nine samples for TTHM and nine samples for HAA5.
v) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 3,301 to 9,999 persons must collect samples from six monitoring locations: 36 samples for TTHM and 36 samples for HAA5.
vi) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 10,000 to 49,999 persons must collect samples from each of 12 monitoring locations: 72 samples for TTHM and 72 samples for HAA5.
vii) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 50,000 to 249,999 persons must collect samples from 24 monitoring locations: 144 samples for TTHM and 144 samples for HAA5.
viii) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 250,000 to 999,999 persons must collect samples from 36 monitoring locations: 216 samples for TTHM and 216 samples for HAA5.
ix) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 1,000,000 to 4,999,999 persons must collect samples from 48 monitoring locations: 288 samples for TTHM and 288 samples for HAA5.
x) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 5,000,000 or more persons must collect samples from 60 monitoring locations: 360 samples for TTHM and 360 samples for HAA5.
xi) A groundwater system supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons must collect samples from three monitoring locations: three samples for TTHM and three samples for HAA5.
xii) A groundwater system supplier that serves 500 to 9,999 persons must collect samples from three monitoring locations: nine samples for TTHM and nine samples for HAA5.
xiii) A groundwater system supplier that serves 10,000 to 99,999 persons must collect samples from 12 monitoring locations: 48 samples for TTHM and 48 samples for HAA5.
xiv) A groundwater system supplier that serves 100,000 to 499,999 persons must collect samples from 18 monitoring locations: 72 samples for TTHM and 72 samples for HAA5.
xv) A groundwater system supplier that serves 500,000 or more persons must collect samples from 24 monitoring locations: 96 samples for TTHM and 96 samples for HAA5.
B) Reporting Monitoring Results. A supplier must report the following information:
i) The supplier must report previously collected monitoring results and certify that the reported monitoring results include all compliance and noncompliance results generated during the time period that began with the first reported result and that ended with the most recent Subpart I results;
ii) The supplier must certify that the samples were representative of the entire distribution system and treatment and that the distribution system and treatment have not changed significantly since the samples were collected;
iii) The supplier’s study monitoring plan must include a schematic of its distribution system (including distribution system entry points and their sources and storage facilities in the system), with notes indicating the locations and dates of all completed or planned system-specific study monitoring;
iv) The supplier’s system-specific study plan must specify the population served and its system type (i.e., that it is a Subpart B or groundwater system);
v) The supplier must retain a complete copy of its system-specific study plan submitted under this subsection (a)(1), including any Agency modification of the supplier’s system-specific study plan, for as long as the supplier is required to retain its IDSE report under subsection (b)(5); and
vi) If the supplier submits previously collected data that fully meet the number of samples required under subsection (a)(1)(A)(ii), and the Agency rejects some of the data in writing, by a SEP, the supplier must either conduct additional monitoring to replace rejected data on a schedule approved by the Agency in the SEP, or it must conduct standard monitoring under Section 611.921.
2) Modeling. A supplier may comply through analysis of an extended-period simulation hydraulic model. The extended-period simulation hydraulic model and analysis must meet the following criteria:
A) Minimum Extended-Period Hydraulic Model Requirements
i) The extended-period hydraulic model must simulate 24-hour variation in demand and show a consistently repeating 24-hour pattern of residence time.
ii) The extended-period hydraulic model must represent the criteria listed in subsection (a)(2)(D).
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(2)(A)(ii) is derived from 40 CFR 141.602(a)(2)(i)(B). The Board has codified 40 CFR 141.602(a)(2)(i)(B)(1) through (a)(2)(i)(B)(9) as subsections (a)(2)(D)(i) through (a)(2)(D)(ix) to comport with Illinois Administrative Code codification requirements.
iii) The extended-period hydraulic model must be calibrated or have calibration plans for the current configuration of the distribution system during the period of high TTHM formation potential. All storage facilities in the system must be evaluated as part of the calibration process. All required calibration must be completed no later than 12 months after the supplier has submitted the plan.
B) Reporting Modeling. The supplier’s system-specific study plan must include the information described in subsections (a)(2)(B)(i) through (a)(2)(B)(vii), subject to the requirements of subsection (a)(2)(B)(vii).
i) Tabular or spreadsheet data demonstrating that the model meets requirements in subsections (a)(2)(A)(ii) and (a)(2)(D).
ii) A description of all calibration activities undertaken and, if calibration is complete, a graph of predicted tank levels versus measured tank levels for the system storage facility with the highest residence time in each pressure zone, and a time-series graph of the residence time at the longest residence time storage facility in the distribution system showing the predictions for the entire simulation period (i.e., from time zero until the time it takes for the model to reach a consistently repeating pattern of residence time).
iii) Model output showing preliminary 24-hour average residence time predictions throughout the distribution system.
iv) The timing and the number of samples representative of the distribution system planned for at least one monitoring period of TTHM and HAA5 dual-sample monitoring at a number of locations no fewer than would be required for the system under standard monitoring in Section 611.921 during the historical month of high TTHM. These samples must be taken at locations other than existing Subpart I compliance monitoring locations.
v) A description of how all requirements will be completed no later than 12 months after the supplier submits the supplier’s system-specific study plan.
vi) A schematic of the supplier’s distribution system (including distribution system entry points and their sources and system storage facilities), with notes indicating the locations and dates of all completed system-specific study monitoring (if calibration is complete) and all Subpart I compliance monitoring.
vii) The population served and system type (i.e., that it is a Subpart B or groundwater system).
viii) The supplier must retain a complete copy of the supplier’s system-specific study plan submitted under this subsection (a)(2), including any Agency modification of the supplier’s system-specific study plan, for as long as the supplier is required to retain the supplier’s IDSE report under subsection (b)(7).
C) If the supplier submits a model that does not fully meet the requirements under subsection (a)(2), the supplier must correct the Agency-cited deficiencies and respond to Agency inquiries concerning the model. If the supplier fails to correct deficiencies or respond to inquiries to the Agency’s satisfaction, the supplier must conduct standard monitoring under Section 611.921.
D) The extended-period hydraulic model must represent the following criteria:
i) 75 percent of pipe volume;
ii) 50 percent of pipe length;
iii) All pressure zones;
iv) All 12-inch diameter and larger pipes;
v) All eight-inch and larger pipes that connect pressure zones, influence zones from different sources, storage facilities, major demand areas, pumps, and control valves or that are known or expected to be significant conveyors of water;
vi) All six-inch and larger pipes that connect remote areas of a distribution system to the main portion of the system;
vii) All storage facilities with standard operations represented in the model;
viii) All active pump stations with controls represented in the model; and
ix) All active control valves.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(2)(D) is derived from 40 CFR 141.602(a)(2)(i)(B). The Board has codified 40 CFR 141.602(a)(2)(i)(B)(1) through (a)(2)(i)(B)(9) as subsections (a)(2)(D)(i) through (a)(2)(D)(ix) to comport with Illinois Administrative Code codification requirements.
b) IDSE Report. The supplier’s IDSE report must include the elements required in subsections (b)(1) through (b)(6). The supplier must submit its IDSE report according to the applicable of the schedules in Section 611.920(c).
1) The supplier’s IDSE report must include all TTHM and HAA5 analytical results from Subpart I compliance monitoring and all system-specific study monitoring conducted during the period of the system-specific study presented in a tabular or spreadsheet format acceptable to the Agency. If changed from the supplier’s system-specific study plan submitted under subsection (a), the supplier’s IDSE report must also include a schematic of its distribution system, the population served, and system type (i.e., that it is a Subpart B or groundwater system).
2) If the supplier used the modeling provision under subsection (a)(2), it must include final information for the elements described in subsection (a)(2)(B), and a 24-hour time-series graph of residence time for each Subpart Y compliance monitoring location selected.
3) The supplier must recommend and justify Subpart Y compliance monitoring locations and timing based on the protocol in Section 611.925.
4) The supplier’s IDSE report must include an explanation of any deviations from its approved system-specific study plan.
5) The supplier’s IDSE report must include the basis (analytical and modeling results) and justification that it used to select the recommended Subpart Y monitoring locations.
6) The supplier may submit its IDSE report in lieu of its system-specific study plan on the schedule identified in Section 611.920(c) for submission of the system-specific study plan if the supplier believes that it has the necessary information before the time that the system-specific study plan is due. If the supplier elects this approach, its IDSE report must also include all information required under subsection (a).
7) The supplier must retain a complete copy of its IDSE report submitted under this Section for ten years after the date that the supplier submitted its IDSE report. If the Agency modifies the Subpart Y monitoring requirements that the supplier recommended in the supplier’s IDSE report or if the Agency approves alternative monitoring locations, the supplier must keep a copy of the Agency’s notification on file for ten years after the date of the Agency’s notification. The supplier must make the IDSE report and any Agency notification available for review by the Agency or the public.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.602.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.923 40/30 Certificationa) Eligibility. A supplier was eligible for 40/30 certification if it had no TTHM or HAA5 monitoring violations under Subpart I and no individual sample exceeded 0.040 mg/ L for TTHM or 0.030 mg/ L for HAA5 during an eight consecutive calendar quarter period implementing this Subpart W. Eligibility for 40/30 certification required eight consecutive calendar quarters of Subpart I compliance monitoring results, unless the supplier was on reduced monitoring under Subpart I and needed not monitor. If the supplier did not monitor, the supplier was to base its eligibility on compliance samples during the preceding 12 months.
BOARD NOTE: Implementing this Subpart W occurred in stages from October 1, 2006 through October 1, 2014. The monitoring for 40/30 certification began either January 2004 or January 2005, depending on population served and other factors. See 40 CFR 141.600(c) and 141.603(a). The Board removed the now-obsolete implementation dates.
b) 40/30 Certification
1) A supplier was to certify to the Agency that no compliance sample under Subpart I during the applicable period under subsection (a) exceeded 0.040 mg/ L for TTHM or 0.030 mg/ L for HAA5, and the supplier had no TTHM or HAA5 monitoring violations during the period under subsection (a).
2) The Agency could require the supplier to submit compliance monitoring results, distribution system schematics, or recommended Subpart Y compliance monitoring locations in addition to the supplier’s certification. If the supplier failed to submit the Agency-requested information, the Agency could require standard monitoring under Section 611.921 or a system-specific study under Section 611.922.
3) The Agency could still require standard monitoring under Section 611.921 or a system-specific study under Section 611.922 even if the supplier met the criteria in subsection (a).
4) The supplier was to retain a complete copy of its certification under this Section for ten years after submitting it to the Agency. The supplier was to make the certification, all data upon which it based the certification, and any Agency notification available for Agency or public review.BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.603. Although this Section is an implementing provision with compliance deadlines long past, the Board removed the obsolete compliance dates but retained the rule in past-tense to avoid a gap in the Illinois rules.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.924 Very Small System Waivers
a) If the supplier serves fewer than 500 people and it has taken TTHM and HAA5 samples under Subpart I, the supplier is not required to comply with this Subpart W unless the Agency notifies the supplier, by a SEP, that it must conduct standard monitoring under Section 611.921 or a system-specific study under Section 611.922.
b) If the supplier has not taken TTHM and HAA5 samples under Subpart I or if the Agency notifies the supplier, by a SEP, that it must comply with this Subpart W, the supplier must conduct standard monitoring under Section 611.921 or a system-specific study under Section 611.922.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.604.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.925 Subpart Y Compliance Monitoring Location Recommendations
a) A supplier’s IDSE report must include its recommendations and justification for where and during what months it will conduct TTHM and HAA5 monitoring for Subpart Y. The supplier must base its recommendations on the criteria set forth in subsections (b) through (e).
b) The supplier must select the number of monitoring locations specified in the applicable of subsections (b)(1) through (b)(13), subject to the limitations of subsections (b)(14) and (b)(15). The supplier will use these recommended locations as Subpart Y routine compliance monitoring locations, unless the Agency requires different or additional locations. The supplier should distribute locations throughout the distribution system to the extent possible.
1) A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons must annually collect samples from two monitoring locations: one sample from the highest TTHM location and one sample from the highest HAA5 location.
2) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 500 to 3,300 persons must quarterly collect samples from two monitoring locations: one sample from the highest TTHM location and one sample from the highest HAA5 location.
3) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 3,301 to 9,999 persons must quarterly collect samples from two monitoring locations: one sample from the highest TTHM location and one sample from the highest HAA5 location.
4) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 10,000 to 49,999 persons must quarterly collect samples from four monitoring locations: two samples from the highest TTHM locations, one sample from the highest HAA5 location, and one sample from an existing Subpart I compliance location.
5) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 50,000 to 249,999 persons must quarterly collect samples from eight monitoring locations: three samples from the highest TTHM location, three samples from the highest HAA5 locations, and two samples from existing Subpart I compliance locations.
6) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 250,000 to 999,999 persons must quarterly collect samples from 12 monitoring locations: five samples from the highest TTHM location, four samples from the highest HAA5 locations, and three samples from existing Subpart I compliance locations.
7) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 1,000,000 to 4,999,999 persons must quarterly collect samples from 16 monitoring locations: six samples from the highest TTHM location, six samples from the highest HAA5 locations, and four samples from existing Subpart I compliance locations.
8) A Subpart B system supplier that serves more than 5,000,000 persons must quarterly collect samples from 20 monitoring locations: eight samples from the highest TTHM location, seven samples from the highest HAA5 locations, and five samples from existing Subpart I compliance locations.
9) A groundwater system supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons must annually collect samples from two monitoring locations: one sample from the highest TTHM location and one sample from the highest HAA5 location.
10) A groundwater system supplier that serves 500 to 9,999 persons must annually collect samples from two monitoring locations: one sample from the highest TTHM location and one sample from the highest HAA5 location.
11) A groundwater system supplier that serves 10,000 to 99,999 persons must quarterly collect samples from four monitoring locations: two samples from the highest TTHM locations, one sample from the highest HAA5 location, and one sample from an existing Subpart I compliance location.
12) A groundwater system supplier that serves 100,000 to 499,999 persons must quarterly collect samples from six monitoring locations: three samples from the highest TTHM locations, two samples from the highest HAA5 locations, and one sample from an existing Subpart I compliance location.
13) A groundwater system supplier that serves more than 500,000 persons must quarterly collect samples from eight monitoring locations: three samples from the highest TTHM locations, three samples from the highest HAA5 locations, and two samples from existing Subpart I compliance locations.
14) The supplier must monitor during the month of highest DBP concentrations.
15) A supplier on quarterly monitoring must take dual sample sets every 90 days at each monitoring location, except for a Subpart B system supplier that serves 500 to 3,300 persons. A groundwater system supplier that serves 500 to 9,999 persons that is on annual monitoring must take dual sample sets at each monitoring location. Any other supplier that is on annual monitoring or that is a Subpart B system supplier that serves 500 to 3,300 persons is required to take individual TTHM and HAA5 samples (instead of a dual sample set) at the locations with the highest TTHM and HAA5 concentrations, respectively. For a supplier that serves fewer than 500 people, only one location with a dual sample set per monitoring period is needed if the highest TTHM and HAA5 concentrations occur at the same location and month.
c) The supplier must recommend Subpart Y compliance monitoring locations based on standard monitoring results, system-specific study results, and Subpart I compliance monitoring results. The supplier must follow the protocol in subsections (c)(1) through (c)(8). If required to monitor at more than eight locations, the supplier must repeat the protocol as necessary. If the supplier does not have existing Subpart I compliance monitoring results or if the supplier does not have enough existing Subpart I compliance monitoring results, the supplier must repeat the protocol, skipping the provisions of subsections (c)(3) and (c)(7) as necessary, until the supplier has identified the required total number of monitoring locations.
1) The location with the highest TTHM LRAA not previously selected as a Subpart Y monitoring location.
2) The location with the highest HAA5 LRAA not previously selected as a Subpart Y monitoring location.
3) The existing Subpart I average residence time compliance monitoring location (maximum residence time compliance monitoring location for a groundwater system) with the highest HAA5 LRAA not previously selected as a Subpart Y monitoring location.
4) The location with the highest TTHM LRAA not previously selected as a Subpart Y monitoring location.
5) The location with the highest TTHM LRAA not previously selected as a Subpart Y monitoring location.
6) The location with the highest HAA5 LRAA not previously selected as a Subpart Y monitoring location.
7) The existing Subpart I average residence time compliance monitoring location (maximum residence time compliance monitoring location for a groundwater system) with the highest TTHM LRAA not previously selected as a Subpart Y monitoring location.
8) The location with the highest HAA5 LRAA not previously selected as a Subpart Y monitoring location.
d) The supplier may recommend locations other than those specified in subsection (c) if the supplier includes a rationale for selecting other locations. If the Agency approves the alternative locations, the supplier must monitor at these locations to determine compliance under Subpart Y.
e) The supplier’s recommended schedule must include Subpart Y monitoring during the peak historical month for TTHM and HAA5 concentration, unless the Agency approves another month. Once the supplier has identified the peak historical month, and if the supplier is required to conduct routine monitoring at least quarterly, the supplier must schedule Subpart Y compliance monitoring at a regular frequency of every 90 or fewer days.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.605.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
SUBPART X: ENHANCED FILTRATION AND DISINFECTION—
SYSTEMS SERVING FEWER THAN 10,000 PEOPLESection 611.950 General Requirements
a) The requirements of this Subpart X constitute national primary drinking water regulations. These regulations establish requirements for filtration and disinfection that are in addition to criteria under which filtration and disinfection are required under Subpart B. The regulations in this Subpart X establish or extend treatment technique requirements in lieu of maximum contaminant levels for the following contaminants: Giardia lamblia, viruses, heterotrophic plate count bacteria, Legionella, Cryptosporidium, and turbidity. The treatment technique requirements consist of installing and properly operating water treatment processes that reliably achieve the following:
1) At least 99 percent (2-log) removal of Cryptosporidium between a point where the raw water is not subject to recontamination by surface water runoff and a point downstream before or at the first customer for filtered systems, or Cryptosporidium control under the watershed control plan for unfiltered systems; and
2) Compliance with the profiling and benchmark requirements in Sections 611.953 and 611.954.
b) Applicability of the Subpart X Requirements. A supplier is subject to these requirements if the following is true of its system:
1) Is a public water system;
2) Uses surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water as a source; and
3) Serves fewer than 10,000 persons.
c) This subsection (c) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.502, which includes a past implementation date. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding federal provision.
d) Subpart X Requirements. There are seven requirements of this Subpart X, and a supplier must comply with all requirements that are applicable to its system. These requirements are the following:
1) The supplier must cover any finished water reservoir that the supplier began to construct on or after March 15, 2002, as described in Section 611.951;
2) If the supplier’s system is an unfiltered system, the supplier must comply with the updated watershed control requirements described in Section 611.952;
3) If the supplier’s system is a community or non-transient non-community water system the supplier must develop a disinfection profile, as described in Section 611.953;
4) If the supplier’s system is considering making a significant change to its disinfection practices, the supplier must develop a disinfection benchmark and consult with the Agency for approval of the change, as described in Section 611.954;
5) If the supplier’s system is a filtered system, the supplier must comply with the combined filter effluent requirements, as described in Section 611.955;
6) If the supplier’s system is a filtered system that uses conventional or direct filtration, the supplier must comply with the individual filter turbidity requirements, as described in Section 611.956; and
7) The supplier must comply with the applicable reporting and recordkeeping requirements, as described in Section 611.957.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.500 through 141.503.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.951 Finished Water Reservoirs
a) Applicability. A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 10,000 persons is subject to this requirement.
b) Requirements. If a supplier begins construction of a finished water reservoir on or after March 15, 2002, the reservoir must be covered. A finished water reservoir for which a supplier began construction prior to March 15, 2002 is not subject to this requirement.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.510 and 141.511.
(Source: Added at 27 Ill. Reg. 1183, effective January 10, 2003)
Section 611.952 Additional Watershed Control Requirements for Unfiltered Systems
a) Applicability. A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 10,000 persons that does not provide filtration must continue to comply with all of the filtration avoidance criteria in Sections 611.211 and 611.230 through 611.233, as well as the additional watershed control requirements in subsection (b).
b) Requirements to Avoid Filtration. A supplier must take any additional steps necessary to minimize the potential for contamination by Cryptosporidium oocysts in the source water. A watershed control program must fulfill the following for Cryptosporidium:
1) The program must identify watershed characteristics and activities that may have an adverse effect on source water quality; and
2) The program must monitor the occurrence of activities that may have an adverse effect on source water quality.
c) Determination of Adequacy of Control Requirements. During an onsite inspection conducted under the provisions of Section 611.232(c), the Agency must determine whether a watershed control program is adequate to limit potential contamination by Cryptosporidium oocysts. The adequacy of the program must be based on the comprehensiveness of the watershed review; the effectiveness of the program to monitor and control detrimental activities occurring in the watershed; and the extent to which the supplier has maximized land ownership or controlled land use within the watershed.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.520 through 141.522.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.953 Disinfection Profile
a) Applicability. A disinfection profile is a graphical representation of a system’s level of Giardia lamblia or virus inactivation measured during the course of a year. A Subpart B community or non-transient non-community water system that serves fewer than 10,000 persons must develop a disinfection profile unless the Agency, by a SEP, determines that a profile is unnecessary. The Agency may approve the use of a more representative data set for disinfection profiling than the data set required under subsections (c) through (g).
b) Determination That a Disinfection Profile Is Not Necessary. The Agency may only determine that a disinfection profile is not necessary if the system’s TTHM and HAA5 levels are below 0.064 mg/ℓ and 0.048 mg/ℓ, respectively. To determine these levels, TTHM and HAA5 samples must have been collected during the month with the warmest water temperature, and at the point of maximum residence time in the distribution system. The Agency may, by a SEP, approve the use of a different data set to determine these levels if it determines that the data set is representative TTHM and HAA5 data.
c) Development of a Disinfection Profile. A disinfection profile consists of the following three steps:
1) First, the supplier must collect data for several parameters from the plant, as discussed in subsection (d), over the course of 12 months;
2) Second, the supplier must use this data to calculate weekly log inactivation as discussed in subsections (e) and (f); and
3) Third, the supplier must use these weekly log inactivations to develop a disinfection profile as specified in subsection (g).
d) Data Required for a Disinfection Profile. A supplier must monitor the following parameters to determine the total log inactivation using the analytical methods in Section 611.531, once per week on the same calendar day, over 12 consecutive months:
1) The temperature of the disinfected water at each residual disinfectant concentration sampling point during peak hourly flow;
2) If a supplier uses chlorine, the pH of the disinfected water at each residual disinfectant concentration sampling point during peak hourly flow;
3) The disinfectant contact times (“T”) during peak hourly flow; and
4) The residual disinfectant concentrations (“C”) of the water before or at the first customer and prior to each additional point of disinfection during peak hourly flow.
e) Calculations Based on the Data Collected. The tables in Appendix B must be used to determine the appropriate CT99.9 value. The supplier must calculate the total inactivation ratio as follows, and multiply the value by 3.0 to determine log inactivation of Giardia lamblia:
1) If the supplier uses only one point of disinfectant application, it must determine either of the following:
A) One inactivation ratio (CTcalc/CT99.9) before or at the first customer during peak hourly flow; or
B) Successive CTcalc/CT99.9 values, representing sequential inactivation ratios, between the point of disinfectant application and a point before or at the first customer during peak hourly flow. Under this alternative, the supplier must calculate the total inactivation ratio by determining CTcalc/CT99.9 for each sequence and then adding the CTcalc/CT99.9 values together to determine ∑CTcalc/CT99.9.
2) If the supplier uses more than one point of disinfectant application before the first customer, it must determine the CTcalc/CT99.9 value of each disinfection segment immediately prior to the next point of disinfectant application, or for the final segment, before or at the first customer, during peak hourly flow using the procedure specified in subsection (e)(1)(B).
f) Use of Chloramines, Ozone, or Chlorine Dioxide as a Primary Disinfectant. If a supplier uses chloramines, ozone, or chlorine dioxide for primary disinfection, the supplier must also calculate the logs of inactivation for viruses and develop an additional disinfection profile for viruses using methods approved by the Agency.
g) Development and Maintenance of the Disinfection Profile in Graphic Form. Each log inactivation serves as a data point in the supplier’s disinfection profile. A supplier will have obtained 52 measurements (one for every week of the year). This will allow the supplier and the Agency the opportunity to evaluate how microbial inactivation varied over the course of the year by looking at all 52 measurements (the supplier’s disinfection profile). The supplier must retain the disinfection profile data in graphic form, such as a spreadsheet, which must be available for review by the Agency as part of a sanitary survey. The supplier must use this data to calculate a benchmark if the supplier is considering changes to disinfection practices.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.530 through 141.536.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.954 Disinfection Benchmarka) Applicability. A Subpart B system supplier that must develop a disinfection profile under Section 611.953 must develop a disinfection benchmark if it decides to significantly change its disinfection practice. The supplier must receive a SEP from the Agency approving a significant change before implementing the change in its disinfection practice.
b) Significant Changes to Disinfection Practice. Certain changes are significant changes to disinfection practice:
1) Changing the point for applying disinfectant;
2) Changing the applied disinfectant;
3) Changing the disinfection process; or
4) Any other modification the Agency identifies.
c) Considering a Significant Change. A supplier considering a significant change to its disinfection practice must calculate a disinfection benchmark, as subsections (d) and (e) describe, and provide the benchmarks to the Agency. A supplier may only significantly change its disinfection practice after receiving a SEP from the Agency approving the change. A supplier must submit certain information to the Agency to gain approval of a significant change:
1) A description of the proposed change;
2) The disinfection profile for Giardia lamblia (and, if necessary, viruses) and disinfection benchmark;
3) An analysis of how the proposed change will affect the current levels of disinfection; and
4) Any additional information the Agency requests.
d) Calculation of a Disinfection Benchmark. A supplier significantly changing its disinfection practice must calculate a disinfection benchmark using the specified procedure:
1) Step 1: Using the data that the supplier collected to develop the disinfection profile, determine the average Giardia lamblia inactivation for each calendar month by dividing the sum of all Giardia lamblia inactivations for that month by the number of values calculated for that month; and
2) Step 2: Determine the lowest monthly average value out of the 12 values. This value becomes the disinfection benchmark.
e) If a supplier uses chloramines, ozone, or chlorine dioxide for primary disinfection the supplier must calculate the disinfection benchmark from the data that the supplier collected for viruses to develop the disinfection profile under subsection (d). The supplier must calculate this viral benchmark in the same manner as calculating the Giardia lamblia disinfection benchmark under subsection (d).
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.540 through 141.544.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.955 Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity Limits
a) Applicability. A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 10,000 persons, that is required to filter, and that utilizes filtration other than slow sand filtration or diatomaceous earth filtration must meet the combined filter effluent turbidity requirements of subsections (b) through (d). If the supplier uses slow sand or diatomaceous earth filtration the supplier is not required to meet the combined filter effluent turbidity limits of this Subpart X, but the supplier must continue to meet the combined filter effluent turbidity limits in Section 611.250.
b) Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity Limits. A supplier must meet two strengthened combined filter effluent turbidity limits.
1) The first combined filter effluent turbidity limit is a “95th percentile” turbidity limit that a supplier must meet in at least 95 percent of the turbidity measurements taken each month. Measurements must continue to be taken as described in Sections 611.531 and 611.533. Monthly reporting must be completed according to Section 611.957(a). The following are the required limits for specific filtration technologies:
A) For a system with conventional filtration or direct filtration, the 95th percentile turbidity value is 0.3 NTU.
B) For a system with any other alternative filter technology, the 95th percentile turbidity value is a value (not to exceed 1 NTU) to be determined by the Agency, by a SEP, based on the demonstration described in subsection (c).
2) The second combined filter effluent turbidity limit is a “maximum” turbidity limit that a supplier may at no time exceed during the month. Measurements must continue to be taken as described in Sections 611.531 and 611.533. Monthly reporting must be completed according to Section 611.957(a). The following are the required limits for specific filtration technologies:
A) For a system with conventional filtration or direct filtration, the maximum turbidity value is 1 NTU.
B) For a system with any other alternative filter technology, the maximum turbidity value is a value (not to exceed 5 NTU) to be determined by the Agency, by a SEP, based on the demonstration described in subsection (c).
c) Requirements for an Alternative Filtration System
1) If a supplier’s system consists of alternative filtration (filtration other than slow sand filtration, diatomaceous earth filtration, conventional filtration, or direct filtration) the supplier is required to conduct a demonstration (see tables in subsection (b)). The supplier must demonstrate to the Agency, using pilot plant studies or other means, that its system’s filtration, in combination with disinfection treatment, consistently achieves the following:
A) 99 percent removal of Cryptosporidium oocysts;
B) 99.9 percent removal or inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts; and
C) 99.99 percent removal or inactivation of viruses.
2) This subsection (c)(2) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.552(b), which USEPA has designated as “reserved”. This statement maintains structural correspondence with the corresponding federal regulation.
d) Requirements for a Lime-Softening System. If a supplier practices lime softening, the supplier may acidify representative combined filter effluent turbidity samples prior to analysis using a protocol approved by the Agency.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.550 through 141.553.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.956 Individual Filter Turbidity Requirements
a) Applicability. A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 10,000 persons and utilizing conventional filtration or direct filtration must conduct continuous monitoring of turbidity for each individual filter in a supplier’s system. The following requirements apply to continuous turbidity monitoring:
1) Monitoring must be conducted using an approved method in Section 611.531;
2) Calibration of turbidimeters must be conducted using procedures specified by the manufacturer;
3) Results of turbidity monitoring must be recorded at least every 15 minutes;
4) Monthly reporting must be completed according to Section 611.957(a); and
5) Records must be maintained according to Section 611.957(b).
b) Failure of Turbidity Monitoring Equipment. If there is a failure in the continuous turbidity monitoring equipment, the supplier must conduct grab sampling every four hours in lieu of continuous monitoring until the turbidimeter is back on-line. The supplier has 14 days to resume continuous monitoring before a violation is incurred.
c) Special Requirements for Systems with Two or Fewer Filters. If a supplier’s system only consists of two or fewer filters, the supplier may conduct continuous monitoring of combined filter effluent turbidity in lieu of individual filter effluent turbidity monitoring. Continuous monitoring must meet the same requirements set forth in subsections (a)(1) through (a)(4) and (b).
d) Follow-Up Action. Follow-up action is required according to the following requirements:
1) If the turbidity of an individual filter (or the turbidity of combined filter effluent (CFE) for a system with two filters that monitor CFE in lieu of individual filters) exceeds 1.0 NTU in two consecutive recordings 15 minutes apart, the supplier must report to the Agency by the 10th of the following month and include the filter numbers, corresponding dates, turbidity values that exceeded 1.0 NTU, and the cause (if known) for the exceedances.
2) If a supplier was required to report to the Agency for three months in a row and turbidity exceeded 1.0 NTU in two consecutive recordings 15 minutes apart at the same filter (or CFE for systems with two filters that monitor CFE in lieu of individual filters), the supplier must conduct a self-assessment of the filters within 14 days after the day on which the filter exceeded 1.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements for the third straight month, unless a CPE, as specified in subsection (d)(3), was required. A supplier that has a system with two filters that monitor CFE in lieu of individual filters must conduct a self-assessment on both filters. The self-assessment must consist of at least the following components: assessment of filter performance, development of a filter profile, identification and prioritization of factors limiting filter performance, assessment of the applicability of corrections, and preparation of a filter self-assessment report.
3) If a supplier was required to report to the Agency for two months in a row and turbidity exceeded 2.0 NTU in two consecutive recordings 15 minutes apart at the same filter (or CFE for systems with two filters that monitor CFE in lieu of individual filters), the supplier must arrange to have a comprehensive performance evaluation (CPE) conducted by the Agency or a third party approved by the Agency not later than 60 days following the day the filter exceeded 2.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements for the second straight month. If a CPE has been completed by the Agency or a third party approved by the Agency within the 12 prior months or the system and Agency are jointly participating in an ongoing comprehensive technical assistance (CTA) project at the system, a new CPE is not required. If conducted, a CPE must be completed and submitted to the Agency no later than 120 days following the day the filter exceeded 2.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements for the second straight month.
e) Special Individual Filter Monitoring for a Lime-Softening System. If a supplier’s system utilizes lime softening, the supplier may apply to the Agency for alternative turbidity exceedance levels for the levels specified in subsection (d). The supplier must be able to demonstrate to the Agency that higher turbidity levels are due to lime carryover only, and not due to degraded filter performance.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.560 through 141.564.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.957 Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements
a) Reporting. This Subpart X requires a supplier to report several items to the Agency. Subsections (a)(1) through (a)(4) describe the items that must be reported and the frequency of reporting. (The supplier is required to report the information described in subsections (a)(1) through (a)(4), if it is subject to the specific requirement indicated.)
1) If a supplier is subject to the combined filter effluent requirements (Section 611.955), it must report as follows:
A) The total number of filtered water turbidity measurements taken during the month, by the 10th of the following month.
B) The number and percentage of filtered water turbidity measurements taken during the month that are less than or equal to the supplier’s required 95th percentile limit, by the 10th of the following month.
C) The date and value of any turbidity measurements taken during the month that exceed the maximum turbidity value for the supplier’s filtration system, by the 10th of the following month.
2) If the supplier is subject to the individual filter turbidity requirements (Section 611.956), it must report as follows:
A) The fact that the supplier’s system conducted individual filter turbidity monitoring during the month, by the 10th of the following month.
B) The filter numbers, corresponding dates, and the turbidity values that exceeded 1.0 NTU during the month, by the 10th of the following month, but only if two consecutive measurements exceeded 1.0 NTU.
C) If a self-assessment is required, the date that it was triggered and the date that it was completed, by the 10th of the following month (or 14 days after the self-assessment was triggered only if the self-assessment was triggered during the last four days of the month).
D) If a CPE is required, the fact that the CPE is required and the date that it was triggered, by the 10th of the following month.
E) A copy of completed CPE report, within 120 days after the CPE was triggered.
3) If the supplier is subject to the disinfection profiling (Section 611.953), it must report results of optional monitoring that show TTHM levels 0.064 mg/ℓ and HAA5 levels 0.048 mg/ℓ (only if the supplier wishes to forgo profiling) or that the supplier has begun disinfection profiling.
4) If the supplier is subject to the disinfection benchmarking (Section 611.954), it must report a description of the proposed change in disinfection, its system’s disinfection profile for Giardia lamblia (and, if necessary, viruses) and disinfection benchmark, and an analysis of how the proposed change will affect the current levels of disinfection, anytime the supplier is considering a significant change to its disinfection practice.
b) Recordkeeping. A supplier must keep several types of records based on the requirements of this Subpart X, in addition to recordkeeping requirements under Sections 611.261 and 611.262. Subsections (b)(1) through (b)(3) describe the necessary records, the length of time these records must be kept, and for which requirement the records pertain. (The supplier is required to maintain records described in subsections (b)(1) through (b)(3), if it is subject to the specific requirement indicated.)
1) If the supplier is subject to the individual filter turbidity requirements (Section 611.956), it must retain the results of individual filter monitoring as necessary records for at least three years.
2) If the supplier is subject to disinfection profiling (Section 611.953), it must retain the results of its disinfection profile (including raw data and analysis) as necessary records indefinitely.
3) If the supplier is subject to disinfection benchmarking (Section 611.954), it must retain its disinfection benchmark (including raw data and analysis) as necessary records indefinitely.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.570 and 141.571.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
SUBPART Y: STAGE 2 DISINFECTION BYPRODUCTS REQUIREMENTS
Section 611.970 General Requirements
a) General. The requirements of this Subpart Y constitute NPDWRs. The regulations in this Subpart Y establish monitoring and other requirements for achieving compliance with MCLs based on LRAAs for TTHM and HAA5, and for achieving compliance with MRDLs for chlorine and chloramine for certain consecutive systems.
b) Applicability. A supplier is subject to these requirements if its system is a CWS or a NTNCWS that uses a primary or residual disinfectant other than ultraviolet light or that delivers water that has been treated with a primary or residual disinfectant other than ultraviolet light.
c) A supplier must comply with the requirements in this Subpart Y as follows:
1) The supplier’s monitoring frequency is specified in Section 611.971(a)(2).
A) If a supplier is required to conduct quarterly monitoring, it must begin monitoring in the first full calendar quarter that includes the applicable compliance date set forth in this subsection (c).
B) If a supplier is required to conduct monitoring less frequently than quarterly, it must begin monitoring in the calendar month recommended in the IDSE report prepared under Section 611.921 or Section 611.922 or in the calendar month identified in the Subpart Y monitoring plan developed under Section 611.972, but in no instance later than 12 months after the applicable compliance date set forth in this subsection (c).
2) If a supplier is required to conduct quarterly monitoring, it must make compliance calculations at the end of the fourth calendar quarter that follows the compliance date and at the end of each subsequent quarter (or earlier if the LRAA calculated based on fewer than four quarters of data would cause the MCL to be exceeded regardless of the monitoring results of subsequent quarters). If a supplier is required to conduct monitoring less frequently than quarterly, it must make compliance calculations beginning with the first compliance sample taken after the compliance date.
3) The Agency may, by a SEP, determine that the combined distribution system does not include certain consecutive systems based on factors such as receipt of water from a wholesale system only on an emergency basis or receipt of only a small percentage and small volume of water from a wholesale system. The Agency may also determine that the combined distribution system does not include certain wholesale systems based on factors such as delivery of water to a consecutive system only on an emergency basis or delivery of only a small percentage and small volume of water to a consecutive system.
BOARD NOTE: Implementation of this Subpart Y occurred in stages during October 1, 2012 through October 1, 2014, depending on population served. See 40 CFR 141.620(c)(1) through (c)(5). The Board removed the now-obsolete implementation dates.
d) Monitoring and Compliance
1) Suppliers Required to Monitor Quarterly. To comply with Subpart Y MCLs in Section 611.312(b)(2), the supplier must calculate LRAAs for TTHM and HAA5 using monitoring results collected under this Subpart Y, and it must determine that each LRAA does not exceed the MCL. If the supplier fails to complete four consecutive quarters of monitoring, it must calculate compliance with the MCL based on the average of the available data from the most recent four quarters. If the supplier takes more than one sample per quarter at a monitoring location, it must average all samples taken in the quarter at that location to determine a quarterly average to be used in the LRAA calculation.
2) Suppliers Required to Monitor Yearly or Less Frequently. To determine compliance with Subpart Y MCLs in Section 611.312(b)(2), the supplier must determine that each sample taken is less than the MCL. If any sample exceeds the MCL, the supplier must comply with the requirements of Section 611.975. If no sample exceeds the MCL, the sample result for each monitoring location is considered the LRAA for that monitoring location.
e) Violation for Failure to Monitor. A supplier is in violation of the monitoring requirements for each quarter that a monitoring result would be used in calculating an LRAA if the supplier fails to monitor.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.620.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.971 Routine Monitoring
a) Monitoring
1) If a supplier submitted an IDSE report, it must begin monitoring at the locations and during the months that the supplier has recommended in its IDSE report submitted under Section 611.925, following the schedule set forth in Section 611.970(c), unless the Agency, by a SEP, requires other locations or additional locations after its review. If the supplier submitted a 40/30 certification under Section 611.923, it qualified for a very small system waiver under Section 611.924, or it is a NTNCWS that serves fewer than 10,000 persons, the supplier must monitor at the locations and on the dates identified in its monitoring plan as described in Section 611.382(f), updated as required by Section 611.972.
2) The supplier must monitor at no fewer than the number of locations identified in the applicable of subsections (a)(2)(A) through (a)(2)(M), subject to the limitations of subsections (a)(2)(N) and (a)(2)(O).
A) A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons must monitor annually at two distribution system monitoring locations during each monitoring period.
B) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 500 to 3,300 persons must monitor quarterly at two distribution system monitoring locations during each monitoring period.
C) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 3,301 to 9,999 persons must monitor quarterly at two distribution system monitoring locations during each monitoring period.
D) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 10,000 to 49,999 persons must monitor quarterly at four distribution system monitoring locations during each monitoring period.
E) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 50,000 to 249,999 persons must monitor quarterly at eight distribution system monitoring locations during each monitoring period.
F) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 250,000 to 999,999 persons must monitor quarterly at 12 distribution system monitoring locations during each monitoring period.
G) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 1,000,000 to 4,999,999 persons must monitor quarterly at 16 distribution system monitoring locations during each monitoring period.
H) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 5,000,000 or more persons must monitor quarterly at 20 distribution system monitoring locations during each monitoring period.
I) A groundwater system supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons must monitor annually at two distribution system monitoring locations during each monitoring period.
J) A groundwater system supplier that serves 500 to 9,999 persons must monitor annually at two distribution system monitoring locations during each monitoring period.
K) A groundwater system supplier that serves 10,000 to 99,999 persons must monitor quarterly at four distribution system monitoring locations during each monitoring period.
L) A groundwater system supplier that serves 100,000 to 499,999 persons must monitor quarterly at six distribution system monitoring locations during each monitoring period.
M) A groundwater system supplier that serves 500,000 or more persons must monitor quarterly at eight distribution system monitoring locations during each monitoring period.
N) The supplier must monitor during month of highest DBP concentrations.
O) A supplier on quarterly monitoring must take dual sample sets every 90 days at each monitoring location, except for a Subpart B system supplier that serves 500 to 3,300. A groundwater system supplier that serves 500 to 9,999 persons that is on annual monitoring must take dual sample sets at each monitoring location. Any other supplier that is on annual monitoring or that is a Subpart B system supplier that serves 500 to 3,300 is required to take individual TTHM and HAA5 samples (instead of a dual sample set) at the locations with the highest TTHM and HAA5 concentrations, respectively. For a supplier that serves fewer than 500 people, only one location with a dual sample set per monitoring period is needed if the highest TTHM and HAA5 concentrations occur at the same location and month.
3) If a supplier is an undisinfected system that begins using a disinfectant other than UV light after the dates set forth in Subpart W for complying with the IDSE requirements, the supplier must consult with the Agency to identify compliance monitoring locations for this Subpart Y. The supplier must then develop a monitoring plan under Section 611.972 that includes those monitoring locations.
b) Analytical Methods. A supplier must use an approved method listed in Section 611.381 for TTHM and HAA5 analyses in this Subpart Y. Analyses must be conducted by laboratories that have received certification as specified in Section 611.381.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.621.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.972 Subpart Y Monitoring Plan
a) Development of a Monitoring Plan
1) A supplier must develop and implement a monitoring plan that it must keep on file for Agency and public review. The monitoring plan must contain the following elements, and it must be complete no later than the date when the supplier conducts its initial monitoring under this Subpart Y:
A) The monitoring locations;
B) The monitoring dates;
C) The compliance calculation procedures; and
D) The monitoring plans for any other systems in the combined distribution system if the Agency has reduced monitoring requirements under Section 611.161.
2) If the supplier was not required to submit an IDSE report under either Section 611.921 or Section 611.922, and it does not have sufficient Subpart I monitoring locations to identify the required number of Subpart Y compliance monitoring locations indicated in Section 611.925(b), the supplier must identify additional locations by alternating selection of locations representing high TTHM levels and high HAA5 levels until the required number of compliance monitoring locations have been identified. The supplier must also provide the rationale for identifying the locations as having high levels of TTHM or HAA5. If the supplier has more Subpart I monitoring locations than required for Subpart Y compliance monitoring in Section 611.925(b), it must identify which locations it will use for Subpart Y compliance monitoring by alternating selection of locations representing high TTHM levels and high HAA5 levels until the required number of Subpart Y compliance monitoring locations have been identified.
b) A Subpart B system supplier that serves more than 3,300 people must submit a copy of its monitoring plan to the Agency prior to the date it conducts its initial monitoring under this Subpart Y, unless the supplier’s IDSE report submitted under Subpart W contains all the information required by this Section.
c) After consultation with the Agency regarding the need for and appropriateness of changes and issuance of a SEP that provides for the changes, a supplier may revise its monitoring plan to reflect changes in treatment, distribution system operations and layout (including new service areas), or other factors that may affect TTHM or HAA5 formation, or for Agency-approved reasons. If the supplier changes monitoring locations, the supplier must replace existing compliance monitoring locations with the lowest LRAA with new locations that reflect the current distribution system locations with expected high TTHM or HAA5 levels. The Agency may, by a SEP, also require modifications in the supplier’s monitoring plan. If a supplier is a Subpart B system supplier that serves more than 3,300 people, it must submit a copy of its modified monitoring plan to the Agency prior to the date when it is required to comply with the revised monitoring plan.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.622.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.973 Reduced Monitoring
a) A supplier may reduce monitoring to the level specified in the applicable of subsections (a)(1) through (a)(13), subject to the limitation of subsection (a)(14), any time the LRAA is 0.040 mg/ℓ or less for TTHM and 0.030 mg/ℓ or less for HAA5 at all monitoring locations. The supplier may only use data collected under the provisions of this Subpart Y or under Subpart I to qualify for reduced monitoring. In addition, the source water annual average TOC level, before any treatment, must be 4.0 mg/ℓ or less at each treatment plant treating surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water, based on monitoring conducted under either Section 611.382(b)(1)(C) or Section 611.382(d).
1) A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons may not qualify for reduced monitoring.
2) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 500 to 3,300 persons qualifies for reduced monitoring to a minimum of one TTHM sample collected annually from the location and during the quarter with the highest single TTHM measurement and one HAA5 sample collected annually from the location and during the quarter with the highest single HAA5 measurement, with the two samples collected as one dual sample set if the highest TTHM and HAA5 measurements occurred at the same location and during the same quarter.
3) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 3,301 to 9,999 persons qualifies for reduced monitoring to a minimum of one dual sample set collected annually for TTHM from the location and during the quarter with the highest single TTHM measurement and one dual sample set collected annually for HAA5 from the location and during the quarter with the highest single HAA5 measurement.
4) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 10,000 to 49,999 persons qualifies for reduced monitoring to a minimum of two dual sample sets collected quarterly from the locations with the highest TTHM and HAA5 LRAAs.
5) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 50,000 to 249,999 persons qualifies for reduced monitoring to a minimum of four dual sample sets collected quarterly from the locations with the two highest TTHM and two HAA5 LRAAs.
6) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 250,000 to 999,999 persons qualifies for reduced monitoring to a minimum of six dual sample sets collected quarterly from the locations with the three highest TTHM and three HAA5 LRAAs.
7) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 1,000,000 to 4,999,999 persons qualifies for reduced monitoring to a minimum of eight dual sample sets collected quarterly from the locations with the four highest TTHM and four HAA5 LRAAs.
8) A Subpart B system supplier that serves more than 5,000,000 persons qualifies for reduced monitoring to a minimum of 10 dual sample sets collected quarterly from the locations with the five highest TTHM and five HAA5 LRAAs.
9) A groundwater system supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons qualifies for reduced monitoring to a minimum of one TTHM sample collected triennially from the location and during the quarter with the highest single TTHM measurement and one HAA5 sample collected annually from the location and during the quarter with the highest single HAA5 measurement, with the two samples collected as one dual sample set if the highest TTHM and HAA5 measurements occurred at the same location and during the same quarter.
10) A groundwater system supplier that serves 500 to 9,999 persons qualifies for reduced monitoring to a minimum of one TTHM sample collected annually from the location and during the quarter with the highest single TTHM measurement and one HAA5 sample collected annually from the location and during the quarter with the highest single HAA5 measurement, with the two samples collected as one dual sample set if the highest TTHM and HAA5 measurements occurred at the same location and during the same quarter.
11) A groundwater system supplier that serves 10,000 to 99,999 persons qualifies for reduced monitoring to a minimum of one TTHM dual sample set collected annually from the location and during the quarter with the highest single TTHM measurement and one HAA5 dual sample set collected annually from the location and during the quarter with the highest single HAA5 measurement.
12) A groundwater system supplier that serves 100,000 to 499,999 persons qualifies for reduced monitoring to a minimum of two dual sample sets collected quarterly from the locations with the highest TTHM and highest HAA5 LRAAs.
13) A groundwater system supplier that serves more than 500,000 persons qualifies for reduced monitoring to a minimum of four dual sample sets collected quarterly from the two locations with the highest TTHM and two highest HAA5 LRAAs.
14) A supplier on quarterly monitoring must take dual sample sets every 90 days.
b) The supplier may remain on reduced monitoring as long as the TTHM LRAA does not exceed 0.040 mg/ℓ and the HAA5 LRAA does not exceed 0.030 mg/ℓ at each monitoring location (for a supplier with quarterly reduced monitoring) or each TTHM sample does not exceed 0.060 mg/ℓ and each HAA5 sample does not exceed 0.045 mg/ℓ (for a supplier with annual or less frequent monitoring). In addition, the source water annual average TOC level, before any treatment, must not exceed 4.0 mg/ℓ at each treatment plant treating surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water, based on monitoring conducted under either Section 611.382(b)(1)(C) or (d).
c) If the LRAA based on quarterly monitoring at any monitoring location exceeds either 0.040 mg/ℓ for TTHM or 0.030 mg/ℓ for HAA5, if the annual (or less frequent) sample at any location exceeds either 0.060 mg/ℓ for TTHM or 0.045 mg/ℓ for HAA5, or if the source water annual average TOC level, before any treatment, exceeds 4.0 mg/ℓ at any treatment plant treating surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water, the supplier must resume routine monitoring under Section 611.971 or begin increased monitoring if Section 611.975 applies.
d) The Agency may return a supplier to routine monitoring by a SEP.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.623.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.974 Additional Requirements for Consecutive Systems
If a supplier has a consecutive system that does not add a disinfectant but that delivers water that has been treated with a primary or residual disinfectant other than ultraviolet light, it must comply with the analytical and monitoring requirements for chlorine and chloramines in Sections 611.381(c) and 611.382(c)(1) and with the compliance requirements in Section 611.383(c)(1), and the supplier must report monitoring results under Section 611.384(c).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.624.
(Source: Amended at 37 Ill. Reg. 1978, effective February 4, 2013)
Section 611.975 Conditions Requiring Increased Monitoring
a) If a supplier is required to monitor at a particular location annually or less frequently than annually under Section 611.971 or Section 611.973, it must increase monitoring to dual sample sets once per quarter (taken every 90 days) at all locations if a TTHM sample exceeds 0.080 mg/ℓ or an HAA5 sample exceeds 0.060 mg/ℓ at any location.
b) A supplier is in violation of the MCL when the LRAA exceeds the Subpart Y MCLs in Section 611.312(b)(2), calculated based on four consecutive quarters of monitoring (or the LRAA calculated based on fewer than four quarters of data if the MCL would be exceeded regardless of the monitoring results of subsequent quarters). The supplier is in violation of the monitoring requirements for each quarter that a monitoring result would be used in calculating an LRAA if it fails to monitor.
c) A supplier may return to routine monitoring once it has conducted increased monitoring for at least four consecutive quarters, and the LRAA for every monitoring location does not exceed 0.060 mg/ℓ for TTHM and 0.045 mg/ℓ for HAA5.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.625.
(Source: Added at 31 Ill. Reg. 11757, effective July 27, 2007)
Section 611.976 Operational Evaluation Levels
a) A supplier has exceeded the operational evaluation level at any monitoring location where the sum of the two previous quarters’ TTHM results plus twice the current quarter’s TTHM result, divided by four to determine an average, exceeds 0.080 mg/ℓ, or if the sum of the two previous quarters’ HAA5 results plus twice the current quarter’s HAA5 result, divided by four to determine an average, exceeds 0.060 mg/ℓ.
b) Effects of Exceeding the Operational Evaluation Level
1) If a supplier exceeds the operational evaluation level, the supplier must conduct an operational evaluation and submit a written report of the evaluation to the Agency no later than 90 days after being notified of the analytical result that causes it to exceed the operational evaluation level. The written report must be made available to the public upon request.
2) The supplier’s operational evaluation must include an examination of system treatment and distribution operational practices, including storage tank operations, excess storage capacity, distribution system flushing, changes in sources or source water quality, and treatment changes or problems that may contribute to TTHM and HAA5 formation and what steps could be considered to minimize future exceedances.
A) A supplier may request and the Agency may allow the supplier to limit the scope of its evaluation if the supplier is able to identify the cause of the operational evaluation level exceedance.
B) A supplier’s request to limit the scope of the evaluation does not extend the schedule in subsection (b)(1) for submitting the written report. The Agency must approve this limited scope of evaluation in writing, and the supplier must keep that approval with the completed report.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.626.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.977 Requirements for Remaining on Reduced TTHM and HAA5 Monitoring Based on Subpart I Results
A supplier may remain on reduced monitoring after the applicable dates identified in Section 611.970(c) for compliance with this Subpart Y only if the supplier fulfills each of the requirements set forth in subsections (a) through (c), subject to the limitations of subsection (d):
a) The supplier qualifies for a 40/30 certification under Section 611.923 or it has received a very small system waiver under Section 611.924;
b) The supplier meets the reduced monitoring criteria set forth in Section 611.973(a);
c) The supplier does not change or add monitoring locations from those used for compliance monitoring under Subpart I; and
d) If the supplier’s monitoring locations under this Subpart Y differ from its monitoring locations under Subpart I, the supplier may not remain on reduced monitoring after the dates identified in Section 611.970(c) for the purposes of compliance with this Subpart Y.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.627.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.978 Requirements for Remaining on Increased TTHM and HAA5 Monitoring Based on Subpart I Results
If a supplier was on increased monitoring under Section 611.382(b)(1), it must remain on increased monitoring until it qualifies for a return to routine monitoring under Section 611.975(c). The supplier must conduct increased monitoring under Section 611.975 at the monitoring locations in the monitoring plan developed under Section 611.972 beginning at the applicable date identified in Section 611.970(c) for compliance with this Subpart Y, and it must remain on increased monitoring until the supplier qualifies for a return to routine monitoring under Section 611.975(c).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.628.
(Source: Added at 31 Ill. Reg. 11757, effective July 27, 2007)
Section 611.979 Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements
a) Reporting
1) A supplier must report the following information to the Agency within ten days after the end of any quarter in which monitoring is required for each monitoring location:
A) The number of samples taken during the last quarter;
B) The date and results of each sample taken during the last quarter;
C) The arithmetic average of quarterly results for the last four quarters for each monitoring location (LRAA), beginning at the end of the fourth calendar quarter that follows the compliance date and at the end of each subsequent quarter. If the LRAA calculated based on fewer than four quarters of data would cause the MCL to be exceeded regardless of the monitoring results of subsequent quarters, the supplier must report this information to the Agency as part of the first report due following the compliance date or anytime thereafter that this determination is made. If the supplier is required to conduct monitoring at a frequency that is less than quarterly, it must make compliance calculations beginning with the first compliance sample taken after the compliance date, unless the supplier is required to conduct increased monitoring under Section 611.975;
D) A statement whether, based on Section 611.312(b)(2) and this Subpart Y, the MCL was violated at any monitoring location; and
E) Any operational evaluation levels that were exceeded during the quarter and, if so, the location and date, and the calculated TTHM and HAA5 levels.
2) If a supplier is a Subpart B system supplier that seeks to qualify for or remain on reduced TTHM and HAA5 monitoring, it must report the following source water TOC information for each treatment plant that treats surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water to the Agency within ten days after the end of any quarter in which monitoring is required:
A) The number of source water TOC samples taken each month during last quarter;
B) The date and result of each sample taken during last quarter;
C) The arithmetic average of monthly samples taken during the last quarter or the result of the quarterly sample;
D) The running annual average (RAA) of quarterly averages from the past four quarters; and
E) Whether the RAA exceeded 4.0 mg/ℓ.
3) The Agency may, by a SEP, choose to perform calculations and determine whether the MCL was exceeded or the system is eligible for reduced monitoring in lieu of having the system report that information under this Section.
b) Recordkeeping. A supplier must retain any Subpart Y monitoring plans and the supplier’s Subpart Y monitoring results as required by Section 611.860.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.629.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
SUBPART Z: ENHANCED TREATMENT FOR CRYPTOSPORIDIUM
Section 611.1000 General Requirements
a) The requirements of this Subpart Z are NPDWRs. The regulations in this Subpart Z establish or extend treatment technique requirements in lieu of maximum contaminant levels for Cryptosporidium. These requirements are in addition to requirements for filtration and disinfection in Subparts B, R, and X of this Part.
b) Applicability. The requirements of this Subpart Z apply to all Subpart B systems, which are PWSs supplied by a surface water source and PWSs supplied by a groundwater source under the direct influence of surface water.
1) A wholesale system supplier, as defined in Section 611.102, must comply with the requirements of this Subpart Z based on the population of the largest system in the combined distribution system.
2) The requirements of this Subpart Z for filtered system suppliers apply to a supplier required by NPDWRs to provide filtration treatment, whether or not the supplier is currently operating a filtration system.
3) The requirements of this Subpart Z for an unfiltered system supplier apply only to an unfiltered system supplier that timely met and has continued to meet the filtration avoidance criteria in Subparts B, R, and X of this Part, as applicable.
c) Requirements. A supplier subject to this Subpart Z must comply with the following requirements:
1) The supplier must conduct an initial and a second round of source water monitoring for each plant that treats a surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water source. This monitoring may include sampling for Cryptosporidium, E. coli, and turbidity as described in Sections 611.1001 through 611.1006, to determine what level, if any, of additional Cryptosporidium treatment the supplier must provide.
2) The supplier that plans to make a significant change to its disinfection practice must develop disinfection profiles and calculate disinfection benchmarks, as described in Sections 611.1008 through 611.1009.
3) A filtered system supplier must determine its Cryptosporidium treatment bin classification as described in Section 611.1010, and provide additional treatment for Cryptosporidium, if required, as described in Section 611.1011. An unfiltered system supplier must provide treatment for Cryptosporidium as described in Section 611.1012. A filtered or unfiltered system supplier must implement Cryptosporidium treatment according to the schedule in Section 611.1013.
4) A supplier whose system has uncovered finished water storage facilities must comply with the requirements to cover the facility or treat the discharge from the facility as described in Section 611.1014.
5) A supplier required to provide additional treatment for Cryptosporidium must implement microbial toolbox options that are designed and operated as described in Sections 611.1015 through 611.1020.
6) The supplier must comply with the applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements described in Sections 611.1021 and 611.1022.
7) The supplier must address significant deficiencies identified in sanitary surveys performed by USEPA or the Agency, as described in Section 611.1023.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.700.
(Source: Added at 31 Ill. Reg. 11757, effective July 27, 2007)
Section 611.1001 Source Water Monitoring Requirements: Source Water Monitoringa) Initial Round of Source Water Monitoring. A supplier must conduct the following monitoring on the schedule in subsection (c), unless it meets the monitoring exemption criteria in subsection (d).
1) A filtered system supplier serving 10,000 or more people must sample its source water for Cryptosporidium, E. coli, and turbidity at least monthly for 24 months.
2) An unfiltered system supplier serving 10,000 or more people must sample its source water for Cryptosporidium at least monthly for 24 months.
3) Smaller System Suppliers Monitoring for E. coli
A) A filtered system supplier serving fewer than 10,000 people must sample its source water for E. coli at least once every two weeks for 12 months.
B) A filtered system supplier serving fewer than 10,000 people may avoid E. coli monitoring if the system notifies the Agency that it will monitor for Cryptosporidium as described in subsection (a)(4). The system must notify the Agency no later than three months prior to the date before which the system is otherwise required to start E. coli monitoring under subsection (c).
4) Smaller System Suppliers Monitoring for Cryptosporidium. A filtered system supplier serving fewer than 10,000 people must sample its source water for Cryptosporidium at least twice per month for 12 months or at least monthly for 24 months if it meets any of the conditions set forth in subsections (a)(4)(A) through (a)(4)(C), subject to the limitations of subsection (a)(4)(D), based on monitoring conducted under subsection (a)(3).
A) For a supplier using a lake or reservoir source, the annual mean E. coli concentration is greater than 10 E. coli/100 mL.
B) For a supplier using a flowing stream source, the annual mean E. coli concentration is greater than 50 E. coli/100 mL.
C) The supplier does not conduct E. coli monitoring as described in subsection (a)(3).
D) A supplier using groundwater under the direct influence of surface water must comply with the requirements of subsection (a)(4) based on the E. coli level that applies to the nearest surface water body. If no surface water body is nearby, the system must comply based on the requirements that apply to a supplier using a lake or reservoir source.
5) For a filtered system supplier serving fewer than 10,000 people, the Agency may issue a SEP approving monitoring for an indicator other than E. coli under subsection (a)(3). The Agency may also issue a SEP approving an alternative to the E. coli concentration in subsection (a)(4)(A), (a)(4)(B), or (a)(4)(D) to trigger Cryptosporidium monitoring. This approval by the Agency must be provided to the supplier in writing, and it must include the basis for the Agency’s determination that the alternative indicator or trigger level will provide a more accurate identification of whether a system will exceed the Bin 1 Cryptosporidium level set forth in Section 611.1010.
6) An unfiltered system supplier serving fewer than 10,000 people must sample its source water for Cryptosporidium at least twice per month for 12 months or at least monthly for 24 months.
7) A supplier may sample more frequently than required by this Section if the sampling frequency is evenly spaced throughout the monitoring period.
b) Second Round of Source Water Monitoring. A supplier must conduct a second round of source water monitoring that meets the requirements for monitoring parameters, frequency, and duration described in subsection (a), unless it meets the monitoring exemption criteria in subsection (d). The supplier must conduct this monitoring on the schedule set forth in subsection (c).
c) Monitoring Schedule. A supplier must perform the two rounds of monitoring subsections (a) and (b) require on the schedule in this subsection (c), unless the supplier meets the monitoring exemption criteria in subsection (d).
1) Suppliers That Serve at Least 100,000 People
A) The suppliers must have begun the first round of source water monitoring no later than the end of October 2006.
B) The suppliers must have begun the second round of source water monitoring no later than the end of April 2015.
2) Suppliers That Serve from 50,000 to 99,999 People
A) The suppliers must have begun the first round of source water monitoring no later than the end of April 2007.
B) The suppliers must have begun the second round of source water monitoring no later than the end of October 2015.
3) Suppliers That Serve from 10,000 to 49,999 People
A) The suppliers must have begun the first round of source water monitoring no later than the end of April 2008.
B) The suppliers must have begun the second round of source water monitoring no later than the end of October 2016.
4) Suppliers That Serve Fewer Than 10,000 People and That Monitor for E. coli
A) The suppliers must have begun the first round of source water monitoring no later than the end of October 2008.
B) The suppliers must have begun the second round of source water monitoring no later than the end of October 2017.
5) Suppliers That Serve Fewer Than 10,000 People and That Monitor for Cryptosporidium
A) The suppliers must have begun the first round of source water monitoring no later than the end of April 2010.
B) The suppliers must have begun the second round of source water monitoring no later than the end of April 2019.
BOARD NOTE: The Board retained the past implementation dates until implementation of the Long Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule in this Subpart Z is complete.
d) Monitoring Avoidance
1) A filtered system supplier is not required to conduct source water monitoring under this Subpart Z if the system will provide a total of at least 5.5-log of treatment for Cryptosporidium, equivalent to meeting the treatment requirements of Bin 4 in Section 611.1011.
2) An unfiltered system supplier is not required to conduct source water monitoring under this Subpart Z if the system will provide a total of at least 3-log Cryptosporidium inactivation, equivalent to meeting the treatment requirements for an unfiltered system supplier with a mean Cryptosporidium concentration of greater than 0.01 oocysts/L in Section 611.1012.
3) If a supplier chooses to provide the level of treatment set forth in subsection (d)(1) or (d)(2), as applicable, rather than start source water monitoring, it must notify the Agency in writing no later than the date on which the system is otherwise required to submit a sampling schedule for monitoring under Section 611.1002. Alternatively, a supplier may choose to stop sampling at any point after it has initiated monitoring if it notifies the Agency in writing that it will provide this level of treatment. The supplier must install and operate technologies to provide this level of treatment before the applicable treatment compliance date set forth in Section 611.1013.
e) Plants Operating Only Part of the Year. A supplier that has a Subpart B plant that operates for only part of the year must conduct source water monitoring in accordance with this Subpart Z, but with the following modifications:
1) The supplier must sample its source water only during the months that the plant operates, unless the Agency issue a SEP specifying another monitoring period based on plant operating practices.
2) A supplier with plants that operate less than six months per year and that monitors for Cryptosporidium must collect at least six Cryptosporidium samples per year during each of two years of monitoring. Samples must be evenly spaced throughout the period during which the plant operates.
f) New Sources and New Systems
1) New sources. A supplier that begins using a new source of surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water after the supplier was required to begin monitoring under subsection (c) must monitor the new source on a schedule that the Agency has approved in a SEP. Source water monitoring must meet the requirements of this Subpart Z. The supplier must also meet the bin classification and Cryptosporidium treatment requirements of Sections 611.1010 and 611.1011 or Section 611.1012, as applicable, for the new source on a schedule that the Agency has approved in a SEP.
2) The requirements of Section 611.1001(f) apply to a Subpart B system supplier that begins operation after the applicable monitoring start date set forth in subsection (c).
3) The supplier must begin a second round of source water monitoring no later than six years following initial bin classification under Section 611.1010 or determination of the mean Cryptosporidium level under Section 611.1012.
g) Failure to collect any source water sample required under this Section in accordance with the sampling schedule, sampling location, analytical method, approved laboratory, and reporting requirements of Sections 611.1002 through 611.1006 is a monitoring violation.
h) Grandfathering Monitoring Data. A supplier may use (grandfather) monitoring data collected prior to the applicable monitoring start date in subsection (c) to meet the initial source water monitoring requirements in subsection (a). Grandfathered data may substitute for an equivalent number of months at the end of the monitoring period. All data submitted under this subsection must meet the requirements set forth in Section 611.1007.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.701.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1002 Source Water Monitoring Requirements: Sampling Schedulesa) A supplier required to conduct source water monitoring under Section 611.1001 must submit a sampling schedule that specifies the calendar dates on which it will collect each required sample.
1) The supplier must submit sampling schedules no later than three months prior to the applicable date listed in Section 611.1001(c) for each round of required monitoring.
2) Submission of the Sampling Schedule to USEPA
A) A supplier serving 10,000 or more people must submit its sampling schedule for the initial round of source water monitoring under Section 611.1001(a) to USEPA electronically into the Data Collection and Tracking System (DCTS) through USEPA’s Central Data Exchange (CDX).
BOARD NOTE: The supplier must register with the CDX to use the DCTS. For information see “Step-by-Step Guide to the Data Collection and Tracking System (DCTS)”, USEPA, Office of Water (4606) (document number EPA 815/B-08-001), available from USEPA, National Center for Environmental Publications, www.epa.gov/nscep (search “815B08001”); telephone 888-890-1995; or e-mail helpdesk@epacdx.net .
B) If a supplier is unable to submit the sampling schedule into the DCTS, the supplier may use an alternative approach for submitting the sampling schedule that USEPA has approved in writing.
3) A supplier serving fewer than 10,000 people must submit to the Agency its sampling schedules for the initial round of source water monitoring Section 611.1001(a).
4) A supplier must submit to the Agency sampling schedules for the second round of source water monitoring required by Section 611.1001(b).
5) If USEPA or the Agency does not respond to a supplier regarding its sampling schedule, the supplier must sample at the reported schedule.
b) A supplier must collect samples within two days before or two days after the dates indicated in its sampling schedule (i.e., within a five-day period around the schedule date) unless one of the conditions of subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2) applies.
1) If an extreme condition or situation exists that may pose danger to the sample collector, or one that cannot be avoided and that causes the supplier to be unable to sample in the scheduled five-day period, the supplier must sample as close to the scheduled date as is feasible, unless the Agency approves an alternative sampling date in a SEP. The supplier must submit an explanation for the delayed sampling date to the Agency concurrent with the shipment of the sample to the laboratory.
2) Replacement Samples
A) If a supplier is unable to report a valid analytical result for a scheduled sampling date due to equipment failure; loss of or damage to the sample; failure to comply with the analytical method requirements, including the quality control requirements in Section 611.1004; or the failure of an approved laboratory to analyze the sample, then the supplier must collect a replacement sample.
B) The supplier must collect the replacement sample not later than 21 days after receiving information that an analytical result cannot be reported for the scheduled date, unless the supplier demonstrates that collecting a replacement sample within this time frame is not feasible or the Agency approves an alternative resampling date in a SEP. The supplier must submit an explanation for the delayed sampling date to the Agency concurrent with the shipment of the sample to the laboratory.
c) A supplier that fails to meet the criteria of subsection (b) for any source water sample required under Section 611.1001 must revise its sampling schedule to add dates for collecting all missed samples. A supplier must submit the revised schedule to the Agency for approval prior to collecting the missed samples.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.702.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1003 Source Water Monitoring Requirements: Sampling Locations
a) A supplier required to conduct source water monitoring under Section 611.1001 must collect samples for each plant that treats a surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water source. If multiple plants draw water from the same influent, such as the same pipe or intake, the Agency may, by a SEP issued under Section 611.110, approve one set of monitoring results to be used to satisfy the requirements of Section 611.1001 for all of the plants.
b) Source Water Sampling
1) A supplier must collect source water samples prior to chemical treatment, such as coagulants, oxidants, and disinfectants, unless the supplier meets the condition of subsection (b)(2).
2) The Agency may, by a SEP, approve a supplier to collect a source water sample after chemical treatment. To grant this approval, the Agency must determine that collecting a sample prior to chemical treatment is not feasible for the supplier and that the chemical treatment is unlikely to have a significant adverse effect on the analysis of the sample.
c) A supplier that recycles filter backwash water must collect source water samples prior to the point of filter backwash water addition.
d) Bank Filtration
1) A supplier that receives Cryptosporidium treatment credit for bank filtration under Section 611.743(b) or Section 611.955(c)(1), as applicable, must collect source water samples in the surface water prior to bank filtration.
2) A supplier that uses bank filtration as pretreatment to a filtration plant must collect source water samples from the well (i.e., after bank filtration). The use of bank filtration during monitoring must be consistent with routine operational practice. A supplier collecting samples after a bank filtration process may not receive treatment credit for the bank filtration under Section 611.1017(c).
e) Multiple Sources. A supplier with plants that use multiple water sources, including multiple surface water sources and blended surface water and groundwater sources, must collect samples as specified in subsection (e)(1) or (e)(2). The use of multiple sources during monitoring must be consistent with routine operational practice.
1) If a sampling tap is available if the sources are combined prior to treatment, the supplier must collect samples from the tap.
2) If a sampling tap if the sources are combined prior to treatment is not available, the supplier must collect samples at each source near the intake on the same day, and it must follow either of the following procedures for sample analysis:
A) The supplier may composite samples from each source into one sample prior to analysis. The volume of sample from each source must be weighted according to the proportion of the source in the total plant flow at the time the sample is collected; or
B) The supplier may analyze samples from each source separately and calculate a weighted average of the analysis results for each sampling date. The weighted average must be calculated by multiplying the analysis result for each source by the fraction the source contributed to total plant flow at the time the sample was collected and then summing these values.
f) Additional Requirements. A supplier must submit a description of its sampling locations to the Agency at the same time as the sampling schedule required under Section 611.1002. This description must address the position of the sampling location in relation to the supplier’s water sources and treatment processes, including pretreatment, points of chemical treatment, and filter backwash recycle. If the Agency does not respond to a supplier regarding sampling locations, the supplier must sample at the reported locations.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.703.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1004 Source Water Monitoring Requirements: Analytical Methods
a) Cryptosporidium. A supplier must analyze for Cryptosporidium using USEPA 1623 (05), USEPA 1623.1 (12), or USEPA 1622 (05), each incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, or alternative methods approved by the Agency under Section 611.480.
1) The supplier must analyze at least a 10 ℓ sample or a packed pellet volume of at least 2 mℓ as generated by the methods listed in subsection (a). A supplier unable to process a 10 ℓ sample must analyze as much sample volume as can be filtered by two filters approved by USEPA for the methods listed in subsection (a), up to a packed pellet volume of at least 2 mℓ.
2) Matrix Spike (MS) Samples
A) MS samples, as required by the methods in subsection (a), must be spiked and filtered by a laboratory approved for Cryptosporidium analysis under Section 611.1005.
B) If the volume of the MS sample is greater than 10 ℓ, the supplier may filter all but 10 ℓ of the MS sample in the field, and ship the filtered sample and the remaining 10 ℓ of source water to the laboratory. In this case, the laboratory must spike the remaining 10 ℓ of water and filter it through the filter used to collect the balance of the sample in the field.
3) Flow cytometer-counted spiking suspensions must be used for MS samples and ongoing precision and recovery samples.
b) E. coli. A supplier must use methods for enumeration of E. coli in source water approved in 40 CFR 136.3(a), incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, or alternative methods approved by the Agency under Section 611.480.
1) The time from sample collection to initiation of analysis may not exceed 30 hours, unless the supplier meets the condition of subsection (b)(2).
2) The Agency may, by a SEP, approve on a case-by-case basis the holding of an E. coli sample for up to 48 hours between sample collection and initiation of analysis if it determines that analyzing an E. coli sample within 30 hours is not feasible. E. coli samples held between 30 to 48 hours must be analyzed by the Colilert® Test reagent version of SM 9223 B listed in 40 CFR 136.3(a), incorporated by reference in Section 611.102.
3) A supplier must maintain the temperature of its samples between 0 ºC and 10 ºC during storage and transit to the laboratory.
4) The supplier may use the membrane filtration, two-step procedure described in SM 9222 D (97) (20th ed. only) and SM 9222 G (97) (20th ed. only), incorporated by reference in Section 611.102.
c) Turbidity. A supplier must use methods for turbidity measurement approved in Section 611.531(a).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.704 and appendix A to subpart C of 40 CFR 141. The Board has not separately listed the following approved alternative methods from Standard Methods Online that are the same version as a method that appears in a printed edition of Standard Methods. Use of the Standard Methods Online copy is acceptable.
Standard Methods Online, Methods 9222 D-97 and 9222 G-97 appear in the 20th and 21st editions as Methods 9222 D and 9222 G, but USEPA approved the method in the 20th edition only. In this Section, these appear as SM 9222 D (97) and SM 9222 G (97).
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1005 Source Water Monitoring Requirements: Approved Laboratories
a) Cryptosporidium. A supplier must have Cryptosporidium samples analyzed by a laboratory that is approved under USEPA’s Laboratory Quality Assurance Evaluation Program for Analysis of Cryptosporidium in Water or a certified laboratory in one of the categories listed in Section 611.490(a) that has been certified for Cryptosporidium analysis.
b) E. coli. Any laboratory certified, by the National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Conference, or by a certified laboratory in one of the categories listed in Section 611.490(a) that has been certified for total coliform or fecal coliform analysis under Section 611.531 is approved for E. coli analysis under this Subpart Z when the laboratory uses the same technique for E. coli that the laboratory uses for the purposes of Section 611.531.
c) Turbidity. Measurements of turbidity must be made by a party approved by the Agency.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.705.
(Source: Amended at 38 Ill. Reg. 9792, effective April 21, 2014)
Section 611.1006 Source Water Monitoring Requirements: Reporting Source Water Monitoring Resultsa) A supplier must report results from the source water monitoring required under Section 611.1001 no later than ten days after the end of the first month following the month when the sample is collected.
b) Submission of Analytical Results to USEPA
1) A supplier serving at least 10,000 people must report the results from the initial source water monitoring required under Section 611.1001(a) to the Data Collection and Tracking System (DCTS) through USEPA’s Central Data Exchange (CDX).
BOARD NOTE: The supplier must register with the CDX to use the DCTS. For information see “Step-by-Step Guide to the Data Collection and Tracking System (DCTS)”, USEPA, Office of Water (4606) (document number EPA 815/B-08-001), available from USEPA, National Center for Environmental Publications, www.epa.gov/nscep (search “815B08001”); telephone 888-890-1995; e-mail epacdx@csc.com (“Technical Support” in the subject line); or fax 301-429-3905.
2) If a supplier is unable to report monitoring results into the DCTS, the supplier may use an alternative approach for reporting monitoring results that USEPA has approved in writing.
c) A supplier serving fewer than 10,000 people must report results from the initial source water monitoring required under Section 611.1001(a) to the Agency.
d) A supplier must report results from the second round of source water monitoring required under Section 611.1001(b) to the Agency.
e) A supplier must report the applicable information in subsections (e)(1) and (e)(2) for the source water monitoring required under Section 611.1001.
1) A supplier must report the data elements set forth in subsection (e)(1)(D) for each Cryptosporidium analysis.
A) For matrix spike samples, a supplier must also report the sample volume spiked and estimated number of oocysts spiked. These data are not required for field samples.
B) For samples in which less than 10 L is filtered or less than 100% of the sample volume is examined, the supplier must also report the number of filters used and the packed pellet volume.
C) For samples in which less than 100% of sample volume is examined, the supplier must also report the volume of resuspended concentrate and volume of this resuspension processed through immunomagnetic separation.
D) Data Elements
i) The PWS ID;
ii) The Facility ID;
iii) The sample collection date;
iv) The sample type (field or matrix spike);
v) The sample volume filtered (L), to nearest 1⁄4 L;
vi) Whether 100 percent of the filtered volume was examined; and
vii) The number of oocysts counted.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (e)(1)(D) derives from unnumbered tabulated text in 40 CFR 141.706(e)(1).
2) A supplier must report the following data elements for each E. coli analysis:
A) The PWS ID;
B) The Facility ID;
C) The sample collection date;
D) The analytical method number;
E) The method type;
F) The source type (flowing stream, lake or reservoir, groundwater under the direct influence of surface water);
G) The E. coli count per 100 mL.
H) The turbidity, except that a supplier that serves fewer than 10,000 people that is not required to monitor for turbidity under Section 611.1001 is not required to report turbidity with its E. coli results.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.706.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1007 Source Water Monitoring Requirements: Grandfathering Previously Collected Data
a) Initial Source Monitoring and Cryptosporidium Samples
1) A supplier may comply with the initial source water monitoring requirements of Section 611.1001(a) by grandfathering sample results collected before the supplier is required to begin monitoring (i.e., previously collected data). To be grandfathered, the sample results and analysis must meet the criteria in this Section and the Agency must approve the use of the data by a SEP.
2) A filtered system supplier may grandfather Cryptosporidium samples to meet the requirements of Section 611.1001(a) when the supplier does not have corresponding E. coli and turbidity samples. A supplier that grandfathers Cryptosporidium samples without E. coli and turbidity samples is not required to collect E. coli and turbidity samples when it completes the requirements for Cryptosporidium monitoring under Section 611.1001(a).
b) E. coli Sample Analysis. The analysis of E. coli samples must meet the analytical method and approved laboratory requirements of Sections 611.1004 and 611.1005.
c) Cryptosporidium Sample Analysis. The analysis of Cryptosporidium samples must meet the criteria in this subsection (c).
1) Laboratories must analyze Cryptosporidium samples using one of the following filtration, immunomagnetic separation, and immunofluorescence assay analytical methods, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, or alternative methods approved by the Agency under Section 611.480:
A) USEPA 1623 (05);
B) USEPA 1622 (05);
C) USEPA 1623 (01);
D) USEPA 1622 (01); or
E) USEPA 1623 (99).
2) For each Cryptosporidium sample, the laboratory analyzed at least 10 ℓ of sample or at least 2 mℓ of packed pellet or as much volume as could be filtered by two filters that USEPA approved for the methods listed in subsection (c)(1).
d) Sampling Location. The sampling location must meet the conditions in Section 611.1003.
e) Sampling Frequency. Cryptosporidium samples were collected no less frequently than each calendar month on a regular schedule, beginning no earlier than January 1999. Sample collection intervals may vary for the conditions specified in Section 611.1002(b)(1) and (b)(2) if the supplier provides documentation of the condition when reporting monitoring results.
1) The Agency may, by a SEP, approve grandfathering of previously collected data if there are time gaps in the sampling frequency if the supplier conducts additional monitoring that the Agency has specified by a SEP to ensure that the data used to comply with the initial source water monitoring requirements of Section 611.1001(a) are seasonally representative and unbiased.
2) A supplier may grandfather previously collected data if the sampling frequency within each month varied. If the Cryptosporidium sampling frequency varied, the supplier must follow the monthly averaging procedure in Section 611.1010(b)(5) or Section 611.1012(a)(3), as applicable, when calculating the bin classification for a filtered system supplier or the mean Cryptosporidium concentration for an unfiltered system supplier.
f) Reporting Monitoring Results for Grandfathering. A supplier that requests to grandfather previously collected monitoring results must report the following information by the applicable dates listed in this subsection. A supplier must report this information to the Agency.
1) A supplier must report that it intends to submit previously collected monitoring results for grandfathering. This report must specify the number of previously collected results the supplier will submit, the dates of the first and last sample, and whether a supplier will conduct additional source water monitoring to meet the requirements of Section 611.1001(a). The supplier must report this information no later than the applicable date set forth in Section 611.1002.
2) A supplier must report previously collected monitoring results for grandfathering, along with the associated documentation listed in subsections (f)(2)(A) through (f)(2)(D), no later than two months after the applicable date listed in Section 611.1001(c).
A) For each sample result, a supplier must report the applicable data elements in Section 611.1006.
B) A supplier must certify that the reported monitoring results include all results that it generated during the time period beginning with the first reported result and ending with the final reported result. This applies to samples that were collected from the sampling location specified for source water monitoring under this Subpart Z, that were not spiked, and that were analyzed using the laboratory’s routine process for the analytical methods listed in this Section.
C) The supplier must certify that the samples were representative of a plant’s source waters and the source waters have not changed. It must report a description of the sampling locations, which must address the position of the sampling location in relation to its water sources and treatment processes, including points of chemical addition and filter backwash recycle.
D) For Cryptosporidium samples, the laboratory or laboratories that analyzed the samples must provide a letter certifying that the quality control criteria specified in the methods listed in subsection (c)(1) were met for each sample batch associated with the reported results. Alternatively, the laboratory may provide bench sheets and sample examination report forms for each field, matrix spike, initial precision and recovery, ongoing precision and recovery, and method blank sample associated with the reported results.
g) If the Agency determines that a previously collected data set submitted for grandfathering was generated during source water conditions that were not normal for the supplier, such as a drought, the Agency may, by a SEP, disapprove the data. Alternatively, the Agency may, by a SEP, approve the previously collected data if the supplier reports additional source water monitoring data, as determined by the Agency, to ensure that the data set used under Section 611.1010 or Section 611.1012 represents average source water conditions for the supplier.
h) If a supplier submits previously collected data that fully meet the number of samples required for initial source water monitoring under Section 611.1001(a), and some of the data are rejected due to not meeting the requirements of this Section, the supplier must conduct additional monitoring to replace rejected data on a schedule that the Agency has approved by a SEP. A supplier is not required to begin this additional monitoring until two months after notification that data have been rejected and additional monitoring is necessary.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.707.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1008 Disinfection Profiling and Benchmarking Requirements: Requirements When Making a Significant Change in Disinfection Practice
a) Following the completion of initial source water monitoring under Section 611.1001(a), a supplier that plans to make a significant change to its disinfection practice, as defined in subsection (b), must develop disinfection profiles and calculate disinfection benchmarks for Giardia lamblia and viruses, as described in Section 611.1009. Prior to changing the disinfection practice, the supplier must notify the Agency, and it must include in this notice the following information:
1) A completed disinfection profile and disinfection benchmark for Giardia lamblia and viruses, as described in Section 611.1009;
2) A description of the proposed change in disinfection practice; and
3) An analysis of how the proposed change will affect the current level of disinfection.
b) Significant changes to disinfection practice are defined as any of the following:
1) Changes to the point of disinfection;
2) Changes to the disinfectants used in the treatment plant;
3) Changes to the disinfection process; or
4) Any other modification identified by the Agency, by a SEP, as a significant change to disinfection practice.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.708.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.1009 Disinfection Profiling and Benchmarking Requirements: Developing the Disinfection Profile and Benchmark
a) A supplier required to develop disinfection profiles under Section 611.1008 must follow the requirements of this Section. The supplier must monitor at least weekly for a period of 12 consecutive months to determine the total log inactivation for Giardia lamblia and viruses. If the supplier monitors more frequently than weekly, the monitoring frequency must be evenly spaced. A supplier that operates for fewer than 12 months per year must monitor weekly during the period of operation. A supplier must determine log inactivation for Giardia lamblia through the entire plant, based on the applicable CT99.9 values in Appendix B. A supplier must determine log inactivation for viruses through the entire treatment plant based on a protocol approved by the Agency by a SEP.
b) A supplier with a single point of disinfectant application prior to the entrance to the distribution system must conduct the monitoring in subsections (b)(1) through (b)(4). A supplier with more than one point of disinfectant application must conduct the monitoring in subsections (b)(1) through (b)(4) for each disinfection segment. A supplier must monitor the parameters necessary to determine the total inactivation ratio, using analytical methods in Section 611.531.
1) For a supplier using a disinfectant other than UV, the temperature of the disinfected water must be measured at each residual disinfectant concentration sampling point during peak hourly flow or at an alternative location approved by the Agency by a SEP.
2) For a supplier using chlorine, the pH of the disinfected water must be measured at each chlorine residual disinfectant concentration sampling point during peak hourly flow or at an alternative location approved by the Agency by a SEP.
3) The disinfectant contact times (t) must be determined during peak hourly flow.
4) The residual disinfectant concentrations (C) of the water before or at the first customer and prior to each additional point of disinfectant application must be measured during peak hourly flow.
c) In lieu of conducting new monitoring under subsection (b), a supplier may elect to meet the following requirements:
1) A supplier that has at least one year of existing data that are substantially equivalent to data collected under the provisions of subsection (b) may use these data to develop disinfection profiles as specified in this Section if the supplier has neither made a significant change to its treatment practice nor changed sources since the data were collected. The supplier may develop disinfection profiles using up to three years of existing data.
2) A supplier may use disinfection profiles developed under Section 611.742 or Section 611.953 in lieu of developing a new profile if the supplier has neither made a significant change to its treatment practice nor changed sources since the profile was developed. A supplier that has not developed a virus profile under Section 611.742 or Section 611.953 must develop a virus profile using the same monitoring data on which the Giardia lamblia profile is based.
d) A supplier must calculate the total inactivation ratio for Giardia lamblia, as specified in subsections (d)(1) through (d)(3).
1) A supplier using only one point of disinfectant application may determine the total inactivation ratio for the disinfection segment based on either of the following methods:
A) It may determine one inactivation ratio (Ai) before or at the first customer during peak hourly flow; or
B) It may determine successive Ai values, representing sequential inactivation ratios, between the point of disinfectant application and a point before or at the first customer during peak hourly flow. The supplier must calculate the total inactivation ratio by determining Ai for each sequence and then adding the Ai values together to determine the total inactivation ratio (Σ Ai).
2) A supplier using more than one point of disinfectant application before the first customer must determine the CT value of each disinfection segment immediately prior to the next point of disinfectant application, or for the final segment, before or at the first customer, during peak hourly flow. The Ai value of each segment and Σ Ai must be calculated using the method in subsection (d)(1)(B).
3) The supplier must determine the total logs of inactivation by multiplying the value calculated in subsection (d)(1) or (d)(2) by 3.0.
4) The supplier must calculate the log of inactivation for viruses using a protocol approved by the Agency by regulation or by a SEP.
e) A supplier must use the following procedures to calculate a disinfection benchmark:
1) For each year of profiling data collected and calculated under subsections (a) through (d), the supplier must determine the lowest mean monthly level of both Giardia lamblia and virus inactivation. A supplier must determine the mean Giardia lamblia and virus inactivation for each calendar month for each year of profiling data by dividing the sum of daily or weekly Giardia lamblia and virus log inactivation by the number of values calculated for that month.
2) The disinfection benchmark is the lowest monthly mean value (for a supplier with one year of profiling data) or the mean of the lowest monthly mean values (for a supplier with more than one year of profiling data) of Giardia lamblia and virus log inactivation in each year of profiling data.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.709.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.1010 Treatment Technique Requirements: Bin Classification for Filtered System Suppliers
a) Following completion of the initial round of source water monitoring required under Section 611.1001(a), a filtered system supplier must calculate an initial Cryptosporidium bin concentration for each plant for which monitoring was required. Calculation of the bin concentration must use the Cryptosporidium results reported under Section 611.1001(a) and must follow the appropriate of the procedures set forth in subsection (b).
b) Bin Concentration Calculation Procedures
1) For a supplier that collects a total of at least 48 samples, the bin concentration is equal to the arithmetic mean of all sample concentrations.
2) For a supplier that collects a total of at least 24 samples, but not more than 47 samples, the bin concentration is equal to the highest arithmetic mean of all sample concentrations in any 12 consecutive months during which Cryptosporidium samples were collected.
3) For a supplier that serves fewer than 10,000 people and that monitors for Cryptosporidium for only one year (i.e., collect 24 samples in 12 months), the bin concentration is equal to the arithmetic mean of all sample concentrations.
4) For a supplier with plants operating only part of the year that monitors fewer than 12 months per year under Section 611.1001(e), the bin concentration is equal to the highest arithmetic mean of all sample concentrations during any year of Cryptosporidium monitoring.
5) If the monthly Cryptosporidium sampling frequency varies, a supplier must first calculate a monthly average for each month of monitoring. A supplier must then use these monthly average concentrations, rather than individual sample concentrations, in the applicable calculation for bin classification in subsections (b)(1) through (b)(4).
c) A filtered system supplier must determine its initial bin classification according to subsections (c)(1) through (c)(5), subject to the limitations of subsection (c)(6), and using the Cryptosporidium bin concentration calculated under subsections (a) and (b).
1) For a supplier that is required to monitor for Cryptosporidium under Section 611.1001 and that has a Cryptosporidium bin concentration of less than 0.075 oocysts/ℓ, the bin classification is Bin 1.
2) For a supplier that is required to monitor for Cryptosporidium under Section 611.1001 and that has a Cryptosporidium bin concentration of 0.075 oocysts/ℓ or more, but less than 1.0 oocysts/ℓ, the bin classification is Bin 2.
3) For a supplier that is required to monitor for Cryptosporidium under Section 611.1001 and that has a Cryptosporidium bin concentration of 1.0 oocysts/ℓ or more, but less than 3.0 oocysts/ℓ, the bin classification is Bin 3.
4) For a supplier that is required to monitor for Cryptosporidium under Section 611.1001 and that has a Cryptosporidium bin concentration of 3.0 oocysts/ℓ or more, the bin classification is Bin 4.
5) For a supplier that that serves fewer than 10,000 people and that is not required to monitor for Cryptosporidium under Section 611.1001(a)(4), the bin classification is Bin 1.
6) The Cryptosporidium concentration is based on the applicable of the calculations set forth in subsection (a) or (d).
d) Following completion of the second round of source water monitoring required under Section 611.1001(b), a filtered system supplier must recalculate its Cryptosporidium bin concentration using the Cryptosporidium results reported under Section 611.1001(b) and following the applicable of the procedures set forth in subsections (b)(1) through (b)(4). A supplier must then redetermine its bin classification using this bin concentration and subsection (c).
e) Reporting the Bin Classification
1) A filtered system supplier must report its initial bin classification under subsection (c) to the Agency for approval no later than six months after the supplier is required to complete initial source water monitoring based on the applicable schedule set forth in Section 611.1001(c).
2) A supplier must report its bin classification under subsection (d) to the Agency for approval no later than six months after the supplier is required to complete the second round of source water monitoring based on the applicable schedule set forth in Section 611.1001(c).
3) The bin classification report to the Agency must include a summary of source water monitoring data and the calculation procedure used to determine bin classification.
f) A failure to comply with the conditions of subsection (e) is a violation of the treatment technique requirement.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.710.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1011 Treatment Technique Requirements: Filtered System Additional Cryptosporidium Treatment Requirements
a) A filtered system supplier must provide the level of additional treatment for Cryptosporidium specified in subsections (a)(1) through (a)(4) based on its bin classification, as determined under Section 611.1010, and according to the applicable schedule set forth in Section 611.1013.
1) If the supplier’s bin classification is Bin 1, and the supplier uses conventional filtration treatment (including softening) in full compliance with the applicable provisions of Subparts B, R, and X, no additional treatment is required.
2) If the supplier’s bin classification is Bin 2, and the supplier uses conventional filtration treatment (including softening) in full compliance with the applicable provisions of Subparts B, R, and X, then the additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements are a 1-log treatment.
3) If the supplier’s bin classification is Bin 2, and the supplier uses direct filtration in full compliance with the applicable provisions of Subparts B, R, and X, then the additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements are a 1.5-log treatment.
4) If the supplier’s bin classification is Bin 2, and the supplier uses slow sand or diatomaceous earth filtration in full compliance with the applicable provisions of Subparts B, R, and X, then the additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements are a 1-log treatment.
5) If the supplier’s bin classification is Bin 2, and the supplier uses alternative filtration technologies in full compliance with the applicable provisions of Subparts B, R, and X, then the additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements are as determined by the Agency, by a SEP issued under Section 611.110, such that the total Cryptosporidium removal and inactivation is at least 4.0-log.
6) If the supplier’s bin classification is Bin 3, and the supplier uses conventional filtration treatment (including softening) in full compliance with the applicable provisions of Subparts B, R, and X, then the additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements are a 2-log treatment.
7) If the supplier’s bin classification is Bin 3, and the supplier uses direct filtration in full compliance with the applicable provisions of Subparts B, R, and X, then the additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements are a 2.5-log treatment.
8) If the supplier’s bin classification is Bin 3, and the supplier uses slow sand or diatomaceous earth filtration in full compliance with the applicable provisions of Subparts B, R, and X, then the additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements are a 2-log treatment.
9) If the supplier’s bin classification is Bin 3, and the supplier uses alternative filtration technologies in full compliance with the applicable provisions of Subparts B, R, and X, then the additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements are as determined by the Agency, by a SEP, such that the total Cryptosporidium removal and inactivation is at least 5.0-log.
10) If the supplier’s bin classification is Bin 4, and the supplier uses conventional filtration treatment (including softening) in full compliance with the applicable provisions of Subparts B, R, and X, then the additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements are a 2.5-log treatment.
11) If the supplier’s bin classification is Bin 4, and the supplier uses direct filtration in full compliance with the applicable provisions of Subparts B, R, and X, then the additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements are a 3-log treatment.
12) If the supplier’s bin classification is Bin 4, and the supplier uses slow sand or diatomaceous earth filtration in full compliance with the applicable provisions of Subparts B, R, and X, then the additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements are a 2.5-log treatment.
13) If the supplier’s bin classification is Bin 4, and the supplier uses alternative filtration technologies in full compliance with the applicable provisions of Subparts B, R, and X, then the additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements are as determined by the Agency, by a SEP, such that the total Cryptosporidium removal and inactivation is at least 5.5-log.
b) Required Treatment
1) A filtered system supplier must use one or more of the treatment and management options listed in Section 611.1015, termed the microbial toolbox, to comply with the additional Cryptosporidium treatment required in subsection (a).
2) A supplier classified in Bin 3 or Bin 4 must achieve at least 1-log of the additional Cryptosporidium treatment required under subsection (a) using either one or a combination of the following: bag filters, bank filtration, cartridge filters, chlorine dioxide, membranes, ozone, or UV, as described in Sections 611.1016 through 611.1020.
c) A failure by a supplier in any month to achieve treatment credit by meeting criteria in Sections 611.1016 through 611.1020 for microbial toolbox options that is at least equal to the level of treatment required in subsection (a) is a violation of the treatment technique requirement.
d) If the Agency determines, by a SEP, during a sanitary survey or an equivalent source water assessment that after a supplier completed the monitoring conducted under Section 611.1001(a) or 611.1001(b), significant changes occurred in the supplier’s watershed that could lead to increased contamination of the source water by Cryptosporidium, the supplier must take actions specified by the Agency in the SEP to address the contamination. These actions may include additional source water monitoring or implementing microbial toolbox options listed in Section 611.1015.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.711.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1012 Treatment Technique Requirements: Unfiltered System Cryptosporidium Treatment Requirements
a) Determination of the Mean Cryptosporidium Level
1) Following completion of the initial source water monitoring required by Section 611.1001(a), an unfiltered system supplier is required to have calculated the arithmetic mean of all Cryptosporidium sample concentrations reported under Section 611.1001(a). The supplier is required to have reported this value to the Agency for approval no later than six months after the month the supplier is required to have completed initial source water monitoring based on the applicable schedule set forth in Section 611.1001(c).
2) Following completion of the second round of source water monitoring required by Section 611.1001(b), an unfiltered system supplier must calculate the arithmetic mean of all Cryptosporidium sample concentrations reported under Section 611.1001(b). The supplier must report this value to the Agency for approval no later than six months after the month the supplier is required to complete the second round of source water monitoring based on the applicable schedule set forth in Section 611.1001(c).
3) If the monthly Cryptosporidium sampling frequency varies, a supplier must first calculate a monthly average for each month of monitoring. The supplier must then use these monthly average concentrations, rather than individual sample concentrations, in the calculation of the mean Cryptosporidium level in subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2).
4) The report to the Agency of the mean Cryptosporidium levels calculated under subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) must include a summary of the source water monitoring data used for the calculation.
5) A failure to comply with the conditions of subsection (a) is a violation of the treatment technique requirement.
b) Cryptosporidium Inactivation Requirements. An unfiltered system supplier must provide the level of inactivation for Cryptosporidium specified in this subsection, based on its mean Cryptosporidium levels, as determined under subsection (a) and according to the applicable schedule set forth in Section 611.1013.
1) An unfiltered system supplier with a mean Cryptosporidium level of 0.01 oocysts/ℓ or less must provide at least 2-log Cryptosporidium inactivation.
2) An unfiltered system supplier with a mean Cryptosporidium level of greater than 0.01 oocysts/ℓ must provide at least 3-log Cryptosporidium inactivation.
c) Inactivation Treatment Technology Requirements. An unfiltered system supplier must use chlorine dioxide, ozone, or UV, as described in Section 611.1020, to meet the Cryptosporidium inactivation requirements of this Section.
1) A supplier that uses chlorine dioxide or ozone and fails to achieve the Cryptosporidium inactivation required in subsection (b) on more than one day in the calendar month is in violation of the treatment technique requirement.
2) A supplier that uses UV light and fails to achieve the Cryptosporidium inactivation required in subsection (b) by meeting the criteria in Section 611.1020(d)(3)(B) is in violation of the treatment technique requirement.
d) Use of Two Disinfectants. An unfiltered system supplier must meet the combined Cryptosporidium inactivation requirements of this Section and Giardia lamblia and virus inactivation requirements of Section 611.241 using a minimum of two disinfectants, and each of two disinfectants must separately achieve the total inactivation required for any of Cryptosporidium, Giardia lamblia, or viruses.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.712.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1013 Treatment Technique Requirements: Schedule for Compliance with Cryptosporidium Treatment Requirementsa) Following initial bin classification under Section 611.1010(c), a filtered system supplier must provide the level of treatment for Cryptosporidium required by Section 611.1011 according to the applicable schedule set forth in subsection (c).
b) Following initial determination of the mean Cryptosporidium level under Section 611.1012(a)(1), an unfiltered system supplier must provide the level of treatment for Cryptosporidium required by Section 611.1012 according to the applicable schedule set forth in subsection (c).
c) Cryptosporidium Treatment Compliance Dates
BOARD NOTE: The federal compliance dates and possible two-year extension corresponding 40 CFR 141.713(c) provides are all past dates. The Board retains the text of subsections (c)(1) through (c)(5) as amended for guidance implementing the rules under Sections 611.1001(f) and 611.1013(d) and (e).
1) A supplier serving 100,000 or more persons was required to comply with Cryptosporidium treatment requirements before April 1, 2012.
2) A supplier serving 50,000 to 99,999 persons was required to comply with Cryptosporidium treatment requirements before October 1, 2012.
3) A supplier serving 10,000 to 49,999 persons was required to comply with Cryptosporidium treatment requirements before October 1, 2013.
4) A supplier serving fewer than 10,000 persons was required to comply with Cryptosporidium treatment requirements before October 1, 2014.
5) The Agency may allow no more than an additional two years for complying with the treatment requirement if it determines that additional time is necessary for the supplier to make capital improvements to implement the treatment.
d) If the bin classification for a filtered system supplier changes following the second round of source water monitoring, as determined under Section 611.1010(d), the supplier must provide the level of treatment for Cryptosporidium required by Section 611.1011 on a schedule approved by the Agency in a SEP.
e) If the mean Cryptosporidium level for an unfiltered system supplier changes following the second round of monitoring, as determined under Section 611.1012(a)(2), and if the supplier must provide a different level of Cryptosporidium treatment under Section 611.1012 due to this change, the supplier must meet this treatment requirement on a schedule approved by the Agency in a SEP.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.713.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1014 Treatment Technique Requirements: Requirements for Uncovered Finished Water Storage Facilities
a) A supplier that uses uncovered finished water storage facilities must comply with the conditions of this Section.
b) A supplier must notify the Agency in writing of the use of each uncovered finished water storage facility.
c) A supplier must meet either of the following conditions for each uncovered finished water storage facility, or the supplier must comply with an Agency-approved schedule to meet these conditions:
1) The supplier must cover any uncovered finished water storage facility; or
2) The supplier must treat the discharge from the uncovered finished water storage facility to the distribution system to achieve inactivation or removal of at least 4-log virus, 3-log Giardia lamblia, and 2-log Cryptosporidium using a protocol approved by the Agency.
d) A failure to comply with the requirements of this Section is a violation of the treatment technique requirement.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.714.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.1015 Requirements for Microbial Toolbox Components: Microbial Toolbox Options for Meeting Cryptosporidium Treatment Requirementsa) Treatment Credits
1) A supplier receives the applicable of the treatment credits set forth in subsection (b) by meeting the conditions for microbial toolbox options described in Sections 611.1016 through 611.1020. The supplier applies these treatment credits to meet the applicable treatment requirements set forth in Section 611.1011 or Section 611.1012.
2) An unfiltered system supplier is eligible for treatment credits for the microbial toolbox options described in Section 611.1020 only.
b) Subsections (b)(1) through (b)(5) summarize options in the microbial toolbox.
1) Source Protection and Management Toolbox Options
A) Watershed Control Program. 0.5-log credit for Agency-approved program comprising required elements, annual program status report to Agency, and regular watershed survey. An unfiltered system supplier is not eligible for credit. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1016(a).
B) Alternative source or intake management: No prescribed credit. A supplier may conduct simultaneous monitoring for treatment bin classification at alternative intake locations or under alternative intake management strategies. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1016(b).
2) Pre-Filtration Toolbox Options
A) Presedimentation Basin with Coagulation. 0.5-log credit during any month that presedimentation basins achieve a monthly mean reduction of 0.5-log or greater in turbidity or alternative Agency-approved performance criteria. To be eligible, basins must be operated continuously with coagulant addition and all plant flow must pass through basins. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1017(a).
B) Two-stage Lime Softening. 0.5-log credit for two-stage softening if chemical addition and hardness precipitation occur in both stages. All plant flow must pass through both stages. Single-stage softening is credited as equivalent to conventional treatment. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1017(b).
C) Bank Filtration. 0.5-log credit for 25-foot setback or 1.0-log credit for 50-foot setback; the aquifer must be unconsolidated sand containing at least ten percent fines and average turbidity in the wells must be less than 1 NTU. A supplier using wells followed by filtration when conducting source water monitoring must sample the well to determine bin classification and is not eligible for additional credit. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1017(c).
3) Treatment Performance Toolbox Options
A) Combined Filter Performance. 0.5-log credit for combined filter effluent turbidity less than or equal to 0.15 NTU in at least 95 percent of measurements each month. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1018(a).
B) Individual Filter Performance. 0.5-log credit (in addition to 0.5-log combined filter performance credit) if individual filter effluent turbidity is less than or equal to 0.15 NTU in at least 95 percent of samples each month in each filter and is never greater than 0.3 NTU in two consecutive measurements in any filter. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1018(b).
C) Demonstration of Performance. Credit awarded to unit process or treatment train based on a demonstration to the Agency with an Agency-approved protocol. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1018(c).
4) Additional Filtration Toolbox Options
A) Bag or Cartridge Filters (individual filters). Up to 2-log credit based on the removal efficiency demonstrated during challenge testing with a 1.0-log factor of safety. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1019(a).
B) Bag or Cartridge Filters (in series). Up to 2.5-log credit based on the removal efficiency demonstrated during challenge testing with a 0.5-log factor of safety. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1019(a).
C) Membrane Filtration. Log credit equivalent to removal efficiency demonstrated in challenge test for device if supported by direct integrity testing. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1019(b).
D) Second Stage Filtration. 0.5-log credit for second separate granular media filtration stage if treatment train includes coagulation prior to first filter. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1019(c).
E) Slow Sand Filters. 2.5-log credit as a secondary filtration step or 3.0-log credit as a primary filtration process. No prior chlorination for either option. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1019(d).
5) Inactivation Toolbox Options
A) Chlorine Dioxide. Log credit based on measured CT in relation to CT table. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1020(b).
B) Ozone. Log credit based on measured CT in relation to CT table. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1020(b).
C) UV. Log credit based on validated UV dose in relation to UV dose table; reactor validation testing required to establish UV dose and associated operating conditions. Specific criteria are set forth in Section 611.1020(d).
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.715.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1016 Requirements for Microbial Toolbox Components: Source Toolbox Components
a) Watershed Control Program. A supplier receives 0.5-log Cryptosporidium treatment credit for implementing a watershed control program that meets the requirements of this Section.
1) A supplier that intends to apply for the watershed control program credit must notify the Agency of its intent no later than two years prior to the treatment compliance date applicable to the supplier in Section 611.1013.
2) A supplier must submit to the Agency a proposed watershed control plan no later than one year before the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013. The Agency must approve the watershed control plan for the supplier to receive watershed control program treatment credit. The watershed control plan must include the following elements:
A) Identification of an “area of influence” outside of which the likelihood of Cryptosporidium or fecal contamination affecting the treatment plant intake is not significant. This is the area to be evaluated in future watershed surveys under subsection (a)(5)(B);
B) Identification of both potential and actual sources of Cryptosporidium contamination and an assessment of the relative impact of these sources on the supplier’s source water quality;
C) An analysis of the effectiveness and feasibility of control measures that could reduce Cryptosporidium loading from sources of contamination to the supplier’s source water; and
D) A statement of goals and specific actions the supplier will undertake to reduce source water Cryptosporidium levels. The plan must explain how the actions are expected to contribute to specific goals, identify watershed partners and their roles, identify resource requirements and commitments, and include a schedule for plan implementation with deadlines for completing specific actions identified in the plan.
3) A supplier with an existing watershed control program (i.e., a program in place on January 5, 2006) is eligible to seek this credit. Its watershed control plans must meet the criteria in subsection (a)(2) and must specify ongoing and future actions that will reduce source water Cryptosporidium levels.
4) If the Agency does not respond to a supplier regarding approval of a watershed control plan submitted under this Section and the supplier meets the other requirements of this Section, the watershed control program will be considered approved and 0.5 log Cryptosporidium treatment credit will be awarded, unless and until the Agency subsequently withdraws such approval by a SEP.
5) A supplier must complete each of the following actions to maintain the 0.5-log credit.
A) It must submit an annual watershed control program status report to the Agency. The annual watershed control program status report must describe the supplier’s implementation of the approved plan and assess the adequacy of the plan to meet its goals. The report must explain how the supplier is addressing any shortcomings in plan implementation, including those previously identified by the Agency or as the result of the watershed survey conducted under subsection (a)(5)(B). The report must also describe any significant changes that have occurred in the watershed since the last watershed sanitary survey. If a supplier determines during implementation that making a significant change to its approved watershed control program is necessary, the supplier must notify the Agency prior to making any such changes. If any change is likely to reduce the level of source water protection, the supplier must also list in its notification the actions the supplier will take to mitigate this effect;
B) The supplier must undergo a watershed sanitary survey every three years for a CWS supplier and every five years for a non-CWS supplier and submit the survey report to the Agency. The survey must be conducted according to Agency guidelines and by persons that the Agency approves.
i) The watershed sanitary survey must meet the following criteria: it must encompass the region identified in the Agency-approved watershed control plan as the area of influence; assess the implementation of actions to reduce source water Cryptosporidium levels; and identify any significant new sources of Cryptosporidium.
ii) If the Agency determines that significant changes may have occurred in the watershed since the previous watershed sanitary survey, the supplier must undergo another watershed sanitary survey before a date the Agency requires by a SEP, which may be earlier than the regular date in subsection (a)(5)(B); and
C) The supplier must make the watershed control plan, annual status reports, and watershed sanitary survey reports available to the public upon request. These documents must be in a plain language style and include criteria by which to evaluate the success of the program in achieving plan goals. The Agency may, by a SEP, approve that a supplier withhold from the public portions of the annual status report, watershed control plan, and watershed sanitary survey based on water supply security considerations.
6) If the Agency determines that a supplier is not carrying out the approved watershed control plan, the Agency may, by a SEP, withdraw the watershed control program treatment credit.
b) Alternative Source
1) A supplier may conduct source water monitoring that reflects a different intake location (either in the same source or for an alternate source) or a different procedure for the timing or level of withdrawal from the source (alternative source monitoring). If the Agency approves by a SEP, a supplier may determine its bin classification under Section 611.1010 based on the alternative source monitoring results.
2) If a supplier conducts alternative source monitoring under subsection (b)(1), it must also monitor their current plant intake concurrently as described in Section 611.1001.
3) Alternative source monitoring under subsection (b)(1) must meet the requirements for source monitoring to determine bin classification, as described in Sections 611.1001 through 611.1006. A supplier must report the alternative source monitoring results to the Agency, along with supporting information documenting the operating conditions under which the samples were collected.
4) If a supplier determines its bin classification under Section 611.1010 using alternative source monitoring results that reflect a different intake location or a different procedure for managing the timing or level of withdrawal from the source, the supplier must relocate the intake or permanently adopt the withdrawal procedure, as applicable, no later than the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.716.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1017 Requirements for Microbial Toolbox Components: Pre-Filtration Treatment Toolbox Components
a) Presedimentation. A supplier receives 0.5-log Cryptosporidium treatment credit for a presedimentation basin during any month the process meets the criteria in this subsection (a).
1) The presedimentation basin must be in continuous operation and must treat the entire plant flow taken from a surface water or groundwater under the direct influent of surface water source.
2) The supplier must continuously add a coagulant to the presedimentation basin.
3) The presedimentation basin must achieve both of the following performance criteria:
A) It demonstrates at least 0.5-log mean reduction of influent turbidity. This reduction must be determined using daily turbidity measurements in the presedimentation process influent and effluent, and it must be calculated as follows: log10(monthly mean of daily influent turbidity) - log10(monthly mean of daily effluent turbidity); and
B) It complies with Agency-approved performance criteria that demonstrate at least 0.5-log mean removal of micronsized particulate material through the presedimentation process.
b) Two-Stage Lime Softening. A supplier receives an additional 0.5-log Cryptosporidium treatment credit for a two-stage lime softening plant if chemical addition and hardness precipitation occur in two separate and sequential softening stages prior to filtration. Both softening stages must treat the entire plant flow taken from a surface water or groundwater under the direct influent of surface water source.
c) Bank Filtration. A supplier receives Cryptosporidium treatment credit for bank filtration that serves as pretreatment to a filtration plant by meeting the criteria in this subsection (c). A supplier using bank filtration when it begins source water monitoring under Section 611.1001(a) must collect samples as described in Section 611.1003(d), and it is not eligible for this credit.
1) A well with a groundwater flow path of at least 25 feet receives 0.5-log treatment credit, or a well with a groundwater flow path of at least 50 feet receives 1.0-log treatment credit. The groundwater flow path must be determined as specified in subsection (c)(4).
2) Only a well in granular aquifers is eligible for treatment credit. A granular aquifer is one comprised of sand, clay, silt, rock fragments, pebbles or larger particles, and minor cement. A supplier must characterize the aquifer at the well site to determine aquifer properties. A supplier must extract a core from the aquifer and demonstrate that in at least 90 percent of the core length, grains less than 1.0 mm in diameter constitute at least ten percent of the core material.
3) Only a horizontal or vertical well is eligible for treatment credit.
4) For a vertical well, the groundwater flow path is the measured distance from the edge of the surface water body under high flow conditions (determined by the 100 year floodplain elevation boundary or by the floodway, as defined in Federal Emergency Management Agency flood hazard maps) to the well screen. For a horizontal well, the groundwater flow path is the measured distance from the bed of the river under normal flow conditions to the closest horizontal well lateral screen.
5) The supplier must monitor each wellhead for turbidity at least once every four hours while the bank filtration process is in operation. If monthly average turbidity levels, based on daily maximum values in the well, exceed 1 NTU, the supplier must report this result to the Agency and conduct an assessment within 30 days to determine the cause of the high turbidity levels in the well. If the Agency determines that microbial removal has been compromised, it may, by a SEP, revoke treatment credit until the supplier implements corrective actions approved by the Agency to remediate the problem.
6) Springs and infiltration galleries are not eligible for treatment credit under this Section, but are eligible for credit under Section 611.1018(c).
7) Bank Filtration Demonstration of Performance. The Agency may, by a SEP, approve Cryptosporidium treatment credit for bank filtration based on a demonstration of performance study that meets the criteria in this subsection. This treatment credit may be greater than 1.0-log and may be awarded to bank filtration that does not meet the criteria in subsections (c)(1) through (c)(5).
A) The study must follow an Agency-approved protocol and must involve the collection of data on the removal of Cryptosporidium or a surrogate for Cryptosporidium and related hydrogeologic and water quality parameters during the full range of operating conditions.
B) The study must include sampling both from the production wells and from monitoring wells that are screened and located along the shortest flow path between the surface water source and the production wells.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.717.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1018 Requirements for Microbial Toolbox Components: Treatment Performance Toolbox Components
a) Combined Filter Performance. A supplier that uses conventional filtration treatment or direct filtration treatment receives an additional 0.5-log Cryptosporidium treatment credit during any month it meets the criteria in this subsection (a). Its combined filter effluent (CFE) turbidity must be less than or equal to 0.15 NTU in at least 95 percent of the measurements. Turbidity must be measured as described in Sections 611.531 and 611.533.
b) Individual Filter Performance. A supplier that uses conventional filtration treatment or direct filtration treatment receives 0.5-log Cryptosporidium treatment credit, which can be in addition to the 0.5-log credit under subsection (a), during any month it meets the criteria in this subsection (b). Compliance with these criteria must be based on individual filter turbidity monitoring as described in Section 611.744 or 611.956(a), as applicable.
1) The filtered water turbidity for each individual filter must be less than or equal to 0.15 NTU in at least 95 percent of the measurements recorded each month.
2) No individual filter may have a measured turbidity greater than 0.3 NTU in two consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart.
3) Any supplier that has received treatment credit for individual filter performance and fails to meet the requirements of subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2) during any month does not receive a treatment technique violation under Section 611.1011(c) if the Agency determines the following:
A) The failure was due to unusual and short-term circumstances that could not reasonably be prevented through optimizing treatment plant design, operation, and maintenance; and
B) The supplier has experienced no more than two such failures in any calendar year.
c) Demonstration of Performance. The Agency may, by a SEP, approve Cryptosporidium treatment credit for drinking water treatment processes based on a demonstration of performance study that meets the criteria in this subsection (c). This treatment credit may be greater than or less than the prescribed treatment credits in Section 611.1011 or Sections 611.1017 through 611.1020 and may be awarded to treatment processes that do not meet the criteria for the prescribed credits.
1) The supplier cannot receive the prescribed treatment credit for any toolbox option in Sections 611.1017 through 611.1020 if that toolbox option is included in a demonstration of performance study for which treatment credit is awarded under this subsection (b).
2) The demonstration of performance study must follow an Agency-approved protocol and must demonstrate the level of Cryptosporidium reduction the treatment process will achieve under the full range of expected operating conditions for the supplier.
3) Approval by the Agency must be in writing and may include monitoring and treatment performance criteria that the supplier must demonstrate and report on an ongoing basis to remain eligible for the treatment credit. The Agency may, by a SEP, designate such criteria if necessary to verify that the conditions under which the demonstration of performance credit was approved are maintained during routine operation.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.718.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1019 Requirements for Microbial Toolbox Components: Additional Filtration Toolbox Components
a) Bag and Cartridge Filters. A supplier receives Cryptosporidium treatment credit of up to 2.0-log for individual bag or cartridge filters and up to 2.5-log for bag or cartridge filters operated in series by meeting the criteria set forth in subsections (a)(1) through (a)(10). To be eligible for this credit, the supplier must report the results of challenge testing that meets the requirements of subsections (a)(2) through (a)(9) to the Agency. The filters must treat the entire plant flow taken from a Subpart B source.
1) The Cryptosporidium treatment credit awarded to bag or cartridge filters must be based on the removal efficiency demonstrated during challenge testing that is conducted according to the criteria set forth in subsections (a)(2) through (a)(9). A factor of safety equal to 1-log for individual bag or cartridge filters and 0.5-log for bag or cartridge filters in series must be applied to challenge testing results to determine removal credit. A supplier may use results from challenge testing conducted prior to January 5, 2006 if the prior testing was consistent with the criteria specified in subsections (a)(2) through (a)(9).
2) Challenge testing must be performed on full-scale bag or cartridge filters, and the associated filter housing or pressure vessel, that are identical in material and construction to the filters and housings the supplier will use for removal of Cryptosporidium. Bag or cartridge filters must be challenge tested in the same configuration that the supplier will use, either as individual filters or as a series configuration of filters.
3) Challenge testing must be conducted using Cryptosporidium or a surrogate that is removed no more efficiently than Cryptosporidium. The microorganism or surrogate used during challenge testing is referred to as the challenge particulate. The concentration of the challenge particulate must be determined using a method capable of discreetly quantifying the specific microorganism or surrogate used in the test; gross measurements such as turbidity may not be used.
4) The maximum feed water concentration that can be used during a challenge test must be based on the detection limit of the challenge particulate in the filtrate (i.e., filtrate detection limit) and must be calculated using the following equation:
Maximum Feed Concentration = 1 ´ 104 ´ (Filtrate Detection Limit)
5) Challenge testing must be conducted at the maximum design flow rate for the filter as specified by the manufacturer.
6) Each filter evaluated must be tested for a duration sufficient to reach 100 percent of the terminal pressure drop, which establishes the maximum pressure drop under which the filter may be used to comply with the requirements of this Subpart Z.
7) Removal efficiency of a filter must be determined from the results of the challenge test and expressed in terms of log removal values using the following equation:
Where:
LRV = log removal value demonstrated during challenge testing
Cf = the feed concentration measured during the challenge testCp = the filtrate concentration measured during the challenge test. In applying this equation, the same units must be used for the feed and filtrate concentrations. If the challenge particulate is not detected in the filtrate, then the term Cp must be set equal to the detection limit.
8) Each filter tested must be challenged with the challenge particulate during three periods over the filtration cycle: within two hours after start-up of a new filter; when the pressure drop is between 45 and 55 percent of the terminal pressure drop; and at the end of the cycle after the pressure drop has reached 100 percent of the terminal pressure drop. An LRV must be calculated for each of these challenge periods for each filter tested. The LRV for the filter (LRVfilter) must be assigned the value of the minimum LRV observed during the three challenge periods for that filter.
9) If fewer than 20 filters are tested, the overall removal efficiency for the filter product line must be set equal to the lowest LRVfilter among the filters tested. If 20 or more filters are tested, the overall removal efficiency for the filter product line must be set equal to the 10th percentile of the set of LRVfilter values for the various filters tested. The percentile is defined by (i/(n+1)) where i is the rank of n individual data points ordered lowest to highest. If necessary, the 10th percentile may be calculated using linear interpolation.
10) If a previously tested filter is modified in a manner that could change the removal efficiency of the filter product line, challenge testing to demonstrate the removal efficiency of the modified filter must be conducted and submitted in writing to the Agency.
b) Membrane Filtration
1) A supplier receives Cryptosporidium treatment credit for membrane filtration that meets the criteria of this subsection (b). Membrane cartridge filters that meet the definition of membrane filtration in Section 611.102 are eligible for this credit. The level of treatment credit a supplier receives is equal to the lower of the following values:
A) The removal efficiency demonstrated during challenge testing conducted under the conditions in subsection (b)(2); or
B) The maximum removal efficiency that can be verified through direct integrity testing used with the membrane filtration process under the conditions in subsection (b)(3).
2) Challenge Testing. The membrane used by the supplier must undergo challenge testing to evaluate removal efficiency, and the supplier must report the results of challenge testing to the Agency. Challenge testing must be conducted according to the criteria set forth in subsections (b)(2)(A) through (b)(2)(G). A supplier may use data from challenge testing conducted prior to January 5, 2006 if the prior testing was consistent with the criteria set forth in subsections (b)(2)(A) through (b)(2)(G).
A) Challenge testing must be conducted on either a full-scale membrane module, identical in material and construction to the membrane modules used in the supplier’s treatment facility, or a smaller-scale membrane module, identical in material and similar in construction to the full-scale module. A module is defined as the smallest component of a membrane unit in which a specific membrane surface area is housed in a device with a filtrate outlet structure.
B) Challenge testing must be conducted using Cryptosporidium oocysts or a surrogate that is removed no more efficiently than Cryptosporidium oocysts. The organism or surrogate used during challenge testing is referred to as the challenge particulate. The concentration of the challenge particulate, in both the feed and filtrate water, must be determined using a method capable of discretely quantifying the specific challenge particulate used in the test; gross measurements such as turbidity may not be used.
C) The maximum feed water concentration that can be used during a challenge test is based on the detection limit of the challenge particulate in the filtrate and must be determined according to the following equation:
Maximum Feed = 3.16 ´ 106 ´ (Filtrate Detection Limit)
ConcentrationD) Challenge testing must be conducted under representative hydraulic conditions at the maximum design flux and maximum design process recovery specified by the manufacturer for the membrane module. Flux is defined as the throughput of a pressure driven membrane process expressed as flow per unit of membrane area. Recovery is defined as the volumetric percent of feed water that is converted to filtrate over the course of an operating cycle uninterrupted by events such as chemical cleaning or a solids removal process (i.e., backwashing).
E) Removal efficiency of a membrane module must be calculated from the challenge test results and expressed as a log removal value according to the following equation:
Where:
LRV = log removal value demonstrated during the challenge test
Cf = the feed concentration measured during the challenge testCp = the filtrate concentration measured during the challenge test. Equivalent units must be used for the feed and filtrate concentrations. If the challenge particulate is not detected in the filtrate, the term Cp is set equal to the detection limit for the purpose of calculating the LRV. An LRV must be calculated for each membrane module evaluated during the challenge test.
F) The removal efficiency of a membrane filtration process demonstrated during challenge testing must be expressed as a log removal value (LRVC-Test). If fewer than 20 modules are tested, then LRVC-Test is equal to the lowest of the representative LRVs among the modules tested. If 20 or more modules are tested, then LRVC-Test is equal to the 10th percentile of the representative LRVs among the modules tested. The percentile is defined by (i/(n+1)) where i is the rank of n individual data points ordered lowest to highest. If necessary, the 10th percentile may be calculated using linear interpolation.
G) The challenge test must establish a quality control release value (QCRV) for a non-destructive performance test that demonstrates the Cryptosporidium removal capability of the membrane filtration module. This performance test must be applied to each production membrane module used by the supplier that was not directly challenge tested in order to verify Cryptosporidium removal capability. Production modules that do not meet the established QCRV are not eligible for the treatment credit demonstrated during the challenge test.
H) If a previously tested membrane is modified in a manner that could change the removal efficiency of the membrane or the applicability of the non-destructive performance test and associated QCRV, additional challenge testing to demonstrate the removal efficiency of, and determine a new QCRV for, the modified membrane must be conducted and submitted to the Agency.
3) Direct Integrity Testing. A supplier must conduct direct integrity testing in a manner that demonstrates a removal efficiency equal to or greater than the removal credit awarded to the membrane filtration process and meets the requirements described in subsections (b)(3)(A) through (b)(3)(F). A “direct integrity test” is defined as a physical test applied to a membrane unit in order to identify and isolate integrity breaches (i.e., one or more leaks that could result in contamination of the filtrate).
A) The direct integrity test must be independently applied to each membrane unit in service. A membrane unit is defined as a group of membrane modules that share common valving that allows the unit to be isolated from the rest of the treatment system for the purpose of integrity testing or other maintenance.
B) The direct integrity method must have a resolution of three micrometers or less, if resolution is defined as the size of the smallest integrity breach that contributes to a response from the direct integrity test.
C) The direct integrity test must have a sensitivity sufficient to verify the log treatment credit awarded to the membrane filtration process by the Agency, if sensitivity is defined as the maximum log removal value that can be reliably verified by a direct integrity test. Sensitivity must be determined using the appropriate of the following approaches, considering the type of direct integrity test the supplier uses:
i) For a direct integrity test that uses an applied pressure or vacuum, the direct integrity test sensitivity must be calculated according to the following equation:
Where:
LRVDIT = the sensitivity of the direct integrity test
Qp = total design filtrate flow from the membrane unit
Qbreach = flow of water from an integrity breach associated with the smallest integrity test response that can be reliably measuredVCF = volumetric concentration factor. The volumetric concentration factor is the ratio of the suspended solids concentration on the high pressure side of the membrane relative to that in the feed water; or
ii) For a direct integrity test that uses a particulate or molecular marker, the direct integrity test sensitivity must be calculated according to the following equation:
Where:
LRVDIT = the sensitivity of the direct integrity test
Cf = the typical feed concentration of the marker used in the testCp = the filtrate concentration of the marker from an integral membrane unit
D) A supplier must establish a control limit within the sensitivity limits of the direct integrity test that is indicative of an integral membrane unit capable of meeting the removal credit awarded by the Agency.
E) If the result of a direct integrity test exceeds the control limit established under subsection (b)(3)(D), the supplier must remove the membrane unit from service. The supplier must conduct a direct integrity test to verify any repairs, and it may return the membrane unit to service only if the direct integrity test is within the established control limit.
F) A supplier must conduct direct integrity testing on each membrane unit at a frequency of not less than once each day that the membrane unit is in operation. The Agency may, by a SEP, approve less frequent testing, based on demonstrated process reliability, the use of multiple barriers effective for Cryptosporidium, or reliable process safeguards.
4) Indirect Integrity Monitoring. A supplier must conduct continuous indirect integrity monitoring on each membrane unit according to the criteria in subsections (b)(4)(A) through (b)(4)(E). “Indirect integrity monitoring” is defined as monitoring some aspect of filtrate water quality that is indicative of the removal of particulate matter. A supplier that implements continuous direct integrity testing of membrane units in accordance with the criteria in subsections (b)(3)(A) through (b)(3)(E) is not subject to the requirements for continuous indirect integrity monitoring. The supplier must submit a monthly report to the Agency summarizing all continuous indirect integrity monitoring results triggering direct integrity testing and the corrective action that was taken in each case.
A) Unless the Agency approves an alternative parameter by a SEP, continuous indirect integrity monitoring must include continuous filtrate turbidity monitoring.
B) Continuous indirect integrity monitoring must be conducted at a frequency of no less than once every 15 minutes.
C) Continuous indirect integrity monitoring must be separately conducted on each membrane unit.
D) If continuous indirect integrity monitoring includes turbidity and if the filtrate turbidity readings are above 0.15 NTU for a period greater than 15 minutes (i.e., two consecutive 15-minute readings above 0.15 NTU), direct integrity testing must immediately be performed on the associated membrane unit, as specified in subsections (b)(3)(A) through (b)(3)(E).
E) If indirect integrity monitoring includes an Agency-approved alternative parameter and if the alternative parameter exceeds an Agency-approved control limit for a period greater than 15 minutes, direct integrity testing must immediately be performed on the associated membrane units, as specified in subsections (b)(3)(A) through (b)(3)(E).
c) Second Stage Filtration. A supplier receives 0.5-log Cryptosporidium treatment credit for a separate second stage of filtration that consists of sand, dual media, GAC, or other fine grain media following granular media filtration if the Agency approves by a SEP. To be eligible for this credit, the first stage of filtration must be preceded by a coagulation step and both filtration stages must treat the entire plant flow taken from a surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water source. A cap, such as GAC, on a single stage of filtration is not eligible for this credit. The Agency must approve the treatment credit based on an assessment of the design characteristics of the filtration process.
d) Slow Sand Filtration (as secondary filter). A supplier is eligible to receive 2.5-log Cryptosporidium treatment credit by a SEP for a slow sand filtration process that follows a separate stage of filtration if both filtration stages treat entire plant flow taken from a surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water source and no disinfectant residual is present in the influent water to the slow sand filtration process. The Agency must approve the treatment credit based on an assessment of the design characteristics of the filtration process. This subsection (d) does not apply to treatment credit awarded to slow sand filtration used as a primary filtration process.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.719.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1020 Requirements for Microbial Toolbox Components: Inactivation Toolbox Components
a) Calculation of CT Values
1) CT is the product of the disinfectant contact time (T, in minutes) and disinfectant concentration (C, in milligrams per liter). A supplier with treatment credit for chlorine dioxide or ozone under subsection (b) or (c) must calculate CT at least once each day, with both C and T measured during peak hourly flow, as specified in Sections 611.531 and 611.532.
2) A supplier with several disinfection segments in sequence may calculate CT for each segment, if a disinfection segment is defined as a treatment unit process with a measurable disinfectant residual level and a liquid volume. Under this approach, the supplier must add the Cryptosporidium CT values in each segment to determine the total CT for the treatment plant.
b) CT Values for Chlorine Dioxide and Ozone
1) A supplier receives the Cryptosporidium treatment credit listed in Table H by meeting the corresponding chlorine dioxide CT value for the applicable water temperature, as described in subsection (a).
2) A supplier receives the Cryptosporidium treatment credit listed in Table I by meeting the corresponding ozone CT values for the applicable water temperature, as described in subsection (a).
c) Site-Specific Study. The Agency may, by a SEP, approve alternative chlorine dioxide or ozone CT values to those listed in Tables H and I on a site-specific basis. The Agency must base this approval on a site-specific study conducted by the supplier according to an Agency-approved protocol.
d) Ultraviolet Light. A supplier receives Cryptosporidium, Giardia lamblia, and virus treatment credits for ultraviolet (UV) light reactors by achieving the corresponding UV dose values shown in Table J. The supplier must validate and monitor UV reactors, as described in subsections (d)(2) and (d)(3), to demonstrate that they are achieving a particular UV dose value for treatment credit.
1) UV Dose Table. The treatment credits listed in Table J are for UV light at a wavelength of 254 nm as produced by a low-pressure mercury vapor lamp. To receive treatment credit for other lamp types, a supplier must demonstrate an equivalent germicidal dose through reactor validation testing, as described in subsection (d)(2). The UV dose values in this table are applicable only to post-filter applications of UV in a filtered system supplier and to an unfiltered system supplier.
2) Reactor Validation Testing. A supplier must use UV reactors that have undergone validation testing to determine the operating conditions under which the reactor delivers the UV dose required in subsection (d)(1) (i.e., validated operating conditions). These operating conditions must include flow rate; UV intensity, as measured by a UV sensor; and UV lamp status.
A) When determining validated operating conditions, a supplier must account for the following factors: UV absorbance of the water; lamp fouling and aging; measurement uncertainty of on-line sensors; UV dose distributions arising from the velocity profiles through the reactor; failure of UV lamps or other critical treatment system components; and inlet and outlet piping or channel configurations of the UV reactor.
B) Validation testing must include the following: Full scale testing of a reactor that conforms uniformly to the UV reactors used by the supplier and inactivation of a test microorganism whose dose response characteristics have been quantified with a low pressure mercury vapor lamp.
C) The Agency may, by a SEP, approve an alternative approach to validation testing.
3) Reactor Monitoring
A) A supplier must monitor its UV reactors to determine if the reactors are operating within validated conditions, as determined under subsection (d)(2). This monitoring must include UV intensity, as measured by a UV sensor; flow rate; lamp status; and other parameters that the Agency has designated by a SEP based on UV reactor operation. A supplier must verify the calibration of UV sensors and must recalibrate sensors in accordance with a protocol that the Agency has approved by the SEP.
B) To receive treatment credit for UV light, a supplier must treat at least 95 percent of the water delivered to the public during each month by UV reactors operating within validated conditions for the required UV dose, as described in subsections (d)(1) and (d)(2). The supplier must demonstrate compliance with this condition by the monitoring required under subsection (d)(3)(A).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.720.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1021 Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements: Reporting Requirements
a) A supplier must report sampling schedules under Section 611.1002 and source water monitoring results under Section 611.1006 unless it notifies the Agency that it will not conduct source water monitoring because the supplier meets the criteria of Section 611.1001(d).
b) A supplier must report the use of uncovered finished water storage facilities to the Agency, as described in Section 611.1014.
c) A filtered system supplier must report its Cryptosporidium bin classification, as described in Section 611.1010.
d) An unfiltered system supplier must report its mean source water Cryptosporidium level, as described in Section 611.1012.
e) A supplier must report disinfection profiles and benchmarks to the Agency, as described in Sections 611.1008 and 611.1009, prior to making a significant change in disinfection practice.
f) A supplier must report to the Agency in accordance with subsections (f)(1) through (f)(15) for any microbial toolbox options used to comply with treatment requirements under Section 611.1011 or Section 611.1012. Alternatively, the Agency may, by a SEP, approve a supplier to certify operation within required parameters for treatment credit rather than reporting monthly operational data for toolbox options.
1) A supplier that uses the watershed control program toolbox option must submit the following information on the indicated schedule:
A) A notice of intention to develop a new or continue an existing watershed control program no later than two years before the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013;
B) A watershed control plan no later than one year before the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013;
C) An annual watershed control program status report every 12 months, beginning one year after the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013; and
D) A watershed sanitary survey report: for a CWS supplier, every three years beginning three years after the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013 or, for a non-CWS supplier, every five years beginning five years after the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013.
2) A supplier that uses the alternative source or intake management toolbox option must submit verification that it has relocated the intake or adopted the intake withdrawal procedure reflected in monitoring results no later than the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013.
3) A supplier that uses the presedimentation toolbox option must submit monthly verification of the information set forth in each of subsections (f)(3)(A) through (f)(3)(D), subject to the limitations of subsection (f)(3)(E).
A) Continuous basin operation;
B) Treatment of 100% of the flow;
C) Continuous addition of a coagulant; and
D) At least 0.5-log mean reduction of influent turbidity or compliance with alternative Agency-approved performance criteria.
E) Monthly reporting must occur within 10 days following the month in which the monitoring was conducted, beginning on the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013.
4) A supplier that uses the two-stage lime softening toolbox option must submit monthly verification of the information set forth in each of subsections (f)(4)(A) and (f)(4)(B), subject to the limitations of subsection (f)(4)(C).
A) That chemical addition and hardness precipitation occurred in two separate and sequential softening stages prior to filtration; and
B) That both stages treated 100% of the plant flow.
C) Monthly reporting must occur within 10 days following the month in which the monitoring was conducted, beginning on the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013.
5) A supplier that uses the bank filtration toolbox option must submit the following information on the indicated schedule:
A) An initial demonstration of the following no later than the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013:
i) The existence of unconsolidated, predominantly sandy aquifer; and
ii) A setback distance of at least 25 ft. (0.5-log credit) or 50 ft. (1.0-log credit).
B) If the monthly average of daily maximum turbidity is greater than 1 NTU, then the supplier must report that result and submit an assessment of the cause within 30 days following the month in which the monitoring was conducted, beginning on the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013.
6) A supplier that uses the combined filter performance toolbox option must submit monthly verification of combined filter effluent (CFE) turbidity levels less than or equal to 0.15 NTU in at least 95 percent of the four-hour CFE measurements taken each month. Monthly reporting must occur within 10 days following the month in which the monitoring was conducted, beginning on the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013.
7) A supplier that uses the individual filter performance toolbox option must submit monthly verification of the information set forth in each of subsections (f)(7)(A) and (f)(7)(B), subject to the limitations of subsection (f)(7)(C).
A) That individual filter effluent (IFE ) turbidity levels were less than or equal to 0.15 NTU in at least 95 percent of samples each month in each filter; and
B) That no individual filter measured greater than 0.3 NTU in two consecutive readings 15 minutes apart.
C) Monthly reporting must occur within 10 days following the month in which the monitoring was conducted, beginning on the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013.
8) A supplier that uses the demonstration of performance toolbox option must submit the information set forth in each of subsections (f)(8)(A) and (f)(8)(B) on the indicated schedule:
A) Results from testing following an Agency-approved protocol no later than the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013; and
B) As required by the Agency, monthly verification of operation within conditions of Agency approval for demonstration of performance credit within 10 days following the month in which monitoring was conducted, beginning on the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013.
9) A supplier that uses the bag filters and cartridge filters toolbox option must submit the information set forth in each of subsections (f)(9)(A) and (f)(9)(B) on the indicated schedule:
A) A demonstration, no later than the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013, that the following criteria are met:
i) It must demonstrate that the process meets the definition of bag or cartridge filtration; and
ii) It must demonstrate that the removal efficiency established through challenge testing that meets criteria in this Subpart Z; and
B) Monthly verification, within 10 days following the month in which monitoring was conducted, beginning on the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013, that 100% of plant flow was filtered.
10) A supplier that uses the membrane filtration toolbox option must submit the following information on the indicated schedule:
A) Results of verification testing no later than the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013 that demonstrate the following:
i) It must demonstrate that the removal efficiency established through challenge testing that meets criteria set forth in this Subpart Z; and
ii) It must demonstrate the integrity test method and parameters, including resolution, sensitivity, test frequency, control limits, and associated baseline; and
B) A monthly report within 10 days following the month in which monitoring was conducted, beginning on the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013, that summarizes the following:
i) It must summarize all direct integrity tests above the control limit; and
ii) If applicable, it must summarize any turbidity or alternative Agency-approved indirect integrity monitoring results triggering direct integrity testing and the corrective action that was taken.
11) A supplier that uses the second stage filtration toolbox option must submit monthly verification within 10 days following the month in which monitoring was conducted, beginning on the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013, that 100% of flow was filtered through both stages and that first stage was preceded by coagulation step.
12) A supplier that uses the slow sand filtration (as secondary filter) toolbox option must submit monthly verification within 10 days following the month in which monitoring was conducted, beginning on the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013, that both a slow sand filter and a preceding separate stage of filtration treated 100% of flow from Subpart B sources.
13) A supplier that uses the chlorine dioxide toolbox option must submit a monthly summary of CT values for each day within 10 days following the month in which monitoring was conducted, beginning on the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013, as described in Section 611.1020.
14) A supplier that uses the ozone toolbox option must submit a monthly summary of CT values for each day within 10 days following the month in which monitoring was conducted, beginning on the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013, as described in Section 611.1020.
15) A supplier that uses the UV toolbox option must submit the following information on the indicated schedule:
A) Validation test results no later than the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013, that demonstrate operating conditions that achieve required UV dose.
B) A monthly report summarizing the percentage of water entering the distribution system that was not treated by UV reactors operating within validated conditions for the required dose within 10 days following the month in which monitoring was conducted, beginning on the applicable treatment compliance date in Section 611.1013, as specified in Section 611.1020(d).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.721.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.1022 Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements: Recordkeeping Requirements
a) A supplier must keep results from the initial round of source water monitoring under Section 611.1001(a) and the second round of source water monitoring under Section 611.1001(b) until three years after bin classification under Section 611.1010 for a filtered system supplier or determination of the mean Cryptosporidium level under Section 611.1010 for an unfiltered system supplier for the particular round of monitoring.
b) A supplier must keep any notification to the Agency that it will not conduct source water monitoring due to meeting the criteria of Section 611.1001(d) for three years.
c) A supplier must keep the results of treatment monitoring associated with microbial toolbox options under Sections 611.1016 through 611.1020 and with uncovered finished water reservoirs under Section 611.1014, as applicable, for three years.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.722.
(Source: Added at 31 Ill. Reg. 11757, effective July 27, 2007)
Section 611.1023 Requirements to Respond to Significant Deficiencies Identified in Sanitary Surveys Performed by USEPA or the Agency
a) A “sanitary survey” is an onsite review of the water source (identifying sources of contamination by using results of source water assessments if available), facilities, equipment, operation, maintenance, and monitoring compliance of a PWS to evaluate the adequacy of the PWS, its sources and operations, and the distribution of safe drinking water.
b) For the purposes of this Section, a “significant deficiency” includes a defect in design, operation, or maintenance, or a failure or malfunction of the sources, treatment, storage, or distribution supplier that USEPA or the Agency determines to be causing, or has the potential for causing, the introduction of contamination into the water delivered to consumers.
c) For sanitary surveys performed by USEPA or the Agency, the supplier must respond in writing to significant deficiencies identified in sanitary survey reports no later than 45 days after receipt of the report, indicating how and on what schedule the supplier will address significant deficiencies noted in the survey.
d) A supplier must correct significant deficiencies identified in sanitary survey reports according to the schedule approved by USEPA or the Agency, or if there is no approved schedule, according to the schedule reported under subsection (c) if such deficiencies are within the control of the supplier.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.723.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
SUBPART AA: REVISED TOTAL COLIFORM RULE
Section 611.1051 General
a) General. The provisions of this Subpart AA include both MCL and treatment technique requirements.
b) Applicability. The provisions of this Subpart AA apply to all PWSs.
c) This subsection (c) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.851(c), which includes a past compliance date. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations.
d) This subsection (d) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.851(d), a provision that pertains to USEPA implementation, which is not necessary in the Illinois regulations. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations.
e) Violations of NPDWRs. Failure to comply with the applicable requirements of Sections 611.1051 through 611.1061, including requirements established by the State under these provisions, is a violation of the NPDWRs in this Subpart AA.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.851.
(Source: Amended at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.1052 Analytical Methods and Laboratory Certificationa) Analytical Methodology
1) The standard sample volume required for analysis is 100 mL, regardless of analytical method the supplier uses.
2) A supplier needs only determine the presence or absence of total coliforms and E. coli; a supplier needs not determine density .
3) The time from sample collection to initiating test medium incubation may not exceed 30 hours. Suppliers should but need not hold samples below 10 ºC during transit.
4) If the supplier is to analyze water having residual chlorine (measured as free, combined, or total chlorine), the supplier must add sufficient sodium thiosulfate (Na2S2O3) to the sample bottle before sterilization to neutralize any residual chlorine in the water sample. Section 2 of SM 9060 A (97), incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, addresses dichlorination procedures.
5) The supplier must conduct total coliform and E. coli analyses in using certain analytical methods, each incorporated by reference in Section 611.102:
BOARD NOTE: The supplier must monitor and analyze only using the version of the approved method in this subsection (a) and incorporated by reference in Section 611.102. The methods listed are the only versions the supplier may use for compliance with this Subpart AA. Laboratories should carefully use only the approved versions of methods, as product package inserts may not be the same as the approved versions of the methods.
A) Total Coliforms, Lactose Fermentation Methods
i) Total Coliform Fermentation Technique. Sections 1 and 2 of SM 9221 B (94) (only the 20th ed.), SM 9221 B (99), SM 9221 B (06), or sections 1 through 4 of SM 9221 B (14).
BOARD NOTE: The supplier may use commercially available lactose broth in lieu of lauryl tryptose broth if the supplier conducts at least 25 parallel tests between lactose broth and lauryl tryptose broth using the water normally tested and this comparison demonstrates false-positive and false-negative rates for total coliforms are less than ten percent using lactose broth.
ii) Presence-Absence (P–A) Coliform Test. Sections 1 and 2 of SM 9221 D (94), SM 9221 D (99), or sections 1 through 3 of SM 9221 D (14).
BOARD NOTE: A supplier may use a multiple tube enumerative format, as SM 9221 D (94), SM 9221 D (99), or SM 9221 D (14) describes, for presence-absence determination under this Subpart AA.
B) Total Coliforms, Membrane Filtration Methods
i) Standard Total Coliform Membrane Filter Procedure Using Endo Medium. SM 9222 B (97), SM 9222 B (15), SM 9222 C (97), or SM 9222 C (15).
ii) Membrane Filtration Using MI Medium. USEPA 1604 (02).
iii) Hach 10029 (99) (m-ColiBlue24®).
BOARD NOTE: A supplier must begin all filtration series with membrane filtration equipment the supplier sterilized by autoclaving. Exposing filtration equipment to UV light is not adequate to ensure sterilization. Subsequent to the initial autoclaving, the supplier may expose the filtration equipment to UV light to sanitize the funnels between filtrations within a filtration series. Alternatively, the supplier may use manufacturer-pre-sterilized membrane filtration equipment (i.e., disposable funnel units).
iv) Chromocult® (00).
v) RAPID’E. coli (20).
BOARD NOTE: A supplier must begin all filtration series with membrane filtration equipment the supplier sterilized by autoclaving. Exposing filtration equipment to UV light is not adequate to ensure sterilization. Subsequent to the initial autoclaving, the supplier may expose the filtration equipment to UV light to sanitize the funnels between filtrations within a filtration series. Alternatively, the supplier may use manufacturer-pre-sterilized membrane filtration equipment (i.e., disposable funnel units).
C) Total Coliforms, Enzyme Substrate Methods
i) Colilert®. SM 9223 B (97), SM 9223 B (04), or SM 9223 B (16).
BOARD NOTE: A supplier may use multiple-tube and multi-well enumerative formats for this method in presence-absence determination under this Subpart AA.
ii) Colilert®-18. SM 9223 B (97), SM 9223 B (04), or SM 9223 B (16).
iii) Colisure®. SM 9223 B (97), SM 9223 B (04), or SM 9223 B (16).
BOARD NOTE: A supplier may use multiple-tube and multi-well enumerative formats for this method in presence-absence determination under this Subpart AA. A supplier may read Colisure™ Test results after an incubation time of 24 hours.
iv) E*Colite® (98).
v) Readycult® (07).
vi) Modified Colitag™ (09) or Modified Colitag™ (20).
vii) Tecta (14) or Tecta (17).
D) E. coli (following lactose fermentation methods), EC-MUG Medium. Section 1 of SM 9221 F (94), section 1 of SM 9221 F (01), section 1 of SM 9221 F (06), or section 1 of SM 9221 F (14).
E) E. coli, Partition Methods (following membrane filtration methods)
i) EC Broth with MUG (EC-MUG). Section 1.c(2) of SM 9222 G (97) or SM 9222 H (15).
BOARD NOTE: The supplier must make certain changes to the EC broth with MUG (EC-MUG) formulation: 1.5 g potassium dihydrogen phosphate (KH2PO4) and 0.05 g 4-methylumbelliferyl-β-D-glucuronide.
ii) NA-MUG Medium. Section 1.c(1) of SM 9222 G (97) or SM 9222 I (15).
F) E. coli, Membrane Filtration Methods
i) Membrane Filtration Using MI Medium. USEPA 1604 (02).
ii) Hach 10029 (99) (m-ColiBlue24®).
BOARD NOTE: A supplier must begin all filtration series with membrane filtration equipment the supplier sterilized by autoclaving. Exposing filtration equipment to UV light is not adequate to ensure sterilization. Subsequent to the initial autoclaving, the supplier may expose the filtration equipment to UV light to sanitize the funnels between filtrations within a filtration series. Exposure of filtration equipment to UV light is not adequate to ensure sterilization. Alternatively, the supplier may use manufacturer-pre-sterilized membrane filtration equipment (i.e., disposable funnel units).
iii) Chromocult® (00).
iv) RAPID’E. coli (20).
BOARD NOTE: A supplier must begin all filtration series with membrane filtration equipment the supplier sterilized by autoclaving. Exposing filtration equipment to UV light is not adequate to ensure sterilization. Subsequent to the initial autoclaving, the supplier may expose the filtration equipment to UV light to sanitize the funnels between filtrations within a filtration series. Exposure of filtration equipment to UV light is not adequate to ensure sterilization. Alternatively, the supplier may use manufacturer-pre-sterilized membrane filtration equipment (i.e., disposable funnel units).
G) E. coli, Enzyme Substrate Methods
i) Colilert®. SM 9223 B (97), SM 9223 B (04), SM 9223 B (16).
BOARD NOTE: Multiple-tube and multi-well enumerative formats for this method are approved for use in presence-absence determination under this Subpart AA.
ii) Colilert®-18. SM 9223 B (97), SM 9223 B (04), SM 9223 B (16).
iii) Colisure®. SM 9223 B (97), SM 9223 B (04), SM 9223 B (16).
BOARD NOTE: A supplier may use multiple-tube and multi-well enumerative formats for this method in presence-absence determination under this Subpart AA. A supplier may read Colisure™ Test results after an incubation time of 24 hours.
iv) E*Colite® (98).
v) Readycult® (07).
vi) Modified Colitag™ (09) or Modified Colitag™ (20).
vii) Tecta (14) or Tecta (17).
H) Simultaneous Detection of Total Coliforms and E. coli by Dual Chromogen Membrane Filter Procedure (using m-ColiBlue24® medium). SM 9222 J (15).
b) Laboratory Certification. A supplier must have a certified laboratory in one of the categories in Section 611.490(a) analyze all compliance samples this Subpart AA requires. The laboratory the supplier uses for compliance monitoring under this Subpart AA must be certified for each method (and associated contaminants).
c) This subsection (c) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.1052(c), a centralized listing of incorporations by reference for the purposes of subpart Y to 40 CFR 141. The Board has centrally located all incorporations by reference in Section 611.102. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal rules.
BOARD NOTE: This Section derives from 40 CFR 141.852 and appendix A to subpart C of 40 CFR 141. The Board did not separately list approved alternative methods from Standard Methods Online that are the same version as a method appearing in a printed edition of Standard Methods. Using the Standard Methods Online copy is acceptable.
Standard Methods Online, Methods 9221 B-99 and 9221 D-99 appear in the 21st edition as Methods 9221 B and D. This appears in this Section as Methods 9221 B and 9221 D. In this Section, these appear as SM 9221 B (99) and SM 9221 D (99).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 9221 B-06, 9221 D-06, and 9221 F-06 appear in the 22nd edition as Methods 9221 B, D, and F. These appear in this Section as SM 9221 B (06), 9221 D (06), and SM 9221 F (06).
Standard Methods Online, Methods 9222 B-97, 9222 C-97, and 9222 G-97 appear in the 20th edition as Methods 9222 B, 9222 C, and 9222 G. These appear in this Section as SM 9222 B (97), 9222 C (97), and SM 9222 G (97).
Standard Methods Online, Method 9223 B-97 appears in the 20th and 21st editions as Method 9223 B. This appears in this Section as SM 9223 B (97).
Standard Methods Online, Method 9223 B-04 appears in the 22nd edition as Method 9223 B. This appears in this Section as SM 9223 B (04).
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1053 General Monitoring Requirements for all PWSs
a) Sample Siting Plans
1) A supplier must develop a written sample siting plan that identifies sampling sites and a sample collection schedule that are representative of water throughout the distribution system. These plans are subject to Agency review and revision. The supplier must collect total coliform samples according to the written sample siting plan. Monitoring required by Sections 611.1054 through 611.1058 may take place at a customer’s premises, a dedicated sampling station, or another designated compliance sampling location. Routine and repeat sample sites and any sampling points necessary to meet the requirements of Subpart S must be reflected in the sampling plan.
2) A supplier must collect samples at regular time intervals throughout the month, except that systems that use only ground water and serve 4,900 or fewer people may collect all required samples on a single day if they are taken from different sites.
3) A supplier must take at least the minimum number of required samples even if the system has had an E. coli MCL violation or has exceeded the coliform treatment technique triggers in Section 611.1059(a).
4) A supplier may conduct more compliance monitoring than is required by this Subpart AA to investigate potential problems in the distribution system and use monitoring as a tool to assist in uncovering problems. A supplier may take more than the minimum number of required routine samples and must include the results in calculating whether the coliform treatment technique trigger in Section 611.1059(a)(1)(A) and (a)(1)(B) has been exceeded only if the samples are taken in accordance with the existing sample siting plan and are representative of water throughout the distribution system.
5) A supplier must identify repeat monitoring locations in the sample siting plan. Unless the provisions of subsection (a)(5)(A) or (a)(5)(B) are met, the supplier must collect at least one repeat sample from the sampling tap where the original total coliform-positive sample was taken, and at least one repeat sample at a tap within five service connections upstream and at least one repeat sample at a tap within five service connections downstream of the original sampling site. If a total coliform-positive sample is at the end of the distribution system, or one service connection away from the end of the distribution system, the supplier must still take all required repeat samples. However, the Agency may grant a SEP that allows an alternative sampling location in lieu of the requirement to collect at least one repeat sample upstream or downstream of the original sampling site. Except as provided for in subsection (a)(5)(B), a supplier required to conduct triggered source water monitoring under Section 611.802(a) must take ground water source samples in addition to repeat samples required under this Subpart AA.
A) A supplier may propose repeat monitoring locations to the Agency that the supplier believes to be representative of a pathway for contamination of the distribution system. A supplier may elect to specify either alternative fixed locations or criteria for selecting repeat sampling sites on a situational basis in a standard operating procedure (SOP) in its sample siting plan. The supplier must design its SOP to focus the repeat samples at locations that best verify and determine the extent of potential contamination of the distribution system area based on specific situations. The Agency may, by a SEP, modify the SOP or require alternative monitoring locations as the Agency determines is necessary.
B) A GWS supplier that serves 1,000 or fewer people may propose repeat sampling locations to the Agency that differentiate potential source water and distribution system contamination (e.g., by sampling at entry points to the distribution system). A GWS supplier that has a single well and that is required to conduct triggered source water monitoring may, as allowed by a SEP, take one of its repeat samples at the monitoring location required for triggered source water monitoring under Section 611.802(a). The supplier must justify an Agency determination that the sample siting plan remains representative of water quality in the distribution system. If approved by a SEP, the supplier may use that sample result to meet the monitoring requirements in both Section 611.802(a) and this Section.
i) If a repeat sample taken at the monitoring location required for triggered source water monitoring is E. coli-positive, the supplier has violated the E. coli MCL and must also comply with Section 611.802(a)(3). If a supplier takes more than one repeat sample at the monitoring location required for triggered source water monitoring, the supplier may reduce the number of additional source water samples required under Section 611.802(a)(3) by the number of repeat samples taken at that location that were not E. coli-positive.
ii) If a supplier takes more than one repeat sample at the monitoring location required for triggered source water monitoring under Section 611.802(a), and more than one repeat sample is E. coli-positive, the supplier has violated the E. coli MCL and must also comply with Section 611.803(a)(1).
iii) If all repeat samples taken at the monitoring location required for triggered source water monitoring are E. coli-negative and a repeat sample taken at a monitoring location other than the one required for triggered source water monitoring is E. coli-positive, the supplier has violated the E. coli MCL, but is not required to comply with Section 611.802(a)(3).
6) The Agency may, by a SEP, review, revise, and approve, as appropriate, repeat sampling proposed by a supplier under subsections (a)(5)(A) and (a)(5)(B). The supplier must justify an Agency determination that the sample siting plan remains representative of the water quality in the distribution system. The Agency may determine that monitoring at the entry point to the distribution system (especially for undisinfected ground water systems) is effective to differentiate between potential source water and distribution system problems.
b) Special Purpose Samples. Special purpose samples, such as those taken to determine whether disinfection practices are sufficient following pipe placement, replacement, or repair, must not be used to determine whether the coliform treatment technique trigger has been exceeded. Repeat samples taken under Section 611.1058 are not considered special purpose samples, and must be used to determine whether the coliform treatment technique trigger has been exceeded.
c) Invalidation of Total Coliform Samples. A total coliform-positive sample invalidated under this subsection (c) does not count toward meeting the minimum monitoring requirements of this Subpart AA.
1) The Agency may, by a SEP, invalidate a total coliform-positive sample only if the conditions of subsection (c)(1)(A), (c)(1)(B), or (c)(1)(C) are met.
A) The laboratory establishes that improper sample analysis caused the total coliform-positive result.
B) The Agency, on the basis of the results of repeat samples collected as required under Section 611.1058(a), determines that the total coliform-positive sample resulted from a domestic or other non-distribution system plumbing problem. The Agency cannot invalidate a sample on the basis of repeat sample results unless all repeat samples collected at the same tap as the original total coliform-positive sample are also total coliform-positive, and all repeat samples collected at a location other than the original tap are total coliform-negative (e.g., a Agency cannot invalidate a total coliform-positive sample on the basis of repeat samples if all the repeat samples are total coliform-negative, or if the system has only one service connection).
C) The Agency has substantial grounds to believe that a total coliform-positive result is due to a circumstance or condition that does not reflect water quality in the distribution system. In this case, the system must still collect all repeat samples required under Section 611.1058(a), and use them to determine whether a coliform treatment technique trigger in Section 611.1059 has been exceeded. To invalidate a total coliform-positive sample under this subsection (c)(1), the decision and supporting rationale must be documented in writing and approved and signed by the Agency, as a SEP. The Agency must make this document available to USEPA and the public. The written documentation must state the specific cause of the total coliform-positive sample, and what action the supplier has taken, or will take, to correct this problem. The Agency may not invalidate a total coliform-positive sample solely on the grounds that all repeat samples are total coliform-negative.
2) A laboratory must invalidate a total coliform sample (unless total coliforms are detected) if the sample produces a turbid culture in the absence of gas production using an analytical method if gas formation is examined (e.g., the multiple-tube fermentation technique), produces a turbid culture in the absence of an acid reaction in the presence-absence (P–A) coliform test, or exhibits confluent growth or produces colonies too numerous to count with an analytical method using a membrane filter (e.g., membrane filter technique). If a laboratory invalidates a sample because of such interference, the supplier must collect another sample from the same location as the original sample within 24 hours after being notified of the interference problem, and have it analyzed for the presence of total coliforms. The supplier must continue to re-sample within 24 hours and have the samples analyzed until it obtains a valid result. The Agency may, by a SEP, waive the 24-hour time limit on a case-by-case basis. Alternatively, the Agency or any interested person may file a petition for rulemaking, under Sections 27 and 28 of the Act, to establish criteria for waiving the 24-hour sampling time limit to use in lieu of case-by-case extensions.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.853.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1054 Routine Monitoring Requirements for Non-CWSs That Serve 1,000 or Fewer People Using Only Groundwater
a) General
1) This Section applies to non-CWS suppliers that use only groundwater (except groundwater under the direct influence of surface water, as defined in Section 611.102) and that serve 1,000 or fewer people.
2) Following any total coliform-positive sample taken under this Section, a supplier must comply with the repeat monitoring requirements and E. coli analytical requirements in Section 611.1058.
3) Once all monitoring required by this Section and Section 611.1058 for a calendar month has been completed, a supplier must determine whether any coliform treatment technique triggers specified in Section 611.1059 have been exceeded. If any trigger has been exceeded, the supplier must complete assessments as required by Section 611.1059.
4) For the purpose of determining eligibility for remaining on or qualifying for quarterly monitoring under the provisions of subsections (f)(4) and (g)(2), respectively, for transient non-CWS suppliers, the Agency may elect to not count monitoring violations under Section 611.1060(c)(1) if the missed sample is collected no later than the end of the monitoring period following the monitoring period in which the sample was missed. The supplier must collect the make-up sample in a different week than the routine sample for that monitoring period and should collect the sample as soon as possible during the monitoring period. The Agency may not use this provision under subsection (h). This authority does not affect the provisions of Sections 611.1060(c)(1) and 611.1061(a)(4).
b) Monitoring Frequency for Total Coliforms. A supplier must monitor each calendar quarter that the supplier provides water to the public, except for a seasonal system supplier or as provided under subsections (c) through (h) and (j). A seasonal system supplier must meet the monitoring requirements of subsection (i).
c) Transition to This Subpart AA. The Agency must perform a special monitoring evaluation during each sanitary survey to review the status of the supplier’s system, including the distribution system, to determine whether the supplier is on an appropriate monitoring schedule. After the Agency has performed the special monitoring evaluation during each sanitary survey, the Agency may modify the supplier’s monitoring schedule, as the Agency determines is necessary, or the Agency may allow the supplier to stay on its existing monitoring schedule, consistent with the provisions of this Section. The Agency may not allow a supplier to begin less frequent monitoring under the special monitoring evaluation unless the supplier has already met the applicable criteria for less frequent monitoring in this Section. For a seasonal system supplier on quarterly or annual monitoring, this evaluation must include review of the approved sample siting plan, which must designate the time periods for monitoring based on site-specific considerations (e.g., during periods of highest demand or highest vulnerability to contamination). The seasonal system supplier must collect compliance samples during these time periods.
d) Annual Site Visits. A supplier on annual monitoring, including a seasonal system supplier, must have an initial and recurring annual site visit by the Agency that is equivalent to a Level 2 assessment or an annual voluntary Level 2 assessment that meets the criteria in Section 611.1059(b) to remain on annual monitoring. The periodic required sanitary survey may be used to meet the requirement for an annual site visit for the year in which the sanitary survey was completed.
e) Criteria for Annual Monitoring. The Agency may, by a SEP, reduce the monitoring frequency for a well-operated GWS supplier from quarterly routine monitoring to no less than annual monitoring, if the supplier demonstrates that it meets the criteria for reduced monitoring in subsections (e)(1) through (e)(3), except for a supplier that has been on increased monitoring under the provisions of subsection (f). A supplier on increased monitoring under subsection (f) must meet the provisions of subsection (g) to go to quarterly monitoring and must meet the provisions of subsection (h) to go to annual monitoring.
1) The supplier’s system has a clean compliance history for a minimum of 12 months;
2) The most recent sanitary survey shows that the supplier’s system is free of sanitary defects or has corrected all identified sanitary defects, has a protected water source, and meets Agency-approved construction standards; and
3) The Agency has conducted an annual site visit within the last 12 months, and the supplier has corrected all identified sanitary defects. The supplier may substitute a Level 2 assessment that meets the criteria in Section 611.1059(b) for the Agency annual site visit.
f) Increased Monitoring Requirements for Suppliers on Quarterly or Annual Monitoring. A supplier on quarterly or annual monitoring that experiences any of the events identified in subsections (f)(1) through (f)(4) must begin monthly monitoring the month following the event. A supplier on annual monitoring that experiences the event identified in subsections (f)(5) must begin quarterly monitoring the quarter following the event. The supplier must continue monthly or quarterly monitoring until the requirements in subsection (g) for quarterly monitoring or subsection (h) for annual monitoring are met. A supplier on monthly monitoring for reasons other than those identified in subsections (f)(1) through (f)(4) is not considered to be on increased monitoring for the purposes of subsections (g) and (h).
1) The supplier’s system triggers a Level 2 assessment or two Level 1 assessments under the provisions of Section 611.1059 in a rolling 12-month period.
2) The supplier’s system has an E. coli MCL violation.
3) The supplier’s system has a coliform treatment technique violation.
4) The supplier’s system has two Subpart AA monitoring violations or one Subpart AA monitoring violation and one Level 1 assessment under the provisions of Section 611.1059 in a rolling 12-month period for a system on quarterly monitoring.
5) The supplier’s system has one Subpart AA monitoring violation for a system on annual monitoring.
g) Requirements for Returning to Quarterly Monitoring. The Agency may, by a SEP, reduce the monitoring frequency for a supplier on monthly monitoring triggered under subsection (f) to quarterly monitoring if the supplier’s system meets the criteria in subsections (g)(1) and (g)(2).
1) Within the last 12 months, the supplier must have a completed sanitary survey or a site visit of its system by the Agency or a voluntary Level 2 assessment of its system by a party approved by the Agency, the supplier’s system must be free of sanitary defects, and the supplier’s system must have a protected water source; and
2) The supplier’s system must have a clean compliance history for a minimum of 12 months.
h) Requirements for a Supplier on Increased Monitoring to Qualify for Annual Monitoring. The Agency may, by a SEP, reduce the monitoring frequency for a supplier on increased monitoring under subsection (f) if the supplier’s system meets the criteria in subsection (g) and the criteria in subsections (h)(1) and (h)(2).
1) An annual site visit by the Agency and correction of all identified sanitary defects. The supplier may substitute a voluntary Level 2 assessment by a party approved by the Agency for the Agency annual site visit in any given year.
2) The supplier must have in place or adopt one or more of the following additional enhancements to the water system barriers to contamination:
A) Cross connection control, as approved by the Agency.
B) An operator certified by an appropriate Agency certification program or regular visits by a circuit rider certified by an appropriate Agency certification program.
C) Continuous disinfection entering the distribution system and a residual in the distribution system in accordance with criteria specified by the Agency.
D) Demonstration of maintenance of at least a four-log removal or inactivation of viruses as provided for under Section 141.403(b)(3).
E) Other equivalent enhancements to water system barriers as approved by the State.
i) Seasonal Systems
1) All seasonal system suppliers must demonstrate completion of an Agency-approved start-up procedure, which may include a requirement for startup sampling prior to serving water to the public.
2) A seasonal system supplier must monitor every month that it is in operation unless it meets the criteria in subsections (i)(2)(i) through (iii) to be eligible for monitoring less frequently than monthly, except as provided under subsection (c).
A) Seasonal a system supplier monitoring less frequently than monthly must have an approved sample siting plan that designates the time period for monitoring based on site-specific considerations (e.g., during periods of highest demand or highest vulnerability to contamination). A seasonal system supplier must collect compliance samples during this time period.
B) To be eligible for quarterly monitoring, the supplier must meet the criteria in subsection (g).
C) To be eligible for annual monitoring, the supplier must meet the criteria under subsection (h).
3) The Agency may, by a SEP, exempt any seasonal system supplier from some or all of the requirements for seasonal system suppliers if the entire distribution system remains pressurized during the entire period that the supplier’s system is not operating, except that a supplier that monitors less frequently than monthly must still monitor during the vulnerable period designated by the Agency.
j) Additional Routine Monitoring the Month Following a Total Coliform-Positive Sample. A supplier that collects samples on a quarterly or annual frequency must conduct additional routine monitoring the month following one or more total coliform-positive samples (with or without a Level 1 treatment technique trigger). The supplier must collect at least three routine samples during the next month, except that the Agency may, by a SEP, waive this requirement if the conditions of subsection (j)(1), (j)(2), or (j)(3) are met. The supplier may either collect samples at regular time intervals throughout the month or may collect all required routine samples on a single day if samples are taken from different sites. The supplier must use the results of additional routine samples in coliform treatment technique trigger calculations under Section 611.1059(a).
1) The Agency may, by a SEP, waive the requirement to collect three routine samples the next month in which the supplier provides water to the public if the Agency, or an agent approved by the Agency, performs a site visit before the end of the next month in which the supplier’s system provides water to the public. Although a sanitary survey need not be performed, the site visit must be sufficiently detailed to allow the Agency to determine whether additional monitoring or any corrective action is needed. The Agency cannot approve an employee of the supplier to perform this site visit, even if the employee is an agent approved by the Agency to perform sanitary surveys.
2) The Agency may, by a SEP, waive the requirement to collect three routine samples the next month in which the supplier provides water to the public if the Agency has determined why the sample was total coliform-positive and has established that the supplier has corrected the problem or will correct the problem before the end of the next month in which the supplier’s system serves water to the public. In this case, the Agency must document this decision to waive the following month’s additional monitoring requirement in writing, have it approved and signed by the supervisor of the Agency official who recommends such a decision, and make this document available to USEPA and public. The written documentation must describe the specific cause of the total coliform-positive sample and what action the supplier has taken or will take to correct this problem.
3) The Agency may not waive the requirement to collect three additional routine samples the next month in which the supplier’s system provides water to the public solely on the grounds that all repeat samples are total coliform-negative. If the Agency determines that the supplier has corrected the contamination problem before the supplier takes the set of repeat samples required in Section 611.1058, and all repeat samples were total coliform-negative, the Agency may, by a SEP, waive the requirement for additional routine monitoring the next month.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.854.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1055 Routine Monitoring Requirements for CWSs That Serve 1,000 or Fewer People Using Only Groundwater
a) General
1) This Section applies to CWS suppliers that use only ground water (except ground water under the direct influence of surface water, as defined in Section 611.102) and that serve 1,000 or fewer people.
2) Following any total coliform-positive sample taken under the provisions of this Section, the supplier must comply with the repeat monitoring requirements and E. coli analytical requirements in Section 611.1058.
3) Once all monitoring required by this Section and Section 611.1058 for a calendar month has been completed, the supplier must determine whether any coliform treatment technique triggers specified in Section 611.1059 have been exceeded. If any trigger has been exceeded, the supplier must complete assessments as required by Section 611.1059.
b) Monitoring Frequency for Total Coliforms. The monitoring frequency for total coliforms is one sample per month, except as provided for under subsections (c) through (f).
c) Transition to Subpart AA. The Agency must perform a special monitoring evaluation during each sanitary survey to review the status of the supplier’s system, including the distribution system, to determine whether the system is on an appropriate monitoring schedule. After the Agency has performed the special monitoring evaluation during each sanitary survey, the Agency may, by a SEP issued under Section 611.110, modify the supplier’s monitoring schedule, as necessary. Alternatively, the Agency may allow the supplier to stay on its existing monitoring schedule, consistent with the provisions of this Section. The Agency may not allow a supplier to begin less frequent monitoring under the special monitoring evaluation unless the supplier has already met the applicable criteria for less frequent monitoring in this Section.
d) Criteria for Reduced Monitoring
1) The Agency may, by a SEP, reduce the monitoring frequency from monthly monitoring to no less than quarterly monitoring if the supplier is in compliance with Agency-certified operator provisions and demonstrates that it meets the criteria in subsections (d)(1)(A) through (d)(1)(C). A supplier that loses its certified operator must return to monthly monitoring the month following that loss.
A) The supplier has a clean compliance history for a minimum of 12 months.
B) The most recent sanitary survey shows the supplier is free of sanitary defects (or has an approved plan and schedule to correct them and is in compliance with the plan and the schedule), has a protected water source, and meets Agency-approved construction standards.
C) The supplier meets at least one of the following criteria:
i) An annual site visit by the Agency that is equivalent to a Level 2 assessment or an annual Level 2 assessment by a party approved by the Agency and correction of all identified sanitary defects (or an approved plan and schedule to correct them and is in compliance with the plan and schedule).
ii) Cross connection control, as approved by the Agency.
iii) Continuous disinfection entering the distribution system and a residual in the distribution system in accordance with criteria specified by the Agency.
iv) Demonstration of maintenance of at least a 4-log removal or inactivation of viruses as provided for under Section 611.803(b)(3).
v) Other equivalent enhancements to water system barriers as approved by the Agency.
2) This subsection (d)(2) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.855(d)(2), which USEPA has marked “reserved”. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding federal provision.
e) Return to Routine Monthly Monitoring Requirements. A supplier on quarterly monitoring that experience any of the events in subsections (e)(1) through (e)(4) must begin monthly monitoring the month following the event. The supplier must continue monthly monitoring until it meets the reduced monitoring requirements in subsection (d).
1) The supplier triggers a Level 2 assessment or two Level 1 assessments in a rolling 12-month period.
2) The supplier has an E. coli MCL violation.
3) The supplier has a coliform treatment technique violation.
4) The supplier has two Subpart AA monitoring violations in a rolling 12- month period.
f) Additional Routine Monitoring the Month Following a Total Coliform-Positive Sample. A supplier collecting samples on a quarterly frequency must conduct additional routine monitoring the month following one or more total coliform-positive samples (with or without a Level 1 treatment technique trigger). A supplier must collect at least three routine samples during the next month, except that the Agency may, by a SEP, waive this requirement if the conditions of subsection (f)(1), (f)(2), or (f)(3) are met. A supplier may either collect samples at regular time intervals throughout the month or may collect all required routine samples on a single day if samples are taken from different sites. A supplier must use the results of additional routine samples in coliform treatment technique trigger calculations.
1) The Agency may, by a SEP, waive the requirement to collect three routine samples the next month in which the supplier’s system provides water to the public if the Agency, or an agent approved by the Agency, performs a site visit before the end of the next month in which the supplier’s system provides water to the public. Although a sanitary survey need not be performed, the site visit must be sufficiently detailed to allow the Agency to determine whether additional monitoring or any corrective action is needed. The Agency cannot approve an employee of the supplier to perform this site visit, even if the employee is an agent approved by the Agency to perform sanitary surveys.
2) The Agency may, by a SEP, waive the requirement to collect three routine samples the next month in which the supplier’s system provides water to the public if the Agency has determined why the sample was total coliform-positive and has established that the supplier has corrected the problem or will correct the problem before the end of the next month in which the supplier’s system serves water to the public. In this case, the Agency must document this decision to waive the following month’s additional monitoring requirement in writing, have it approved and signed by the supervisor of the Agency official who recommends such a decision, and make this document available to USEPA and the public. The written documentation must describe the specific cause of the total coliform-positive sample and what action the supplier has taken or will take to correct this problem.
3) The Agency may not waive the requirement to collect three additional routine samples the next month in which the supplier’s system provides water to the public solely on the grounds that all repeat samples are total coliform-negative. If the Agency determines that the supplier has corrected the contamination problem before the supplier takes the set of repeat samples required in Section 611.1058, and all repeat samples were total coliform-negative, the Agency may, by a SEP, waive the requirement for additional routine monitoring the next month.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.855.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1056 Routine Monitoring Requirements for Subpart B Systems That Serve 1,000 or Fewer People
a) General
1) The provisions of this Section apply to a Subpart B system supplier that serves 1,000 or fewer people.
2) Following any total coliform-positive sample taken under the provisions of this Section, a supplier must comply with the repeat monitoring requirements and E. coli analytical requirements in Section 611.1058.
3) Once all monitoring required by this Section and Section 611.1058 for a calendar month has been completed, a supplier must determine whether any coliform treatment technique triggers specified in Section 611.1059 have been exceeded. If any trigger has been exceeded, the supplier must complete assessments as required by Section 611.1059.
4) Seasonal System Suppliers
A) All seasonal system suppliers must demonstrate completion of an Agency-approved start-up procedure, which may include a requirement for start-up sampling prior to serving water to the public.
B) The Agency may, by a SEP, exempt any seasonal system supplier from some or all of the requirements for seasonal system suppliers if the supplier’s entire distribution system remains pressurized during the entire period that the supplier’s system is not operating.
b) Routine Monitoring Frequency for Total Coliforms. A Subpart B system supplier (including a consecutive system supplier) must monitor monthly. A supplier may not reduce monitoring.
c) Unfiltered Subpart B System Suppliers. A Subpart B system supplier that does not practice filtration in compliance with Subparts B, R, X, and Z must collect at least one total coliform sample near the first service connection each day that the turbidity level of the source water, measured as specified in Section 611.532(b), exceeds 1 NTU. When one or more turbidity measurements in any day exceed 1 NTU, the supplier must collect this coliform sample within 24 hours after the first exceedance, unless the Agency determines that the supplier, for logistical reasons outside the supplier’s control, cannot have the sample analyzed within 30 hours after collection, and the Agency identifies an alternative sample collection schedule. Sample results from the coliform monitoring required by this subsection (c) must be included in determining whether the coliform treatment technique trigger in Section 611.1059 has been exceeded.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.856.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1057 Routine Monitoring Requirements for PWSs That Serve More Than 1,000 People
a) General
1) The provisions of this Section apply to public water systems serving more than 1,000 persons.
2) Following any total coliform-positive sample taken under the provisions of this Section, the supplier must comply with the repeat monitoring requirements and E. coli analytical requirements in Section 611.1058.
3) Once all monitoring required by this Section and Section 611.1058 for a calendar month has been completed, a supplier must determine whether any coliform treatment technique triggers specified in Section 611.1059 have been exceeded. If any trigger has been exceeded, the supplier must complete assessments as required by Section 611.1059.
4) Seasonal Systems
A) A seasonal system supplier must demonstrate completion of an Agency-approved start-up procedure, which may include a requirement for start-up sampling prior to serving water to the public.
B) The Agency may, by a SEP, exempt any seasonal system supplier from some or all of the requirements for seasonal system suppliers if the supplier’s entire distribution system remains pressurized during the entire period that the supplier’s system is not operating.
b) Monitoring Frequency for Total Coliforms. The monitoring frequency for total coliforms is based on the population served by the supplier’s system, as follows:
Total Coliform Monitoring Frequency for Public Water Systems Serving More Than 1,000 People
c) Unfiltered Subpart B Systems. A Subpart B system supplier that does not practice filtration in compliance with Subparts B, R, X, and Z must collect at least one total coliform sample near the first service connection each day that the turbidity level of the source water, measured as specified in Section 611.532(b), exceeds 1 NTU. When one or more turbidity measurements in any day exceed 1 NTU, the supplier must collect this coliform sample within 24 hours after the first exceedance, unless the Agency determines that the supplier, for logistical reasons outside the supplier’s control, cannot have the sample analyzed within 30 hours after collection, and the Agency identifies an alternative sample collection schedule. Sample results from this coliform monitoring must be included in determining whether the coliform treatment technique trigger in Section 611.1059 has been exceeded.
Population served 1,001 to 2,500 2,501 to 3,300 3,301 to 4,100 4,101 to 4,900 4,901 to 5,800 5,801 to 6,700 6,701 to 7,600 7,601 to 8,500 8,501 to 12,900 12,901 to 17,200 17,201 to 21,500 21,501 to 25,000 25,001 to 33,000 33,001 to 41,000 41,001 to 50,000 50,001 to 59,000 59,001 to 70,000 70,001 to 83,000 83,001 to 96,000 96,001 to 130,000 130,001 to 220,000 220,001 to 320,000 320,001 to 450,000 450,001 to 600,000 600,001 to 780,000 780,001 to 970,000 970,001 to 1,230,000 1,230,001 to 1,520,000 1,520,001 to 1,850,000 1,850,001 to 2,270,000 2,270,001 to 3,020,000 3,020,001 to 3,960,000 3,960,001 or more d) Reduced Monitoring. A supplier may not reduce monitoring, except for a non-CWS supplier that uses only ground water (and not ground water under the direct influence of surface water) and that serves 1,000 or fewer people in some months and more than 1,000 persons in other months. In months when more than 1,000 persons are served, the supplier must monitor at the frequency specified in subsection (a). In months when the supplier serves 1,000 or fewer people, the Agency may, by a SEP, reduce the monitoring frequency, in writing, to a frequency allowed under Section 611.1054 for a similarly situated supplier that always serves 1,000 or fewer people, taking into account the provisions in Section 611.1054(e) through (g).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.857.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1058 Repeat Monitoring and E. coli Requirements
a) Repeat Monitoring
1) If a sample taken under Sections 611.1054 through 611.1057 is total coliform-positive, the supplier must collect a set of repeat samples within 24 hours after being notified of the positive result. The supplier must collect no fewer than three repeat samples for each total coliform-positive sample found. The Agency may, by a SEP, extend the 24- hour limit on a case-by-case basis if the supplier has a logistical problem in collecting the repeat samples within 24 hours that is beyond its control. Alternatively, the Agency may implement criteria for the supplier to use in lieu of case-by-case extensions. In the case of an extension, the Agency must specify how much time the supplier has to collect the repeat samples. The Agency cannot waive the requirement for a supplier to collect repeat samples in subsections (a)(1) through (a)(3).
2) The supplier must collect all repeat samples on the same day, except that the Agency may, by a SEP, allow a supplier with a single service connection to collect the required set of repeat samples over a three-day period or to collect a larger volume repeat samples in one or more sample containers of any size, as long as the total volume collected is at least 300 mℓ.
3) The supplier must collect an additional set of repeat samples in the manner specified in subsections (a)(1) through (a)(3) if one or more repeat samples in the current set of repeat samples is total coliform-positive. The supplier must collect the additional set of repeat samples within 24 hours after being notified of the positive result, unless the Agency extends the limit as provided in subsection (a)(1). The supplier must continue to collect additional sets of repeat samples until either total coliforms are not detected in one complete set of repeat samples or the supplier determines that a coliform treatment technique trigger specified in Section 611.1059(a) has been exceeded as a result of a repeat sample being total coliform-positive and notifies the Agency. If a trigger identified in Section 611.1059 is exceeded as a result of a routine sample being total coliform-positive, the supplier is required to conduct only one round of repeat monitoring for each total coliform-positive routine sample.
4) After a supplier collects a routine sample and before it learns the results of the analysis of that sample, if the supplier collects another routine sample from within five adjacent service connections of the initial sample, and the initial sample, after analysis, is found to contain total coliforms, then the system may count the subsequent sample as a repeat sample instead of as a routine sample.
5) Results of all routine and repeat samples taken under Sections 611.1054 through 611.1058 not invalidated by the Agency must be used to determine whether a coliform treatment technique trigger specified in Section 611.1059 has been exceeded.
b) Escherichia coli (E. coli) Testing
1) If any routine or repeat sample is total coliform-positive, the supplier must analyze that total coliform-positive culture medium to determine if E. coli are present. If E. coli are present, the supplier must notify the Agency by the end of the day when the supplier is notified of the test result, unless the supplier is notified of the result after the Agency office is closed and the Agency does not have either an after-hours phone line or an alternative notification procedure, in which case the supplier must notify the Agency before the end of the next business day.
2) The Agency has the discretion to allow a supplier, on a case-by-case basis, to forego E. coli testing on a total coliform-positive sample if that supplier assumes that the total coliform-positive sample is E. coli-positive. Accordingly, the supplier must notify the Agency as specified in subsection (b)(1) and the provisions of Section 141.63(c) apply.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.858.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1059 Coliform Treatment Technique Triggers and Assessment Requirements for Protection Against Potential Fecal Contamination
a) Treatment Technique Triggers. A supplier must conduct assessments in accordance with subsection (b) after exceeding treatment technique triggers in subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2).
1) Level 1 Treatment Technique Triggers
A) For a supplier taking 40 or more samples per month, the supplier exceeds 5.0% total coliform-positive samples for the month.
B) For a supplier taking fewer than 40 samples per month, the supplier has two or more total coliform-positive samples in the same month.
C) The supplier fails to take every required repeat sample after any single total coliform-positive sample.
2) Level 2 Treatment Technique Triggers
A) An E. coli MCL violation, as specified in Section 611.1060(a).
B) A second Level 1 trigger as defined in subsection (a)(1), within a rolling 12-month period, unless the Agency, by a SEP, has determined a likely reason that the samples that caused the first Level 1 treatment technique trigger were total coliform-positive and has established that the supplier has corrected the problem.
C) For a supplier with approved annual monitoring, a Level 1 trigger in two consecutive years.
b) Requirements for Assessments
1) A supplier must ensure that Level 1 and Level 2 assessments are conducted in order to identify the possible presence of sanitary defects and defects in distribution system coliform monitoring practices. Level 2 assessments must be conducted by parties approved by the Agency.
2) When conducting assessments, the supplier must ensure that the assessor evaluates minimum elements that include review and identification of inadequacies in sample sites; sampling protocol; sample processing; atypical events that could affect distributed water quality or indicate that distributed water quality was impaired; changes in distribution system maintenance and operation that could affect distributed water quality (including water storage); source and treatment considerations that bear on distributed water quality, if appropriate (e.g., small ground water systems); and existing water quality monitoring data. The supplier must conduct the assessment consistent with any Agency directives that tailor specific assessment elements with respect to the size and type of the system and the size, type, and characteristics of the distribution system.
3) Level 1 Assessments. A supplier must conduct a Level 1 assessment consistent with Agency requirements if the supplier exceeds one of the treatment technique triggers in subsection (a)(1).
A) The supplier must complete a Level 1 assessment as soon as practical after any trigger in subsection (a)(1). In the completed assessment form, the supplier must describe sanitary defects detected, corrective actions completed, and a proposed timetable for any corrective actions not already completed. The assessment form may also note that no sanitary defects were identified. The supplier must submit the completed Level 1 assessment form to the Agency within 30 days after the supplier learns that it has exceeded a trigger.
B) If the Agency reviews the completed Level 1 assessment and determines that the assessment is not sufficient (including any proposed timetable for any corrective actions not already completed), the Agency must consult with the supplier. If the Agency, by a SEP, requires revisions after consultation, the supplier must submit a revised assessment form to the Agency on an agreed-upon schedule not to exceed 30 days from the date of the consultation.
C) Upon completion and submission of the assessment form by the supplier, the Agency must determine if the supplier has identified a likely cause for the Level 1 trigger and, if so, establish that the supplier has corrected the problem, or has included a schedule acceptable to the Agency for correcting the problem.
4) Level 2 Assessments. A supplier must ensure that a Level 2 assessment consistent with Agency requirements is conducted if the supplier exceeds one of the treatment technique triggers in subsection (a)(2). The supplier must comply with any expedited actions or additional actions required by the Agency, by a SEP, in the case of an E. coli MCL violation.
A) The supplier must ensure that a Level 2 assessment is completed by the Agency or by a party approved by the Agency as soon as practical after any trigger in subsection (a)(2). The supplier must submit a completed Level 2 assessment form to the Agency within 30 days after the supplier learns that it has exceeded a trigger. The assessment form must describe sanitary defects detected, corrective actions completed, and a proposed timetable for any corrective actions not already completed. The assessment form may also note that no sanitary defects were identified.
B) The supplier may conduct Level 2 assessments if the supplier has staff or management with the certification or qualifications specified by the Agency unless otherwise directed by the Agency, by a SEP.
C) If the Agency reviews the completed Level 2 assessment and determines that the assessment is not sufficient (including any proposed timetable for any corrective actions not already completed), the Agency must consult with the system. If the Agency requires revisions after consultation, the supplier must submit a revised assessment form to the Agency on an agreed-upon schedule not to exceed 30 days.
D) Upon completion and submission of the assessment form by the supplier, the Agency must determine if the system has identified a likely cause for the Level 2 trigger and determine whether the supplier has corrected the problem, or has included a schedule acceptable to the Agency for correcting the problem.
c) Corrective Action. A supplier must correct sanitary defects found through either Level 1 or 2 assessments conducted under subsection (b). For corrections not completed by the time of submission of the assessment form, the supplier must complete the corrective actions in compliance with a timetable approved by the Agency, by a SEP, in consultation with the supplier. The supplier must notify the Agency when each scheduled corrective action is completed.
d) Consultation. At any time during the assessment or corrective action phase, either the water supplier or the Agency may request a consultation with the other party to determine the appropriate actions to be taken. The supplier may consult with the Agency on all relevant information that may impact on its ability to comply with a requirement of this Subpart AA, including the method of accomplishment, an appropriate timeframe, and other relevant information.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.859.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1060 Violations
a) E. coli MCL Violations. A supplier is in violation of the MCL for E. coli when any of the conditions identified in subsections (a)(1) through (a)(4) occur.
1) The supplier has an E. coli-positive repeat sample following a total coliform-positive routine sample.
2) The supplier has a total coliform-positive repeat sample following an E. coli-positive routine sample.
3) The supplier fails to take all required repeat samples following an E. coli-positive routine sample.
4) The supplier fails to test for E. coli when any repeat sample tests positive for total coliform.
b) Treatment Technique Violation
1) A treatment technique violation occurs when a supplier exceeds a treatment technique trigger specified in Section 611.1059(a) and then fails to conduct the required assessment or corrective actions within the timeframe specified in Section 611.1059(b) and (c).
2) A treatment technique violation occurs when a seasonal system supplier fails to complete an Agency-approved start-up procedure prior to serving water to the public.
c) Monitoring Violations
1) Failure to take every required routine or additional routine sample in a compliance period is a monitoring violation.
2) Failure to analyze for E. coli following a total coliform-positive routine sample is a monitoring violation.
d) Reporting Violations
1) Failure to submit a monitoring report or completed assessment form after a supplier properly conducts monitoring or assessment in a timely manner is a reporting violation.
2) Failure to notify the Agency following an E. coli-positive sample as required by Section 611.1058(b)(1) in a timely manner is a reporting violation.
3) Failure to submit certification of completion of Agency-approved start-up procedure by a seasonal system is a reporting violation.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.860.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.1061 Reporting and Recordkeeping
a) Reporting
1) E. coli
A) A supplier must notify the Agency by the end of the day when the system learns of an E. coli MCL violation, unless the supplier learns of the violation after the Agency office is closed and the Agency does not have either an after-hours phone line or an alternative notification procedure, in which case the supplier must notify the Agency before the end of the next business day, and the supplier notifies the public in accordance with Subpart V.
B) A supplier must notify the Agency by the end of the day when the supplier is notified of an E. coli-positive routine sample, unless the supplier is notified of the result after the Agency office is closed and the Agency does not have either an after-hours phone line or an alternative notification procedure, in which case the supplier must notify the Agency before the end of the next business day.
2) A supplier that has violated the treatment technique for coliforms in Section 611.1059 must report the violation to the Agency no later than the end of the next business day after it learns of the violation, and notify the public in accordance with Subpart V.
3) A supplier required to conduct an assessment under the provisions of Section 611.1059 must submit the assessment report within 30 days. The supplier must notify the Agency in accordance with Section 611.1059(c) when each scheduled corrective action is completed for corrections not completed by the time of submission of the assessment form.
4) A supplier that has failed to comply with a coliform monitoring requirement must report the monitoring violation to the Agency within ten days after the supplier discovers the violation, and notify the public in accordance with Subpart V.
5) A seasonal system supplier must certify, prior to serving water to the public, that it has complied with the Agency-approved start-up procedure.
b) Recordkeeping
1) The supplier must maintain any assessment form, regardless of who conducts the assessment, and documentation of corrective actions completed as a result of those assessments, or other available summary documentation of the sanitary defects and corrective actions taken under Section 611.1059 for Agency review. This record must be maintained by the supplier for a period not less than five years after completion of the assessment or corrective action.
2) The supplier must maintain a record of any repeat sample taken that meets Agency criteria for an extension of the 24-hour period for collecting repeat samples as provided for under Section 611.1058(a)(1).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.861.
(Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
SUBPART AG: INTERIM LEAD AND COPPER RULES
Section 611.1350 General Requirements
a) Applicability and Scope
1) Applicability and Complying with this Subpart AG. Subpart G and this Subpart AG constitute NPDWRs for lead and copper. Subpart G and this Subpart AG apply to all community water systems (CWSs) and non-transient, non-community water systems (NTNCWSs).
A) A supplier must comply with this Subpart AG until the earlier of when the supplier complies with Subpart AG or October 16, 2024.
B) If the Agency issued a SEP prior to December 16, 2021, exempting a supplier under any rule in former Subpart G (now this Subpart AG), the supplier must comply with this Subpart AG until that SEP expires.
C) The Agency may issue a SEP requiring a supplier to comply with specified rules in Subpart G before Section 611.350(a)(1)(A) or (a)(1)(B) otherwise requires or as necessary to address issues in a notice the Agency received from USEPA under 40 CFR 142.23 or 142.30. The SEP must specify the rules in Subpart G with which the supplier must comply and their counterparts in this Subpart AG with which the supplier needs no longer comply. The supplier must comply with the SEP-specified Subpart G rules in lieu of their counterparts in this Subpart AG.
D) Relationship Between Subpart G and Subpart AG Rules
i) The rules in this Subpart AG are based on Subpart G as it existed on December 16, 2021, the effective date of USEPA’s Lead and Copper Rule Revisions.
ii) Each rule in this Subpart AG corresponds with a rule in Subpart G by adding the digit “1” immediately after “611.” in the Section number. Removing that “1” from the Section number of a rule in this Subpart AG gives the corresponding rule in Subpart G.
iii) Any action under a rule that was in Subpart G before December 16, 2021, satisfies the corresponding rule in this Subpart AG.
BOARD NOTE: USEPA’s LCRR apply to all suppliers on December 16, 2021. However, USEPA delays requiring compliance with LCRR until October 16, 2024, when any previously granted exemption expires, or as provided otherwise by any of several specified rules for corrosion control treatment; lead service line replacement; public education, supplemental monitoring, and mitigation; monitoring; and reporting (corresponding with 35 Ill. Adm. Code 611.351, 611.354, 611.355, 611.356, or 611.360). Until a supplier must comply with the LCRR, USEPA requires the supplier to comply with subpart I of 40 CFR 141 (2020). This requires the Board to codify two versions of the Lead and Copper Rule: one in this Subpart AG, representing the Lead and Copper Rules prior to the LCRR (40 CFR 141 (2020)), and the other in Subpart G, representing 40 CFR 141 incorporating the LCRR.
2) Scope. This Subpart G establishes a treatment technique including corrosion control treatment, source water treatment, lead service line replacement, and public education. Lead and copper action levels the supplier measures in samples collected at consumers’ taps trigger some of these requirements.
b) Definitions. For this Subpart AG only, this subsection (b) defines certain terms:
“Action level” means the computed concentration of lead or copper in water under subsection (c) determining applicability of some treatment requirements under this Subpart AG. The action level for lead is 0.015 mg/L. The action level for copper is 1.3 mg/L.
“Corrosion inhibitor” means a substance that can reduce corrosivity of water toward metal plumbing materials, especially lead and copper, by forming a protective film on the interior surface of those materials.
“Effective corrosion inhibitor residual” means a concentration of corrosion inhibitor in the drinking water sufficient to form a passivating film on the interior walls of pipe.
“Exceed” or “exceedance”, relative to either the lead or the copper action level, means that the 90th percentile level of the samples the supplier collected during a six-month monitoring period is greater than the lead or copper action level.
“First-draw tap sample” means a one-liter sample of tap water, a supplier collects under Section 611.1356(b)(2), that stood in plumbing pipes for at least six hours and the supplier collects without flushing the tap.
“Large system” means a water system regularly serving water to more than 50,000 persons.
“Lead service line” means a service line made of lead connecting the water main to the building inlet, including any lead pigtail, gooseneck, or other fitting that is connected to such lead line.
“Maximum permissible concentration” or “MPC” means the concentration of lead or copper in finished water entering the supplier’s distribution system, which the Agency designates in a SEP based on the contaminant removal ability of the treatment properly operated and maintained.
BOARD NOTE: This definition derives from 40 CFR 141.83(b)(4) (2020). (See Section 611.1353(b)(4)(B).)
“Medium-sized water system” means a water system regularly serving water to 3,301 to 50,000 persons.
“Meet” or “comply with”, relating to either the lead or the copper action level, means that the 90th percentile level of the supplier’s samples collected during a six-month monitoring period is less than or equal to the lead or copper action level.
“Monitoring period” means any of the six-month periods during which a supplier must complete a cycle of monitoring under this Subpart AG.
“Multiple-family residence” means a building that is currently used as a multiple-family residence, but not one that is also a “single-family structure”.
“90th percentile level” means the concentration of lead or copper that ten percent or fewer of all samples tap water samples under Section 611.1356 exceed during a six-month monitoring period (i.e., that contaminant concentration greater than or equal to the results obtained from 90 percent of the samples). The supplier must determine the 90th percentile levels for copper and lead under subsection (c)(3).
BOARD NOTE: This definition derives from 40 CFR 141.80(c) (2020).
“Optimal corrosion control treatment” means the corrosion control treatment minimizing the lead and copper concentrations at users’ taps while ensuring that the treatment will not violate any national primary drinking water regulations.
“Practical quantitation limit” or “PQL” means the lowest concentration of a contaminant that a well-operated laboratory can reliably analyze within specified limits of precision and accuracy during routine laboratory operating conditions. The PQL for lead is 0.005 mg/ L. The PQL for copper is 0.050 mg/ L.
BOARD NOTE: This definition derives from 40 CFR 141.89(a)(1)(ii) and (a)(1)(iv) (2020).
“Service line sample” means a one-liter sample of water under Section 611.1356(b)(3) that stood for at least six hours in a service line.
“Single-family structure” means a building constructed as a residence for a single-family that the occupant currently uses as a residence or place of business.
“Small system” means a water system regularly serving water to 3,300 or fewer persons.
BOARD NOTE: A small system for purposes of a small system variance under Section 611.131 is distinct from small-sized water system under this Subpart AG.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (b) derives from 40 CFR 141.2 (2020).
c) Lead and Copper Action Levels
1) The supplier exceeds the lead action level if the 90th percentile lead level is greater than 0.015 mg/L.
2) The supplier exceeds the copper action level if the 90th percentile copper level is greater than 1.3 mg/L.
3) Suppliers must compute the 90th percentile lead and copper levels using the specified procedure:
A) The supplier must list the results of all lead or copper samples it took during the six-month monitoring period in ascending order, ranging from the sample with the lowest concentration to the sample with the highest concentration. The supplier must assign each sampling result an ordinal number, ascending by single integers, assigning the number 1 for the sample with the lowest contaminant level. The number the supplier assigns to the sample with the highest contaminant level must equal the total number of samples the supplier took.
B) To determine the 90th percentile sample, the supplier must multiply the total number of samples taken during the six-month monitoring period times 0.9.
C) The contaminant concentration in the sample corresponding with the ordinal number calculating under subsection (c)(3)(B) yields is the 90th percentile contaminant level.
D) For a supplier collecting five samples per six-month monitoring period, the 90th percentile is the average of the highest and second highest concentrations.
E) For a supplier the Agency allows to collect fewer than five samples under Section 611.1356(c), the result for the sample with the highest concentration is the 90th percentile value.
d) Corrosion Control Treatment Requirements
1) Every supplier must install and operate optimal corrosion control treatment.
2) Any supplier complying with the applicable corrosion control treatment requirements the Agency specifies under Sections 611.1351 and 611.1352 is deemed as complying with subsection (d)(1).
e) Source Water Treatment Requirements. Any supplier whose system exceeds the lead or copper action level must implement all applicable source water treatment requirements the Agency specifies under Section 611.1353.
f) Lead Service Line Replacement Requirements. Any supplier whose system exceeds the lead action level after implementing applicable corrosion control and source water treatment must complete the lead service line replacement under Section 611.1354.
g) Public Education Requirements. Under Section 611.1355, the supplier must provide a consumer notice of the lead tap water monitoring results to the persons served at each tested site (tap). Any supplier exceeding the lead action level must implement the public education requirements.
h) Monitoring and Analytical Requirements. A supplier must complete all tap water monitoring for lead and copper, monitoring for water quality parameters, and source water monitoring for lead and copper and analyze the monitoring results under this Subpart AG as Sections 611.1356, 611.1357, 611.1358, and 611.1359 require.
i) Reporting Requirements. A supplier must report any information the treatment provisions of this Subpart AG and Section 611.1360 require to the Agency.
j) Recordkeeping Requirements. A supplier must maintain records as Section 611.1361 requires.
k) Violation of National Primary Drinking Water Regulations. Failing to comply with this Subpart AG, including conditions the Agency imposes in a SEP, violates the lead or copper NPDWRs.
BOARD NOTE: This Section corresponds with Section 611.1350 and derives from 40 CFR 141.80 (2020).
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1351 Applicability of Corrosion Control
a) Corrosion Control Required. A supplier must complete the applicable corrosion control treatment under Section 611.1352 on or before the deadlines in this Section.
1) Large Systems. Each large system supplier (one regularly serving more than 50,000 persons) must complete the corrosion control treatment steps subsection (d) specifies, unless subsection (b)(2) or (b)(3) deems the supplier to have optimized corrosion control.
2) Small and Medium-Sized Systems. Each small system supplier (one regularly serving 3,300 or fewer persons) and each medium-sized water system (one regularly serving 3,301 to 50,000 persons) must complete the corrosion control treatment steps subsection (e) specifies, unless subsection (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) deems the supplier to have optimized corrosion control.
b) Suppliers Deemed to Have Optimized Corrosion Control. Subsection (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) deems a supplier to have optimized corrosion control treatment if the supplier satisfies the criterion the subsection specifies, freeing the supplier from the obligation to complete the applicable corrosion control treatment steps in this Section. Any system subsection (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) deems to have optimized corrosion control having treatment in place must continue operating and maintaining optimal corrosion control treatment and meeting any requirements the Agency determines are appropriate to ensure that the supplier maintains optimal corrosion control treatment.
1) Small and Medium-Sized Systems Meeting Action Levels. Meeting the lead and copper action levels during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods under Section 611.1356 deems a small or medium-sized system supplier to have optimized corrosion control.
2) SEP for Activities Equivalent to Corrosion Control. The Agency must issue a SEP deeming a supplier to have optimized corrosion control treatment upon determining that the supplier conducts activities equivalent to the corrosion control steps under this Section. In making this determination, the Agency must specify the water quality control parameters representing optimal corrosion control under Section 611.1352(f). A water supplier the Agency deems as having optimized corrosion control under this subsection (b)(2) must operate in compliance with the Agency-designated optimal water quality control parameters under Section 611.1352(g) and must continue to conduct lead and copper tap and water quality parameter sampling under Sections 611.1356(d)(3) and 611.1357(d). A supplier must provide the Agency with the following information to support the Agency issuing a SEP under this subsection (b)(2):
A) The results of all test samples the supplier collected for each of the water quality parameters in Section 611.1352(c)(3);
B) A report explaining the test methods the supplier used to evaluate the corrosion control treatments in Section 611.1352(c)(1), the results of all tests conducted, and the basis for the supplier selecting the optimal corrosion control treatment;
C) A report explaining how the supplier installed corrosion control and how the supplier maintains the corrosion control to insure minimal lead and copper concentrations at consumers’ taps; and
D) The results of tap water samples the supplier collected under Section 611.1356 at least once every six months for one year after the supplier installed corrosion control.
3) Results Less Than Practical Quantitation Level (PQL) for Lead. Monitoring results deem supplier to have optimized corrosion control if the supplier submits results of tap water monitoring under Section 611.1356 and source water monitoring under Section 611.1358 demonstrating that for two consecutive six-month monitoring periods the difference between the 90th percentile tap water lead level, computed under Section 611.1350(c)(3), and the highest source water lead concentration is less than the PQL that Section 611.1359(a)(2)(A) specifies.
A) Having a highest source water lead level below the MDL deems a supplier to have optimized corrosion control under this subsection (b)(3) if the 90th percentile tap water lead level is less than or equal to the lead PQL for two consecutive six-month monitoring periods.
B) Any supplier this subsection (b)(3) deems to have optimized corrosion control must continue tap water monitoring for lead and copper no less frequently than once every three calendar years using the reduced number of sites Section 611.1356(c) specifies and collecting the samples at times and locations Section 611.1356(d)(4)(D) specifies.
C) Any supplier this subsection (b)(3) deems to have optimized corrosion control must notify the Agency in writing under Section 611.1360(a)(3) of any upcoming long-term change in treatment or the addition of a new source, as that Section describes. The Agency must review and approve the addition of a new source or any long-term change in water treatment before the supplier adds the source or implements the long-term change.
D) A supplier is not deemed to have optimized corrosion control under this subsection (b)(3) and must implement corrosion control treatment under subsection (b)(3)(E), unless the supplier meets the copper action level.
E) Any supplier this subsection (b)(3) no longer deems to have optimized corrosion control must implement corrosion control treatment under subsection (e). Any large system supplier this subsection (b)(3) no longer deems to have optimized corrosion control must adhere to the schedule that subsection (e) specifies for a medium-sized water system supplier, with the time periods for completing each step being triggered by the date the supplier is no longer deemed to have optimized corrosion control under this subsection (b)(3).
c) Suppliers Not Required to Complete Corrosion Control Steps for Having Met Both Action Levels
1) Any small or medium-sized water system supplier, otherwise required to complete the corrosion control steps because it exceeded the lead or copper action level, may cease completing the treatment steps after fulfilling specific conditions:
A) The supplier meets both the copper and lead action levels during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods under Section 611.1356; and
B) The supplier submits the results for those two consecutive six-month monitoring periods to the Agency.
2) A supplier that ceases completing the corrosion control steps under subsection (c)(1) (or the Agency, if appropriate) must resume completion of the applicable treatment steps, beginning with the first treatment step that the supplier previously did not complete in its entirety, if the supplier thereafter exceeds the lead or copper action level during any monitoring period.
3) The Agency may issue a SEP requiring a supplier to repeat treatment steps the supplier previously completed if the Agency determines that this is necessary to properly implement the treatment requirements of this Section. The Agency must explain the basis for its decision in any SEP.
4) A small or medium-sized water system supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level triggers the requirement to implement corrosion control treatment steps under subsection (e) (including systems deemed to have optimized corrosion control under subsection (b)(1)).
d) Treatment Steps for Large Systems. Except as subsections (b)(2) and (b)(3) provide otherwise, a large system must complete certain corrosion control treatment steps as specific rules provide).
1) Step 1: Initial monitoring during two consecutive six-month monitoring periods (under Sections 611.1356(d)(1) and 611.1357(b)).
2) Step 2: Corrosion control studies (under Section 611.1352(c)).
3) Step 3: The Agency approving optimal corrosion control treatment in a SEP (under Section 611.1352(d)).
4) Step 4: Installing optimal corrosion control treatment (under Section 611.1352(e)).
5) Step 5: Completing follow-up sampling (under Sections 611.1356(d)(2) and 611.1357(c)).
6) Step 6: The Agency reviewing installed treatment and approving optimal water quality control parameters (under Section 611.1352(f)).
7) Step 7: Complying with the Agency-specified optimal water quality control parameters (under Section 611.1352(g)) and continuing tap sampling (under Sections 611.1356(d)(3) and 611.1357(d)).
e) Treatment Steps and Deadlines for Small and Medium-Sized Water Systems. Except as subsection (b) provides otherwise, a small and medium-sized system supplier must complete certain corrosion control treatment steps as specific rules provide before the indicated time periods.
1) Step 1: The supplier must conduct initial tap sampling (under Sections 611.1356(d)(1) and 611.1357(b)) until the supplier either exceeds the lead or copper action level or becomes eligible for reduced monitoring under Section 611.1356(d)(4). A supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level must recommend optimal corrosion control treatment (under Section 611.1352(a)) within six months after the end of the monitoring period during which the exceedance occurred.
2) Step 2: Within 12 months after the end of the monitoring period during which a supplier exceeds the lead or copper action level, the Agency may require the supplier to perform corrosion control studies (under Section 611.1352(b)). If the Agency does not require the supplier to perform corrosion control studies, the Agency must issue a SEP specifying optimal corrosion control treatment (under Section 611.1352(d)) within the appropriate of specific timeframes:
A) For a medium-sized water system, within 18 months after the end of the monitoring period during which the supplier exceeded the lead or copper action level; or
B) For a small system, within 24 months after the end of the monitoring period during which the supplier exceeded the lead or copper action level.
3) Step 3: If the Agency requires a supplier to perform corrosion control studies under step 2 (subsection (e)(2)), the supplier must complete the studies (under Section 611.1352(c)) within 18 months after the Agency requires the supplier to conduct the studies.
4) Step 4: If a supplier performs corrosion control studies under step 2 (subsection (e)(2)), the Agency must issue a SEP approving optimal corrosion control treatment (under Section 611.1352(d)) within six months after the supplier completes step 3 (under subsection (e)(3)).
5) Step 5: The supplier must install optimal corrosion control treatment (under Section 611.1352(e)) within 24 months after the Agency approves that treatment.
6) Step 6: The supplier must complete follow-up sampling (under Sections 611.1356(d)(2) and 611.1357(c)) within 36 months after the Agency approves optimal corrosion control treatment.
7) Step 7: The Agency must review the supplier’s installation of treatment and issue a SEP approving optimal water quality control parameters (under Section 611.1352(f)) within six months after the supplier completes step 6 (under subsection (e)(6)).
8) Step 8: The supplier must comply with the Agency-approved optimal water quality control parameters (under Section 611.1352(g)) and continue tap sampling (under Sections 611.1356(d)(3) and 611.1357(d)).
BOARD NOTE: This Section corresponds with Section 611.1351 and derives from 40 CFR 141.81 (2020).
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1352 Corrosion Control Treatment
Each supplier must complete the corrosion control treatment requirements this Section describes that applying to the supplier under Section 611.1351.
a) System Recommendation Regarding Corrosion Control Treatment
1) Based on the results of lead and copper tap monitoring and water quality parameter monitoring, a small or medium-sized system exceeding the lead or copper action level must recommend to the Agency that the supplier install one or more of the corrosion control treatments in subsection (c)(1) that the supplier believes constitutes optimal corrosion control for its system.
2) The Agency may issue a SEP requiring the supplier to conduct additional water quality parameter monitoring under Section 611.1357(b) to assist the Agency in reviewing the supplier’s recommendation.
b) Agency-Required Studies of Corrosion Control Treatment. The Agency may issue a SEP requiring a small or medium-sized system supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level to perform corrosion control studies under subsection (c) to identify optimal corrosion control treatment for the supplier’s system.
c) Performance of Studies
1) Any supplier performing corrosion control studies must evaluate the effectiveness of each of certain treatments and combinations of those treatments if appropriate to identify the optimal corrosion control treatment for the supplier’s system:
A) Adjusting alkalinity and pH;
B) Adjusting calcium hardness; and
C) Adding a phosphate- or silicate-based corrosion inhibitor at a concentration sufficient to maintain an effective residual concentration in all test tap samples.
2) The supplier must evaluate each of the corrosion control treatments using pipe rig/loop tests; metal coupon tests; partial-system tests; or analyses based on documented analogous treatments in other systems of similar size, water chemistry, and distribution system configuration.
3) The supplier must measure specific water quality parameters in any tests the supplier conducts under this subsection (c) before and after evaluating the corrosion control treatments in subsection (c)(1):
A) Lead;
B) Copper;
C) pH;
D) Alkalinity;
E) Calcium;
F) Conductivity;
G) Orthophosphate (when the supplier uses an inhibitor containing a phosphate compound);
H) Silicate (when the supplier uses an inhibitor containing a silicate compound); and
I) Water temperature.
4) The supplier must identify all chemical or physical constraints that limit or prohibit using any particular corrosion control treatment and document those constraints:
A) With data and documentation showing that a particular corrosion control treatment adversely affects other water treatment processes when another supplier uses that treatment in a system with water having comparable water quality characteristics; or
B) With data and documentation demonstrating that the supplier previously evaluated a particular corrosion control treatment, finding either that the treatment is ineffective or adversely affects other water quality treatment processes.
5) The supplier must evaluate the effect of the evaluated corrosion control treatment chemicals on other water quality treatment processes.
6) Based on an analysis of the data the supplier generated during each evaluation, the supplier must recommend in writing to the Agency the treatment option the corrosion control studies indicate constitutes optimal corrosion control treatment for the supplier’s system. The supplier must give a rationale for its recommendation together with all supporting documentation subsections (c)(1) through (c)(5) specify.
d) Agency Approval of Treatment
1) Based on consideration of available information, including applicable studies the supplier performed under subsection (c) and a supplier’s recommended treatment alternative, the Agency must either issue a SEP requiring the corrosion control treatment option the supplier recommended or deny a SEP and require the supplier to further investigate and recommend alternative corrosion control treatments from among those in subsection (c)(1). When approving optimal corrosion control treatment, the Agency must consider the effects that additional corrosion control treatment will have on water quality parameters and other water quality treatment processes.
2) The Agency must notify the supplier of the basis for this determination in any SEP it issues under subsection (d)(1).
e) Installing Optimal Corrosion Control. A supplier must properly install and operate the optimal corrosion control treatment throughout its distribution system that the Agency approved under subsection (d).
f) Agency Review of Treatment and Specification of Optimal Water Quality Control Parameters. The Agency must evaluate the results of all lead and copper tap samples and water quality parameter samples the supplier submits and determine whether the supplier properly installs and operates the optimal corrosion control treatment the Agency approves under subsection (d).
1) Upon reviewing the results of the supplier’s tap water and water quality parameter monitoring, both before and after installing optimal corrosion control treatment, the Agency must issue a SEP specifying operating parameters:
A) A minimum value or range of values for pH at each entry point to the distribution system;
B) A minimum pH value for all tap samples. This value must be equal to or greater than 7.0, unless the Agency determines that a pH 7.0 is not technologically feasible or is not necessary for the supplier to optimize corrosion control;
C) If the supplier uses a corrosion inhibitor, a minimum inhibitor concentration or range of concentrations, for each entry point to the distribution system and in all tap samples, that the Agency determines is necessary to form a passivating film on the interior walls of the pipes of the distribution system;
D) If the supplier adjusts alkalinity as part of optimal corrosion control treatment, a minimum concentration or a range of concentrations for alkalinity for each entry point to the distribution system and in all tap samples;
E) If the supplier uses calcium carbonate stabilization as part of corrosion control, a minimum concentration or a range of concentrations for calcium in all tap samples.
2) The values for the applicable water quality control parameters in subsection (f)(1) must be those the Agency determines reflect optimal corrosion control treatment for the supplier.
3) The Agency may issue a SEP approving values for additional water quality control parameters the Agency determines reflect optimal corrosion control for the supplier’s system.
4) The Agency must explain the determinations under subsection (f)(3) giving the basis for its decisions in a SEP.
g) Continued Operation and Monitoring. All suppliers optimizing corrosion control must continue to operate and maintain optimal corrosion control treatment, including maintaining water quality parameter values at or above minimum values or within ranges the Agency approved under subsection (f), under this subsection (g) for all samples the supplier collects under Section 611.1357(d) through (f). The supplier must determine whether it complies with this subsection (g) every six months, as Section 611.1357(d) specifies. A water system does not comply with this subsection (g) in any six-month period during which the supplier has excursions from any Agency-specified parameter on more than nine days. An excursion occurs whenever the daily value for one or more of the water quality parameters measured at a sampling location is below the Agency-designated minimum value or outside the Agency-designated range. The supplier calculates daily values as subsections (g)(1) through (g)(3) provide. The Agency must delete results from this calculation that it determines are obvious sampling errors.
1) On days when the supplier collects more than one measurement for a water quality parameter at a sampling location, the daily value is the average of all results the supplier collected during the day, regardless of whether the supplier collected the samples through continuous monitoring, grab sampling, or a combination of both.
BOARD NOTE: Corresponding 40 CFR 141.82(g)(1) (2020) further provides as follows: If USEPA approves an alternative formula under 40 CFR 142.16 in the State’s application for a program revision submitted under 40 CFR 142.12, the approved formula is used to aggregate multiple measurements at a sampling point for the water quality parameter in lieu of the formula in this subsection (g).
2) On days when the supplier collects only one measurement for a water quality parameter at a sampling location, the daily value is that measurement.
3) On days when the supplier collects no measurement for a water quality parameter at a sampling location, the daily value is the daily value calculated on the most recent day on which the supplier measured the water quality parameter at the sample site.
h) Modifying Agency Treatment Decisions
1) On its own initiative or in response to a request by the supplier, the Agency may issue a SEP modifying its determination of the optimal corrosion control treatment under subsection (d) or of the optimal water quality control parameters under subsection (f).
2) A supplier must request modification in writing, explaining the propriety of the modification and providing supporting documentation.
3) The Agency may modify its determination if it determines that a change will ensure that the supplier continues optimizing corrosion control treatment. A revised determination must give the new treatment requirements, explain the basis for the Agency’s decision, and provide an implementation schedule for completing the treatment modifications.
4) Any interested person may submit information to the Agency bearing on whether the Agency should exercise its discretion and issue a SEP modifying its determination under subsection (h)(1). An Agency determination not to act on information an interested person submits is not an Agency determination for the purposes of Sections 39 and 40 of the Act.
i) USEPA Treatment Decisions. Under 40 CFR 142.19, USEPA reserves the prerogative to review Agency treatment determinations under subsections (d), (f), or (h) and issue federal treatment determinations consistent with 40 CFR 141.82(d), (e), or (h) (2020) if USEPA finds that certain conditions exist:
1) The Agency fails to issue a treatment determination by the applicable deadlines in Section 611.1351 (corresponding with 40 CFR 141.81 (2020));
2) The Agency abuses its discretion in a substantial number of instances or in instances affecting a substantial population; or
3) The technical aspects of the Agency’s determination would be indefensible in a federal enforcement action taken against the supplier.
BOARD NOTE: This Section corresponds with Section 611.1352 and derives from 40 CFR 141.82 (2020).
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1353 Source Water Treatment
A supplier must complete source water monitoring and treatment requirements (under subsection (b) and Sections 611.1356 and 611.1358) before specific deadlines.
a) Deadlines for Completing Source Water Treatment Steps
1) Step 1: A supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level must complete lead and copper and source water monitoring (under Section 611.1358(b)) and recommend treatment to the Agency (under subsection (b)(1)) within 180 days after the end of the tap monitoring period during which the supplier exceeded the action level.
2) Step 2: The Agency must issue a SEP determining source water treatment (under subsection (b)(2)) within six months after the supplier submits monitoring results under step 1.
3) Step 3: If the Agency requires installing source water treatment, the supplier must install that treatment (under subsection (b)(3)) within 24 months after the Agency completes step 2.
4) Step 4: The supplier must complete follow-up tap water monitoring (under Section 611.1356(d)(2)) and source water monitoring (under Section 611.1358(c)) within 36 months after completion of step 2.
5) Step 5: The Agency must issue a SEP reviewing the supplier’s installation and operation of source water treatment and specify MPCs for lead and copper (under subsection (b)(4)) within six months after the Agency completes step 4.
6) Step 6: The supplier must comply with the Agency-specified lead and copper MPCs (under subsection (b)(4)) and continue source water monitoring (under Section 611.1358(d)).
b) Source Water Treatment Requirements
1) System Treatment Recommendation. Any supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level must recommend to the Agency in writing one of the source water treatments in subsection (b)(2). A supplier may recommend installing no treatment based on a demonstration that source water treatment is not necessary to minimize lead and copper levels at users’ taps.
2) Agency Determination Regarding Source Water Treatment
A) The Agency must evaluate the results of all source water samples the supplier submitted to determine whether source water treatment is necessary to minimize lead or copper levels in water the supplier delivers to users’ taps.
B) If the Agency determines treatment necessary, the Agency must issue a SEP requiring the supplier to install and operate either the source water treatment the supplier recommended (if any) or another from among specific source water treatment techniques:
i) ion exchange;
ii) reverse osmosis;
iii) lime softening; or
iv) coagulation/filtration.
C) The Agency may require the supplier to submit, on or before a certain date, any additional information as the Agency determines is necessary to aid its review.
D) The Agency must notify the supplier in writing of its determination, stating the basis for its decision.
3) Installing Source Water Treatment. A supplier must properly install and operate the source water treatment the Agency approves under subsection (b)(2).
4) Agency Reviewing Source Water Treatment and Specifying Maximum Permissible Source Water Levels (MPCs)
A) The Agency must review the source water samples the supplier took both before and after the supplier installs source water treatment and determine whether the supplier properly installs and operates the approved source water treatment.
B) Based on its review, the Agency must issue a SEP approving the lead and copper MPCs for finished water entering the supplier’s distribution system. The MPC levels must reflect the contaminant removal capability of the treatment when properly operated and maintained.
C) The Agency must explain the basis for its decision under subsection (b)(4)(B).
5) Continued Operation and Maintenance. A supplier must maintain lead and copper levels below the MPCs the Agency approved at every sampling point the supplier monitors under Section 611.1358. The supplier does not comply with this subsection (b) if the level of lead or copper at any sampling point is greater than the MPC the Agency approved under subsection (b)(4)(B).
6) Modifying Agency Treatment Decisions
A) On its own initiative, or in response to a request by the supplier, the Agency may issue a SEP modifying its determination of the source water treatment under subsection (b)(2) or the lead and copper MPCs under subsection (b)(4).
B) A supplier must make a request to modify in writing, explaining the propriety of the modification, and providing supporting documentation.
C) The Agency may issue a SEP modifying its determination if it concludes that the change is necessary to ensure that the supplier continues minimizing lead and copper concentrations in source water.
D) A revised determination under subsection (b)(6)(C) must state the new treatment requirements, explain the basis for the Agency’s decision, and provide a schedule for completing the treatment modifications.
E) Any interested person may submit information to the Agency in writing bearing on whether the Agency should exercise its discretion and issue a SEP modifying its determination under subsection (b)(2). An Agency determination not to act on information an interested person submits is not an Agency determination for the purposes of Sections 39 and 40 of the Act.
7) USEPA Treatment Decisions. Under 40 CFR 142.19, USEPA reserves the prerogative to review Agency treatment determinations under subsections (b)(2), (b)(4), or (b)(6) and issue federal treatment determinations consistent with 40 CFR 141.83(b)(2), (b)(4), and (b)(6) (2020) if USEPA finds that certain conditions exist:
A) the Agency fails to issue a treatment determination by the applicable deadline in subsection (a);
B) the Agency abuses its discretion in a substantial number of instances or in instances affecting a substantial population; or
C) the technical aspects of the Agency’s determination would be indefensible in a federal enforcement action taken against the supplier.
BOARD NOTE: This Section corresponds with Section 611.1353 and derives from 40 CFR 141.83 (2020).
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1354 Lead Service Line Replacement
a) Suppliers That Must Replace Lead Service Lines
1) If the results from tap samples the supplier took under Section 611.1356(d)(2) exceed the lead action level after the supplier installs corrosion control or source water treatment (whichever sampling occurs later), the supplier must recommence replacing lead service lines under subsection (b).
2) If a supplier violates Section 611.1351 or 611.1353 by failing to install source water or corrosion control treatment, the Agency may issue a SEP requiring the supplier to begin lead service line replacement under this Section after the date when Section 611.1356(d)(2) required the supplier to conduct monitoring.
b) Annually Replacing Lead Service Lines
1) Initiating a Lead Service Line Replacement Program
A) A supplier that subsection (a) requires to begin replacing lead service lines must annually replace at least seven percent of the initial number of lead service lines in its distribution system.
B) The initial number of lead service lines in a distribution system is the number of lead lines in place when the supplier begins its replacement program.
C) The supplier must identify the initial number of lead service lines in its distribution system, indicating the portions of the system the supplier owns, based on a materials evaluation, including the evaluation Section 611.1356(a) requires and relevant legal authorities (e.g., contracts, local ordinances, etc.) regarding the portion the supplier owns.
D) The first year of lead service line replacement must begin on the first day after the end of the monitoring period during which the supplier exceeded the action level under subsection (a).
E) If the supplier must monitor annually or less frequently, the end of the monitoring period is September 30 of the calendar year in which the supplier took the sample exceeding the action level.
F) If the Agency establishes an alternative monitoring period in a SEP, the end of the monitoring period is the last day of that period.
2) Resuming a Lead Service Line Replacement Program after Cessation
A) A supplier resuming after ceasing its lead service line replacement program, as subsection (f) allows, must update its remaining lead service lines inventory to include the sites the supplier previously determined did not require replacement under subsection (c).
B) The supplier must divide its updated remaining lead service lines inventory by the number of remaining years in the program to determine the number of lines that the supplier must replace each year. (Seven percent lead service line replacement is based on a 15-year replacement program, so that, for example, a supplier resuming lead service line replacement after previously conducting two years of replacement would divide its updated inventory by 13.)
C) For a supplier completing a 15-year lead service line replacement program, the Agency must issue a SEP determining a schedule for replacing or retesting lines under the completed program that the supplier previously tested, whenever the supplier re-exceeds the action level.
c) Service Lines Not Needing Replacement. A supplier is not required to replace any individual lead service line for which the lead concentrations in all tap samples taken under Section 611.1356(b)(3) are less than or equal to the lead action level (0.015 mg/L).
d) A water supplier must replace that portion of the lead service line that it owns. If the supplier does not own the entire lead service line, the supplier must notify the owner of the line, or the owner’s authorized agent, that the supplier will replace the portion of the service line that it owns and offer to replace the owner’s portion of the line at the owner’s expense. A supplier needs not bear the cost of replacing the privately-owned portion of the service line, nor needs the supplier replace the privately-owned portion of the service line if the owner chooses not to pay the cost of replacing that portion of the line or if State, local, or common law precludes replacing the privately-owned portion of the line. A water supplier that does not replace the entire length of the service line also must complete certain tasks:
1) Notice Prior to Beginning Work
A) At least 45 days prior to beginning partial replacement of a lead service line, the water supplier must notify the residents of all buildings the line serves explaining that the residents may experience a temporary increase of lead levels in their drinking water, along with guidance on measures consumers can take to minimize their exposure to lead.
B) The Agency may issue a SEP allowing the water supplier to provide notice under the previous sentence less than 45 days before beginning partial lead service line replacement if the Agency determines that the replacement is together with emergency repairs.
C) The supplier must also inform the residents the line serves that the supplier will, at the supplier’s expense, collect a representative sample of the water from the partially replaced service line for analysis of lead content, as Section 611.1356(b)(3) requires, within 72 hours after partially replacing the service line. The supplier must collect the sample and report the results of the analysis to the owner and the residents the line serves within three business days after receiving the results.
D) Mailed notices post-marked within three business days after the supplier receives the results are timely.
2) The water supplier must provide the information subsection (d)(1) requires to the residents of individual dwellings by mail or by other methods the Agency approved in a SEP. If the service line serves multi-family dwellings, the Agency must allow the water supplier to post the information at a conspicuous location.
e) Agency Determining a Shorter Replacement Schedule
1) The Agency must issue a SEP requiring a supplier to replace lead service lines on a shorter schedule than this Section otherwise requires if the Agency determines, taking into account the number of lead service lines in the system, that the supplier’s shorter replacement schedule is feasible.
2) The Agency must notify the supplier of its finding under subsection (e)(1) within six months after monitoring triggers the supplier into beginning lead service line replacement under subsection (a).
f) Ceasing Service Line Replacement
1) Any supplier may cease replacing lead service lines whenever the supplier fulfills both two conditions:
A) First-draw tap samples the supplier collected under Section 611.1356(b)(2) meet the lead action level during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods; and
B) The supplier submitted those results to the Agency.
2) If any of the supplier’s first-draw tap samples later exceeds the lead action level, the supplier must resume replacing lead service lines under subsection (b)(2).
g) To demonstrate that it complies with subsections (a) through (d), a supplier must report to the Agency the information Section 611.1360(e) specifies.
BOARD NOTE: This Section corresponds with Section 611.1354 and derives from 40 CFR 141.84 (2020).
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1355 Public Education and Supplemental Monitoring
A supplier exceeding the lead action level based on tap water samples under Section 611.1356 must deliver the public education materials subsection (a) requires under subsection (b). A supplier exceeding the lead action level must sample the tap water of any customer requesting sampling under subsection (c). A supplier must deliver a consumer notice of lead tap water monitoring results to persons the supplier serves at each site that the supplier tests, as subsection (d) specifies.
a) Content of Written Public Education Materials
1) Community Water Systems and Non-Transient Non-Community Water Systems. A CWS or NTNCWS supplier must include the following elements in printed materials (e.g., brochures and pamphlets) in the same order as listed in subsections (a)(1)(A) through (a)(1)(F). In addition, the supplier must use the verbatim language in subsections (a)(1)(A), (a)(1)(B), and (a)(1)(F), except for replacing the text in brackets with the system-specific information. Any additional information a supplier presents must be consistent with the information in subsections (a)(1)(A) through (a)(1)(F), and the supplier must present the additional information in plain language that the general public can understand. The supplier must submit all written public education materials to the Agency.
A) IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT LEAD IN YOUR DRINKING WATER. [INSERT NAME OF SUPPLIER] found elevated levels of lead in drinking water in some homes/buildings. Lead can cause serious health problems, especially for pregnant women and young children. Please read this information closely to see what you can do to reduce lead in your drinking water.
B) Health Effects of Lead. Lead can cause serious health problems if too much enters your body from drinking water or other sources. It can cause damage to the brain and kidneys and can interfere with the production of red blood cells that carry oxygen to all parts of your body. The greatest risk of lead exposure is to infants, young children, and pregnant women. Scientists have linked the effects of lead on the brain with lowered IQ in children. Adults with kidney problems and high blood pressure can be affected by low levels of lead more than healthy adults. Lead is stored in the bones, and it can be released later in life. During pregnancy, the child receives lead from the mother’s bones, which may affect brain development.
C) Sources of Lead
i) Explain what lead is.
ii) Explain possible sources of lead in drinking water and how lead enters drinking water. Include information on home and building plumbing materials and service lines that may contain lead.
iii) Discuss other important sources of lead exposure in addition to drinking water (e.g., paint).
BOARD NOTE: The supplier must use text providing the information this subsection (a)(1)(C) describes.
D) Discuss the steps the consumer can take to reduce exposure to lead in drinking water.
i) Encourage running the water to flush out the lead.
ii) Explain concerns with using hot water from the tap and specifically caution against the use of hot water for preparing baby formula.
iii) Explain that boiling water does not reduce lead levels.
iv) Discuss other options consumers can take to reduce exposure to lead in drinking water, such as alternative sources or water treatment.
v) Suggest that parents have their child’s blood tested for lead.
BOARD NOTE: The supplier must use text providing the information this (a)(1)(D) describes.
E) Explain why there are elevated levels of lead in the supplier’s drinking water (if known) and what the supplier is doing to reduce the lead levels in homes and buildings in this area.
BOARD NOTE: The supplier must use text providing the information this (a)(1)(E) describes.
F) For more information, call us at [INSERT THE SUPPLIER’S NUMBER] [(IF APPLICABLE), or visit our Web site at [INSERT THE SUPPLIER’S WEB SITE HERE]]. For more information on reducing lead exposure around your home/building and the health effects of lead, visit USEPA’s Web site at www.epa.gov/lead or contact your health care provider.
2) Community Water Systems. In addition to including the elements subsection (a)(1) specifies, a CWS supplier must include two information items:
A) The supplier must tell consumers how to get their water tested; and
B) The supplier must discuss lead in plumbing components and the difference between low-lead and lead-free components.
BOARD NOTE: At corresponding 40 CFR 141.85(a)(1) (2020), USEPA allowed the State to require prior approval of written public information materials. Rather than require prior Agency approval, the Board chooses to allow the Agency to raise any deficiencies that it may perceive using its existing procedure for review of public education materials. The Agency outlines its standard practice for review of public information materials: The Agency provides a comprehensive public education packet to the supplier together with the notice that the supplier exceeds the lead action level. That packet includes guidance and templates for the supplier to use in preparing and distributing its public education materials. The supplier must send a copy of the public education materials that it distributes to the Agency, and the Agency reviews the copy of the materials after their distribution to the public. The Agency directly communicates to the supplier any perceived defects in the materials. The Agency will request correction when it perceives minor defects in future distributions of the public education materials, or the Agency will request a redistribution of corrected public education materials when it perceives major defects in the materials the supplier already distributed.
b) Delivering Public Education Materials
1) The public education materials of a supplier serving a large proportion of non-English-speaking consumers must contain information in the appropriate languages regarding the importance of the notice, or the materials must contain a telephone number or address where a water consumer may contact the supplier to obtain a translated copy of the public education materials or to request assistance in the appropriate language.
2) A CWS supplier exceeding the lead action level on the basis of tap water samples under Section 611.1356 not already conducting public education tasks under this Section must complete public education tasks within 60 days after the end of the monitoring period in which the exceedance occurred:
A) The CWS supplier must deliver printed materials complying with subsection (a) to all of its bill-paying customers.
B) Methods of Delivery for a CWS Supplier
i) The CWS supplier must contact customers who are most at risk by delivering education materials complying with subsection (a) to local public health agencies, even if those agencies not located within the supplier’s service area, along with an informational notice encouraging distribution to all of the agencies’ potentially affected customers or the supplier’s consumers. The supplier must contact the local public health agencies directly by phone or in person. The local public health agencies may provide a specific list of additional community-based organizations serving the target populations, which may include organizations outside the service area of the supplier. If local health agencies provide lists, the supplier must deliver education materials that comply with subsection (a) to each of the organizations on the provided lists.
ii) The CWS supplier must contact customers who are most at risk by delivering materials complying with subsection (a) to the organizations in subsections (b)(2)(H)(i) through (b)(2)(H)(vi) that are located within the supplier’s service area, along with an informational notice encouraging distribution to all the organization’s potentially affected customers or supplier’s users.
BOARD NOTE: The Board moved the text of 40 CFR 141.85(b)(2)(ii)(B)(1) through (b)(2)(ii)(B)(6) (2020) to appear as subsections (b)(2)(H)(i) through (b)(2)(H)(vi) to comport with allowed indent levels.
iii) The CWS supplier must make a good faith effort to locate the organizations in subsections (b)(2)(I)(i) through (b)(2)(I)(iii) that are located within the service area and deliver materials complying with subsection (a) to those organizations, along with an informational notice encouraging distribution to all potentially affected customers or users. The good faith effort to contact at-risk customers may include requesting a specific contact list of these organizations from the local public health agencies, even if those organizations are not located within the supplier’s service area.
BOARD NOTE: The Board moved the text of 40 CFR 141.85(b)(2)(ii)(C)(1) through (b)(2)(ii)(C)(3) (2020) to appear as subsections (b)(2)(I)(i) through (b)(2)(I)(iii) to comport with allowed indent levels.
C) No less often than quarterly, the CWS supplier must provide information on or in each water bill as long as the system exceeds the action level for lead. The message on the water bill must include the verbatim text of the paragraph below, except replacing the text in brackets with system-specific information:
[INSERT NAME OF SUPPLIER] found high levels of lead in drinking water in some homes. Lead can cause serious health problems. For more information please call [INSERT NAME OF SUPPLIER] [or visit (INSERT SUPPLIER’S WEB SITE HERE)]. The message or delivery mechanism can be modified in consultation with the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency, Division of Public Water Supply; specifically, the Agency may allow a separate mailing of public education materials to customers if the water system cannot place the information on water bills.
D) The CWS supplier must post material complying with subsection (a) on the supplier’s website if the CWS supplier serves a population greater than 100,000.
E) The CWS supplier must submit a press release to newspaper, television, and radio stations.
F) In addition to subsections (b)(2)(A) through (b)(2)(E), the CWS supplier must implement at least three activities from one or more of the categories listed below. The supplier must determine the educational content and selection of these activities consulting with the Agency.
i) Public service announcements.
ii) Paid advertisements.
iii) Public area information displays.
iv) E-mails to customers.
v) Public meetings.
vi) Household deliveries.
vii) Targeted individual customer contact.
viii) Direct material distribution to all multi-family homes and institutions.
ix) Other Agency-approved methods.
G) For a CWS supplier that must monitor annually or less frequently, the end of the monitoring period is September 30 of the calendar year in which the sampling occurs, or on the last day of an alternative monitoring period the Agency sets in a SEP.
H) Organizations That the CWS Supplier Must Contact When Required to Do So under Subsection (b)(2)(B)(iii)
i) Public and private schools or school boards.
ii) Women, Infants and Children (WIC) and Head Start programs.
iii) Public and private hospitals and medical clinics.
vi) Pediatricians.
v) Family planning clinics.
vi) Local welfare agencies.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (b)(2)(H) derives from 40 CFR 141.85(b)(2)(ii)(B)(1) through (b)(2)(ii)(B)(6) (2020), moved here to comport with allowed indent levels.
I) Organizations That the CWS Supplier Must Contact When Required to Do So Under Subsection (b)(2)(B)(iii)
i) Licensed childcare centers.
ii) Public and private preschools.
iii) Obstetricians-gynecologists and midwives.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (b)(2)(H) derives from 40 CFR 141.85(b)(2)(ii)(C)(1) through (b)(2)(ii)(C)(3) (2020), moved here to comport with allowed indent levels.
3) As long as a CWS supplier exceeds the action level, it must repeat the activities in subsection (b)(2), as subsections (b)(3)(A) through (b)(3)(D) require.
A) The CWS supplier must repeat the tasks in subsections (b)(2)(A), (b)(2)(B), and (b)(2)(D) every 12 months.
B) The CWS supplier must repeat tasks in subsection (b)(2)(C) with each billing cycle.
C) The CWS supplier serving a population greater than 100,000 must post and retain material on a publicly accessible website under subsection (b)(2)(D).
D) The CWS supplier must repeat the task in subsection (b)(2)(E) twice every 12 months on a schedule agreed by the Agency in a SEP. The Agency must, on a case-by-case basis, issue a SEP extending the time for the supplier to complete the public education tasks in subsection (b)(2) beyond the 60-day limit if the Agency determines that the supplier needs the extended time to implement; however, the Agency must issue the SEP granting any extension before the 60-day deadline expires.
4) Within 60 days after the end of the monitoring period in which a NTNCWS supplier exceeds the lead action level (unless it already is repeating public education tasks under subsection (b)(5)), the supplier must deliver the public education materials subsection (a) specifies.
A) The supplier must deliver the public education materials by certain means:
i) The NTNCWS supplier must post informational posters on lead in drinking water in a public place or common area in each of the buildings the supplier serves; and
ii) The NTNCWS supplier must distribute informational pamphlets or brochures on lead in drinking water to each person the NTNCWS supplier serves. The Agency may issue a SEP allowing the system to use electronic transmission in lieu of or combined with printed materials as long as the electronic transmission achieves the same or better coverage.
B) For a NTNCWS supplier that must monitor annually or less frequently, the end of the monitoring period is September 30 of the calendar year in which the sampling occurs, or on the last day of an alternative monitoring period the Agency sets in a SEP.
5) A NTNCWS supplier must repeat the tasks in subsection (b)(4) at least once during each calendar year in which the supplier exceeds the lead action level. The Agency must, on a case-by-case basis, issue a SEP extending the time for the supplier to complete the public education tasks in subsection (b)(2) beyond the 60-day limit if the Agency determines that the extended time is needed for implementation purposes; however, the Agency must issue any SEP granting any extension prior to when the 60-day deadline expires.
6) A supplier may stop delivering public education materials after the supplier meets the lead action level during the most recent six-month monitoring period under Section 611.1356. The supplier must begin public education anew under this Section if the supplier subsequently exceeds the lead action level during any six-month monitoring period.
7) A CWS supplier may apply to the Agency in writing to use only the text in subsection (a)(1) in lieu of the text in subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) and to perform the tasks in subsections (b)(4) and (b)(5) in lieu of the tasks in subsections (b)(2) and (b)(3) under specific circumstances:
A) The supplier is a facility, such as a prison or a hospital, where the population served is not capable of or is prevented from making improvements to plumbing or installing point of use treatment devices; and
B) The supplier provides water as part of the cost of services provided, not separately charging for water consumption.
8) A CWS supplier serving 3,300 or fewer people may limit certain aspects of its public education programs:
A) For notice under subsection (b)(2)(F), a supplier serving 3,300 or fewer people must implement at least one of the activities.
B) For notice under subsection (b)(2)(B), a supplier serving 3,300 or fewer people may limit the distribution of the public education materials to facilities and organizations pregnant women and children are most likely to visit.
C) For notice under subsection (b)(2)(E), the Agency may issue a SEP waiving this requirement for a supplier serving 3,300 or fewer persons, as long as the supplier distributes notices to every household the supplier serves.
c) Supplemental Monitoring and Notification of Results. A supplier failing to meet the lead action level in tap samples under Section 611.1356 must offer to sample the tap water of any customer requesting it. The supplier needs not pay for collecting or analyzing the sample, nor must the supplier itself collect and analyze the sample.
d) Requirement for Consumer Notice of Tap Water Monitoring Results
1) Consumer Notice Requirement. A supplier must provide a notice of the individual tap results from lead tap water monitoring under Section 611.1356 to the persons the water system serves at the specific sampling site from which the supplier took the sample (e.g., the occupants of the residence where the supplier tested the tap).
2) Timing of Consumer Notice. The supplier must provide the consumer notice as soon as practical, but no later than 30 days after the supplier learns of the tap monitoring results.
3) Content of Consumer Notice. The consumer notice must include the results of lead tap water monitoring for the tap the supplier tested, an explanation of the health effects of lead, a list of steps consumers can take to reduce exposure to lead in drinking water, and contact information for the water utility. The notice must also provide the maximum contaminant level goal and the action level for lead and the definitions for these two terms from Section 611.883(c).
4) Delivery of Consumer Notice. The supplier must provide the consumer notice to persons it serves at the tap the supplier tested, either by mail or by another method the Agency approves in a SEP. For example, upon Agency approval, a NTNCWS supplier could post the results on a bulletin board in the facility enabling users to review the information. The supplier must provide the notice to customers at sample taps the supplier tested, including consumers who do not receive water bills.
BOARD NOTE: This Section corresponds with Section 611.1355 and derives from 40 CFR 141.85 (2020).
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1356 Tap Water Monitoring for Lead and Copper
a) Sampling Site Location
1) Selecting a Pool of Targeted Sampling Sites
A) Before the applicable date for beginning monitoring under subsection (d)(1), a supplier must complete evaluating the materials in its distribution system to identify a pool of targeted sampling sites complying with this Section.
B) The pool of targeted sampling sites must be large enough to ensure that the supplier can collect the number of lead and copper tap that the supplier can collect the number of lead and copper tap samples subsection (c) requires.
C) The supplier must select the sites for collecting first-draw tap samples from this pool of targeted sampling sites.
D) The supplier must not select as sampling sites any faucets having point-of-use or point-of-entry treatment devices designed to remove or capable of removing inorganic contaminants.
2) Materials Evaluation
A) A supplier must use the information on lead, copper, and galvanized steel it collected under 40 CFR 141.42(d) (special monitoring for corrosivity characteristics) when conducting a materials evaluation.
B) When evaluating the information collected under 40 CFR 141.42(d) is insufficient to locate the requisite number of lead and copper sampling sites under subsection (a), the supplier must review other sources of information to identify sufficient sampling sites:
i) All plumbing codes, permits, and records in building department files indicating the installed plumbing materials in publicly- and privately-owned structures connected to the distribution system;
ii) All inspections and records of the distribution system indicating the material composition of the service connections connecting a structure to the distribution system;
iii) All existing water quality information, including the results of all prior analyses of the system or individual structures connected to the system, that would indicate locations particularly susceptible to high lead or copper concentrations; and
iv) The supplier must seek to collect this information when possible in the course of its normal operations (e.g., checking service line materials when reading water meters or performing maintenance activities).
3) Tiers of Sampling Sites. A supplier must categorize the sampling sites within its pool according to tiers:
A) CWS Tier 1 Sampling Sites. “CWS Tier 1 sampling sites” must include certain single-family structures:
i) Those containing copper pipes with lead solder installed after 1982 or containing lead pipes; or
ii) Those having a lead service line.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(3)(A) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(3) (2020). This allows the pool of CWS tier 1 sampling sites to consist exclusively of structures having lead service lines.
B) CWS Tier 2 Sampling Sites. “CWS Tier 2 sampling sites” must include certain buildings, including multiple-family structures:
i) Those containing copper pipes with lead solder installed after 1982 or containing lead pipes; or
ii) Those having a lead service line.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(3)(B) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(4) (2020). This allows the pool of CWS tier 2 sampling sites to consist exclusively of structures having lead service lines.
C) CWS Tier 3 Sampling Sites. “CWS Tier 3 sampling sites” must include certain single-family structures: those containing copper pipes with lead solder installed before 1983.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(3)(C) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(5) (2020).
D) NTNCWS Tier 1 Sampling Sites. “NTNCWS Tier 1 sampling sites” must include certain buildings:
i) Those containing copper pipes with lead solder installed after 1982 or containing lead pipes; or
ii) Those having a lead service line.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(3)(D) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(6) (2020). This allows the pool of NTNCWS tier 1 sampling sites to consist exclusively of buildings having lead service lines.
E) Alternative NTNCWS Sampling Sites. “Alternative NTNCWS sampling sites” must include certain buildings: those containing copper pipes with lead solder installed before 1983.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(3)(E) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(7) (2020).
4) Selection of Sampling Sites. A supplier must select sampling sites for its sampling pool using specific criteria:
A) CWS Suppliers. A CWS supplier must use CWS tier 1 sampling sites, except that the supplier may include CWS tier 2 or CWS tier 3 sampling sites in its sampling pool under certain circumstances:
i) If multiple-family residences comprise at least 20 percent of the structures the supplier serves, the supplier may use CWS tier 2 sampling sites in its sampling pool; or
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(A)(i) derives from a segment of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(3)(ii) (2020).
ii) If the CWS supplier does not have a sufficient number of CWS tier 1 sampling sites on its distribution system, the supplier may use CWS tier 2 sampling sites in its sampling pool; or
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(A)(ii) derives from a segment of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(4) (2020).
iii) If the CWS supplier does not have a sufficient number of CWS tier 1 and CWS tier 2 sampling sites on its distribution system, the supplier may complete its sampling pool with CWS tier 3 sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(A)(iii) derives from a segment of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(5) (2020).
iv) If the CWS supplier does not have a sufficient number of CWS tier 1 sampling sites, CWS tier 2 sampling sites, and CWS tier 3 sampling sites, the supplier must use those CWS tier 1 sampling sites, CWS tier 2 sampling sites, and CWS tier 3 sampling sites that it has and complete its sampling pool with representative sites throughout its distribution system for the balance of its sampling sites. For this subsection (a)(4)(A)(iv), a representative site is a site having plumbing materials commonly found at other sites the water system serves.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(A)(iv) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(5) (2020).
B) NTNCWS Suppliers
i) An NTNCWS supplier must select NTNCWS tier 1 sampling sites for its sampling pool.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(B)(i) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(6) (2020).
ii) If the NTNCWS supplier has an insufficient number of NTNCWS tier 1 sampling sites, the supplier may complete its sampling pool with alternative NTNCWS sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(B)(ii) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(7) (2020).
iii) If the NTNCWS supplier has an insufficient number of NTNCWS tier 1 sampling sites and NTNCWS alternative sampling sites, the supplier must use representative sites throughout its distribution system. For the purpose of this subsection (a)(4)(B)(ii), a representative site is a site where the plumbing materials are commonly found at other sites served by the water system serves.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(B)(iii) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(7) (2020).
C) Suppliers with Lead Service Lines. Any supplier whose distribution system contains lead service lines must draw samples during each six-month monitoring period from specific sampling sites:
i) 50 percent of the samples from sampling sites containing lead pipes or having copper pipes with lead solder; and
ii) 50 percent of those samples from sites having a lead service line.
iii) A supplier that cannot identify a sufficient number of sampling sites having a lead service line must collect first-draw tap samples from all of the sites identified as having lead service lines.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a)(4)(C) derives from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(8) (2020). This allows the pool of sampling sites to consist exclusively of structures or buildings having lead service lines.
b) Sample Collection Methods
1) All tap samples a supplier collects for lead and copper under this Subpart AG, with the exception of lead service line samples under Section 611.1354(d) and samples under subsection (b)(5), must be first-draw tap samples.
2) First-Draw Tap Samples
A) Every first-draw tap sample for lead and copper must be one liter in volume and have stood motionless in the plumbing system of the sampling site for at least six hours.
B) For residential buildings, the supplier must collect first-draw tap samples from residential housing from the cold-water kitchen or bathroom sink tap.
C) For non-residential buildings, the supplier must collect first-draw tap samples one-liter in volume from an interior tap occupants typically use for consuming water.
D) The supplier must collect non-first-draw tap samples that it collects in lieu of first-draw tap samples under subsection (b)(5) one liter in volume from an interior tap occupants typically use for consuming water.
E) The supplier may collect first-draw tap samples or allow residents to collect first-draw tap samples after instructing the residents in the sampling procedures this subsection (b) specifies.
i) To avoid problems of residents handling nitric acid, the supplier may acidify first-draw tap samples up to 14 days after the supplier or a resident collects the sample.
ii) After adding acid to resolubilize the metals, a sample must stand in its original container for the time the USEPA-approved method specifies before the laboratory analyzes the sample.
F) If a supplier allows residents to perform sampling under subsection (b)(2)(D), the supplier may not challenge the accuracy of sampling results based on alleged errors in sample collection.
3) Service Line Samples
A) Each service line sample must be one liter in volume and have stood motionless in the lead service line for at least six hours.
B) Lead service line samples must be collected in one of three ways:
i) At the tap after flushing the calculated volume of water between the tap and the lead service line (based on the interior diameter and length of the pipe between the tap and the lead service line);
ii) Tapping directly into the lead service line; or
iii) If the sampling site is a single-family structure, allowing the water to run until there is a significant change in temperature indicating water that stood in the lead service line.
4) Follow-Up First-Draw Tap Samples
A) A supplier must collect each follow-up first-draw tap sample from the same sampling site where the previous samples originated.
B) If, for any reason, the supplier cannot access a sampling site to collect a follow-up tap sample, the supplier may collect the follow-up tap sample from another sampling site in its sampling pool, as long as the new site meets the same targeting criteria and is within reasonable proximity of the original site.
5) Substitute Non-First-Draw Tap Samples
A) A NTNCWS supplier or a CWS supplier meeting the criteria in Sections 611.1355(b)(7)(A) and (b)(7)(B) not having enough taps for first-draw tap samples, as Section 611.102 defines the term, may apply to the Agency in writing for a SEP allowing the supplier to substitute non-first-draw tap samples.
B) A supplier approved to substitute non-first-draw tap samples must collect as many first-draw tap samples from appropriate taps as possible and identify sampling times and locations that likely give the longest standing time for the remaining sites.
C) The Agency may grant a SEP waiving the requirement for prior Agency approval of a supplier’s chosen non-first-draw sampling sites.
c) Number of Samples
1) A supplier must collect at least one sample each from the number of sites in the first column of Table D (labelled “standard monitoring”) during each six-month monitoring period subsection (d) specifies.
2) A supplier conducting reduced monitoring under subsection (d)(4) must collect one sample each from the number of sites in the second column of Table D (labelled “reduced monitoring”) during each reduced monitoring period subsection (d)(4) specifies. The reduced monitoring sites must represent the sites standard monitoring requires. A supplier whose system has fewer than five drinking water taps capable of use for human consumption that meet the sampling site criteria of subsection (a) must collect multiple samples from individual taps to reach the required number of sampling sites Table D requires. To accomplish this, the supplier must collect at least one sample from each tap, then additional samples from those taps on different days during the monitoring period, to collect a total number of samples meeting the required number of sampling sites. Alternatively, the Agency may issue a SEP allowing the supplier whose system has fewer than five drinking water taps to collect a number of samples that is fewer than the number of sites this subsection (c) specifies if the Agency determines that the supplier samples 100 percent of all taps capable of use for human consumption and that the reduced number of samples will produce the same results as collecting multiple samples from some taps. The Agency must base any approval of reducing the minimum number of samples on a request from the supplier or Agency on on-site verification. The Agency may specify sampling locations in a SEP when a system conducts reduced monitoring.
d) Timing of Monitoring
1) Six-Month Sampling Periods. Six-month sampling periods begin on January 1 and July 1 of each year.
A) A large system must monitor during each consecutive six-month period, except as subsection (d)(4)(B) provides otherwise.
B) A small or medium-sized system must monitor during each consecutive six-month monitoring period until either of two occurrences:
i) The supplier exceeds the lead or copper action level and must, therefore, implement the corrosion control treatment requirements under Section 611.1351 and continue monitoring under subsection (d)(2); or
ii) The supplier meets the lead and copper action levels during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods, which allows the supplier to reduce monitoring under subsection (d)(4).
2) Monitoring after Installation of Corrosion Control and Source Water Treatment
A) Any large system supplier installing optimal corrosion control treatment under Section 611.1351(d)(4) must monitor during two consecutive six-month monitoring periods.
B) Any small or medium-sized system supplier installing optimal corrosion control treatment under Section 611.1351(e)(5) must monitor during two consecutive six-month monitoring periods within 36 months after the Agency approves optimal corrosion control treatment, as Section 611.1351(e)(6) specifies.
C) Any supplier installing source water treatment under Section 611.1353(a)(3) must monitor during two consecutive six-month monitoring periods within 36 months after completing step 2, as Section 611.1353(a)(4) specifies.
3) Monitoring after the Agency Specifies Water Quality Parameter Values for Optimal Corrosion Control. After the Agency specifies the values for water quality control parameters under Section 611.1352(f), the supplier must monitor during each subsequent six-month monitoring period, with the first six-month monitoring period beginning on the date the Agency specifies the optimal values.
4) Reduced Monitoring
A) Reducing to Annual Monitoring for Small and Medium-Sized System Suppliers Meeting the Lead and Copper Action Levels. A small or medium-sized system supplier meeting the lead and copper action levels during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods may reduce the number of samples under subsection (c) and sampling frequency to once per year. A small or medium-sized system supplier collecting fewer than five samples as subsection (c) specifies and meeting the lead and copper action levels during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods may reduce its frequency of sampling to once per year. In no instance may the supplier reduce the number of samples below the minimum of one sample per available tap. The supplier may begin this reduced sampling only during the calendar year immediately following the end of the second consecutive six-month monitoring period.
B) SEP Allowing Reduction to Annual Monitoring for Suppliers Maintaining Water Quality Control Parameters
i) The Agency may issue a SEP allowing a supplier meeting the lead action level and maintaining the range of values for water quality control parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control treatment that the Agency specifies under Section 611.1352(f) during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods to reduce its monitoring frequency to once per year and its number of lead and copper samples to that subsection (c) specifies. This reduced sampling may only begin during the calendar year immediately following the end of the second consecutive six-month monitoring period.
ii) The Agency must review monitoring, treatment, and other relevant information the supplier submits under Section 611.1360, and the Agency must issue a SEP upon determining that the supplier is eligible to reduce its monitoring frequency to once every three years under this subsection (d)(4).
iii) The Agency must review its determination under subsection (d)(4)(B)(i) when the supplier submits new monitoring or treatment data, or when other data relevant to the number and frequency of tap sampling becomes available to the Agency. The Agency must revise its determination if the Agency deems this appropriate based on its review.
C) Reduction to Triennial for Small and Medium-Sized System Suppliers
i) Small and Medium-Sized Water System Suppliers Meeting Lead and Copper Action Levels. A small or medium-sized system supplier meeting the lead and copper action levels during three consecutive years of monitoring may reduce the frequency of monitoring for lead and copper from annually to once every three years.
ii) SEP for Suppliers Meeting Optimal Corrosion Control Treatment. The Agency may issue a SEP allowing any supplier meeting the range of values for the water quality control parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control treatment the Agency specifies under Section 611.1352(f) during three consecutive years of monitoring may reduce its monitoring frequency from annual to once every three years. A supplier collecting samples once every three years must collect the samples no later than every third calendar year.
iii) The Agency must review its determination under subsection (d)(4)(C)(ii) when the supplier submits new monitoring or treatment data, or when other data relevant to the number and frequency of tap sampling becomes available to the Agency. The Agency must revise its determination if the Agency deems this appropriate based on its review.
D) Sampling at a Reduced Frequency. A supplier reducing the number and frequency of sampling must collect these samples from the pool of targeted sampling sites the supplier selected under subsection (a), preferentially using those sampling sites from the highest tier first. A supplier sampling annually or less frequently must conduct lead and copper tap sampling during June, July, August, or September, unless the Agency approves a different sampling period under subsection (d)(4)(D)(i).
i) The Agency may grant a SEP approving a different period for a supplier to conduct lead and copper tap sampling to a system collecting a reduced number of samples. The duration of the period must not exceed four consecutive months and must represent a time of normal operation when the highest lead levels are most likely to occur. For a NTNCWS supplier not operating during any of June through September and whose normal operating period when the highest levels of lead are most likely to occur is not known, the Agency must designate a period that represents a time of normal operation for the system. This reduced sampling may only begin during the Agency-designated period in the calendar year immediately following the end of the second consecutive six-month monitoring period, for a system initiating annual monitoring, or in the three-year period following the end of the third consecutive calendar year of annual monitoring, for a supplier initiating triennial monitoring.
ii) A supplier monitoring annually and collecting samples during the months of June through September that receives Agency approval to alter its sampling period under subsection (d)(4)(D)(i) must collect its next round of samples during a time period ending no later than 21 months after its previous round of sampling. A supplier monitoring once every three years and collecting samples during the months of June through September that receives Agency approval to alter the sampling collection period under subsection (d)(4)(D)(i) must collect its next round of samples during a time period ending no later than 45 months after the previous round of sampling. The supplier must collect subsequent rounds of sampling annually or once every three years, as this Section requires. A small system supplier collecting samples during the months of June through September, receiving a waiver under subsection (g) and receiving Agency approval to alter its sample collection period under subsection (d)(4)(D)(i) must collect its next round of samples before the end of the nine-year compliance cycle (as Section 611.101 defines the term).
E) Any water system demonstrating for two consecutive six-month monitoring periods that the tap water lead level computed under Section 611.1350(c)(3) is less than or equal to 0.005 mg/L and that the tap water copper level computed under Section 611.1350(c)(3) is less than or equal to 0.65 mg/L may reduce its number of samples under subsection (c) and reduce its sampling frequency to once every three calendar years.
F) Resumption of Standard Monitoring
i) Small or Medium-Sized Suppliers Exceeding the Lead or Copper Action Level. A small or medium-sized system supplier subject to reduced monitoring exceeding the lead or copper action level must resume sampling under subsection (d)(3) and collect the number of samples that subsection (c) specifies for standard monitoring. The small or medium-sized system supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level must also conduct water quality parameter monitoring under Section 611.1357 (b), (c), or (d) (as appropriate) during the six-month monitoring period during which the supplier exceeded the action level. The small or medium-sized system supplier may resume annual tap monitoring for lead and copper at the reduced number of sites subsection (c) specifies after the supplier completes two subsequent consecutive six-month rounds of monitoring complying with subsection (d)(4)(A). The small or medium-sized system supplier may resume monitoring once every three years for lead and copper at the reduced number of sites after demonstrating through subsequent rounds of monitoring that comply with subsection (d)(4)(C) or (d)(4)(E).
ii) Suppliers Failing to Operate within Water Quality Control Parameters. Any supplier subject to reduced monitoring frequency failing to meet the lead action level during any four-month monitoring period or failing to operate within the range of values for the water quality control parameters Section 611.1352(f) specifies for more than nine days in any six-month period Section 611.1357(d) specifies must conduct tap water sampling for lead and copper at the frequency subsection (d)(3) specifies, must collect the number of samples subsection (c) specifies for standard monitoring, and must resume monitoring for water quality parameters within the distribution system under Section 611.1357(d). This standard tap water sampling must begin no later than the six-month period beginning January 1 of the calendar year after the supplier exceeds the lead action level or deviates from a water quality parameter. A supplier may resume reduced monitoring for lead and copper at the tap and for water quality parameters within the distribution system only if the supplier fulfills the conditions in subsection (d)(4)(H).
BOARD NOTE: The Board moved the last sentence of 40 CFR 141.86(d)(4)(vi)(B) and 40 CFR 141.86(d)(4)(vi)(B)(1) through (d)(4)(vi)(B)(3) (2020) to subsections (d)(4)(H) and (d)(4)(H)(i) through (d)(4)(H)(iii) to comport with allowed indent levels.
G) Any supplier subject to reduced monitoring under subsection (d)(4) must notify the Agency in writing under Section 611.1360(a)(3) of any upcoming long-term change in treatment or adding a new source as that Section describes. The Agency must review and approve the addition of a new source or long-term change in water treatment before the supplier may implement it. The Agency may issue a SEP requiring the system to resume sampling under subsection (d)(3) and collecting the number of samples for standard monitoring under subsection (c) or take other appropriate steps, such as increased water quality parameter monitoring or re-evaluating its corrosion control treatment, considering the potentially different water quality considerations.
H) A supplier that subsection (d)(4)(F) requires to resume monitoring under Section 611.1357(d) may resume reduced monitoring for lead and copper at the tap and water quality parameters within the distribution system under the specific conditions:
i) The supplier may resume annual monitoring for lead and copper at the tap at the reduced number of sites subsection (c) specifies after the supplier completes two subsequent six-month rounds of monitoring complying with subsection (d)(4)(B) and the supplier receives written approval from the Agency in a SEP appropriate to resuming reduced monitoring on an annual frequency. The supplier must begin this sampling during the calendar year immediately following the end of the second consecutive six-month monitoring period.
ii) The supplier may resume tap monitoring for lead and copper once every three years at the reduced number of sites after demonstrating through subsequent rounds of monitoring that the supplier complies with either subsection (d)(4)(C) or (d)(4)(E) and the Agency issues a SEP allowing the supplier to resume monitoring once every three years.
iii) The supplier may reduce the number of water quality parameter tap water samples it collects under Section 611.1357(e)(1) and its sampling frequency under Section 611.1357(e)(2). The supplier may not resume triennial tap water monitoring for water quality parameters until after the supplier demonstrates requalifying for triennial monitoring under Section 611.1357(e)(2).
BOARD NOTE: Subsections (d)(4)(H) and (d)(4)(H)(i) through (d)(4)(H)(iii) derive from the last sentence of 40 CFR 141.86(d)(4)(vi)(B) and (d)(4)(vi)(B)(1) through (d)(4)(vi)(B)(3) (2020), moved here to comport with allowed indent levels.
e) Additional Monitoring. The supplier and the Agency must consider the results of any monitoring the supplier conducts in addition to the minimum requirements in this Section in making any determinations (i.e., calculating the 90th percentile lead action level or the copper level) under this Subpart G.
f) Invalidation of Lead or Copper Tap Water Samples. A sample the Agency invalidates under this subsection (f) does not count toward determining lead or copper 90th percentile levels under Section 611.1350(c)(3) or toward complying with subsection (c).
1) The Agency must invalidate a lead or copper tap water sample if it determines that any of certain conditions exists:
A) The laboratory establishes that improper sample analysis caused erroneous results;
B) The supplier took the sample from a site that did not meet the site selection criteria in this Section;
C) The sample container sustained damage in transit; or
D) There is substantial reason to believe that someone tampered with the sample.
2) The supplier must report the results from all samples to the Agency and submit all supporting documentation for samples the supplier believes the Agency should invalidate.
3) To invalidate a sample under subsection (f)(1), the Agency must document its decision and rationale for the decision in writing. The Agency may not invalidate a sample solely because a follow-up sample result is higher or lower than that of the original sample.
4) The supplier must collect replacement samples for any samples the Agency invalidates under this Section if the supplier has too few samples to meet the minimum requirements of subsection (c) after the Agency invalidates samples. The supplier must take any replacement samples as soon as possible but no later than the latter of 20 days after the Agency invalidates the original sample or before the end of the applicable monitoring period. The supplier must not use replacement samples it takes after the end of the applicable monitoring period to meet the monitoring requirements of a subsequent monitoring period. The supplier must take replacement samples at the same locations where it took the invalidated samples or, if that is not possible, at other locations the supplier did not use for sampling during the monitoring period.
g) Monitoring Waivers for Small System Suppliers. Any small system supplier complying with the criteria in this subsection (g) may apply to the Agency for a SEP reducing its lead and copper monitoring frequency under this Section to once every nine years (i.e., a “full waiver”) if the supplier meets all of the materials criteria subsection (g)(1) specifies and all of the monitoring criteria subsection (g)(2) specifies. Any small system supplier that meets the criteria subsections (g)(1) and (g)(2) only for lead or copper may apply to the Agency for a SEP reducing its tap water monitoring frequency to once every nine years for that contaminant only (i.e., a “partial waiver”).
1) Materials Criteria. The supplier must demonstrate that its distribution system, service lines, and all drinking water supply plumbing, including plumbing conveying drinking water within all residences and buildings connected to the system, are free of lead-containing materials or copper-containing materials, as this subsection (g)(1) defines these terms:
A) Lead. To qualify for a SEP granting a full waiver or a partial waiver of the tap water monitoring requirements for lead (i.e., a “lead waiver”), the supplier must provide certification and supporting documentation to the Agency demonstrating that its system is free of all lead-containing materials:
i) The system has no plastic pipes or service lines containing lead plasticizers; and
ii) The system is free of lead service lines, lead pipes, lead soldered pipe joints, and leaded brass- or bronze-alloy fittings and fixtures, unless those fittings and fixtures comply with Section 611.126(b).
BOARD NOTE: Corresponding 40 CFR 141.86(g)(1)(i)(B) (2020) specifies “any standard established pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 300g-6(e) (SDWA section 1417(e))”. Congress changed the lead standards for fittings and fixtures in the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act, P.L. 111-380, section 2(a)(2) and (b), 124 Stat. 4131 (Jan. 4, 2011). The Board incorporated the statutory changes into this Section by referencing Section 611.126(b).
B) Copper. To qualify for a SEP granting a full waiver or a partial waiver of the tap water monitoring requirements for copper (i.e., a “copper waiver”), the supplier must provide certification and supporting documentation to the Agency demonstrating that its system contains no copper pipes or copper service lines.
2) Monitoring Criteria for Waiver Issuance. The supplier must have completed at least one six-month round of standard tap water monitoring for lead and copper at Agency-approved sites and from the number of sites subsection (c) requires and demonstrate to the Agency that the 90th percentile levels for any and all rounds of monitoring conducted since the system became free of all lead-containing or copper-containing materials, as appropriate, meet certain criteria:
A) Lead Levels. To qualify for a full waiver or a lead partial waiver, the supplier must demonstrate that its 90th percentile lead level does not exceed 0.005 mg/L.
B) Copper Levels. To qualify for a full waiver or a copper partial waiver, the supplier must demonstrate that its 90th percentile copper level does not exceed 0.65 mg/L.
3) Agency Approval of Waiver Application. The Agency must notify the supplier of its waiver determination in a SEP stating the basis of its decision and any condition on the waiver. As a condition on the waiver, the Agency may require the supplier to perform specific activities (e.g., limited monitoring, periodic outreach to customers to remind them to avoid installation of materials that might void the waiver, etc.) to avoid the risk of lead or copper concentration of concern in tap water. The small system supplier must continue monitoring for lead and copper at the tap as subsections (d)(1) through (d)(4) require, as appropriate, until the supplier receives written notification from the Agency approving the waiver.
4) Monitoring Frequency for Suppliers with Waivers
A) A supplier with a full waiver must conduct tap water monitoring for lead and copper under subsection (d)(4)(D) at the reduced number of sampling sites subsection (c) identifies at least once every nine years and provide to the Agency the materials certification subsection (g)(1) specifies for both lead and copper together with the monitoring results. The supplier must collect samples every nine years no later than the ninth calendar year.
B) A supplier with a partial waiver must conduct tap water monitoring for the waived contaminant under subsection (d)(4)(D) at the reduced number of sampling sites subsection (c) specifies at least once every nine years and provide to the Agency the materials certification subsection (g)(1) specifies pertaining to the waived contaminant together with the monitoring results. Such a supplier also must continue to monitor for the non-waived contaminant in under the applicable of subsections (d)(1) through (d)(4).
C) A supplier with a full or partial waiver must notify the Agency in writing under Section 611.1360(a)(3) of any upcoming long-term change in treatment or adding a new source, as that rule describes. The Agency must review and approve adding a new source or long-term change in water treatment before the supplier implements it. The Agency may add or modify waiver conditions (e.g., require recertification that the supplier’s system is free of lead-containing or copper-containing materials, require additional rounds of monitoring, etc.) if the Agency determines that the modifications are necessary to address system treatment or source water changes.
D) If a supplier with a full or partial waiver becomes aware that its system is no longer free of lead- or copper-containing materials, as appropriate (e.g., as a result of new construction or repairs), the supplier must notify the Agency in writing no later than 60 days after becoming aware of the change.
5) Continued Eligibility. If the supplier continues to comply with subsection (g)(4), the waiver will renew automatically, unless any of the conditions in subsections (g)(5)(A) through (g)(5)(C) occur. A supplier whose waiver the Agency revokes may re-apply for a waiver when the supplier again meets the appropriate materials and monitoring criteria of subsections (g)(1) and (g)(2).
A) A full waiver or a lead partial waiver does not renew if the supplier no longer satisfies the materials criteria of subsection (g)(1)(A) or has a 90th percentile lead level greater than 0.005 mg/L.
B) A full waiver or a copper partial waiver does not renew if the supplier no longer satisfies the materials criteria of subsection (g)(1)(B) or has a 90th percentile copper level greater than 0.65 mg/L.
C) A waiver terminates when the Agency notifies the supplier that the Agency revokes the waiver, in writing and describing the basis of its decision.
6) Requirements Following Waiver Revocation. A supplier whose full or partial waiver the Agency revokes must comply with specific corrosion control treatment and lead and copper tap water monitoring requirements:
A) If the supplier exceeds the lead or copper action level, the supplier must implement corrosion control treatment within the deadlines Section 611.1351(e) specifies and any other applicable requirements under this Subpart AG.
B) If the supplier meets both the lead and the copper action levels, the supplier must monitor for lead and copper at the tap no less frequently than once every three years using the reduced number of sampling sites subsection (c) specifies.
7) Pre-Existing Waivers. A small system supplier waiver the Agency granted in writing prior to April 11, 2000 remains in effect under certain conditions:
A) If the supplier demonstrates that its system is free of both lead-containing and copper-containing materials, as subsection (g)(1) requires, and that its 90th percentile lead levels and 90th percentile copper levels comply with subsection (g)(2), the waiver remains in effect so long as the supplier continues to be eligible for a waiver under subsection (g)(5). The supplier must complete its first round of tap water monitoring under subsection (g)(4) no later than nine years after the supplier last monitored for lead and copper at the tap.
B) If the supplier complies with the materials criteria of subsection (g)(1) but has not complied with the monitoring criteria of subsection (g)(2), the supplier must conduct a round of monitoring for lead and copper at the tap demonstrating that it complied with subsection (g)(2). Thereafter, the waiver remains in effect as long as the supplier complies with the continued eligibility criteria in subsection (g)(5). The supplier must complete its first round of tap water monitoring under subsection (g)(4) no later than nine years after the supplier conducts the monitoring under subsection (g)(2).
BOARD NOTE: This Section corresponds with Section 611.1356 and derives from 40 CFR 141.86 (2020).
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1357 Monitoring for Water Quality Parameters
A large system supplier or any small or medium-sized system supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level must monitor water quality parameters in addition to lead and copper under this Section.
a) General Requirements
1) Sample Collection Methods
A) Using Tap Samples. In totality, all tap samples a supplier collects must represent water quality throughout the supplier’s distribution system, considering the number of persons served, the different sources of water, the different treatment methods the supplier employs, and seasonal variability. Although a supplier may conveniently conduct tap sampling for water quality parameters at sites it uses for coliform sampling under Subpart L, the supplier needs not do so, and the supplier needs not perform tap sampling under this Section at taps it targeted for lead and copper sampling under Section 611.1356(a).
B) Using Entry Point Samples. A supplier must collect samples at entry points to the distribution system from locations representing each source after treatment. If a supplier draws water from more than one source and combines the sources before distribution, the supplier must sample at an entry point to the distribution system during normal operating conditions (i.e., when the supplier uses water representing all sources).
2) Number of Samples
A) Tap Samples. A supplier must collect two tap samples for applicable water quality parameters during each six-month monitoring period under subsections (b) through (e) from the number of sites the first column of Table F (labelled “standard monitoring”) indicates.
B) Entry Point Samples
i) Initial Monitoring. Except as subsection (c)(3) provides otherwise, a supplier must collect two samples for each applicable water quality parameter at each entry point to its distribution system during each six-month monitoring period subsection (b) specifies.
ii) Subsequent Monitoring. A supplier must collect one sample for each applicable water quality parameter at each entry point to its distribution system during each six-month monitoring period subsections (c) through (e) specify.
b) Initial Sampling
1) Large Systems. A large system supplier must measure the applicable water quality parameters subsection (b)(3) specifies at taps and at each entry point to its distribution system during each six-month monitoring period Section 611.1356(d)(1) specifies.
2) Small and Medium-Sized Systems. A small or medium-sized water system supplier must measure the applicable water quality parameters subsection (b)(3) specifies at the locations this subsection (b) specifies during each six-month monitoring period Section 611.1356(d)(1) specifies during which the supplier exceeds the lead or copper action level.
3) Water Quality Parameters
A) pH;
B) Alkalinity;
C) Orthophosphate, when the supplier uses an inhibitor containing a phosphate compound;
D) Silica, when the supplier uses an inhibitor containing a silicate compound;
E) Calcium;
F) Conductivity; and
G) Water temperature.
c) Monitoring after Installing Corrosion Control
1) Large Systems. A large system supplier installing optimal corrosion control treatment under Section 611.1351(d)(4) must measure the water quality parameters at the locations and frequencies subsections (c)(4) and (c)(5) specify during each six-month monitoring period Section 611.1356(d)(2)(A) specifies.
2) Small and Medium-Sized Systems. A small or medium-sized system installing optimal corrosion control treatment under Section 611.1351(e)(5) must measure the water quality parameters at the locations and frequencies subsections (c)(4) and (c)(5) specify during each six-month monitoring period Section 611.1356(d)(2)(B) specifies during which the supplier exceeds the lead or copper action level.
3) Groundwater Systems. A groundwater system supplier can limit entry point sampling under subsection (c)(5) to those entry points representing water quality and treatment conditions throughout the system. If water from untreated groundwater sources mixes with water from treated groundwater sources, the system must monitor for water quality parameters at both representative entry points receiving treatment and representative entry points not receiving treatment. Prior to starting monitoring under this subsection (c)(3), the supplier must provide written information to the Agency identifying the selected entry points and documentation sufficient to demonstrate that the sites represent water quality and treatment conditions throughout the system, including information on seasonal variability.
4) Tap Water Samples. The supplier must collect two water samples at each tap for each of five water quality parameters:
A) pH;
B) Alkalinity;
C) Orthophosphate if the supplier uses an inhibitor containing a phosphate compound;
D) Silica if the supplier uses an inhibitor containing a silicate compound; and
E) Calcium if the supplier uses calcium carbonate stabilization as part of corrosion control.
5) Entry Point Samples. Except as subsection (c)(3) provides otherwise, a supplier must collect one sample at each entry point to its distribution system every two weeks (bi-weekly) for three water quality parameters:
A) pH;
B) If the supplier adjusts alkalinity as part of optimal corrosion control, a reading of the chemical dosage rate the supplier uses to adjust alkalinity and the alkalinity concentration; and
C) If the supplier uses a corrosion inhibitor as part of optimal corrosion control, a reading of the inhibitor dosage rate the supplier uses and the orthophosphate or silica concentration.
BOARD NOTE: Subsections (c)(1) and (c)(2) derive from 40 CFR 141.87(c) (2020), subsection (c)(3) derives from 40 CFR 141.87(c)(3) (2020), subsection (c)(4) derives from 40 CFR 141.87(c)(1) (2020), and subsection (c)(5) derives from 40 CFR 141.87(c)(2) (2020).
d) Monitoring after the Agency Specifies Water Quality Parameter Values for Optimal Corrosion Control
1) Large-Sized Water Systems. After the Agency specifies the values for water quality control parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control treatment under Section 611.1352(f), a large-sized water system supplier must monitor the applicable water quality parameters under subsection (c) and determine whether the supplier complies with Section 611.1352(g) every six months, with the first six-month period to begin on the sooner of January 1 or July 1 after the Agency specifies the optimal values under Section 611.1352(f).
2) Small and Medium-Sized System Suppliers. A small or medium-sized system supplier must monitor during each six-month monitoring period this subsection (d) specifies during which the supplier exceeds the lead or copper action level. For a small or medium-sized system supplier subject to a reduced monitoring frequency under Section 611.1356(d)(4) at the time it exceeds the action level, the start of the applicable six-month monitoring period under this subsection (d) coincides with the start of the applicable monitoring period under Section 611.1356(d)(4).
3) A supplier must determine whether it complies with Agency-designated optimal water quality parameter as Section 611.1352(g) specifies.
e) Reduced Monitoring
1) Reduced Tap Monitoring. A supplier maintaining the range of values for the water quality parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control treatment during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods under subsection (d) must continue monitoring at the entry points to the distribution system as subsection (c)(5) specifies. The supplier may collect two samples from each tap for applicable water quality parameters from the reduced number of sites the second column of Table F (Standard Monitoring) indicates during each subsequent six-month monitoring period.
2) Reduced Monitoring Frequency
A) Staged Reductions in Monitoring Frequency
i) Annual Monitoring. A supplier maintaining the range of values for the water quality parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control treatment under Section 611.1352(f) during three consecutive years of monitoring may reduce its tap sampling frequency for applicable water quality parameters subsection (e)(1) specifies from every six months to annually. The supplier may only begin this reduced sampling during the calendar year immediately following the end of the monitoring period in which the third consecutive year of six-month monitoring occurs.
ii) Triennial Monitoring. A supplier maintaining the range of values for the water quality parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control treatment under Section 611.1352(f) during three consecutive years of annual monitoring under subsection (e)(2)(A)(i) may reduce its tap sampling frequency for applicable water quality parameters subsection (e)(1) specifies from annually to once every three years. The supplier must conduct this triennial monitoring no later than every third calendar year.
B) A supplier may reduce its tap sampling frequency for applicable water quality parameters in subsection (e)(1) to once every three years if the supplier demonstrates that it complies with subsections (e)(2)(B)(i) through (e)(2)(B)(iii) during two consecutive monitoring periods, subject to subsection (e)(2)(B)(iv).
i) The supplier must demonstrate that its tap water 90th percentile level for lead is less than or equal to the PQL for lead in Section 611.1359(a)(1)(B).
ii) The supplier must demonstrate that its tap water 90th percentile level for copper is less than or equal to 0.65 mg/L for copper in Section 611.1350(c)(2).
iii) The supplier must demonstrate that it maintains the range of values for the water quality parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control treatment the Agency specified under Section 611.1352(f).
iv) The supplier must complete triennial monitoring no later than every third calendar year.
3) A supplier sampling annually or triennially must collect these samples evenly throughout the calendar year to reflect seasonal variability.
4) A supplier on a reduced monitoring frequency under this subsection (e) failing to operate at or above the minimum value or within the range of values for the water quality parameters the Agency specifies under Section 611.1352(f) for more than nine days in any six-month period Section 611.1352(g) specifies must resume tap water sampling complying with the number and frequency of samples subsection (d) requires. A supplier thus ceasing reduced monitoring may resume annual monitoring for water quality parameters at the tap at the reduced number of sites subsection (e)(1) specifies after completing two subsequent consecutive six-month rounds of monitoring complying with subsection (e)(1). The supplier may resume triennial tap water monitoring for water quality parameters at the reduced number of sites after demonstrating through subsequent rounds of monitoring that the supplier complies with subsection (e)(2)(A) or (e)(2)(B).
f) Additional Monitoring by Suppliers. The supplier and the Agency must consider any monitoring results and what this Section requires in making any determinations (i.e., determining concentrations of water quality parameters) under this Section or Section 611.1352.
BOARD NOTE: This Section corresponds with Section 611.357 and derives from 40 CFR 141.87 (2020).
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1358 Monitoring for Lead and Copper in Source Water
a) Sampling Location, Collection Methods, and Number of Samples
1) A supplier failing to meet the lead or copper action level on the basis of tap samples under Section 611.1356 must collect lead and copper source water samples under specific requirements for sample location, number of samples, and collection methods:
A) A groundwater supplier must take a minimum of one sample at every entry point to the distribution system representing each well after treatment (a “sampling point”). The supplier must take one sample at the same sampling point unless conditions make another sampling point more closely represent a source or treatment plant.
B) A surface water supplier must take a minimum of one sample at every entry point to the distribution system after treatment or in the distribution system at a sampling point. The supplier must take each sample at the same sampling point unless conditions make another sampling point more closely represent a source or treatment plant.
BOARD NOTE: For this subsection (a)(1)(B), a system using a combination of surface water and groundwater sources is a surface water system.
C) If a supplier draws water from more than one source and combines the sources before distribution, the supplier must sample at an entry point to the distribution system during periods of normal operating conditions (i.e., when water represents all sources being used).
D) The Agency may issue a SEP reducing the total number of samples a supplier must analyze by allowing the supplier to composite samples. Certified laboratory personnel must composite the samples. A composite sample may include a maximum of five samples. However, if the lead concentration in the composite sample is greater than or equal to 0.001 mg/L or the copper concentration is greater than or equal to 0.160 mg/L, the supplier must do either of two things:
i) The supplier must take and analyze a follow-up sample within 14 days at each sampling point included in the composite sample; or
ii) If duplicate samples or sufficient volumes of the original samples are available from each sampling point the certified laboratory used in the composite sample, the supplier may use those instead of resampling.
2) SEP Requiring an Additional Sample
A) Upon determining that sampling indicates exceedance of the lead or copper MPC under Section 611.1353(b)(4), the Agency must issue a SEP requiring the supplier to collect one additional sample as soon as possible after the initial sample at the same sampling point but before two weeks after the supplier took the initial sample.
B) If a supplier takes an Agency-required confirmation sample for lead or copper, the supplier must average the results obtained from the initial sample with those from the confirmation sample to determine whether it complies with the Agency-specified lead and copper MPCs.
i) For averaging, consider any analytical result below the MDL as zero.
ii) Consider any value above the MDL but below the PQL either as the measured value or one-half the PQL.
b) Monitoring Frequency after System Exceeds Tap Water Action Level. A supplier exceeding the lead or copper action level in tap sampling must collect one source water sample from each entry point to its distribution system no later than six months after the end of the monitoring period during which the supplier exceeds the lead or copper action level. For annual or less frequent monitoring periods, the end of the monitoring period is September 30 of the calendar year during which the sampling occurs or the last day of any alternate period the Agency establishes in a SEP.
c) Monitoring Frequency after Installation of Source Water Treatment. A supplier installing source water treatment under Section 611.1353(a)(3) must collect an additional source water sample from each entry point to its distribution system during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods on or before 36 months after completing step 2, as Section 611.1353(a)(4) specifies.
d) Monitoring Frequency after the Agency Specifies the Lead and Copper MPCs or Determines That Source Water Treatment Is Not Needed
1) A supplier must monitor at the frequency subsection (d)(1)(A) or (d)(1)(B) specifies if the Agency specifies the MPCs under Section 611.1353(b)(4) or determines that the supplier needs not install source water treatment under Section 611.1353(b)(2).
A) GWS Suppliers
i) A GWS supplier sampling under subsection (d)(1) must collect samples once during the three-year compliance period (as Section 611.101 defines the term) during which the Agency makes its determination under Section 611.1353(b)(4) or 611.1353(b)(2).
ii) A GWS supplier sampling under subsection (d)(1) must sample once during each subsequent compliance period.
iii) A supplier must collect triennial samples every third calendar year.
B) A SWS or mixed system supplier must collect samples once during each calendar year, the first annual monitoring period to begin during the year in which the Agency makes its determination under Section 611.1353(b)(4) or 611.1353(b)(2).
2) A supplier needs not sample source water for lead or copper if the supplier meets the action level for the specific contaminant in all tap water samples during the entire source water sampling period under subsection (d)(1)(A) or (d)(1)(B).
e) Reduced Monitoring Frequency
1) A GWS supplier may reduce its source water monitoring frequency for lead and copper to once during each nine-year compliance cycle (as Section 611.101 defines the term), provided the supplier collects the samples no later than every ninth calendar year, and only if the supplier meets one of certain criteria:
A) The supplier demonstrates that finished drinking water entering the distribution system remains below the MPCs for lead and copper the Agency specifies under Section 611.1353(b)(4) during at least three consecutive compliance periods under subsection (d)(1); or
B) The Agency determines in a SEP that the supplier does not need source water treatment, and the supplier demonstrates that its source water concentrations of lead was less than or equal to 0.005 mg/L and copper was less than or equal to 0.65 mg/L during at least three consecutive compliance periods during which the supplier sampled under subsection (d)(1).
2) A SWS or mixed system supplier may reduce its monitoring frequency subsection (d)(1) requires to once during each nine-year compliance cycle (as Section 611.101 defines the term) if the supplier collects the samples no later than every ninth calendar year, and only if the supplier meets one of certain criteria:
A) The supplier demonstrates that finished drinking water entering its distribution system remains below the MPCs for lead and copper the Agency specifies under Section 611.1353(b)(4) for at least three consecutive years; or
B) The Agency issues a SEP determining that the supplier does not need source water treatment, and the supplier demonstrates that its source water concentrations of lead was less than or equal to 0.005 mg/L and copper was less than or equal to 0.65 mg/L during at least three consecutive years.
3) A supplier using a new source of water may not reduce its monitoring for lead or copper until after the supplier demonstrates by samples it collected from the new source during three consecutive monitoring periods of the appropriate duration subsection (d)(1) provides that lead or copper levels are below the MPC the Agency specifies under Section 611.1353(a)(4).
BOARD NOTE: This Section corresponds with Section 611.358 and derives from 40 CFR 141.88 (2020).
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1359 Analytical Methods
The supplier must conduct analyses for lead, copper, pH, conductivity, calcium, alkalinity, orthophosphate, silica, and temperature using the methods in Section 611.611(a).
a) Only a certified laboratory in one of the categories in Section 611.490(a) may conduct analyses for lead and copper to demonstrate that a supplier complies with this Subpart AG. To obtain certification for conducting analyses for lead and copper, a laboratory must fulfill specific conditions:
1) The laboratory must analyze lead- and copper-containing performance evaluation samples provided by USEPA or the Agency;
2) The laboratory must achieve certain quantitative acceptance limits:
A) For lead: ±30 percent of the actual amount in the performance evaluation sample when the actual amount is greater than or equal to 0.005 mg/L (the PQL for lead is 0.005 mg/L);
B) For copper: ±10 percent of the actual amount in the performance evaluation sample when the actual amount is greater than or equal to 0.050 mg/L (the PQL for copper is 0.050 mg/L);
3) The laboratory must achieve the method detection limit (MDL) for lead of 0.001 mg/L using the procedures in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 186 and appendix B to 40 CFR 136: “Definition and Procedure for the Determination of the Method Detection Limit—Revision 1.11”, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102(c). The laboratory needs only accomplish this if the laboratory will process source water composite samples under Section 611.1358(a)(1)(D); and
4) The laboratory must have current certification to perform analyses under the specifications this subsection (a)(1) describes.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (a) corresponds with Section 611.359(a) and derives from 40 CFR 141.89(a) and (a)(1) (2020).
b) The Agency must issue a SEP allowing a supplier to use previously collected monitoring data under this Subpart AG if the supplier collected and analyzed the data complying with this Subpart AG.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (b) corresponds with Section 611.359(b) and derives from 40 CFR 141.89(a)(2) (2020).
c) Reporting Lead and Copper Levels
1) The supplier must report all lead and copper levels greater than or equal to the lead and copper PQL (Pb ³ 0.005 mg/L and Cu ³ 0.050 mg/L) as measured.
2) The supplier must report all lead and copper levels less than the PQL but greater than the MDL (0.005 mg/L > Pb > MDL and 0.050 mg/L > Cu > MDL) either as measured or as one-half the PQL in subsection (a) (i.e., 0.0025 mg/L for lead or 0.025 mg/L for copper).
3) The supplier must report all lead and copper levels below the lead and copper MDL (MDL > Pb) as zero.
BOARD NOTE: This subsection (c) corresponds with Section 611.359(c) and derives from 40 CFR 141.89(a)(3) and (a)(4) (2020).
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1360 Reporting
A supplier must report specific information to the Agency as this Section provides.
a) Reporting for Tap, Lead, and Copper, and Water Quality Parameter Monitoring
1) Except as subsection (a)(1)(H) provides otherwise, a supplier must report certain information for all samples Section 611.1356 specifies and for all water quality parameter samples Section 611.1357 specifies within ten days after the end of each applicable sampling period Sections 611.1356 and 611.1357 specify (i.e., every six months, annually, triennially, or every nine years). For a monitoring period shorter than six months, the end of the monitoring period is the last date on which the supplier may collect samples during that period, as Sections 611.1356 and 611.1357 specify.
A) The results of all tap samples for lead and copper, including the location of each site and the criteria under Section 611.1356(a)(3) through (a)(7) under which the supplier selected the site for the supplier’s sampling pool;
B) Supporting documents for each tap water lead or copper sample the supplier requests the Agency invalidate under Section 611.1356(f)(2);
C) This subsection (a)(1)(C) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.90(a)(1)(iii) (2020), a provision that USEPA removed and marked “reserved”. This statement preserves structural parity with the federal rules;
D) The 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations the supplier measures from among all lead and copper tap samples the supplier collects during each sampling period (calculated under Section 611.1350(c)(3)), unless the Agency calculates the system’s 90th percentile lead and copper levels under subsection (h);
E) With the exception of initial tap sampling under Section 611.1356(d)(1), the supplier must designate any site it did not sample during previous sampling periods and explain why sampling sites have changed;
F) The results of all tap samples for pH and the applicable of alkalinity, calcium, conductivity, temperature, and orthophosphate, and silica the supplier collects under Section 611.1357(b) through (e);
G) The results of all samples the supplier collects at entry points for applicable water quality parameters under Section 611.1357(b) through (e); and
H) A supplier must report the results of all water quality parameter samples the supplier collects under Section 611.1357(c) through (f) during each six-month monitoring period Section 611.1357(d) specifies within the first ten days following the end of the monitoring period, unless the Agency specifies a more frequent reporting requirement in a SEP.
2) For an NTNCWS supplier, or a CWS supplier in Section 611.1355(b)(7)(A) and (b)(7)(B) that does not have enough taps for first-draw tap samples, the supplier must do one of two things:
A) The supplier must identify to the Agency in writing standing times and locations for enough non-first-draw tap samples to make up its sampling pool under Section 611.1356(b)(5), unless the Agency waives prior Agency approval of non-first-draw sampling sites the supplier selects under Section 611.1356(b)(5); or
B) If the Agency waives prior approval of non-first-draw sampling sites the supplier selects, the supplier must identify each site that did not meet the six-hour minimum standing time and the length of standing time for that particular substitute sample collected under Section 611.1356(b)(5) in writing and include this information with the lead and copper tap sample results the supplier must submit under subsection (a)(1)(A).
3) At a time the Agency specifies in a SEP, a supplier deemed by rule to have optimized corrosion control under Section 611.1351(b)(3), a water supplier subject to reduced monitoring under Section 611.1356(d)(4), or a water supplier the Agency grants a monitoring waiver under Section 611.1356(g), must document adding a new source or any change in water treatment to the Agency describing the change or addition. If the Agency does not specify a time in a SEP, the supplier must document the changes to the Agency as early as possible prior to adding a new source or any change in water treatment.
4) A small system supplier applying for a monitoring waiver under Section 611.1356(g) or subject to a waiver granted under Section 611.1356(g)(3) must provide certain information to the Agency in writing before the applicable deadline:
A) Before the start of the first applicable monitoring period in Section 611.1356(d), any small water system supplier applying for a monitoring waiver must provide the documents demonstrating that the supplier qualifies for a waiver under Section 611.1356(g)(1) and (g)(2).
B) No later than nine years after the monitoring the supplier previously conducted under Section 611.1356(g)(2) or Section 611.1356(g)(4)(A), a small system supplier wanting to maintain its monitoring waiver must provide the information Section 611.1356(g)(4)(A) and (g)(4)(B) requires.
C) No later than 60 days after the small-sized system water supplier becomes aware that it is no longer free of lead-containing or copper-containing material, a small system supplier having a monitoring waiver must notify the Agency in writing, stating the circumstances introducing lead- or copper-containing materials into the system and describing any corrective action the supplier plans to remove these materials.
5) A GWS supplier limiting its water quality parameter monitoring to a subset of entry points under Section 611.1357(c)(3) must identify its selected entry points to the Agency in writing, including information sufficiently demonstrating that the sites represent water quality and treatment conditions throughout the supplier’s system.
b) Reporting for Source Water Monitoring
1) A supplier must report its sampling results for all source water samples it collects under Section 611.1358 within ten days after the end of each source water sampling period (i.e., annually, per compliance period (triennially), per compliance cycle (every nine years)) Section 611.1358 specifies.
2) With the exception of the first round of source water sampling a supplier conducts under Section 611.1358(b), a supplier must specify any site it did not sample during previous sampling periods, explaining why the supplier changed the sampling point.
c) Reporting for Corrosion Control Treatment. Before the applicable dates under Section 611.1351, a supplier must report certain information:
1) A supplier demonstrating that it already optimized corrosion control must provide the information Section 611.1352(b)(2) or (b)(3) requires.
2) A supplier that must optimize corrosion control must provide its recommendation regarding optimal corrosion control treatment under Section 611.1352(a).
3) A supplier that must evaluate the effectiveness of corrosion control treatments under Section 611.1352(c) must provide the information Section 611.1352(c) requires.
4) A supplier that must install optimal corrosion control the Agency approves under Section 611.1352(d) must provide a copy of the Agency permit letter, which acts as certification that the supplier completed installing the permitted treatment.
d) Reporting for Source Water Treatment. Before the applicable dates in Section 611.1353, a supplier must provide certain information to the Agency:
1) If Section 611.1353(b)(1) requires, the supplier must provide its recommendation on source water treatment; or
2) A supplier that must install source water treatment under Section 611.1353(b)(2) must provide a copy of the Agency permit letter, which acts as certification that the supplier completed installing the Agency-approved treatment within 24 months after Agency approval.
e) Reporting for Lead Service Line Replacement. A supplier must report certain information to the Agency demonstrating it complies with Section 611.1354:
1) No later than 12 months after the end of a monitoring period during which a supplier exceeds the lead action level in sampling under Section 611.1354(a), the supplier must submit documents to the Agency:
A) The material evaluation the supplier conducted as Section 611.1356(a) requires;
B) Identify the initial number of lead service lines in its distribution system at the time the supplier exceeds the lead action level; and
C) The supplier’s schedule for annually replacing at least seven percent of the initial number of lead service lines in its distribution system.
2) No later than 12 months after the end of a monitoring period during which a supplier exceeds the lead action level in monitoring under Section 611.1354(a) and every 12 months after that, the supplier must demonstrate either of two things to the Agency in writing:
A) That the supplier replaced at least seven percent of the initial number of lead service lines in its distribution system during the previous 12 months (or any greater number of lines the Agency specifies under Section 611.1354(e)); or
B) That the supplier conducted sampling demonstrating that the lead concentration in all service line samples from individual lines under Section 611.1356(b)(3) is less than or equal to 0.015 mg/L. This requires that the total number of lines that the supplier replaced, combined with the total number meeting the criteria of Section 611.1354(c), must equal at least seven percent of the initial number of lead lines the supplier identified under subsection (e)(1) (or the percentage the Agency specifies under Section 611.1354(e)).
3) The annual letter the supplier submits to the Agency under subsection (e)(2) must contain certain information:
A) The number of lead service lines the supplier originally scheduled to replace be replaced during the previous year of its replacement schedule;
B) The number and location of each lead service line the supplier actually replaced during the previous year of its replacement schedule; and
C) If measured, the tap water lead concentration from each lead service line the supplier sampled under Section 611.1356(b)(3), the location of each lead service line sampled, the sampling method used, and the sampling date.
4) Any supplier collecting lead service line samples following partial lead service line replacement Section 611.1354 requires must report the results to the Agency before the tenth day of the next month after the supplier receives the laboratory results or as the Agency specifies in a SEP. The Agency may issue a SEP waiving the supplier reporting these monitoring results. A supplier must also report any additional information the Agency specifies in a time and manner the Agency prescribes to verify that the supplier completed all partial lead service line replacement activities.
f) Reporting for Public Education Program
1) A supplier subject to Section 611.1355 must send documents to the Agency containing certain items within ten days after the end of each period in which the supplier must perform public education under Section 611.1355(b):
A) Documents showing that the supplier delivered the public education materials complying with the content requirements in Sections 611.1355(a) and the delivery requirements in Section 611.1355(b); and
B) A list of all newspapers, radio stations, television stations, and facilities and organizations to which the supplier delivered public education materials when this Subpart AG required the supplier to perform public education tasks.
2) Unless the Agency issues a SEP requiring a supplier to do so, a supplier that previously submitted the information subsection (f)(1)(B) requires need not resubmit the information subsection (f)(1)(B) requires, as long as no changes in the distribution list occurred, and the supplier certifies that it distributed the public education materials to the same list the supplier previously submitted.
3) No later than three months after the end of the monitoring period, each supplier must mail a sample copy of the consumer notification of tap water monitoring results to the Agency, certifying that the supplier distributed the notification in a manner complying with Section 611.1355(d).
g) Reporting Additional Monitoring Data. Any supplier collecting sampling data in addition to what this Subpart AG requires must report those sampling data to the Agency within the first ten days following the end of the applicable sampling periods Sections 611.1356 through 611.1358 specify during which the supplier collected the samples.
h) Reporting 90th Percentile Lead and Copper Concentrations If the Agency Calculates a System’s 90th Percentile Concentrations. A water supplier needs not report its 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations during each monitoring period, as subsection (a)(1)(D) requires, under certain circumstances:
1) The Agency previously notified the supplier that the Agency will calculate the water system’s 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations based on the lead and copper tap results the supplier submitted under subsection (h)(2)(A), and the Agency specifies a date before the end of the applicable monitoring period when the supplier must provide the results from lead and copper tap water samples;
2) The supplier provides the specific information to the Agency before the date subsection (h)(1) specifies:
A) The results from of all tap water samples for lead and copper, including the location of each site and the Section 611.1356(a)(3), (a)(4), (a)(5), (a)(6), or (a)(7) criteria under which the supplier selected the site for its sampling pool under subsection (a)(1)(A); and
B) The supplier must identify sampling sites it used during the current monitoring period that it did not sample during previous monitoring periods, explaining why the supplier changed sampling sites; and
3) The Agency provides the written results of the 90th percentile lead and copper calculations to the supplier before the end of the monitoring period.
BOARD NOTE: This Section corresponds with Section 611.360 and derives from 40 CFR 141.90 (2020).
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.1361 Recordkeeping
Any supplier subject to this Subpart AG must retain original records of all sampling data and analyses, reports, surveys, letters, evaluations, schedules, Agency determinations, and any other information Sections 611.1351 through Section 611.1360 require. Each supplier must retain the records this Section requires on its premises for at least 12 years.
BOARD NOTE: This Section corresponds with Section 611.361 and derives from 40 CFR 141.91 (2020).
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)Section 611.APPENDIX A Regulated Contaminants
Microbiological Contaminants
Contaminant (units): Total Coliform Bacteria
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: TT
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: TT
MCLG: N/A
Major sources in drinking water: Naturally present in the environment.Health effects language: Use language found in Section 611.883(h)(7)(A)(i)
Contaminant (units): E. coli
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: Routine and repeat samples are total coliform-positive and either is E. coli-positive or system fails to take repeat samples following E. coli-positive routine sample or system fails to analyze total coliform-positive repeat sample for E. coli.
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: Routine and repeat samples are total coliform-positive and either is E. coli-positive or system fails to take repeat samples following E. coli-positive routine sample or system fails to analyze total coliform-positive repeat sample for E. coli.
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Human and animal fecal waste.Health effects language: E. coli are bacteria whose presence indicates that the water may be contaminated with human or animal wastes. Human pathogens in these wastes can cause short-term effects, such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea, headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a special health risk for infants, young children, the elderly, and people with severely-compromised immune systems.
Contaminant (units): Fecal Indicators (enterococci or coliphage).
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: TT.
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: TT.
MCLG: N/A
Major sources in drinking water: Human and animal fecal waste.Health effects language: Fecal indicators are microbes whose presence indicates that the water may be contaminated with human or animal wastes. Microbes in these wastes can cause short-term health effects, such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea, headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a special health risk for infants, young children, some of the elderly, and people with severely compromised immune systems.
Contaminant (units): Total organic carbon (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: TT
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: TT
MCLG: N/A
Major sources in drinking water: Naturally present in the environment.Health effects language: Total organic carbon (TOC) has no health effects. However, total organic carbon provides a medium for the formation of disinfection byproducts. These byproducts include trihalomethanes (THMs) and haloacetic acids (HAAs). Drinking water containing these byproducts in excess of the MCL may lead to adverse health effects, liver or kidney problems, or nervous system effects, and may lead to an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Turbidity (NTU)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: TT
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: TT
MCLG: N/A
Major sources in drinking water: Soil runoff.Health effects language: Turbidity has no health effects. However, turbidity can interfere with disinfection and provide a medium for microbial growth. Turbidity may indicate the presence of disease-causing organisms. These organisms include bacteria, viruses, and parasites that can cause symptoms such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea, and associated headaches.
Radioactive Contaminants
Contaminant (units): Beta/photon emitters (mrem/yr)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 4 mrem/yr
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: 4
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Decay of natural and man-made deposits.Health effects language: Certain minerals are radioactive and may emit forms of radiation known as photons and beta radiation. Some people who drink water containing beta particle and photon radioactivity in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Alpha emitters (pCi/ℓ)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 15 pCi/ℓ
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: 15
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Erosion of natural deposits.Health effects language: Certain minerals are radioactive and may emit a form of radiation known as alpha radiation. Some people who drink water containing alpha emitters in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Combined radium (pCi/ℓ)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 5 pCi/ℓ
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Erosion of natural deposits.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing radium-226 or 228 in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Uranium ( m g/ℓ)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 30 m g/ℓ
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: 30
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Erosion of natural deposits.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing uranium in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer and kidney toxicity.
Inorganic Contaminants
Contaminant (units): Antimony (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.006
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 6
MCLG: 6
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from petroleum refineries; fire retardants; ceramics; electronics; solder.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing antimony well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience increases in blood cholesterol and decreases in blood sugar.
Contaminant (units): Arsenic (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.010
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 50
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Erosion of natural deposits; runoff from orchards; runoff from glass and electronics production wastes.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing arsenic in excess of the MCL over many years could experience skin damage or problems with their circulatory system, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Asbestos (MFL)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 7 MFL
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: 7
MCLG: 7
Major sources in drinking water: Decay of asbestos cement water mains; erosion of natural deposits.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing asbestos in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of developing benign intestinal polyps.
Contaminant (units): Barium (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 2
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: 2
MCLG: 2
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge of drilling wastes; discharge from metal refineries; erosion of natural deposits.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing barium in excess of the MCL over many years could experience an increase in their blood pressure.
Contaminant (units): Beryllium (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.004
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 4
MCLG: 4
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from metal refineries and coal-burning factories; discharge from electrical, aerospace, and defense industries.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing beryllium well in excess of the MCL over many years could develop intestinal lesions.
Contaminant (units): Bromate (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.010
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 10
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: By-product of drinking water disinfection.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing bromate in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Cadmium (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 5
Major sources in drinking water: Corrosion of galvanized pipes; erosion of natural deposits; discharge from metal refineries; runoff from waste batteries and paints.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing cadmium in excess of the MCL over many years could experience kidney damage.
Contaminant (units): Chloramines (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: MRDL=4
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: MRDL=4
MCLG: MRDLG=4
Major sources in drinking water: Water additive used to control microbes.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing chloramines well in excess of the MRDL could experience irritating effects to their eyes and nose. Some people who drink water containing chloramines well in excess of the MRDL could experience stomach discomfort or anemia.
Contaminant (units): Chlorine (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: MRDL=4
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: MRDL=4
MCLG: MRDLG=4
Major sources in drinking water: Water additive used to control microbes.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing chlorine well in excess of the MRDL could experience irritating effects to their eyes and nose. Some people who drink water containing chlorine well in excess of the MRDL could experience stomach discomfort.
Contaminant (units): Chlorine dioxide (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: MRDL=800
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: MRDL=800
MCLG: MRDLG=800
Major sources in drinking water: Water additive used to control microbes.Health effects language: Some infants and young children who drink water containing chlorine dioxide well in excess of the MRDL could experience nervous system effects. Similar effects may occur in fetuses of pregnant women who drink water containing chlorine dioxide in excess of the MRDL. Some people may experience anemia.
Contaminant (units): Chlorite (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: MRDL=1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: MRDL=1
MCLG: MRDLG=0.8
Major sources in drinking water: By-product of drinking water disinfection.Health effects language: Some infants and young children who drink water containing chlorite well in excess of the MCL could experience nervous system effects. Similar effects may occur in fetuses of pregnant women who drink water containing chlorite in excess of the MCL. Some people may experience anemia.
Contaminant (units): Chromium (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 100
MCLG: 100
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from steel and pulp mills; erosion of natural deposits.Health effects language: Some people who use water containing chromium well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience allergic dermatitis.
Contaminant (units): Copper (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: AL=1.3
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: AL=1.3
MCLG: 1.3
Major sources in drinking water: Corrosion of household plumbing systems; erosion of natural deposits.Health effects language: Copper is an essential nutrient, but some people who drink water containing copper in excess of the action level over a relatively short amount of time could experience gastrointestinal distress. Some people who drink water containing copper in excess of the action level over many years could suffer liver or kidney damage. People with Wilson’s Disease should consult their personal doctor.
Contaminant (units): Cyanide (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.2
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 200
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from steel/metal factories; discharge from plastic and fertilizer factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing cyanide well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience nerve damage or problems with their thyroid.
Contaminant (units): Fluoride (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 4
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: 4
MCLG: 4
Major sources in drinking water: Erosion of natural deposits; water additive that promotes strong teeth; discharge from fertilizer and aluminum factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing fluoride in excess of the MCL over many years could get bone disease, including pain and tenderness of the bones. Fluoride in drinking water at half the MCL or more may cause mottling of children’s teeth, usually in children less than nine years old. Mottling, also known as dental fluorosis, may include brown staining or pitting of the teeth, and occurs only in developing teeth before they erupt from the gums.
Contaminant (units): Lead (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: AL=0.015
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: AL=15
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Corrosion of household plumbing systems; erosion of natural deposits.Health effects language: Infants and children who drink water containing lead in excess of the action level could experience delays in their physical or mental development. Children could show slight deficits in attention span and learning abilities. Adults who drink this water over many years could develop kidney problems or high blood pressure.
Contaminant (units): Mercury (inorganic) (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 2
MCLG: 2
Major sources in drinking water: Erosion of natural deposits; discharge from refineries and factories; runoff from landfills; runoff from cropland.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing inorganic mercury well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience kidney damage.
Contaminant (units): Nitrate (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 10
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: 10
MCLG: 10
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from fertilizer use; leaching from septic tanks, sewage; erosion of natural deposits.Health effects language: Infants below the age of six months who drink water containing nitrate in excess of the MCL could become seriously ill and, if untreated, may die. Symptoms include shortness of breath and blue baby syndrome.
Contaminant (units): Nitrite (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: 1
MCLG: 1
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from fertilizer use; leaching from septic tanks, sewage; erosion of natural deposits.Health effects language: Infants below the age of six months who drink water containing nitrite in excess of the MCL could become seriously ill and, if untreated, may die. Symptoms include shortness of breath and blue baby syndrome.
Contaminant (units): Selenium (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.05
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 50
MCLG: 50
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from petroleum and metal refineries; erosion of natural deposits; discharge from mines.Health effects language: Selenium is an essential nutrient. However, some people who drink water containing selenium in excess of the MCL over many years could experience hair or fingernail losses, numbness in fingers or toes, or problems with their circulation.
Contaminant (units): Thallium (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 2
MCLG: 0.5
Major sources in drinking water: Leaching from ore-processing sites; discharge from electronics, glass, and drug factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing thallium in excess of the MCL over many years could experience hair loss, changes in their blood, or problems with their kidneys, intestines, or liver.
Synthetic Organic Contaminants, Including Pesticides and Herbicides
Contaminant (units): 2,4-D (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.07
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 70
MCLG: 70
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide used on row crops.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing the weed killer 2,4-D well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their kidneys, liver, or adrenal glands.
Contaminant (units): 2,4,5-TP (silvex) (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.05
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 50
MCLG: 50
Major sources in drinking water: Residue of banned herbicide.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing silvex in excess of the MCL over many years could experience liver problems.
Contaminant (units): Acrylamide
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: TT
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: TT
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Added to water during sewage/wastewater treatment.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing high levels of acrylamide over a long period of time could have problems with their nervous system or blood, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Alachlor (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 2
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide used on row crops.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing alachlor in excess of the MCL over many years could have problems with their eyes, liver, kidneys, or spleen, or experience anemia, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Atrazine (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.003
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 3
MCLG: 3
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide used on row crops.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing atrazine well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their cardiovascular system or reproductive difficulties.
Contaminant (units): Benzo(a)pyrene (PAH) (nanograms/ℓ)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.0002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Leaching from linings of water storage tanks and distribution lines.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing benzo(a)pyrene in excess of the MCL over many years may experience reproductive difficulties and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Carbofuran (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.04
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 40
MCLG: 40
Major sources in drinking water: Leaching of soil fumigant used on rice and alfalfa.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing carbofuran in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their blood, or nervous or reproductive systems.
Contaminant (units): Chlordane (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 2
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Residue of banned termiticide.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing chlordane in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or nervous system, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Dalapon (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.2
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 200
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide used on rights of way.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing dalapon well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience minor kidney changes.
Contaminant (units): Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.4
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 400
MCLG: 400
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience toxic effects, such as weight loss, liver enlargement, or possible reproductive difficulties.
Contaminant (units): Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.006
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 6
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from rubber and chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate well in excess of the MCL over many years may have problems with their liver or experience reproductive difficulties, and they may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Dibromochloropropane (DBCP) (ppt)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.0002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff/leaching from soil fumigant used on soybeans, cotton, pineapples, and orchards.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing DBCP in excess of the MCL over many years could experience reproductive problems and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Dinoseb (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.007
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 7
MCLG: 7
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide used on soybeans and vegetables.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing dinoseb well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience reproductive difficulties.
Contaminant (units): Diquat (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.02
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 20
MCLG: 20
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide use.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing diquat in excess of the MCL over many years could get cataracts.
Contaminant (units): Dioxin (2,3,7,8-TCDD) (ppq)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.00000003
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 30
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Emissions from waste incineration and other combustion; discharge from chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing dioxin in excess of the MCL over many years could experience reproductive difficulties and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Endothall (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 100
MCLG: 100
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide use.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing endothall in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their stomach or intestines.
Contaminant (units): Endrin (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 2
MCLG: 2
Major sources in drinking water: Residue of banned insecticide.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing endrin in excess of the MCL over many years could experience liver problems.
Contaminant (units): Epichlorohydrin
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: TT
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: TT
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories; an impurity of some water treatment chemicals.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing high levels of epichlorohydrin over a long period of time could experience stomach problems, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Ethylene dibromide (ppt)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.00005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 50
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from petroleum refineries.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing ethylene dibromide in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver, stomach, reproductive system, or kidneys, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Glyphosate (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.7
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 700
MCLG: 700
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide use.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing glyphosate in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their kidneys or reproductive difficulties.
Contaminant (units): Heptachlor (ppt)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.0004
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 400
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Residue of banned pesticide.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing heptachlor in excess of the MCL over many years could experience liver damage and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Heptachlor epoxide (ppt)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.0002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Breakdown of heptachlor.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing heptachlor epoxide in excess of the MCL over many years could experience liver damage, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Hexachlorobenzene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.001
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 1
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from metal refineries and agricultural chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing hexachlorobenzene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or kidneys, or adverse reproductive effects, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Hexachlorocyclopentadiene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.05
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 50
MCLG: 50
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing hexachlorocyclopentadiene well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their kidneys or stomach.
Contaminant (units): Lindane (ppt)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.0002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 200
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff/leaching from insecticide used on cattle, lumber, gardens.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing lindane in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their kidneys or liver.
Contaminant (units): Methoxychlor (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.04
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 40
MCLG: 40
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff/leaching from insecticide used on fruits, vegetables, alfalfa, livestock.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing methoxychlor in excess of the MCL over many years could experience reproductive difficulties.
Contaminant (units): Oxamyl (vydate) (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.2
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 200
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff/leaching from insecticide used on apples, potatoes and tomatoes.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing oxamyl in excess of the MCL over many years could experience slight nervous system effects.
Contaminant (units): PCBs (polychlorinated biphenyls) (ppt)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.0005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 500
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from landfills; discharge of waste chemicals.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing PCBs in excess of the MCL over many years could experience changes in their skin, problems with their thymus gland, immune deficiencies, or reproductive or nervous system difficulties, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Pentachlorophenol (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.001
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 1
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from wood preserving factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing pentachlorophenol in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or kidneys, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Picloram (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.5
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 500
MCLG: 500
Major sources in drinking water: Herbicide runoff.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing picloram in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver.
Contaminant (units): Simazine (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.004
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 4
MCLG: 4
Major sources in drinking water: Herbicide runoff.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing simazine in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their blood.
Contaminant (units): Toxaphene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.003
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 3
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff/leaching from insecticide used on cotton and cattle.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing toxaphene in excess of the MCL over many years could have problems with their kidneys, liver, or thyroid, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Volatile Organic Contaminants
Contaminant (units): Benzene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from factories; leaching from gas storage tanks and landfills.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing benzene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience anemia or a decrease in blood platelets, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Carbon tetrachloride (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from chemical plants and other industrial activities.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing carbon tetrachloride in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Chlorobenzene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 100
MCLG: 100
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from chemical and agricultural chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing chlorobenzene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or kidneys.
Contaminant (units): o-Dichlorobenzene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.6
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 600
MCLG: 600
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing o-dichlorobenzene well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver, kidneys, or circulatory systems.
Contaminant (units): p-Dichlorobenzene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.075
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 75
MCLG: 75
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing p-dichlorobenzene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience anemia; damage to their liver, kidneys, or spleen; or changes in their blood.
Contaminant (units): 1,2-Dichloroethane (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing 1,2-dichloroethane in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): 1,1-Dichloroethylene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.007
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 7
MCLG: 7
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing 1,1-dichloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver.
Contaminant (units): cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.07
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 70
MCLG: 70
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing cis-1,2-dichloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver.
Contaminant (units): trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 100
MCLG: 100
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing trans-1,2-dichloroethylene well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver.
Contaminant (units): Dichloromethane (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from pharmaceutical and chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing dichloromethane in excess of the MCL over many years could have liver problems and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): 1,2-Dichloropropane (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing 1,2-dichloropropane in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Ethylbenzene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.7
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 700
MCLG: 700
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from petroleum refineries.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing ethylbenzene well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or kidneys.
Contaminant (units): Haloacetic acids (HAA5) (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.060
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 60
MCLG: N/A
Major sources in drinking water: Byproduct of drinking water disinfection.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing haloacetic acids in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Styrene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 100
MCLG: 100
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from rubber and plastic factories; leaching from landfills.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing styrene well in excess of the MCL over many years could have problems with their liver, kidneys, or circulatory system.
Contaminant (units): Tetrachloroethylene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from factories and dry cleaners.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing tetrachloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many years could have problems with their liver, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.07
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 70
MCLG: 70
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from textile-finishing factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience changes in their adrenal glands.
Contaminant (units): 1,1,1-Trichloroethane (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.2
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 200
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from metal degreasing sites and other factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing 1,1,1-trichloroethane in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver, nervous system, or circulatory system.
Contaminant (units): 1,1,2-Trichloroethane (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 3
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing 1,1,2-trichloroethane well in excess of the MCL over many years could have problems with their liver, kidneys, or immune systems.
Contaminant (units): Trichloroethylene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from metal degreasing sites and other factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing trichloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): TTHMs (total trihalomethanes) (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.10/0.080
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 100/80
MCLG: N/A
Major sources in drinking water: Byproduct of drinking water disinfection.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing trihalomethanes in excess of the MCL over many years may experience problems with their liver, kidneys, or central nervous system, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Toluene (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: 1
MCLG: 1
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from petroleum factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing toluene well in excess of the MCL over many years could have problems with their nervous system, kidneys, or liver.
Contaminant (units): Vinyl Chloride (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 0.002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 2
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Leaching from PVC piping; discharge from plastics factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing vinyl chloride in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Xylenes (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/ℓ: 10
To convert for CCR, multiply by: —
MCL in CCR units: 10
MCLG: 10
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from petroleum factories; discharge from chemical factories.Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing xylenes in excess of the MCL over many years could experience damage to their nervous system.
Key
BOARD NOTE: Derived from appendix A to subpart O to 40 CFR 141.
Abbreviation Meaning AL action level MCL maximum contaminant level MCLG maximum contaminant level goal MFL million fibers per liter MRDL maximum residual disinfectant level MRDLG maximum residual disinfectant level goal mrem/year millirems per year (a measure of radiation absorbed by the body) N/A not applicable NTU nephelometric turbidity units(a measure of water clarity) pCi/ℓ picocuries per liter (a measure of radioactivity) ppm parts per million, or milligrams per liter (mg/ℓ) ppb parts per billion, or micrograms per liter ( m g/ℓ) ppt parts per trillion, or nanograms per liter ppq parts per quadrillion, or picograms per liter TT treatment technique (Source: Amended at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.APPENDIX B Percent Inactivation of G. Lamblia Cysts
Table 1.1
CT-99.9 for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by Free Chlorine at 0.5 °C or Lower
These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between the indicated temperatures of different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT 99.9 value at the lower temperature and at the higher pH.
Table 1.2
Free Residual
(mg/ℓ)PH
≤6.06.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 ≥9.0 ≤0.4 137 163 195 237 277 329 390 0.6 141 168 200 239 286 342 407 0.8 145 172 205 246 295 354 422 1.0 148 176 210 253 304 365 437 1.2 152 180 215 259 313 376 451 1.4 155 184 221 266 321 387 464 1.6 157 189 226 273 329 397 477 1.8 162 193 231 279 338 407 489 2.0 165 197 236 286 346 417 500 2.2 169 201 242 297 353 426 511 2.4 172 205 247 298 361 435 522 2.6 175 209 252 304 368 444 533 2.8 178 213 257 310 375 452 543 3.0 181 217 261 316 382 460 552
CT-99.9 for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by Free Chlorine at 5.0 °CThese CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between the indicated temperatures of different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT 99.9 value at the lower temperature and at the higher pH.
Table 1.3
Free Residual
(mg/ℓ)PH
≤6.06.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 ≥9.0 ≤0.4 97 117 139 166 198 236 279 0.6 100 120 143 171 204 244 291 0.8 103 122 146 175 210 252 301 1.0 105 125 149 179 216 260 312 1.2 107 127 152 183 221 267 320 1.4 109 130 155 187 227 274 329 1.6 111 132 158 192 232 281 337 1.8 114 135 162 196 238 287 345 2.0 116 138 165 200 243 294 353 2.2 118 140 169 204 248 300 361 2.4 120 143 172 209 253 306 368 2.6 122 146 175 213 258 312 375 2.8 124 148 178 217 263 318 382 3.0 126 151 182 221 268 324 369
CT-99.9 for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by Free Chlorine at 10.0 °CThese CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between the indicated temperatures of different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT 99.9 value at the lower temperature and at the higher pH.
Table 1.4
Free Residual
(mg/ℓ)PH
≤6.06.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 ≥9.0 ≤0.4 73 88 104 125 149 177 209 0.6 75 90 107 128 153 183 218 0.8 78 92 110 131 158 189 226 1.0 79 94 112 134 162 195 234 1.2 80 95 114 137 166 200 240 1.4 82 98 116 140 170 206 247 1.6 83 99 119 144 174 211 253 1.8 86 101 122 147 179 215 259 2.0 87 104 124 150 182 221 265 2.2 89 105 127 153 186 225 271 2.4 90 107 129 157 190 230 276 2.6 92 110 131 160 194 234 281 2.8 93 111 134 163 197 239 287 3.0 95 113 137 166 201 243 292
CT-99.9 for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by Free Chlorine at 15.0 °CThese CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between the indicated temperatures of different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT 99.9 value at the lower temperature and at the higher pH.
Table 1.5
Free Residual
(mg/ℓ)PH
≤6.06.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 ≥9.0 ≤0.4 49 59 70 83 99 118 140 0.6 50 60 72 86 102 122 146 0.8 52 61 73 88 105 126 151 1.0 53 63 75 90 108 130 156 1.2 54 64 76 92 111 134 160 1.4 55 65 78 94 114 137 165 1.6 56 66 79 96 116 141 169 1.8 57 68 81 98 119 144 173 2.0 58 69 83 100 122 147 177 2.2 59 70 85 102 124 150 181 2.4 60 72 86 105 127 153 184 2.6 61 73 88 107 129 156 188 2.8 62 74 89 109 132 159 191 3.0 63 76 91 111 134 162 195
CT-99.9 for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by Free Chlorine at 20° CThese CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between the indicated temperatures of different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT 99.9 value at the lower temperature and at the higher pH.
Table 1.6
Free Residual
(mg/ℓ)PH
≤6.06.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 ≥9.0 ≤0.4 36 44 52 62 74 89 105 0.6 38 45 54 64 77 92 109 0.8 39 46 55 66 79 95 113 1.0 39 47 56 67 81 98 117 1.2 40 48 57 69 83 100 120 1.4 41 49 58 70 85 103 123 1.6 42 50 59 72 87 105 126 1.8 43 51 61 74 89 108 129 2.0 44 52 62 75 91 110 132 2.2 44 53 63 77 93 113 135 2.4 45 54 65 78 95 115 138 2.6 46 55 66 80 97 117 141 2.8 47 56 67 81 99 119 143 3.0 47 57 68 83 101 122 146
CT-99.9 for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by Free Chlorine at 25° C and HigherThese CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between the indicated temperatures of different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT 99.9 value at the lower temperature and at the higher pH.
Table 2.1
Free Residual
(mg/ℓ)PH
≤6.06.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 ≥9.0 ≤0.4 24 29 35 42 50 59 70 0.6 25 30 36 43 51 61 73 0.8 26 31 37 44 53 63 75 1.0 26 31 37 45 54 65 78 1.2 27 32 38 46 55 67 80 1.4 27 33 39 47 57 69 82 1.6 28 33 40 48 58 70 84 1.8 29 34 41 49 60 72 86 2.0 29 35 41 50 61 74 88 2.2 30 35 42 51 62 75 90 2.4 30 36 43 52 63 77 92 2.6 31 37 44 53 65 78 94 2.8 31 37 45 54 66 80 96 3.0 32 38 46 55 67 81 97
CT-99.9 for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by Chlorine Dioxide and OzoneThese CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT99.9 value at the lower temperature for determining CT99.9 values between indicated temperatures.
Table 3.1
Chlorine dioxide Ozone
CT-99.9 for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by ChloraminesThese values are for pH values of 6 to 9. These CT values may be assumed to achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses only if chlorine is added and mixed in the water prior to the addition of ammonia. If this condition is not met, the system must demonstrate, based on on-site studies or other information, as approved by the Agency, that the system is achieving at least a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the indicated temperatures may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT99.9 value at the lower temperature for determining CT99.9 values between indicated temperatures.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.74(b) Tables 1.1 through 3.1.
Chloramines (Source: Amended at 37 Ill. Reg. 1978, effective February 4, 2013)
Section 611.APPENDIX C Common Names of Organic Chemicals
The following common names are used for certain organic chemicals:
Common Name CAS No. CAS Name Aldrin 309-00-2 1,4,5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-1,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro-, (1alpha, 4alpha, 4abeta, 5alpha, 8alpha, 8abeta)- Bromoform 75-25-2 Methane, tribromo- Chlordane 57-74-9 4,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,2,4,5,6,7,8,8-octachloro-2,3,3a,4,7,7a-hexahydro- Chloroform 67-66-3 Methane, trichloro- 2,4-D 94-75-7 Acetic acid, 2,4-dichlorophenoxy- DDT 50-29-3 Benzene, 1,1’-(2, 2, 2-trichloroethylidene) bis(4-chloro- Dieldrin 60-57-1 2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth(2,3-b)oxirene, 3,4,5,6,9,9-hexachloro-1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-octahydro-, (1aalpha, 2beta, 2aalpha, 3beta, 6beta, 6aalpha, 7beta, 7aalpha)- Endrin 72-20-8 2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth(2,3-b)oxirene, 3,4,5,6,9,9-hexachloro-1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-octahydro-, (1aalpha, 2beta, 2abeta, 3alpha, 6alpha, 6abeta, 7beta, 7aalpha)-, Heptachlor 76-44-8 4,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,4,5,6,7,8,8-heptachloro-3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro- Heptachlor epoxide 1024-57-3 2, 5-Methano-2H-indeno(1, 2b)oxirene, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 7-heptachloro-1a, 1b, 5, 5a, 6, 6a-hexahydro-, (1a alpha, 1b beta, 2 alpha, 5 alpha, 5a beta, 6beta, 6a alpha)- Lindane 58-89-9 Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-, (1 alpha,2 alpha,3 beta,4 alpha,5 alpha,6 beta)- Methoxychlor 72-43-5 Benzene, 1,1’-(2,2,2-trichloroethylidene)bis(4-methoxy- Silvex (2,4,5-TP) 93-72-1 Propanoic acid, 2-(2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy)- Toxaphene 8001-35-2 Toxaphene TTHM Total trihalomethanes (See Section 611.101) BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.30 and 261, appendix VIII.
(Source: Amended at 37 Ill. Reg. 1978, effective February 4, 2013)
Section 611.APPENDIX D Defined Substrate Method for the Simultaneous Detection of Total Coliforms and Escherichia Coli from Drinking Water (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.APPENDIX E Mandatory Lead Public Education Information for Community Water Systems
1) INTRODUCTION
The United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and (insert name of water supplier) are concerned about lead in your drinking water. Although most homes have very low levels of lead in their drinking water, some homes in the community have lead levels above the USEPA action level of 15 parts per billion (ppb), or 0.015 milligrams of lead per liter of water (mg/ℓ). Under Federal law we are required to have a program in place to minimize lead in your drinking water by (insert date when corrosion control will be completed for your system). This program includes corrosion control treatment, source water treatment, and public education. We are also required to replace the portion of each lead service line that we own if the line contributes lead concentrations of more than 15 ppb after we have completed the comprehensive treatment program. If you have any questions about how we are carrying out the requirements of the lead regulation please give us a call at (insert water system’s phone number). This brochure explains the simple steps you can take to protect you and your family by reducing your exposure to lead in drinking water.
2) HEALTH EFFECTS OF LEAD
Lead is a common metal found throughout the environment in lead-based paint; air; soil; household dust; food; certain types of pottery, porcelain, and pewter; and water. Lead can pose a significant risk to your health if too much of it enters your body. Lead builds up in the body over many years and can cause damage to the brain, red blood cells, and kidneys. The greatest risk is to young children and pregnant women. Amounts of lead that won’t hurt adults can slow down normal mental and physical development of growing bodies. In addition, a child at play often comes into contact with sources of lead contamination—like dirt and dust—that rarely affect an adult. It is important to wash children’s hands and toys often, and to try to make sure they only put food in their mouths.
3) LEAD IN DRINKING WATER
A) Lead in drinking water, although rarely the sole cause of lead poisoning, can significantly increase a person’s total lead exposure, particularly the exposure of infants who drink baby formulas and concentrated juices that are mixed with water. The EPA estimates that drinking water can make up 20 percent or more of a person’s total exposure to lead.
B) Lead is unusual among drinking water contaminants in that it seldom occurs naturally in water supplies like rivers and lakes. Lead enters drinking water primarily as a result of the corrosion, or wearing away, of materials containing lead in the water distribution system and household plumbing. These materials include lead-based solder used to join copper pipe, brass and chrome plated brass faucets, and in some cases, pipes made of lead that connect your house to the water main (service lines). In 1986, Congress banned the use of lead solder containing greater than 0.2% lead, and restricted the lead content of faucets, pipes and other plumbing materials to 8.0%.
C) When water stands in lead pipes or plumbing systems containing lead for several hours or more, the lead may dissolve into your drinking water. This means the first water drawn from the tap in the morning, or later in the afternoon after returning from work or school, can contain fairly high levels of lead.
4) STEPS YOU CAN TAKE IN THE HOME TO REDUCE EXPOSURE TO LEAD IN DRINKING WATER
A) Despite our best efforts mentioned earlier to control water corrosivity and remove lead from the water supply, lead levels in some homes or buildings can be high. To find out whether you need to take action in your own home, have your drinking water tested to determine if it contains excessive concentrations of lead. Testing the water is essential because you cannot see, taste, or smell lead in drinking water. Some local laboratories that can provide this service are listed at the end of this booklet. For more information on having your water tested, please call (insert phone number of water system).
B) If a water test indicates that the drinking water drawn from a tap in your home contains lead above 15 ppb, then you should take the following precautions:
i) Let the water run from the tap before using it for drinking or cooking any time the water in a faucet has gone unused for more than six hours. The longer water resides in your home’s plumbing the more lead it may contain. Flushing the tap means running the cold water faucet until the water gets noticeably colder, usually about 15-30 seconds. If your house has a lead service line to the water main, you may have to flush the water for a longer time, perhaps one minute, before drinking. Although toilet flushing or showering flushes water through a portion of your home’s plumbing system, you still need to flush the water in each faucet before using it for drinking or cooking. Flushing tap water is a simple and inexpensive measure you can take to protect your family’s health. It usually uses less than one or two gallons of water and costs less than (insert a cost estimate based on flushing two times a day for 30 days) per month. To conserve water, fill a couple of bottles for drinking water after flushing the tap, and whenever possible use the first flush water to wash the dishes or water the plants. If you live in a high-rise building, letting the water flow before using it may not work to lessen your risk from lead. The plumbing systems have more, and sometimes larger pipes than smaller buildings. Ask your landlord for help in locating the source of the lead and for advice on reducing the lead level.
ii) Try not to cook with or drink water from the hot water tap. Hot water can dissolve more lead more quickly than cold water. If you need hot water, draw water from the cold tap and heat it on the stove.
iii) Remove loose lead solder and debris from the plumbing materials installed in newly constructed homes, or homes in which the plumbing has recently been replaced, by removing the faucet strainers from all taps and running the water from 3 to 5 minutes. Thereafter, periodically remove the strainers and flush out any debris that has accumulated over time.
iv) If your copper pipes are joined with lead solder that has been installed illegally since it was banned in 1986, notify the plumber who did the work and request that he or she replace the lead solder with lead-free solder. Lead solder looks dull gray, and when scratched with a key looks shiny. In addition, notify the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency about the violation.
v) Determine whether or not the service line that connects your home or apartment to the water main is made of lead. The best way to determine if your service line is made of lead is by either hiring a licensed plumber to inspect the line or by contacting the plumbing contractor who installed the line. You can identify the plumbing contractor by checking the city’s record of building permits that should be maintained in the files of the (insert name of department that issues building permits). A licensed plumber can at the same time check to see if your home’s plumbing contains lead solder, lead pipes, or pipe fittings that contain lead. The public water system that delivers water to your home should also maintain records of the materials located in the distribution system. If the service line that connects your dwelling to the water main contributes more than 15 ppb to drinking water, after our comprehensive treatment program is in place, we are required to replace the portion of the line that we own. If the line is only partially owned by the (insert name of the city, county, or water system that controls the line), we are required to provide the owner of the privately-owned portion of the line with information on how to replace the privately-owned portion of the service line, and offer to replace that portion of the line at the owner’s expense. If we replace only the portion of the line that we own, we also are required to notify you in advance and provide you with information on the steps that you can take to minimize exposure to any temporary increase in lead levels that may result from the partial replacement, to take a follow-up sample at our expense from the line within 72 hours after the partial replacement, and to mail or otherwise provide you with the results of that sample within three business days after receiving the results. Acceptable replacement alternatives include copper, steel, iron, and plastic pipes.
vi) Have an electrician check your wiring. If grounding wires from the electrical system are attached to your pipes, corrosion may be greater. Check with a licensed electrician or your local electrical code to determine if your wiring can be grounded elsewhere. DO NOT attempt to change the wiring yourself because improper grounding can cause electrical shock and fire hazards.
C) The steps described above will reduce the lead concentrations in your drinking water. However, if a water test indicates that the drinking water coming from your tap contains lead concentrations in excess of 15 ppb after flushing, or after we have completed our actions to minimize lead levels, then you may want to take the following additional measures:
i) Purchase or lease a home treatment device. Home treatment devices are limited in that each unit treats only the water that flows from the faucet to which it is connected, and all of the devices require periodic maintenance and replacement. Devices such as reverse osmosis systems or distillers can effectively remove lead from your drinking water. Some activated carbon filters may reduce lead levels at the tap, however all lead reduction claims should be investigated. Be sure to check the actual performance of a specific home treatment device before and after installing the unit.
ii) Purchase bottled water for drinking and cooking.
D) You can consult a variety of sources for additional information. Your family doctor or pediatrician can perform a blood test for lead and provide you with information about the health effects of lead. State and local government agencies that can be contacted include the following:
i) (Insert the name of city or county department of public utilities) at (insert phone number) can provide you with information about your community’s water supply, and a list of local laboratories that have been certified by EPA for testing water quality;
ii) (Insert the name of city or county department that issues building permits) at (insert phone number) can provide you with information about building permit records that should contain the names of plumbing contractors that plumbed your home; and
iii) The Illinois Department of Public Health at 217-782-4977 or 312-814-2608 or the (insert the name of the city or county health department) at (insert phone number) can provide you with information about the health effects of lead and how you can have your child’s blood tested.
E) The following is a list of some State-approved laboratories in your area that you can call to have your water tested for lead. (Insert names and phone numbers of at least two laboratories.)
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.85(a)(1).
(Source: Amended at 37 Ill. Reg. 1978, effective February 4, 2013)
Section 611.APPENDIX F Mandatory Lead Public Education Information for Non-Transient Non-Community Water Systems
1) INTRODUCTION
The United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and (insert name of water supplier) are concerned about lead in your drinking water. Some drinking water samples taken from this facility have lead levels above the USEPA action level of 15 parts per billion (ppb), or 0.015 milligrams of lead per liter of water (mg/ℓ). Under Federal law we are required to have a program in place to minimize lead in your drinking water by (insert date when corrosion control will be completed for your system). This program includes corrosion control treatment, source water treatment, and public education. We are also required to replace the portion of each lead service line that we own if the line contributes lead concentrations of more than 15 ppb after we have completed the comprehensive treatment program. If you have any questions about how we are carrying out the requirements of the lead regulation please give us a call at (insert water system’s phone number). This brochure explains the simple steps you can take to protect you and your family by reducing your exposure to lead in drinking water.
2) HEALTH EFFECTS OF LEAD
Lead is found throughout the environment in lead-based paint; air; soil; household dust; food; certain types of pottery, porcelain, and pewter; and water. Lead can pose a significant risk to your health if too much of it enters your body. Lead builds up in the body over many years and can cause damage to the brain, red blood cells, and kidneys. The greatest risk is to young children and pregnant women. Amounts of lead that won’t hurt adults can slow down normal mental and physical development of growing bodies. In addition, a child at play often comes into contact with sources of lead contamination—like dirt and dust -- that rarely affect an adult. It is important to wash children’s hands and toys often, and to try to make sure they only put food in their mouths.
3) LEAD IN DRINKING WATER
A) Lead in drinking water, although rarely the sole cause of lead poisoning, can significantly increase a person’s total lead exposure, particularly the exposure of infants who drink baby formulas and concentrated juices that are mixed with water. The EPA estimates that drinking water can make up 20 percent or more of a person’s total exposure to lead.
B) Lead is unusual among drinking water contaminants in that it seldom occurs naturally in water supplies like rivers and lakes. Lead enters drinking water primarily as a result of the corrosion, or wearing away, of materials containing lead in the water distribution system and household plumbing. These materials include lead-based solder used to join copper pipe, brass, and chrome plated brass faucets, and in some cases, pipes made of lead that connect houses and buildings to the water main (service lines). In 1986, Congress banned the use of lead solder containing greater than 0.2% lead, and restricted the lead content of faucets, pipes, and other plumbing materials to 8.0%.
C) When water stands in lead pipes or plumbing systems containing lead for several hours or more, the lead may dissolve into your drinking water. This means the first water drawn from the tap in the morning, or later in the afternoon after returning from work or school, can contain fairly high levels of lead.
4) STEPS YOU CAN TAKE TO REDUCE EXPOSURE TO LEAD IN DRINKING WATER
A) Let the water run from the tap before using it for drinking or cooking any time the water in a faucet has gone unused for more than six hours. The longer water resides in plumbing the more lead it may contain. Flushing the tap means running the cold water faucet until the water gets noticeably colder, usually about 15-30 seconds. Although toilet flushing or showering flushes water through a portion of the plumbing system, you still need to flush the water in each faucet before using it for drinking or cooking. Flushing tap water is a simple and inexpensive measure you can take to protect your family’s health. It usually uses less than one gallon.
B) Do not cook with or drink water from the hot water tap. Hot water can dissolve more lead more quickly than cold water. If you need hot water, draw water from the cold tap and heat it.
C) The steps described above will reduce the lead concentrations in your drinking water. However, if you are still concerned, you may wish to use bottled water for drinking and cooking.
D) You can consult a variety of sources for additional information. Your family doctor or pediatrician can perform a blood test for lead and provide you with information about the health effects of lead. State and local government agencies that can be contacted include the following:
i) (Insert the name or title of facility official if appropriate) at (insert phone number) can provide you with information about your facility’s water supply; and
ii) The Illinois Department of Public Health at 217-782-4977 or 312-814-2608 or the (insert the name of the city or county health department) at (insert phone number) can provide you with information about the health effects of lead.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.85(a)(2). The Department of Public Health (Department) regulates non-community water supplies, including non-transient, non-community water supplies. The Department has incorporated this Part into its regulations at 77 Ill. Adm. Code 900.15(a)(2)(A) and 900.20(k)(2). Thus, the Board has included the notice language of 40 CFR 141.85(a)(2) in this Section for the purposes of facilitating federal review and authorization of the Illinois drinking water regulations.
(Source: Amended at 36 Ill. Reg. 7110, effective April 25, 2012)
Section 611.APPENDIX G NPDWR Violations and Situations Requiring Public NoticeSee note 1 at the end of this Appendix G for an explanation of the Agency’s authority to alter the magnitude of a violation from that set forth in the following table.
MCL/MRDL/TT violations2 Monitoring and testing procedure violations Contaminant Tier of public notice required Citation Tier of public notice required Citation
I. Violations of National Primary Drinking Water Regulations (NPDWR):3
A. Microbiological ContaminantsB. Inorganic Chemicals (IOCs)
1a. Corresponding row 1a in appendix A to subpart Q to 40 CFR 141 no longer applies by its own terms. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations. 1b. Total coliform (TT violations resulting from failure to perform assessments or corrective actions, monitoring violations, and reporting violations) 2 611.1060(b)(1) 3 611.1060(c)(1)
611.1060(d)(1)1c. Seasonal system failure to follow State-approved start-up plan prior to serving water to the public or failure to provide certification to the Agency 2 611.1060(b)(2) 3 611.1060(d)(3) 2a. Corresponding row 2a in appendix A to subpart Q to 40 CFR 141 no longer applies by its own terms. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations. 2b. E. coli (MCL, monitoring, and reporting violations) 1 611.1060(a) 3 611.1060(c), 611.1060(d)(2) 2c. E.coli (TT violations resulting from failure to perform Level 2 assessments or corrective action) 2 611.1060(b)(1) 3. This entry relates to the obsolete MCL for turbidity in 40 CFR 141.13 that does not apply to any supplier in Illinois. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding USEPA rule. 4. This entry relates to the obsolete MCL for turbidity in 40 CFR 141.13 that does not apply to any supplier in Illinois. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding USEPA rule. 5. Turbidity (for TT violations resulting from a single exceedance of maximum allowable turbidity level) 6 2, 1 611.231(b), 611.233(b)(1), 611.250(a)(2), 611.250(b)(2), 611.250(c)(2), 611.250(d), 611.743(a)(2), 611.743(b), 611.955(b)(2) 3 611.531(a), 611.532(b), 611.533(a), 611.744, 611.956(a)(1)-(a)(3), 611.956(b) 6. Surface Water Treatment Rule violations, other than violations resulting from single exceedance of max. allowable turbidity level (TT) 2 611.211, 611.213, 611.220, 611.230-611.233, 611.240-611.242, 611.250 3 611.531-611.533 7. Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule violations, other than violations resulting from single exceedance of max. turbidity level (TT) 2 7 611.740-611.743, 611.950-611.955 3 611.742, 611.744, 611.953, 611.954, 611.956 8. Filter Backwash Recycling Rule violations 2 611.276(c) 3 611.276(b), (d) 9. Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule violations 2 611.950-611.955 3 611.953, 611.954, 611.956 10. LT2ESWTR violations 2 611.1010-611.1020 19 2, 3 611.1001-611.1005 and 611.1008-611.1009 11. Groundwater Rule violations 2 611.804 3 611.802(h)
1. Antimony 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600, 611.601, 611.603 2. Arsenic 2 611.301(b) 3 611.601, 611.603 3. Asbestos (fibers greater than 10 µm) 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600, 611.601, 611.602 4. Barium 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600, 611.601, 611.603 5. Beryllium 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600, 611.601, 611.603 6. Cadmium 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600, 611.601, 611.603 7. Chromium (total) 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600, 611.601, 611.603 8. Cyanide 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600, 611.601, 611.603 9. Fluoride 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600, 611.601, 611.603 10. Mercury (inorganic) 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600, 611.601, 611.603 11. Nitrate 1 611.301(b) 8 1, 3 611.600, 611.601, 611.604, 611.606 12. Nitrite 1 611.301(b) 8 1, 3 611.600, 611.601, 611.605, 611.606 13. Total Nitrate and Nitrite 1 611.301(b) 3 611.600, 611.601 14. Selenium 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600, 611.601, 611.603 15. Thallium 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600, 611.601, 611.603
C. Lead and Copper Rule (Action Level for lead is 0.015 mg/L, for copper is 1.3 mg/L)
1. Lead and Copper Rule (TT) 2 611.350 (except 611.350(c))-611.354, 611.355(a)–(c) and (h), and 611.363 3 611.356-611.360 2. Exceeding the lead action level 1 611.350(c).
D. Synthetic Organic Chemicals (SOCs)
1. 2,4-D 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 2. 2,4,5-TP (silvex) 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 3. Alachlor 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 4. Atrazine 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 5. Benzo(a)pyrene (PAHs) 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 6. Carbofuran 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 7. Chlordane 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 8. Dalapon 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 9. Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 10. Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 11. Dibromochloropropane (DBCP) 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 12. Dinoseb 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 13. Dioxin (2,3,7,8-TCDD) 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 14. Diquat 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 15. Endothall 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 16. Endrin 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 17. Ethylene dibromide 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 18. Glyphosate 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 19. Heptachlor 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 20. Heptachlor epoxide 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 21. Hexachlorobenzene 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 22. Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 23. Lindane 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 24. Methoxychlor 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 25. Oxamyl (Vydate) 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 26. Pentachlorophenol 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 27. Picloram 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 28. Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 29. Simazine 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648 30. Toxaphene 2 611.311(c) 3 611.648
E. Volatile Organic Chemicals (VOCs)
1. Benzene 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 2. Carbon tetrachloride 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 3. Chlorobenzene (monochlorobenzene) 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 4. o-Dichlorobenzene 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 5. p-Dichlorobenzene 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 6. 1,2-Dichloroethane 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 7. 1,1-Dichloroethylene 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 8. cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 9. trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 10. Dichloromethane 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 11. 1,2-Dichloropropane 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 12. Ethylbenzene 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 13. Styrene 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 14. Tetrachloroethylene 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 15. Toluene 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 16. 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 17. 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 18. 1,1,2-Trichloroethane 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 19. Trichloroethylene 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 20. Vinyl chloride 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646 21. Xylenes (total) 2 611.311(a) 3 611.646
F. Radioactive Contaminants
1. Beta/photon emitters 2 611.330(d) 3 611.720(a), 611.732 2. Alpha emitters 2 611.330(c) 3 611.720(a), 611.731 3. Combined radium (226 and 228) 2 611.330(b) 3 611.720(a), 611.731 4. Uranium 2 611.330(e) 3 611.720(a), 611.731
G. Disinfection Byproducts (DBPs), Byproduct Precursors, Disinfectant Residuals. If disinfection is used in the treatment of drinking water, disinfectants combine with organic and inorganic matter present in water to form chemicals called disinfection byproducts (DBPs). USEPA sets standards for controlling the levels of disinfectants and DBPs in drinking water, including trihalomethanes (THMs) and haloacetic acids (HAAs).13
1. Total trihalomethanes (TTHMs) 2 11611.312(b) 3 Subparts W and Y 2. Haloacetic Acids (HAA5) 2 611.312(b) 3 Subpart Y 3. Bromate 2 611.312(a) 3 611.382(a)-(b) 4. Chlorite 2 611.312(a) 3 611.382(a)-(b) 5. Chlorine (MRDL) 2 611.313(a) 3 611.382(a), (c) 6. Chloramine (MRDL) 2 611.313(a) 3 611.382(a), (c) 7. Chlorine dioxide (MRDL), if any two consecutive daily samples at entrance to distribution system only are above MRDL 2 611.313(a), 611.383(c)(3) 212, 3 611.382(a), (c), 611.383(c)(2) 8. Chlorine dioxide (MRDL), if samples in distribution system the next day are also above MRDL 131 611.313(a), 611.383(c)(3) 1 611.382(a), (c), 611.383(c)(2) 9. Control of DBP precursors—TOC (TT) 2 611.385(a)-(b) 3 611.382(a), (d) 10. Benchmarking and disinfection profiling N/A N/A 3 611.742, 611.953, 611.954 11. Development of monitoring plan N/A N/A 3 611.382(f)
H. Other Treatment Techniques
1. Acrylamide (TT) 2 611.296 N/A N/A 2. Epichlorohydrin (TT) 2 611.296 N/A N/A
II. Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring: 14
A. Unregulated contaminants N/A N/A 3 as required by USEPA under 40 CFR 141.40 B. Nickel N/A N/A 3 611.603, 611.611
III. Public Notification for Relief Equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 Variance or a section 1416 Exemption.
A. Operation under relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption 3 15 1415, 1416 N/A N/A B. Violation of conditions of relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption 2 1415, 1416, 16 611.111, 611.112 N/A N/A
IV. Other Situations Requiring Public Notification.
A. Fluoride secondary maximum contaminant level (SMCL) exceedance 3 611.858 N/A N/A B. Exceedance of nitrate MCL for a non-CWS supplier, as allowed by the Agency 1 611.300(d) N/A N/A C. Availability of unregulated contaminant monitoring data 3 as required by USEPA under 40 CFR 141.40 N/A N/A D. Waterborne disease outbreak 1 611.101, 611.233(b)(2) N/A N/A E. Other waterborne emergency17 1 N/A N/A N/A F. Source water sample positive for Groundwater Rule fecal indicators: E. coli, enterococci, or coliphage 1 611.802(g) N/A N/A G. Other situations as determined by the Agency in a SEP under Section 602.600 181, 2, 3 N/A N/A N/A
Appendix G—Endnotes1. Violations and other situations not listed in this table (e.g., failure to prepare Consumer Confidence Reports) do not require notice, unless the Agency issues a SEP requiring otherwise. The Agency may issue a SEP further requiring a more stringent public notice tier (e.g., Tier 1 instead of Tier 2 or Tier 2 instead of Tier 3) for specific violations and situations listed in this Appendix, as authorized under Sections 611.902(a) and 611.903(a).
2. Definition of the abbreviations used: “MCL” means maximum contaminant level, “MRDL” means maximum residual disinfectant level, and “TT” means treatment technique.
3. The term “violations of National Primary Drinking Water Regulations (NPDWR)” is used here to include violations of MCL, MRDL, treatment technique, monitoring, and testing procedure requirements.
4. Failure to test for fecal coliform or E. coli is a Tier 1 violation if testing is not done after any repeat sample tests positive for coliform. All other total coliform monitoring and testing procedure violations are Tier 3 violations.
5. In the corresponding USEPA rule, this note relates to an entry for the obsolete MCL for turbidity that does not apply to any supplier in Illinois. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding USEPA rule.
6. A supplier with a treatment technique violation involving a single exceedance of a maximum turbidity limit under the Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR), the Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (IESWTR), or the Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule are required to consult with the Agency within 24 hours after learning of the violation. Based on this consultation, the Agency may subsequently decide to issue a SEP elevating the violation to a Tier 1 violation. If a supplier is unable to make contact with the Agency in the 24-hour period, the violation is automatically elevated to a Tier 1 violation.
7. The Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR) remains in effect for a supplier serving at least 10,000 persons; the Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule adds additional requirements and does not in many cases supersede the SWTR.
8. Failure to take a confirmation sample within 24 hours for nitrate or nitrite after an initial sample exceeds the MCL is a Tier 1 violation. Other monitoring violations for nitrate are Tier 3.
9. Failure to take a confirmation sample within 24 hours for nitrate or nitrite after an initial sample exceeds the MCL is a Tier 1 violation. Other monitoring violations for nitrate are Tier 3.
10. A Subpart B community or non-transient non-community system supplier must comply with new DBP MCLs, disinfectant MRDLs, and related monitoring requirements. A Subpart B transient non-community system supplier serving 10,000 or more persons using chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant or oxidant or a Subpart B transient non-community system supplier serving fewer than 10,000 persons, that uses only groundwater not under the direct influence of surface water, and that uses chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant or oxidant must comply with the chlorine dioxide MRDL.
11. Sections 611.312(b)(1) and 611.382(a) and (b) apply until Subpart Y takes effect under the schedule set forth in Section 611.970(c).
12. Failure to monitor for chlorine dioxide at the entrance to the distribution system the day after exceeding the MRDL at the entrance to the distribution system is a Tier 2 violation.
13. If any daily sample taken at the entrance to the distribution system exceeds the MRDL for chlorine dioxide and one or more samples taken in the distribution system the next day exceed the MRDL, Tier 1 notification is required. A failure to take the required samples in the distribution system after the MRDL is exceeded at the entry point also triggers Tier 1 notification.
14. Some water suppliers must monitor for certain unregulated contaminants as required by USEPA under 40 CFR 141.40.
15. This citation refers to sections 1415 and 1416 of the federal Safe Drinking Water Act. sections 1415 and 1416 require that “a schedule prescribed . . . for a public water system granted relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption must require compliance by the system . . ..”
16. In addition to sections 1415 and 1416 of the federal Safe Drinking Water Act, 40 CFR 142.307 specifies the items and schedule milestones that must be included in relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 small system variance. In granting any form of relief from an NPDWR, the Board will consider all applicable federal requirements for and limitations on the State’s ability to grant relief consistent with federal law.
17. Other waterborne emergencies require a Tier 1 public notice under Section 611.902(a) for situations that do not meet the definition of a waterborne disease outbreak given in Section 611.101, but that still have the potential to have serious adverse effects on health as a result of short-term exposure. These could include outbreaks not related to treatment deficiencies, as well as situations that have the potential to cause outbreaks, such as failures or significant interruption in water treatment processes, natural disasters that disrupt the water supply or distribution system, chemical spills, or unexpected loading of possible pathogens into the source water.
18. The Agency may place any other situation in any tier it deems appropriate in writing, based on the prospective threat which it determines that the situation poses to public health, and subject to Board review under Section 40 of the Act.
19. A failure to collect three or more samples for Cryptosporidium analysis is a Tier 2 violation requiring special notice, as specified in Section 611.911. All other monitoring and testing procedure violations are Tier 3.
BOARD NOTE: This Appendix G derives from appendix A to subpart Q of 40 CFR 141.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.APPENDIX H Standard Health Effects Language for Public Notification
Contaminant 1a. Corresponding row 1a in appendix B to subpart Q to 40 CFR 141 no longer applies by its own terms. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations. 1b. Corresponding row 1b in appendix B to subpart Q to 40 CFR 141 no longer applies by its own terms. This statement maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations. 1c. Fecal indicators (GWR):
i. E. coli
ii. enterococci
iii. coliphage
Zero
None
None
TT
TT
TTFecal indicators are microbes whose presence indicates that the water may be contaminated with human or animal wastes. Microbes in these wastes can cause short-term health effects, such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea, headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a special health risk for infants, young children, some of the elderly, and people with severely compromised immune systems. 1d. Groundwater Rule TT Violations Inadequately treated or inadequately protected water may contain disease-causing organisms. These organisms can cause symptoms such as diarrhea, nausea, cramps, and associated headaches. 1e. Subpart Y Coliform Assessment and/or Corrective Action Violations Coliforms are bacteria that are naturally present in the environment and are used as an indicator that other, potentially harmful, waterborne pathogens may be present or that a potential pathway exists through which contamination may enter the drinking water distribution system. We found coliforms indicating the need to look for potential problems in water treatment or distribution. When this occurs, we are required to conduct assessments to identify problems and to correct any problems that are found.
(The system must use the following applicable sentences:)
We failed to conduct the required assessment.
We failed to correct all identified sanitary defects that were found during the assessment(s).1f. Subpart Y E.coli Assessment and/or Corrective Action Violations E. coli are bacteria whose presence indicates that the water may be contaminated with human or animal wastes. Human pathogens in these wastes can cause short-term effects, such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea, headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a greater health risk for infants, young children, the elderly, and people with severely compromised immune systems. We violated the standard for E. coli, indicating the need to look for potential problems in water treatment or distribution. When this occurs, we are required to conduct a detailed assessment to identify problems and to correct any problems that are found.
(The system must use the following applicable sentences:)
We failed to conduct the required assessment.
We failed to correct all identified sanitary defects that were found during the assessment that we conducted.1g. E. coli E. coli are bacteria whose presence indicates that the water may be contaminated with human or animal wastes. Human pathogens in these wastes can cause short-term effects, such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea, headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a greater health risk for infants, young children, the elderly, and people with severely compromised immune systems. 1h. Subpart Y Seasonal System TT Violations When this violation includes the failure to monitor for total coliforms or E. coli prior to serving water to the public, the mandatory language found at Section 611.905(d)(2) must be used.
When this violation includes failure to complete other actions, the appropriate elements found in Section 611.905(a) to describe the violation must be used.2a. This entry relates to the obsolete MCL for turbidity in 40 CFR 141.13 that does not apply to any supplier in Illinois. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding USEPA rule. 2b. Turbidity (SWTR TT) Turbidity has no health effects. However,6 turbidity can interfere with disinfection and provide a medium for microbial growth. Turbidity may indicate the presence of disease-causing organisms. These organisms include bacteria, viruses, and parasites that can cause symptoms such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea, and associated headaches. 2c. Turbidity (IESWTR TT and LT1ESWTR TT) Turbidity has no health effects. However,8 turbidity can interfere with disinfection and provide a medium for microbial growth. Turbidity may indicate the presence of disease-causing organisms. These organisms include bacteria, viruses, and parasites that can cause symptoms such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea, and associated headaches. 3. Giardia lamblia (SWTR/IESWTR/ LT1ESWTR) Inadequately treated water may contain disease-causing organisms. These organisms include bacteria, viruses, and parasites that can cause symptoms such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea, and associated headaches. 4. Viruses (SWTR/IESWTR/ LT1ESWTR) Inadequately treated water may contain disease-causing organisms. These organisms include bacteria, viruses, and parasites that can cause symptoms such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea, and associated headaches. 5. Heterotrophic plate count (HPC) bacteria9 (SWTR/IESWTR/ LT1ESWTR) Inadequately treated water may contain disease-causing organisms. These organisms include bacteria, viruses, and parasites that can cause symptoms such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea, and associated headaches. 6. Legionella (SWTR/IESWTR/ LT1ESWTR) Inadequately treated water may contain disease-causing organisms. These organisms include bacteria, viruses, and parasites that can cause symptoms such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea, and associated headaches. 7. Cryptosporidium (IESWTR/FBRR/ LT1ESWTR) Inadequately treated water may contain disease-causing organisms. These organisms include bacteria, viruses, and parasites that can cause symptoms such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea, and associated headaches. 8. Antimony Some people who drink water containing antimony well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience increases in blood cholesterol and decreases in blood sugar. 9. Arsenic Some people who drink water containing arsenic in excess of the MCL over many years could experience skin damage or problems with their circulatory system, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 10. Asbestos (10 µm) Some people who drink water containing asbestos in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of developing benign intestinal polyps. 11. Barium Some people who drink water containing barium in excess of the MCL over many years could experience an increase in their blood pressure. 12. Beryllium Some people who drink water containing beryllium well in excess of the MCL over many years could develop intestinal lesions. 13. Cadmium Some people who drink water containing cadmium in excess of the MCL over many years could experience kidney damage. 14. Chromium (total) Some people who use water containing chromium well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience allergic dermatitis. 15. Cyanide Some people who drink water containing cyanide well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience nerve damage or problems with their thyroid. 16. Fluoride Some people who drink water containing fluoride in excess of the MCL over many years could get bone disease, including pain and tenderness of the bones. Fluoride in drinking water at half the MCL or more may cause mottling of children’s teeth, usually in children less than nine years old. Mottling, also known as dental fluorosis, may include brown staining or pitting of the teeth, and occurs only in developing teeth before they erupt from the gums. 17. Mercury (inorganic) Some people who drink water containing inorganic mercury well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience kidney damage. 18. Nitrate Infants below the age of six months who drink water containing nitrate in excess of the MCL could become seriously ill and, if untreated, may die. Symptoms include shortness of breath and blue baby syndrome. 19. Nitrite Infants below the age of six months who drink water containing nitrite in excess of the MCL could become seriously ill and, if untreated, may die. Symptoms include shortness of breath and blue baby syndrome. 20. Total Nitrate and Nitrite Infants below the age of six months who drink water containing nitrate and nitrite in excess of the MCL could become seriously ill and, if untreated, may die. Symptoms include shortness of breath and blue baby syndrome. 21. Selenium Selenium is an essential nutrient. However, some people who drink water containing selenium in excess of the MCL over many years could experience hair or fingernail losses, numbness in fingers or toes, or problems with their circulation. 22. Thallium Some people who drink water containing thallium in excess of the MCL over many years could experience hair loss, changes in their blood, or problems with their kidneys, intestines, or liver. 23. Lead Exposure to lead in drinking water can cause serious health effects in all age groups. Infants and children can have decreases in IQ and attention span. Lead exposure can lead to new learning and behavior problems or exacerbate existing learning and behavior problems. The children of women who are exposed to lead before or during pregnancy can have increased risk of these adverse health effects. Adults can have increased risks of heart disease, high blood pressure, kidney or nervous system problems. 24. Copper Copper is an essential nutrient, but some people who drink water containing copper in excess of the action level over a relatively short amount of time could experience gastrointestinal distress. Some people who drink water containing copper in excess of the action level over many years could suffer liver or kidney damage. People with Wilson’s Disease should consult their personal doctor. 25. 2,4-D Some people who drink water containing the weed killer 2,4-D well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their kidneys, liver, or adrenal glands. 26. 2,4,5-TP (silvex) Some people who drink water containing silvex in excess of the MCL over many years could experience liver problems. 27. Alachlor Some people who drink water containing alachlor in excess of the MCL over many years could have problems with their eyes, liver, kidneys, or spleen, or experience anemia, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 28. Atrazine Some people who drink water containing atrazine well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their cardiovascular system or reproductive difficulties. 29. Benzo(a)pyrene (PAHs). Some people who drink water containing benzo(a)pyrene in excess of the MCL over many years may experience reproductive difficulties and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 30. Carbofuran Some people who drink water containing carbofuran in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their blood, or nervous or reproductive systems. 31. Chlordane Some people who drink water containing chlordane in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or nervous system, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 32. Dalapon Some people who drink water containing dalapon well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience minor kidney changes. 33. Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate Some people who drink water containing di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience toxic effects, such as weight loss, liver enlargement, or possible reproductive difficulties. 34. Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate Some people who drink water containing di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate well in excess of the MCL over many years may have problems with their liver or experience reproductive difficulties, and they may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 35. Dibromochloropropane (DBCP) Some people who drink water containing DBCP in excess of the MCL over many years could experience reproductive difficulties and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 36. Dinoseb Some people who drink water containing dinoseb well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience reproductive difficulties. 37. Dioxin (2,3,7,8-TCDD) Some people who drink water containing dioxin in excess of the MCL over many years could experience reproductive difficulties and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 38. Diquat Some people who drink water containing diquat in excess of the MCL over many years could get cataracts. 39. Endothall Some people who drink water containing endothall in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their stomach or intestines. 40. Endrin Some people who drink water containing endrin in excess of the MCL over many years could experience liver problems. 41. Ethylene dibromide Some people who drink water containing ethylene dibromide in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver, stomach, reproductive system, or kidneys, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 42. Glyphosate Some people who drink water containing glyphosate in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their kidneys or reproductive difficulties. 43. Heptachlor Some people who drink water containing heptachlor in excess of the MCL over many years could experience liver damage and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 44. Heptachlor epoxide Some people who drink water containing heptachlor epoxide in excess of the MCL over many years could experience liver damage, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 45. Hexachlorobenzene Some people who drink water containing hexachlorobenzene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or kidneys, or adverse reproductive effects, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 46. Hexachlorocyclopentadiene Some people who drink water containing hexachlorocyclopenta-diene well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their kidneys or stomach. 47. Lindane Some people who drink water containing lindane in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their kidneys or liver. 48. Methoxychlor Some people who drink water containing methoxychlor in excess of the MCL over many years could experience reproductive difficulties. 49. Oxamyl (Vydate) Some people who drink water containing oxamyl in excess of the MCL over many years could experience slight nervous system effects. 50. Pentachlorophenol Some people who drink water containing pentachlorophenol in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or kidneys, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 51. Picloram Some people who drink water containing picloram in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver. 52. Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) Some people who drink water containing PCBs in excess of the MCL over many years could experience changes in their skin, problems with their thymus gland, immune deficiencies, or reproductive or nervous system difficulties, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 53. Simazine Some people who drink water containing simazine in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their blood. 54. Toxaphene Some people who drink water containing toxaphene in excess of the MCL over many years could have problems with their kidneys, liver, or thyroid, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 55. Benzene Some people who drink water containing benzene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience anemia or a decrease in blood platelets, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 56. Carbon tetrachloride Some people who drink water containing carbon tetrachloride in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 57. Chlorobenzene (monochlorobenzene) Some people who drink water containing chlorobenzene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or kidneys. 58. o-Dichlorobenzene Some people who drink water containing o-dichlorobenzene well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver, kidneys, or circulatory systems. 59. p-Dichlorobenzene Some people who drink water containing p-dichlorobenzene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience anemia, damage to their liver, kidneys, or spleen, or changes in their blood. 60. 1,2-Dichloroethane Some people who drink water containing 1,2-dichloroethane in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 61. 1,1-Dichloroethylene Some people who drink water containing 1,1-dichloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver. 62. cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene Some people who drink water containing cis-1,2-dichloro-ethylene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver. 63. trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene Some people who drink water containing trans-1,2-dichloro-ethylene well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver. 64. Dichloromethane Some people who drink water containing dichloromethane in excess of the MCL over many years could have liver problems and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 65. 1,2-Dichloropropane Some people who drink water containing 1,2-dichloropropane in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 66. Ethylbenzene Some people who drink water containing ethylbenzene well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or kidneys. 67. Styrene Some people who drink water containing styrene well in excess of the MCL over many years could have problems with their liver, kidneys, or circulatory system. 68. Tetrachloroethylene Some people who drink water containing tetrachloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many years could have problems with their liver, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 69. Toluene Some people who drink water containing toluene well in excess of the MCL over many years could have problems with their nervous system, kidneys, or liver. 70. 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene Some people who drink water containing 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience changes in their adrenal glands. 71. 1,1,1-Trichloroethane Some people who drink water containing 1,1,1-trichloroethane in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver, nervous system, or circulatory system. 72. 1,1,2-Trichloroethane Some people who drink water containing 1,1,2-trichloroethane well in excess of the MCL over many years could have problems with their liver, kidneys, or immune systems. 73. Trichloroethylene Some people who drink water containing trichloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 74. Vinyl chloride Some people who drink water containing vinyl chloride in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 75. Xylenes (total) Some people who drink water containing xylenes in excess of the MCL over many years could experience damage to their nervous system. 76. Beta/photon emitters Certain minerals are radioactive and may emit forms of radiation known as photons and beta radiation. Some people who drink water containing beta and photon emitters in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 77. Alpha emitters Certain minerals are radioactive and may emit a form of radiation known as alpha radiation. Some people who drink water containing alpha emitters in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 78. Combined radium (226 and 228) Some people who drink water containing radium 226 or 228 in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 79. Uranium 30 m g/L Some people who drink water containing uranium in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer and kidney toxicity. 80. Total trihalomethanes (TTHMs) Some people who drink water containing trihalomethanes in excess of the MCL over many years may experience problems with their liver, kidneys, or central nervous system, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 81. Haloacetic Acids (HAA5) Some people who drink water containing haloacetic acids in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 82. Bromate Some people who drink water containing bromate in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 83. Chlorite Some infants and young children who drink water containing chlorite in excess of the MCL could experience nervous system effects. Similar effects may occur in fetuses of pregnant women who drink water containing chlorite in excess of the MCL. Some people may experience anemia. 84. Chlorine Some people who use water containing chlorine well in excess of the MRDL could experience irritating effects to their eyes and nose. Some people who drink water containing chlorine well in excess of the MRDL could experience stomach discomfort. 85. Chloramines Some people who use water containing chloramines well in excess of the MRDL could experience irritating effects to their eyes and nose. Some people who drink water containing chloramines well in excess of the MRDL could experience stomach discomfort or anemia. 85a. Chlorine dioxide, if any two consecutive daily samples taken at the entrance to the distribution system are above the MRDL Some infants and young children who drink water containing chlorine dioxide in excess of the MRDL could experience nervous system effects. Similar effects may occur in fetuses of pregnant women who drink water containing chlorine dioxide in excess of the MRDL. Some people may experience anemia. Add for public notification only: The chlorine dioxide violations reported today are the result of exceedances at the treatment facility only, not within the distribution system that delivers water to consumers. Continued compliance with chlorine dioxide levels within the distribution system minimizes the potential risk of these violations to consumers. 86a. Chlorine dioxide, if one or more distribution system samples are above the MRDL Some infants and young children who drink water containing chlorine dioxide in excess of the MRDL could experience nervous system effects. Similar effects may occur in fetuses of pregnant women who drink water containing chlorine dioxide in excess of the MRDL. Some people may experience anemia. Add for public notification only: The chlorine dioxide violations reported today include exceedances of the USEPA standard within the distribution system that delivers water to consumers. Violations of the chlorine dioxide standard within the distribution system may harm human health based on short-term exposures. Certain groups, including fetuses, infants, and young children, may be especially susceptible to nervous system effects from excessive chlorine dioxide exposure. 87. Control of DBP precursors (TOC) Total organic carbon (TOC) has no health effects. However, total organic carbon provides a medium for the formation of disinfection byproducts. These byproducts include trihalomethanes (THMs) and haloacetic acids (HAAs). Drinking water containing these byproducts in excess of the MCL may lead to adverse health effects, liver or kidney problems, or nervous system effects, and may lead to an increased risk of getting cancer. 88. Acrylamide Some people who drink water containing high levels of acrylamide over a long period of time could have problems with their nervous system or blood, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer. 89. Epichlorohydrin Some people who drink water containing high levels of epichlorohydrin over a long period of time could experience stomach problems, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Appendix H—Endnotes1. “MCLG” means maximum contaminant level goal.
2. “MCL” means maximum contaminant level.
3. This endnote corresponds with endnote 3 to appendix B to subpart Q to 40 CFR 14, which applied only to paragraph 1a in the table, which no longer has operative effect. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding federal rules.
4. In the corresponding USEPA rule, this note relates to an entry for the obsolete MCL for turbidity that does not apply to any supplier in Illinois. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding USEPA rule.
5. In the corresponding USEPA rule, this note relates to an entry for the obsolete MCL for turbidity that does not apply to any supplier in Illinois. This statement maintains structural consistency with the corresponding USEPA rule.
6. There are various regulations that set turbidity standards for different types of systems, including the 1989 SWTR, the 1998 IESWTR, and the 2002 LT1ESWTR. A supplier subject to the SWTR (both filtered and unfiltered) may not exceed 5 NTU. In addition, in filtered systems, 95 percent of samples each month must not exceed 0.5 NTU in systems using conventional or direct filtration and must not exceed 1 NTU in systems using slow sand or diatomaceous earth filtration or other filtration technologies approved by the Agency.
7. “TT” means treatment technique.
8. There are various regulations that set turbidity standards for different types of systems, including the 1989 SWTR, the 1998 IESWTR, and the 2002 LT1ESWTR. For a supplier subject to the IESWTR (a supplier serving at least 10,000 people, using surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water), that use conventional filtration or direct filtration, the turbidity level of a system’s combined filter effluent may not exceed 0.3 NTU in at least 95 percent of monthly measurements, and the turbidity level of a system’s combined filter effluent must not exceed 1 NTU at any time. A supplier subject to the IESWTR using technologies other than conventional, direct, slow sand, or diatomaceous earth filtration must meet turbidity limits set by the Agency. For a supplier subject to the LT1ESWTR (a supplier serving fewer than 10,000 people, using surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water) using conventional filtration or direct filtration, the turbidity level of the supplier’s combined filter effluent may not exceed 0.3 NTU in at least 95 percent of monthly measurements, and the turbidity level of the supplier’s combined filter effluent must not exceed 1 NTU at any time. A supplier subject to the LT1ESWTR using technologies other than conventional, direct, slow sand, or diatomaceous earth filtration must meet turbidity limits set by the Agency.
9. The bacteria detected by heterotrophic plate count (HPC) are not necessarily harmful. HPC is simply an alternative method of determining disinfectant residual levels. The number of such bacteria is an indicator of whether there is enough disinfectant in the distribution system.
10. SWTR, IESWTR, and LT1ESWTR treatment technique violations that involve turbidity exceedances may use the health effects language for turbidity instead.
11. Millions of fibers per liter.
12. Action Level = 0.015 mg/L.
13. Action Level = 1.3 mg/L.
14. Millirems per year.
15. Picocuries per liter.
16. A surface water system supplier or a groundwater system supplier under the direct influence of surface water is regulated under Subpart B. A Supbart B community water system supplier or a non-transient non-community system supplier must comply with Subpart I DBP MCLs and disinfectant maximum residual disinfectant levels (MRDLs). A Subpart B transient non-community system supplier using chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant or oxidant must comply with the chlorine dioxide MRDL.
17. Community and non-transient non-community systems must comply with Subpart Y TTHM and HAA5 MCLs of 0.080 mg/L and 0.060 mg/L, respectively (with compliance calculated as a locational running annual average) on the schedule in Section 611.970.
18. The MCL for total trihalomethanes is the sum of the concentrations of the individual trihalomethanes.
19. The MCL for haloacetic acids is the sum of the concentrations of the individual haloacetic acids.
20. “MRDLG” means maximum residual disinfectant level goal.
21. “MRDL” means maximum residual disinfectant level.
22. The supplier is in compliance unless one of the following conditions occurs: (1) the supplier’s system has an E. coli-positive repeat sample following a total coliform- positive routine sample; (2) the supplier’s system has a total coliform-positive repeat sample following an E. coli-positive routine sample; (3) the supplier fails to take all required repeat samples following an E. coli-positive routine sample; or (4) the supplier fails to test for E. coli when any repeat sample tests positive for total coliform.
BOARD NOTE: This Appendix H derives from appendix B to subpart Q to 40 CFR 141.
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)Section 611.APPENDIX I Acronyms Used in Public Notification Regulation
CCR Consumer Confidence Report
CWS Community Water System
DBP Disinfection Byproduct
GWR Groundwater Rule
HPC Heterotrophic Plate Count
IESWTR Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule
IOC Inorganic Chemical
LCR Lead and Copper Rule
MCL Maximum Contaminant Level
MCLG Maximum Contaminant Level Goal
MRDL Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level
MRDLG Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level Goal
NCWS Non-Community Water System
NPDWR National Primary Drinking Water Regulation
NTNCWS Non-Transient Non-Community Water System
NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit
OGWDW USEPA, Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water
OW USEPA, Office of Water
PN Public Notification
PWS Public Water System
SDWA Safe Drinking Water Act
SMCL Secondary Maximum Contaminant Level
SOC Synthetic Organic Chemical
SWTR Surface Water Treatment Rule
TCR Total Coliform Rule
TT Treatment Technique
TWS Transient Non-Community Water System
USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
VOC Volatile Organic ChemicalBOARD NOTE: Derived from Appendix C to Subpart Q to 40 CFR 141.
(Source: Amended at 37 Ill. Reg. 1978, effective February 4, 2013)
Section 611.TABLE A Total Coliform Monitoring Frequency (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 44 Ill. Reg. 6996, effective April 17, 2020)
Section 611.TABLE B Fecal or Total Coliform Density Measurements
Samples must be taken on separate days.
System Size (Persons Served) 500 or fewer 501 to 3300 3301 to 10,000 10,001 to 25,000 More than 25,000 BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.74(b)(1).
(Source: Amended at 37 Ill. Reg. 1978, effective February 4, 2013)
Section 611.TABLE C Frequency of RDC Measurement
The day’s samples cannot be taken at the same time. The sampling intervals are subject to Agency review and approval by a SEP.
System Size (Persons Served) 500 or fewer 501 to 1,000 1001 to 2,500 2501 to 3,300 BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.74(b)(5) and (c)(2).
(Source: Amended at 37 Ill. Reg. 1978, effective February 4, 2013)
Section 611.TABLE D Number of Lead and Copper Monitoring Sites
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.86(c).
System Size (Persons Served) Number of Sites (Standard Monitoring) Number of Sites (Reduced Monitoring) More than 100,000 100 50 10,001-100,000 60 30 3,301 to 10,000 40 20 501 to 3,300 20 10 101 to 500 10 5 100 or fewer 5 5
(Source: Amended at 37 Ill. Reg. 1978, effective February 4, 2013)
Section 611.TABLE E Lead and Copper Monitoring Start Dates (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 42 Ill. Reg. 1140, effective January 4, 2018)
Section 611.TABLE F Number of Water Quality Parameter Sampling Sites
BOARD NOTE: This Table F derives from 40 CFR 141.87(a)(2)(i) and (e)(1).
System Size
(Number of Persons Served)(Standard Monitoring) (Reduced Monitoring) more than 100,000 25 10 10,001 to 100,000 10 7 3,301 to 10,000 3 3 501 to 3,300 2 2 101 to 500 1 1 100 or fewer 1 1
(Source: Amended at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.TABLE G Summary of Section 611.357 Monitoring Requirements for Water Quality Parameters (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)Section 611.TABLE H CT Values (mg·min/ℓ) for Cryptosporidium Inactivation by Chlorine Dioxide
A supplier may use the following equation to determine log credit between the indicated values:
Log Credit 0.25
0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Log credit = (0.001506 ´ (1.09116)Temp(in °C)) ´ CT.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from the table at 40 CFR 141.720(b)(1).
(Source: Amended at 37 Ill. Reg. 1978, effective February 4, 2013)
Section 611.TABLE I CT Values (mg·min/ℓ) for Cryptosporidium Inactivation by Ozone
A supplier may use the following equation to determine log credit between the indicated values:
Log Credit 0.25 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Log credit = (0.0397 ´ (1.09757)Temp(in °C)) ´ CT.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from the table at 40 CFR 141.720(b)(2).
(Source: Amended at 37 Ill. Reg. 1978, effective February 4, 2013)
Section 611.TABLE J UV Dose Table for Cryptosporidium, Giardia lamblia, and Virus Inactivation Credit
BOARD NOTE: Derived from the table at 40 CFR 141.720(d)(1).
Log credit 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 (Source: Amended at 37 Ill. Reg. 1978, effective February 4, 2013)
Section 611.TABLE R Radionuclide Conversion FactorsDerived Concentrations (pCi•L 1) of Beta and Photon Emitters in Drinking Water Yielding a Dose of 4 mrem•y1 to the Total Body or to Any Critical Organ as Defined in NBS Handbook 69
Conversion Factor
Radionuclide (Isotopic Symbol) (pCi•L 1/4 mrem•y1)Antimony-122 (51122Sb) 90
Antimony-124 (51124Sb) 60Antimony-125 (51125Sb) 300
Arsenic-73 (3373As) 1,000
Arsenic-74 (3374As) 100
Arsenic-76 (3376As) 60Arsenic-77 (3377As) 200
Barium-131 (56131Ba) 600
Barium-140 (56140Ba) 90
Berkelium-249 (97249Bk) 2,000
Beryllium-7 (47Be) 6,000
Bismuth-206 (83206Bi) 100
Bismuth-207 (83207Bi) 200
Bromine-82 (3582Br) 100
Cadmium-109 (48109Cd) 600
Cadmium-115 (48115Cd) 90Cadmium-115m (48115mCd) 90
Calcium-45 (2045Ca) 10
Calcium-47 (2047Ca) 80
Carbon-14 (14C) (614C) 2,000
Cerium-141 (58141Ce) 300
Cerium-143 (58143Ce) 100Cerium-144 (58144Ce) 30
Cesium-131 (55131Cs) 20,000
Cesium-134 (55134Cs) 80
Cesium-134m (55134mCs) 20,000
Cesium-135 (55135Cs) 900
Cesium-136 (55136Cs) 800Cesium-137 (55137Cs) 200
Chlorine-36 (1736Cl) 700
Chlorine-38 (1738Cl) 1,000
Chromium-51 (2451Cr) 6,000
Cobalt-57 (2757Co) 1,000
Cobalt-58 (2758Co) 300
Cobalt-58m (2758mCo) 9,000Cobalt-60 (2760Co) 100
Copper-64 (2964Cu) 900
Dysprosium-165 (66165Dy) 1,000
Dysprosium-166 (66166Dy) 100
Erbium-169 (68169Er) 300
Erbium-171 (68171Er) 300
Europium-152 (63152Eu) 200
Europium-154 (63154Eu) 60Europium-155 (63155Eu) 600
Fluorine-18 (918F) 2,000
Gadolinium-153 (63153Gd) 600
Gadolinium-159 (63159Gd) 200
Gallium-72 (3172Ga) 100
Germanium-71 (3271Ge) 6,000
Gold-196 (196Au) (79196Au) 600
Gold-198 (198Au) (79198Au) 100Gold-199 (199Au) (79199Au) 600
Hafmium-181 (72181Hf) 200
Holmium-166 (67166Ho) 90
Hydrogen-3 (Tritium) (13H) 20,000
Indium-113m (49113mIn) 3,000
Indium-114m (49114mIn) 60
Indium-115 (49115In) 300Indium-115 m (49115mIn) 1,000
Iodine-126 (53126I) 3
Iodine-129 (53129I) 1
Iodine-131 (53131I) 3
Iodine-132 (53132I) 90
Iodine-133 (53133I) 10
Iodine-134 (53134I) 100Iodine-135 (53135I) 30
Iridium-190 (77190Ir) 600
Iridium-192 (77192Ir) 100Iridium-194 (77194Ir) 90
Iron-55 (2655Fe) 2,000
Iron-59 (2659Fe) 200
Lanthanum-140 (57140La) 60
Lead-203 (82203Pb) 1,000
Lutetium-177 (71177Lu) 300
Manganese-52 (2552Mn) 90
Manganese-54 (2554Mn) 300Manganese-56 (2556Mn) 300
Mercury-197 (80197Hg) 900
Mercury-197m (80197mHg) 600Mercury-203 (80203Hg) 60
Molybdenum-99 (4299Mo) 600
Neodymium-147 (60147Nd) 200
Neodymium-149 (60149Nd) 900
Neptunium-239 (93239Np) 300
Nickel-59 (2859Ni) 300
Nickel-63 (2863Ni) 50Nickel-65 (2865Ni) 300
Niobium-93m (4193mNb) 1,000
Niobium-95 (4195Nb) 300Niobium-97 (4197Nb) 3,000
Osmium-185 (76185Os) 200
Osmium-191 (76191Os) 600
Osmium-191m (76191mOs) 9,000Osmium-193 (76193Os) 200
Palladium-103 (46103Pd) 900
Palladium-109 (46109Pd) 300
Phosphorus-32 (1532Pd) 30
Platinum-191 (78191Pt) 300
Platinum-193 (78193Pt) 3,000
Platinum-193m (78193mPt) 3,000
Platinum-197 (78197Pt) 300Platinum-197m (78197mPt) 3,000
Plutonium-241 (94241Pu) 300
Potassium-42 (1942K) 900
Praseodymium-142 (59142Pr) 90
Praseodymium-143 (59143Pr) 100
Promethium-147 (61147Pm) 600
Promethium-149 (61149Pm) 100
Protactinium-230 (91230Pa) 600
Protactinium-233 (91233Pa) 300
Rhenium-186 (75186Re) 300
Rhenium-187 (75187Re) 9,000Rhenium-188 (75188Re) 200
Rhodium-103m (45103mRh) 30,000
Rhodium-105 (45105Rh) 300
Rubidium-86 (3786Rb) 600
Rubidium-87 (3787Rb) 300
Ruthenium-97 (4497Ru) 1,000
Ruthenium-103 (44103Ru) 200
Ruthenium-105 (44105Ru) 200Ruthenium-106 (44106Ru) 30
Samarium-151 (62151Sm) 1,000
Samarium-153 (62153Sm) 200
Scandium-46 (2146Sc) 100
Scandium-47 (2147Sc) 300Scandium-48 (2148Sc) 80
Selenium-75 (3475Se) 900
Silicon-31 (1431Si) 3,000
Silver-105 (47105Ag) 300
Silver-110m (47110mAg) 90Silver-111 (47111Ag) 100
Sodium-22 (1122Na) 400
Sodium-24 (1124Na) 600
Strontium-85 (3885Sr) 900
Strontium-85m (3885mSr) 20,000
Strontium-89 (3889Sr) Bone 20
Strontium-90 (3890Sr) 8
Strontium-91 (3891Sr) 200Strontium-92 (3892Sr) 200
Sulfur-35 (inorganic) (1635S) 500
Tantalum-182 (73182Ta) 100
Technetium-96 (4396Tc) 300
Technetium-96m (4396mTc) 30,000
Technetium-97 (4397Tc) 6,000
Technetium-97m (4397mTc) 1,000
Technetium-99 (4399Tc) 900Technetium-99m (4399mTc) 20,000
Tellurium-125m (52125mTe) 600
Tellurium-127 (52127Te) 900
Tellurium-127m (52127mTe) 200
Tellurium-129 (52129Te) 2,000
Tellurium-129m (52129mTe) 90
Tellurium-131m (52131mTe) 200Tellurium-132 (52132Te) 90
Terbium-160 (65160Tb) 100
Thallium-200 (81200Tl) 1,000
Thallium-201 (81201Tl) 900
Thallium-202 (81202Tl) 300Thallium-204 (81204Tl) 300
Thulium-170 (69170Tm) 100
Thulium-171 (69171Tm) 1,000
Tin-113 (50113Sn) 300
Tin-125 (50125Sn) 60
Tungsten-181 (74181W) 1,000
Tungsten-185 (74185W) 300Tungsten-187 (74187W) 200
Vanadium-48 (2348V) 90
Ytterbium-175 (70175Yb) 300
Yttrium-90 (3990Y) 60
Yttrium-91 (3991Y) 90
Yttrium-91m (3991mY) 9,000
Yttrium-92 (3992Y) 200Yttrium-93 (3993Y) 90
Zinc-65 (3065Zn) 300
Zinc-69 (3069Zn) 6,000Zinc-69m (3069mZn) 200
Zirconium-93 (4093Zr) 2,000
Zirconium-95 (4095Zr) 200Zirconium-97 (4097Zr) 60
BOARD NOTE: This Table R derives from Table VI-2 (Annual Average Concentrations Yielding 4 Millirem per Year for a Two Liter Daily Intake), Statement of Basis and Purpose for the National Primary Drinking Water Regulations—Radionuclides, USEPA, Office of Radiation Protection (July 9, 1976), at 87-94, and Appendix I (Comparison of Derived Values of Beta and Photon Emitters), Implementation Guidance for Radionuclides, USEPA, Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water, EPA 816-F-00-002 (March 2002). USEPA based these values on NBS Handbook 69 (63), incorporated by reference in Section 611.102.
Calculating compliance with Section 611.330(d) under Section 611.742 requires dividing the measured concentration for each radionuclide by the appropriate conversion factor to determine its calculated fractional contribution to the total annual exposure limit of 4 mrem/yr:
Fraction of Maximum Exposure Limit (4 mrem•yr1)
Sample Concentration (pCi•L1)Conversion Factor (pCi•L1/4 mrem•yr1)
The supplier then sums the fractional contributions for all radionuclides to determine the total fraction of the maximum exposure limit:
Total Fraction of Maximum Exposure Limit for All Radionuclides Present
=Isotope 1Isotope nFraction of Maximum Exposure Limit for Each Radionuclide
A sum of fractions result exceeding 1.00 exceeds the 4 mrem/yr standard in Section 611.330(d).
The total exposure is this sum of fractions (i.e., the total fraction of maximum exposure limit) times 4 mrem•yr1.
See Statement of Basis and Purpose for the National Primary Drinking Water Regulations—Radionuclides, USEPA, Office of Radiation Protection (July 9, 1976), at 80-86, and Implementation Guidance for Radionuclides, USEPA, Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water, EPA 816-F-00-002 (March 2002), pp. II-5 and II-6.
(Source: Added at 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)
Section 611.TABLE Z Federal Effective Dates
The following are the effective dates of the various federal NPDWRs:Fluoride (40 CFR 141.62(b)(1)) October 2, 1987
(corresponding with Section 611.301(b))
Phase I VOCs (40 CFR 141.61(a)(1) through (a)(8)) January 9, 1989
(corresponding with Section 611.311(a))(benzene, carbon tetrachloride, p-dichlorobenzene, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1-dichloroethylene, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, trichloroethylene, and vinyl chloride)
Total Coliforms Rule (40 CFR 141.21 and 141.63) December 31, 1990
(corresponding with Sections 611.521-611.527 and 611.325)
(total coliforms, fecal coliforms, and E. coli)
Replaced by the Revised Total Coliforms Rule (40 CFR 141, subpart Y)
Surface Water Treatment Rule (40 CFR 141, subpart H) Effective: December 31, 1990
(corresponding with Subpart B) Compliance: December 30, 1991(filtration, disinfection, and turbidity)
Lead and Copper (40 CFR 141, subpart I) July 7, 1991
(corresponding with Subparts G and AG)(lead and copper monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements of 40 CFR 141.86 through 141.91)
Phase II IOCs (40 CFR 141.62(b)(2) and (b)(4) through (b)(10)) July 30, 1992
(corresponding with Section 611.301(b))(asbestos, cadmium, chromium, mercury, nitrate, nitrite, and selenium)
Phase II VOCs (40 CFR 141.61(a)(9) through (a)(18)) July 30, 1992
(corresponding with Section 611.311(a))(o-dichlorobenzene, cis-1,2-dichloroethylene, trans-1,2-dichloroethylene, 1,2-dichloropropane, ethylbenzene, monochlorobenzene, styrene, tetrachloroethylene, toluene, and xylenes (total))
Phase II SOCs (40 CFR 141.61(c)(1) through (c)(18)) July 30, 1992
(corresponding with Section 611.311(c))(alachlor, atrazine, carbofuran, chlordane, dibromochloropropane, ethylene dibromide, heptachlor, heptachlor epoxide, lindane, methoxychlor, polychlorinated biphenyls, toxaphene, 2,4-D, and 2,4,5-TP (silvex))
Phase V SOC (40 CFR 141.61(c)(3)) August 17, 1992
(corresponding with Section 611.311(c))(endrin)
Lead and Copper (40 CFR 141, subpart I) December 7, 1992
(corresponding with Subparts G and AG)(lead and copper corrosion control, water treatment, public education, and lead service line replacement requirements of 40 CFR 141.81 through 141.85)
Phase IIB IOC (40 CFR 141.62(b)(3)) January 1, 1993
(corresponding with Section 611.301(b))(barium)
Phase IIB SOCs (40 CFR 141.61(a)(9) through (a)(18)) January 1, 1993
(corresponding with Section 611.311(c))(aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone, aldicarb sulfoxide, and pentachlorophenol. See the Board note appended to Section 611.311(c) for information relating to implementation of requirements relating to aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone, and aldicarb sulfoxide.)
Phase V IOCs (40 CFR 141.62(b)(11) through (b)(15)) January 17, 1994
(corresponding with Section 611.301(b))(antimony, beryllium, cyanide, nickel, and thallium)
Phase V VOCs (40 CFR 141.61(b)(19) through (b)(21)) January 17, 1994
(corresponding with Section 611.311(a))(dichloromethane, 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene, and 1,1,2-trichloroethane)
Phase V SOCs (40 CFR 141.61(c)(19) through (c)(25)) January 17, 1994
(corresponding with Section 611.311(c))(benzo(a)pyrene, dalapon, di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate, di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate dinoseb, diquat, endothall, glyphosate, hexachlorobenzene, hexachlorocyclopentadiene, oxamyl, picloram, simazine, and 2,3,7,8-TCDD)
Consumer Confidence Report Rule (40 CFR 141, subpart Q) September 18, 1998
(corresponding with Subpart O)(notification to public of drinking water quality)
Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (40 CFR 141, subpart P)
February 16, 1999
(corresponding with Subpart R)
(applicable to suppliers providing water to fewer than 10,000 persons)(Giardia lamblia, viruses, heterotrophic plate count bacteria, Legionella, Cryptosporidium, and turbidity)
Public Notification Rule (40 CFR 141, subpart Q) June 5, 2000
(corresponding with Subpart V)(notification to public of NPDWR violations, variances or exemptions, or other situations that could bear on public health)
Filter Backwash Rule (40 CFR 141.76) August 7, 2001
(corresponding with Section 611.276)(reuse of spent filter backwash water, thickener supernatant, or liquids from dewatering processes)
Disinfection/Disinfectant Byproducts Rule (40 CFR 141.64, 141.65 and 141, subpart L)
Smaller Systems (serving 10,000 or fewer persons) December 16, 2001
Larger Systems (serving more than 10,000 persons) December 16, 2003
(corresponding with Sections 611.312 and 611.313)(total trihalomethanes, haloacetic acids (five), bromate, chlorite, chlorine, chloramines, and chlorine dioxide)
Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (40 CFR 141, subpart T)
February 13, 2002
(corresponding with Subpart X)
(applicable to suppliers providing water to 10,000 or more persons)(Giardia lamblia, viruses, heterotrophic plate count bacteria, Legionella, Cryptosporidium, and turbidity)
Radionuclides (40 CFR 141.66) December 8, 2003
(corresponding with Section 611.330)(combined radium (Ra-226 + Ra-228), gross alpha particle activity, beta particle and photon activity, and uranium)
Arsenic (40 CFR 141.62(b)(16)) January 23, 2006
(corresponding with Section 611.301(b))(arsenic)
Stage 2 Disinfection/Disinfectant Byproducts Rule (40 CFR 141, subparts U and V)
Systems that serve fewer than 10,000 persons)
Submit plan April 1, 2008
Complete monitoring or study March 31, 2010
Submit IDSE report July 1, 2010
Compliance with monitoring requirements
If no Cryptosporidium monitoring is required October 1, 2013
If Cryptosporidium monitoring is required October 1, 2014
Systems that serve 10,000 to 49,999 persons)
Submit plan October 1, 2007
Complete monitoring or study September 30, 2009
Submit IDSE report January 1, 2010
Compliance with monitoring requirements October 1, 2013
Systems that serve 50,000 to 99,999 persons)
Submit plan April 1, 2007
Complete monitoring or study March 31, 2009
Submit IDSE report July 1, 2009
Compliance with monitoring requirements October 1, 2012
Systems that serve 100,000 or more persons)
Submit plan October 1, 2006
Complete monitoring or study September 30, 2008
Submit IDSE report January 1, 2009
Compliance with monitoring requirements April 1, 2012
(corresponding with Subparts W and Y)(total trihalomethanes and haloacetic acids (five))
Long Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (40 CFR 141, subpart W)
Systems that serve fewer than 10,000 persons)
And that monitor for E. coli
Begin first round of monitoring October 1, 2008
Begin treatment for Cryptosporidium October 1, 2014
Begin second round of monitoring October 1, 2017
And that monitor for cryptosporidium
Begin first round of monitoring April 1, 2010
Begin treatment for Cryptosporidium October 1, 2014
Begin second round of monitoring April 1, 2019
Systems that serve 10,000 to 49,999 persons)
Begin first round of monitoring April 1, 2008
Begin treatment for Cryptosporidium October 1, 2013
Begin second round of monitoring October 1, 2016
Systems that serve 50,000 to 99,999 persons)
Begin first round of monitoring April 1, 2007
Begin treatment for Cryptosporidium October 1, 2012
Begin second round of monitoring October 1, 2015
Systems that serve 100,000 or more persons)
Begin first round of monitoring October 1, 2006
Begin treatment for Cryptosporidium April 1, 2012
Begin second round of monitoring April 1, 2015
(corresponding with Subpart Z)(E. coli, Cryptosporidium, Giardia lamblia, viruses, and turbidity)
Groundwater Rule (40 CFR 141, subpart S) December 1, 2009
(corresponding with Subpart S)(E. coli, enterococci, and coliphage)
Revised Total Coliforms Rule (40 CFR 141, subpart Y) Effective: April 15, 2013
(corresponding with Subpart AA) Compliance: April 1, 2016(total coliforms (indicator), E. coli)
Lead-Free Fixtures Rule (40 CFR 143, subpart B) Effective: October 1, 2020
(corresponding with Section 611.126) Compliance: September 1, 2023(lead in plumbing fixtures)
Lead and Copper Rule Revisions (40 CFR 141, subpart I) Effective: December 16, 2021
(corresponding with Subpart G) Compliance: October 16, 2024(lead and copper (indicator))
(Source: Amended 47 Ill. Reg. 16486, effective November 2, 2023)